The URL can be used to link to this page

SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF - 09-0028-UT�__ � � � � , � � � � � , � ' � � � i. , � SCREW PUMP STAT�ON REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-402S-UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICAT�ONS FOR BIDDING VOLUME 1 OF 2 � � � � � Prepared for: CITY OF CLEARWATER Prepared by: JONES, EDMUNDS & ASSOCIATES, INC. 324 South Hyde Park Avenue, Suite 250 Tampa, Florida 3360fi Jones Edmunds Project Na. 03720-�33-02 Certificate of Authorization #1841 Octobex 2010 �� oP �u: ss '4� RO� CERTIFICATE� OF �IABILITY INSURANCE �ATE(MMIDDlYYYY) 12/28/10 7�if5 CERTIFICAT� IS ISSUED A5 A MATTER pF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFER5 NQ RIGHTS �UP�N TME CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAG� AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. TMIS CEftTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUT� A CQNTRACT BETWEEN iN� ISSUING INSLIRER(S), AUTHORIZEb REPRESEN7A71VE OR PRpDUCER, AND TME CERTIFICA7E HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSUREp, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsemenG A statement on this certificat� does not confer rights to the certificate holder in liau of such endorsementlsl. PROnuceR 727-522-7777 Wallace Welch & Willingham Inc 727-521-2902 300 First Avenue South, 5th FI P.O. Box 33020 St. Petersburg, FL 33733 iNSUReo RTD Construction, Inc. 5344 9th Stre�t Zephyrhills, FL 33542 RTDCO-1 INSURER�S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURERA:Af17E�ISU�@ C.011l�i8111@S wsuReee: Bituminous Fire � Marine Ins. �NSURERC:American Guarantee 8 Liabilit� iNSUR�R n; Mt. Mawley Ins. Go. wsuRER E: AGCS Marine Ins. Co. 1948$ 20109 CQVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY 7HAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUE� TO 7HE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FpR THE PpLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM �R C�NDI710N OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER �OCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE 15SUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFOR�� BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HER�IN IS SUBJEC7 TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS ANp CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL U8 �� POLICY EFF P041GY EXP LIMITS L7R POIIGY NUMBER MMl�plYYYY MM/DD/YYYY GENERAL LIABII..ITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 'I,OOO,OO F.3 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLP3274167 06/30/1p O6l3D/11 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMI5ES Ea occurrence $ 100,000 CLAIMS-MADE � OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ � 5,0� PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 'I,OOO,OO GENERALAGGREGATE $ Z,OOO,OO GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: �� PRODUCTS. COMPlOP AGG $ � Z,OOO,OOO POLICY X pR� LOC � �� $ AUTOMOBIL.E LIABII.ITY COM6INE� SINGLE LIMI7 $ � rQOO,OO (Ea accident) S X ANY AUTO GAP3538857p �G 3 Q , O6l30/10 O6l30/11 gO�ILY INJURY (Per person) $ ~ _ ALL OWNED AU70S BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ SCHEDULEfJ AUTOS ""'""`"". _`"""'.` PROPERTY pAMaGE i� HIRE�AUTOS �,�.i' �� - � �� (Peracddent) a � � 'I � .�':� X NON-OWNE�AUTOS �`�`��'�"' "� �� ' � � $ $ UM9RELLA LIAB X OGCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ �O,UOO,OO EXCES$ LIAB CI.AIMS-MAI'1F AGGREGATE $ 'I O,OOO,OO C AUG926628800 06/30/90 O6/30/79 DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X WC S7A7U- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY T I IT A ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERlEXECU7IVE Y❑ N� A WCZO%0.3�.9 O6I3OI'IO O6/30111 E.L EACH ACCIDENT $ 'I,OOO,OOO OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDED7 (Mendatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ � r�UO,UUU If yes, descri6e under "'""""""'"--"""'"""`""°""" DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS belaw E.L. �ISEASE - POLICY LIMI7 $ 'I,OOO�OOO p Pollutian EGL0001091 01/01/10 01/01/11 �,aoa,oao � Leased �Rented MXI93018�F02 06/30/10 O6/30/11 Equipment 250,00 pESCRIPTION OF OPEIiATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACbRD 101, Addltlonal Ramarks 3chedule, If more space Is requlred) The Gitv of Clearwater is added as Additional Insured with respects to Genera� Liability and Auto if required by written contract. Waiver pf Subrogation in favor of City af Clearwater is providad und�r the General Liabiliij►, Auto and Workers Compensation. Canc�llation wording is a's described on attached er olic form.» GERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLA CITCLE1 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABpVE DESCRIBED POLICIES B� CANG�LLED BEFORE Clt of Clearwater TME EXPIRATION QA7E THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Y ACCQRpANGE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Purchasing Department 1 p0 S Myrtle Avenue, 3rd Floor AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIV� Clearwater, FL 33756 � „ /� ��' � 19SS-2009 ACORU CORPORATION. All rights reserveq. ACORD 25 (2009/09) The ACOR� name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AAIS c� o»o 06 os Pa�e 1 of 3 This endorsement changes �nG pa��y — PLEASE lt�AD THI5 CAREFULLY -- AMENDATORY ENDORSEMENT FLO�na 1. Under Common Policy Conditions, Cancellation is deleted and replaced by the following: Cancellation and Nonrenewal -- "You" may cancel this policy by returning the policy to "us" or by giving "us" written notice and Stating at wha[ future date COverage i5 to stop. "We" may cancel or �ot renew this policy by written notice to "you" at the address shown in the policy. "Our" notice will state the specific reasons for cancellation or nonrenewal. Proof of delivery or mailing is sufflcient proof of notice. "We" may cancel or not renew this policy an the basis of property insurance claims khat arE the result of an act of Gvd only if "wE" can show, by claims frequency or atherwise, that "you" have failed to take action reasonably necessary as requested by "us" to prevent further darnage tv "your" property. 'We" may cancel or not renew this policy nn the basis of a singie property claim which (s the result of water damage, only if "we" can demonstrate that 'you" have failed ta take action reasonably requested by "us" to prevent a future slmilar occurrence of damagc to the insured property. "We" may cancel or not renew this policy on the basis of filing of claims for partial loss caused by sinkhole activity or clay shrinkage oniy if the total of claim payments for this policy exceeds the current palicy limits of coverage for properry damage, or if "you" have falled to repair the structure in accordance with the engineering recommendations upon which any payment or policy proceeds were based. a_ If this policy has been in effect for 90 days or less, "we" may cancel fpr any reason. 1) If this policy is issued t� cover one- to four-family dwellings used for residential purpases, candominium associations, apartment buildings, or any personal property incidental to residential occupancies and immediately prior to the dete of the cancellatian notice, the insurance on "your" property was provided fvr at least five years by "us" and/or by one or more insurers affiliated with "us", "we" will give "yau" notice at least ten days before the cancellation is to be effective if "we" cancel for nonpayment of premium. If we cancel for any other reason, "we" wiA give ynu notice af least 180 days in adwance of cancellation. 2) For policles other than those described in 1) above, "we" will give "you" notice at feast ten days before the cancellation is to be effective if "we" cancel for nonpayment of premium, material misstatement or misrepresentaiion, pr faiiure to comply with the underwriting requirements that "we" have established. If we cancel for any other reason, "we" will give "you" notice at least 20 days before the canCellation is to be ef#ective. b. If the policy has been in effect for mare than 90 days, or if it is a renewal of a policy issued by "us": 1) "we" may cancel ar not renew this policy only at the anniversary date unless one or more of the fql�owing reasons apply: a) the premium has not been paid when due; b) there has been material misstatement or misrepresentatian; cj there has been Failure to comply with underw�lting r�quirements Copynght, Amencan ASSaCiation of Insurance Services, Inc., 2008 AAIS GL p16Q 06 08 Page 2 of 3 that "we" established within 90 days of the poiicy effective date; da there has been a su�stantial change in the risk cavered; or e) there has been cancellation for all insureds for a given class of insureds. 2) "We" will give "you" notice at least ten days before the cancellation is to be effective if "we" cancel for nonpayment of premium. 3j If this policy is issued to caver one- to four-famiiy dweliings used for residential purposes, cvndominium associations, apartment buildings, or any persanal property incidental ta residential occupancies, and: a) "we" cancel for nonpayment of premium which results from failure of the mortgagee to pay the premium when due, "we" will reinstate the pnlicy retroactive ta the date of cancellation if the premium is received not mare than 90 days after the due date. By Florida statute, the mortgagee is required ta reimburse "you" t'or any penalty or fee impased by "us" and paid by "yau" far reinstating the policy. bj if, immediately prior to the date of the notice, the insurance on "your" property has been provided for less than five years by "us" andlvr by one or more insurers afFiliated wlth "us" and "we" cance! for any reason other than nonpayment of premium or nonrenew, "we" will give "you" nqtice at least 100 days I�efore the cancellation or nonrenewal is to be effecti�e, unless the effective date of the cancellation or nonrenewal wauld be between June 1 and November 30. For cancellation qr nonrenewal that would be effective betwe�n those dates, notice must be given the earlier of 10Q days in advence of cancellation or nonrenewal or by June 1. c) if, immediately prior to the date pf the notice, the insurance on "your" property has been provided for at least five years hy "us" and/or by one or more insurers affilfated with "us" and "we" cancel for any reason other than nonpayment af premium or nonrenew, "we" will give "yvu" notice ak least 180 days before the cancellation or nvnrenewal is to be effectiv�. 4) For pqlioies other than thase described in 3) above, "we" will give "you" notice at least 45 days before the cancellatinn or nonrenewa! is to be effective if "we" cancel or nonrenew for any reason other than nonpayment of premium. "Your" return premium, if any, will be refunded within 15 working days after the effective date of cancellati�n unless the final policy premium is determined by audit. If the final policy premium is determined by audit, an audit will be performed and premium refunded within 90 days from the date of cancellation. If an audit cannot be completed within that time, "we" will accept audit information that "you" provide and refund any return premium within ten working days after "we" receive the necessary audit information from "you". If "we" are unable to ohtain audit iniormation due to "your" lack of caaperation, the deposit premium will he considered fully earned. In all cases, if the return premium is $5.00 or less, "we" will only provide a refund if "you" specificaily request the refund. Payment or tender of unearned pr�mium is not a condition af cancellation. 2. Under Cammpn Policy Conditions, the Following condition is added: Renewal -- If "we" decide to renew this policy, 'we" will give "you" written notice af the renewal premium at least 45 days prior to the renewal date. Copyrigh[. American Associ8tion of Insuranc2 3ervices, Inc., 2008 � AAtS CL 0160 06 08 Page 3 of 3 3. Under Comman Policy Conditions, Inspections is deleted and replaced by the followir►g: Inspections -- "We" have the right, but are not obligated, to inspect "your" property and qperations. This inspectian may be made by "us" ar may be made on "our" behalf. An inspection ar its resulting edvioe or report is not an agreement that "your" property or operatians are safe, healthful, or in compliance with laws, rules, or regulations. Inspections or reparts are for "our" penefi# only. CL D160 06 08 Copyright, Amencan Assaciation of Insurance Services, Inc., 2D08 � , � , ' ' ,IONES . � � ' EDMUNDS ENGINEERS � ARCMI7ECTS � SCIENT19T5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 BID DQCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-UT) Date: October 29, 2010 � This addendum # 1 is issued to provide additional information and clarification ta questions received during the Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting held on Oct 2$. 2Q10 at the Municipal Service Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater FI. ' GENERAL CLARIFICATIONS: 1. Question: Sheet M-2 shows a lonc� radius mechanical joint 90 deqree bend to be installed , at the to of the channel. It does not a ear that lon radius mechanical �oint bends are available. What is the intent? ' �] Answer: The long radius 90 degree bend was intended to be a flanged fitting as drawn. The note for the fitting has been changed to reflect this correctly. Please see the attached revised sheet M-2. 2. Question: Is ower available for b ass um in ? ' Answer: No, power shall be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with Section 01540 ofi the supplemental technical specifications. , 3. Question: Who is respansible for the electrical qower pavment? � ' `., , ' u i Answer: Power shall be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with Section 01540 of the supplemental technical specifications. 4. Question: Is there a noise requirement for by_pass pumping? Answer: Noise restrictions for th� 24-hr bypass pumping shall meet the City of Clearwater's residential noise standards (Community Development Code Section 3-15�$). 5. Question: Is 24hr manned oeeration required for bypass pum ip ng? Answer: The Contractor shall supply sufficient backup systems available for immediate operation in the event af a pump failure. An autodialer system shall be supplied unless the station is manned at all times. Backup pumps shall be called to automatically start in the event of a pump failure and the emergency contact dialed by the autodialer for immediate respanse. It is the Contractors responsibility to maintain the bypass pumping system at all times and the 1 � Contractor is responsible for paying all costs for clean-up and all fines imposed for overflows or spills during construction as stated in Section 01540. 6. Question: Is temporar�power,from the MCC on gen�rator backup? Answer: The City will not provide temporary power from the MCC. Power shall be ' supplied by the Contractor in accordance with Section 01540 of the supplemental technical specifications. 1 1 1 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DRAWINGS CLARIFICATIONS: 1. SHEETS D-1 AND D-2 Incorrect dimensions were shown on these sheets for the wetwell and screw pump station. The dimensians have been carrected. Please see the attach�d revised sheets D-1 and D-2 2. SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS • 1.13 TEMPORARY FACILITIES Add the following to the list of temporary utilities to be provided by the Contractor: � 7. High Speed Internet Service ' • Part 1 � 1 �, LJ 1 1 , C] 1 1 1 Add the following item: 1.36 HIGH SPEED INTERNET SERVICE The Contractor shall make the necessary applications and arrangements and pay all fees and charges for providing temporary high speed internet access to the resident abservers field office during the length of the contract up to time� of final acceptance by the Owner. The City will allocate ofifice space ta the resident observer in the Marshall Street Main Operations Building. The Contractor shall provide and pay far alI temporary switches and cannections. END OF ADDENDUM 324 5. Hyde Park Ave., Suite 250 • Tampa, Florida 33606 • Telephone (813) 258-07p3 • FAX (813) 254-6860 , � 1 �J ' 1 �� , 1 , , 1 ' L�i 1 ' 1 1 , f ONES " � ' EDMUNDS ENGINEERS I ARCHITECT5 � SCIEN715T5 ADDENDUM NO. 2 BID DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PI..ANS FOR SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-UT) Date: November 9, 2010 This addendum # 2 is issued to provide additional information and clarification to questions received during the bid period. GENERAL CLARIFICATIONS: 1. Question: What ratinq is the pvc storm drain? SDR35. C9U�. $CH40 OR SCHSO? Answer: The 6" PVC storm drain shall be Schedule 80. 2. Question: Which lu valve s ec is to be used? V900 or V920? Answer: Plug valves shall be type V920 as specified. 3. uestion: What is the bolt and asket s ec for inside the w�t well? Answer: Bolts inside the wet well shall be Type 316 stainless ste�l conforming to ASTM A193 (Grade B8) for bolts and ASTM A194 (Grade 8) for nuts. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be 1/8-inch-thick, cloth-ins�rted rubber conforming ta applicable parts of ANSI B165.21 and AW1NA C207. Gasket material shall be free from corrosive alkali or acid ingredients and suitable for use in sewage and reclaimed water lines. Gask�ts shall be full-fiace type for 125-pound flanges. 4. Question: What is the sqeC On the flancle couqling adapte�? Smith Blair 912 and 316ss restraint harn�ss ? Answer: Flanged Coupling Adapter: 1. Adapters for ductile-iron pipe 12 inches and smaller shall be ductile iron: Dresser Style 127, Smith-Blair Series 912, or equal. 2. Adapters for ductile-iron pipe larger than 12 inches and steel pipe shall be steel: Dresser Style 128, Smith-Blair Type 913, or equal. 3. Flange ends shall match th� flange of the connecting pipe. 4. Restraint harn�ss shall be 316 SS. ' ' 5. uestion: Are C153 Ductile Iran fittin s acce table? Answer: Ductile Iron fittings conforming to AWWA C153 are acceptable. 6. Question: Please see lan sheet C-1. In the b ass notes section it sa s that the , Maximum Da flow is 10 MGD and the Maximum Hourflow is 20 MGD. We don't understand how the maximum hour could be d uble the amount of the maximum dav• ' 1 C� 1 1 � 1 �J ' 1 1 Answer: Please see the following definitions: • Maximum Day Flow: The largest volume of flow anticipated to occur during a one-day period, expressed as a daily average. • Maximum (Peak) Hour Flow: The largest volume of flow anticipated to occur during a ane-hour period, expressed as a daily or hourly average. 7. Question: Is above rade i in on i e su orts re uired to be flan ed i e or will a manufacturer's restrained 'oint such as Flexrin be acce tabl ? Answer: Above grade piping shall be flanged except wher� restrained mechanical joints are shown on the drawings. Above grade restrained jaint pipe will not be acceptable. 8. uestion: Please verif the scale on d M-1. It is shown as 1"=5' but it looks as if it scales 1 "=4". Please verif . Answer: The scale is 1"=4'. See attach revi�w drawing. 9. Question: Bid item 3 states the bid item shall include as halt and avement restoration. Bid item 10 states it shall include the same thin . Bid item 3 states the bid item shall include�routing the 48" di�charge_pipe to the screw station. Bid item 12 includes the same thin . Answer: Delete Bid item 3. Insert new Bid item 3 to r�ad "Retrofit of Existinq Reclaimed Water Wetwell—This item shall include but not be limited to all costs for converting the existing reclaimed water wetwell inta the new filter feed pump station, including capping existing entry into w�twell; tying in new 4$-inch diameter DIP into wetwell via installation of a junction box; installing discharge piping, pipe supports, fittings, valves, grating, and access hatches; and painting. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accardance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification." , 10. Question: Bid item 14 states the bid item shall include avement restoration lease canfirm this is not a part of bid item 10. Bid item 14 states the bid item shall include disposal of unsuitable filL Pleas� ' confirm all fill is anticipated as beinca unsuitable in this excavation and is not a qart of bid item 11. , 1 1 Answer: Delete Bid item 12 and insert new Bid item 12 to read "Liqhtweight Concrete Fill— Under this bid item, the Contractor shall fill the abandoned 4$-inch RCP pipe and the designated screw pump channel ta the elevation indicated on the Contract Drawings with lightweight concrete fill. Payment for this it�m shall be made on a per-cubic-yard basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with 324 S. Hyde Pa�1c Ave., Suite 250 • Tampa, Flarida 33606 • Telephone (813) 258-0703 • FAX (813) 2546860 1 1 L� �� ' ' Cantractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdawn, and upan Engineer verification. This bid item will be deleted if th� City decides to exercise Bid item 14." Delete Bid item 14 and insert new Bid item 14 to read "Removal of 48-inch RCP- The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services to excavate and remove the appraximately 100 feet of 48-inch RCP that is being abandoned from the new junction box to the existing screw pump channel and fill the screw pump channel to the elevation indicated on the Contract Drawings with lightweight concrete fill. This item includes but is not limited to investigation of utilities, excavation, temparary pipe and duct bank supports, pipe removal, backfill, dewatering, pavement restaration, disposal of pipe and unsuitable fill, and r�pair and restoration of concrete, sidewalks and incidentals. Numerous active utilities and process piping are present in the area. Actual locations are not determined. Careful excavation will be required to uncover unknown utilities. The Contractor shall be paid based on percent completion in accordance with Contractor's approved schedule of value and upon Engineer verification. If the City decides to exercise the alternate, Bid item 12 will be deleted." The pavement restoration and unsuitable material in Bid item 14 is not a part of bid ' items 10 and 11. It is for the removal of the 48-inch RCP pipe, backfill and restore the pavement. 1 ' 1 ' [� � J LJ 1 1 1 CJ SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DRAWINGS CLARIFICATIONS: 1. SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Replace the Bidder's Proposal sheet with th� attached revised Bidder's Proposal Sheet. 2. SECTION 11535 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS • 2.01,Q,1,b Delete "approved equal" and replace with "No equals will be accepted." � I� T�; .T � 7�1 � 1� L l� l u l 324 S. Hyde Par1c Ave., Suite 250 • Tampa, Florida 33806 •%lephone (813) 258-Di03 • FAX (813) 254-6860 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ,s• rwc.uv� 8 � is' muwnic ea�virA �a• s��wr a+�rx uuu¢ Ifi' p BQD 90'-� mmde umweu ew�tt FiA1F LXAl10 LE4FL tarrxa�s (m�cK w3 i � ruiv p� ] � e �� gp}� � � 28]' S.3 BEW N � r SLBWA9aE R11V � u. a � � nnr ooMrpo� eusir I6' B' @ViIE WALL ffE — SIFCf S-2 f�R OE'fA115 1E' pP .�� d n� T "` �`�� CONCFE7E F�PE AFI''UR1i ]6' CUIIPIJNG +YVPfER � m� � si¢r s-e� prLVUe o &3Y 3.SC -' OONCRFIE SLAB ON CRIOE SQ ASEi C-t 16' D1P � FOR MA� — — ; — SW1tlUd1 IPE 54IP �FF➢UCFR i � � � � � SHEEi - � � � 1 � ' I ,. � isnul e �3 a sroo� Fcce �xr s' eeor+e r8v av 4a- nw SEC'E!0l11 AQ r�o.we .a- eEw ev w� /� i� '' - `-0' �i y I :=S 6�0' 76'r18' 01 lEE �. � 0. FL -7dE I I 73tl 66f fi.:.+� CYa E� 900 � � R�NSSILL 9IX1AA0•. PEYGff FUP � � CONSfflIICiM1N �. �� YMl1 PWL I�OIlNiEO SIliYONf (TR.i SEE SF�ET C-] aLMZ G11F . �16• 111P F9P YIA� PPIN6 �� S �' LIN. C1A. � � -� \ D011BLE LlK SGL ASdBLY ��'�' 23S �� '�� 9EE AiEt7 5-1 IS' MWL YOUl1fED SWICE GRiF FLR OEWS 8EC7'IQH Q@ ,•.4�� ,�-•, nimic Y NOIIFlLAIIbI CWSEN RfLOP6 ORAWINGS C17Y OF CIB6RNAPER, FlA814A EHGiNEER�#G DEPARTMENT 100 S. YyrLle Ave. Clearwa[er, FL 39758 ausie� nawooxm iB' PIPE PEYQUf 75 T4 AWID C�lF11Cf. � Wf7N OHER B6Wd PC � I I f saerneie rrn e [ a • V'� S7'� 4.6Y �b7' a.67' �.E7� , 37.3]' 6 'a1FF'�E VpL1 SFE 5-?\�nP �EfNS , r� ` � 1. � S�-0. / / ��+n� 76' CUIIPUNG OF 6J PcFSjc 1 \ �1 \ � s�u�rss� wir �,v or e7` 7nsmac wn+�mL �Yf UIiAL SH OR TIONS. •''yy 1 IRSFdlS(?11�.y IL4S1 1 sWSrn 1 sermvrur er�nors r+�use�rr, i1AftSIGLLSRREFf VNT� PECIANA'nONFILILIiY .m l6 9uw anaaaemc�mtrFm�sr�non�ua�wn�cnoK �o � -µ � ca�ic sca� o z s a � SORE N FEEf 1'�4' r` n�: i. ouc�� war+ Pwc suu et u�m .� rao�c�o +o� a�uuc o-nxr. i! � 1 1 1 1 �.J �J ' �� 1 � 1 1 , ' � ' � BYDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (PROJECT #: 09-0028-UT) ITEM DESCRIPTION EST. UNTI' PRICE TOTAL NO. UNIT TY MARSHALL STREET WRF - SCREW PUMP REPLACEMENT 1 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS 2 Dernolition of Screw Pump Station and Existing 1 LS Filter Feed Pum Sta.tion 3 Retrofit of Existin Reclaimed Water Wetwell 1 LS 4 By-pass Pumping far Connection and Testing of 1 LS New Wetwell Sa Furnish and Deliver Submersible Pumps-ODP � LS Item Sb Subrnersible Pum s Sales Tax 1 LS Sc Installation, Testing and Warranty of 1 LS Subme�rsible Pum s 6 Electrical, Instnunentation, and Controls for 1 LS Submersible Pum s 7a Furnish and Deliver Motor Control Center 1 LS MCC - ODP Item 7b Motar Cantrol Center 5ales Tax 1 LS 7c Installation, Testing and Warranty af Motor 1 LS Control Center MCC $ Generator Building Upgrades (air conditianing, 1 LS li tin , etc. 9 SCADA Tnte tion 1 LS 10 Pavement Restoration 1000 SF 11 Fill Material to Re lace Unsuitable Fill SOU CY 12 Li twei t Concrete Fill 15U CY Base Bid Subtotal id Item Nos. 1-12 Subtotal Owner's 10% Contin en id Item Nos.13 Base Sid Grand Total id Item Nos.1-13 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE (Approval by the Owner and Engineer is req�rired pri�or ta proceeding) ITEM DESCRIPTION EST. i]NIT PRICE TOTAL NO. UNIT QTY 14 Removal of 48-inch RCP 1 LS Additive Alternate Subtotal (Item No. 1�) 15 Owner's 10% Contin ency Additave Alternate Total Item Nos. 14-15 � 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' , 1 1 1 , 1 , ' 1 1 City of Clearwater, Florida SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF C#09-0028-UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS VQLUME 1 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO C�NTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION IIA SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Prepared in thc O£fice of thc City �ngincer Page 1 9/29/201 � 1 ' ' 1 ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS 8� N�TICE TO CONTRACT�RS SCREW PUMP STATYON REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET W�tF (09-0028-UT) CLEARWATER, FLQRIDA Copies af the Contract Documents and Plans for this Pmject are available far inspection and/or purchase by , prospective bidders at the City of Clearvvater's Plan Room - website address: www.mvClearwater.com/citmrojects, ON FR�AY OCTOBER 8 2010 until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Dceuments �nd Pl�ns, as indicated on the website, reilects repraductian cost anly. � 1 ' ' The work for which proposals are invited consists of demalition of the existing screw pump station, demalition of the existing filter feed pump station, installat�on af a new filter feed pump station which rncludes retrofit of the existing reclaimed water wetwell, installation oi submersible pumps with variable fiequency drives (VFDs) with associated electrical, instrumentation, and control systems. The work alsa includes convertin� the old generator building into an MCC, and other generatar building upgrades such as installation af air conditionin� and lighting and related warks. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference far all prospective bidders will be held on THURSDAY, OCTOBER 28, 2010 AT 10:00 AM IN RpOM #130, Municipal Services Building, 100 S. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Flarida. Representadves of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present ta discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing OtTce, located at the ' Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:3U P.M. on WEDNESDAY, N�VEMSER 17, 2010, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-U'I�. 1 �� r-, L_J 1 A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construcbon category of WASTEWATER FACILITIES wit� a minimum pre-quali�icadon amount of 2 0�,. OO.UQO. Contractars wanting to pre-qaalify to bid tltis project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the b'rd opening date. A 10% bid band is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager af the City of Clearwater, Florida ta reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida ' George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4634 1 5ectionl (2) � LJ Page 1 siz�izoos , ' � , ' �� 1 � �.� 1 �� , ' ' L. J ' 1 ' ' ' ' SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTIONII ................................................................................................................................... i l COPIES �F SIDDING DOCUMENTS ..............•-••---...................................--•---............1 3 EXAMI ICATION OF SIDDERS ......................................•---•---....................................1 Q NATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ........--••---• .......................................•---............ 2 5 BID SECURITY OR EID BOND ...............•---...................--•----......----------.............----•---•- 3 6 CONTRACT T�ME ..........................................•---............................................................ 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ........--• .............................................. 3 9 SUSC�NTRA.CTORS ......................................................................................................3 10 BID/PR�POSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUSMYSSION OF BIDS .....................................................................•------...................... 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS -•---• .......................................••-------•-----........................................ S 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5 15 OYENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERM�TS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... S l7 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7 19 SID .�ROTEST ...........................................................................................................•--••-- � 2U TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. S 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES ..................................................•-----............................... 8 Sectionll.doc i 9/27/2010 � ' 1 ' ' Section II — Instructions to Bidders 1 C�PIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the CiTy of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www.myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Dacuments and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A cornplete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, cantract form, a�idavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-yualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. ' 1,.2 Complete sets of Sidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets ofSidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. , 1 , ' ' C_ J ' ' 1 ' 1 1.3 The City, in making capies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only far the purpase of obtaining Bids on the Work arid does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpase. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to pErform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. k3ox 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33iS8- 47�8 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, �'lorida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification daca must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than �ourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to rnake reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF C�NTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Sidder, before submitCing a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ardinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Dacuments, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Cantract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereaf ibr the purpases af bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating ta physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditians (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous ta the site and which have been utilized by the En�ineer in , Sectionli.doc ' � Page 1 of 9 9/27/201 U Scction ii — Instructions to Bidders preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data containcd in such drawings but nat upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and En�ineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does nat assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract DocumenCs. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Sidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Sefore submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Sidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground �'acilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or fiarnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terrns ar�d conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 Un request in advance, City will provide each Sidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall. �ll all holes and clean up and restore the site to its �ormer condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto reyuired %r temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be abtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Sid will constitute an unequivacal representation by the Ridder that the Bidder has cornplied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is prernised upon perfarming and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishin� of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent ofthe Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clari�cations considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmissxon, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only infortnation provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 1 , , �_.' � , ' � , 1 , , C� , , , 1 Sectionll.doc Page 2 of 9 9/27/2010 ' L� ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' 4.2 5 Section II -- Instructipns to $idders Addenda may also be issued to modif'y the Sidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. BID SECURITY �R BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City af Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10°/a) of the Sidder's maximum Bid price and in the form af a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the reyuirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (.10) days after the award af contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security af a»y Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award rnay be retained by the City unti] the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 6 6.1 7 7.1 S The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME The number af consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. I 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 1 1 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Sidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifly percent (50%) af the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed ' Sectionil.doc � Page 3 of 9 9/27/2010 9.2 �[�7 Section 11— lnstnictions to Bidders Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Cotatract ta the City Council, request the Successful Sidder to submit an acceptable substitute without ara inerease in Contract Price or Cantract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the Ciry tnay award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and oCher persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificin� the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Cor►tractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written abjection prior to the recammendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objecti�n. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Fortn is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blaraks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal �'orm in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations ar erasures, the price %r which he will perform the work as required by th� Contract Docurnents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or it�m as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that yuantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual consiruction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proporCion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporaCe officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Si�nature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corparation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the parinership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the of�cial address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 11 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. SUBMISSION �F BIDS I1.1 Sealed Bids shall be submittEd at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisertaent for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xl ]" rnanila envelope wiCh the project nanne and number on the botCom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City af Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Tel�graphic or facsimile bids received by the Aurchasing Manager will not be accepted. Sectionll.doc 1'age 4 af 9 C� 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 9/27/2010 ' LJ ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 5ection II -- inswctions to Qidders 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a.Sid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to da so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Sidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modiiy any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of for-m, unautharized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the ri�ht to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Sid is not responsive or the Sidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists ' among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Af�davit contained in the Cantract Documents. ' 15 OPENING �F BIDS 1 1 1 ' ' [_� 15.1 ii� Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Sidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.] The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or aperation process, which is protected by patenC rights except as specifically SectionlLdoc Page 5 of 9 9/27/2010 Section Il — Ins[ructions to F3idders stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 1.6.3 The Contractor shall pay all appHcable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsibl� for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes invalving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City o� Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section iii — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever twa ar more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are recEived by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. EsCablished procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accampanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a cantrolled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the warkplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give eadi e�iiploye� engage�l in provi�li�ag tlac cuir►rriuciilic5 �r cunLraclual services that are underbid a copy ofthe statement specifed in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities ar cantractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, af the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than .five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any Employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this frm does/does not (select anly one) fully comply with the above requirements. Scctionii.doc Page 6 of 9 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 � ' 1 1 1 � 1 1 ' 9/27/2010 , , �� 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' Section 11— Inswctions tu Bidders : _ 1 = : � �7��1� � �:7�L� 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor af the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct surn thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Sidders, wheth�r or not the Bids comply with the prescribed reyuirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcantractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Sidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsiv� Sidder whose evaluation by the CiTy indicates ta the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combinaCion of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, hawever, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 R1GHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Mana�er, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications af an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior ta the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates far bids or due dates for requests for praposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic ar written request. Protests of recammended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in bath A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasanably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of ' Sectionll.doc 1 Page 7 of 9 9/27/20] 0 Section ii — Tnstructions to F3adders intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, statin� reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the fonnal written protest within iave (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. if the protestor is not satistied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within frve (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing M.anager, to the City Maraager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter af protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When ftling a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of S% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the pratest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be ]ess than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 1 QO% of the fee paid. Z9.4 STAY OF PROCiIREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 2Q TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-0$) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.6�-553.64, �'lorida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21..1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) NaCional Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater rnanagement pro�rams (both using best management practices (SMPs) that eifectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. SectionII.doc A. The control o�construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The irnplernentation oF proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. Page 8 of 9 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 9/27/ZO10 ' ' 1 ' Section Il — Instructions to Biddcrs B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment cantrol plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion ' and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available aC City of Clearwater En_gineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best ' Management Practices. References EPA website , , 1 1 1 ' , ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' Sectionll.doc Page 9 of 9 9/27/2010 ' , ' � SEGTION IIA SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 1 The Owner reserv�s the right to award the project to the Contractor after the bid opening based an � the bidders's base totals or the base bid plus additive alternatives, which depending on the Owner's ftnal decision an what additive alternatives, if any, are to be included in the project. , �J �� 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �J , 1 1 ' , 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: SECTTONIII .................................................................................................................................. i GENER_AL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... i 1 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................. l 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...........................•--•--•-----------•-----------.................................. 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ S 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO AROCEED; STARTING THEPROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5 2.4 SEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTCON ...................................................................... 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTIDN CONFERENCE ....................•----............................................... 6 2.6 PROGRES S MEETING S ................................................................................................ 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 6 3.1 1NTENT ........................................................................................................................... 6 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7 4 AVAILASILITY OF LANDS; SUSSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 7 4.1 AVAILABILITY �F LANDS ......................................................................................... 7 4.2 IIVVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 8 5 SONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT B�ND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 5.2 IN S U RAN CE ..................................................................................... .............................. 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANC'E ......................................................... 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PR�PERTYDAMAGE CD�ERAGE ............................ 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVEAUTOM�BILE LIABILITY .................................................... I1 S.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS ........................••--•--...--••--••-----�.......---•--..........................._. .._..... .l 1 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSISILITIES .....................................................................12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LASOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "�R EQUAL" ITEMS ........................................... ........... 13 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 14 6. 5.1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 1 S 6. S.2 RESTOIL4TI�N TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ I S 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 15 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... l6 6.8 PERMITS ....................................................................................................................... ] 6 Sectionili.doc i 9/27/2010 f►I 8 9 b.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION...-•----•-�---�----•-�--�---------�-------� ......................................... 16 6.10 EMERGENCiES.------��-...---�..-•---••-•-�--•----�--��---�--��---------------------�--�----�-------��----��----��----...17 6.11 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 17 6.11.1 SHOP DR�IWINGS, S�MPLES, RFIs, and SU.F3MITTAL REVIEW ........................ 17 6.11.2 AS-BUILTDRAWINGS ...........................................�-----...........................................19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 21 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES :....................................................................................................22 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 22 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23 6.14 IN DEMN 1F1CATlON .................................................................................................... 23 OTHERWORK .............................................................................................................. 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24 7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 24 OWNERS RESPONSISILITY ...................................................................................... 24 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 2S 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ..................•-------------..-.-.----.------.---.... ..--- 25 9.2 CLAR1FiCATIONS AND 1NT�KPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 25 9.4 SHOP .DRAWI.NGS, CHANGE �RDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 25 9.5 DECrSIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. 26 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK ..................:....................................................................... 27 11 CHANGES IN TH� CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 � r.r CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PItiCE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 29 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 29 2 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30 3 TESTS AND �NSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTTVE WORK .............................................................................................. 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK .............................•------.---.----•-•- ... 31 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ......................................... 32 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 32 13.6 ACCEFTANCE OF DE'FECTIVE WORK .--•---• ........................................................... 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 33 4 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 34 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLiCATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTiLTZATION ----��--�----�-� ............................................................................ 35 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 3b 14.d FINAL APPLICATION FUR PAYMENT ................................................................... 36 1 � 1 Sectionili.doc m 9/27/2010 , 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' C.� ' 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ..............................................................................................�-- �7 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 37 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ..................•..........-------.................................. 37 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 3$ 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 39 16 DISPUTE RESULUTION ............................................................................................. 39 17 M�SCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................... 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 40 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 40 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 40 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION ............................................................................................�-�-•--. 40 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 40 19 MATERIAL USED ..................•-----................................................................................. 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 41 22 RESIDENT NQTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 41 22.1 GENERAL .........................•---�--•-••-•-._............................................................................41 22_2 E,XAMPLE .....................................................................................................................42 23 PRO.IECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 42 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE-� ............................................................................................. 42 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 43 23.3 F1XED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 43 23.4 FORTASLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 43 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 43 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT .......................................................................................��-------�---- 43 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 43 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .........................................................................�•-�-----�-----.. 44 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 44 Scctionlll.doc iii 9/27/2010 1 1 1 �� , Section 111— (ieneral Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Sids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment ' The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by ConCractor in requesting progress ar final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract llocurnents. , 1 1 Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of Che material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not irnply a responsibility an the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. , Bidding Documents "I'he advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). ' Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Cantract Time issued on or after the eff�ctive date of the Agreement. Ciry The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Constructinn 1'nspector A person who is the autharized representative af the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City canstruction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs thE Preconstruction Conterence and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction_ Sectinnlll.doc Page 1 of'45 9/27/2010 Section Ill — General Conditions Contruct DoC uments Th� Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including docurnentation accompanying fhe bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modi .frcations issued after the execution of the Agreezaaent. Cvntract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Tzme The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that d.isplays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most ef�cient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day af twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work tbat is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does »ot conform to the Contract Documents or does not zneet the requirem�nts of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of` final payment_ Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City af Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Flarida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract wiCh Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the �'roject and who is identifed as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 5ectionlll.doc Page 2 of 45 )/27/2010 1 1 1 ' u ' L L J� 1 � ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 �� l 1 ' ' Section lll — General Conditions F. D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furni.sh The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar ' meaning shall be interpreted, unless atherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". ' Inspection The ternn "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and ' Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseein�. Laws and Regulaiions ' Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. ' Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or persanal property_ ' Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior ta the final completion date. 1 �J Notice to Proceecl (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner ta the Contractor fxing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligatians under the Contract Documents. 0►vner 1 1 Person ' The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purpases of this contract, the person who is the City's autharized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve ds thc Owner's Represenlalivc during construction. A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project ' The total construction af which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whale or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization ' Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. ' ' � Represendative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a respansible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is pro�ressing. The names and positions of these persans shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction Sectionlll.doc Page 3 of 45 9/27/Z010 Section IIl — General Conditions conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An of�cial written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrarns, illustrations, schedules and other data which are spECifically prepared by or for Contractar ta illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor ta illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those partions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Wark and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Cantractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certifrcate of Substantial Completion, it is sufticiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specifed part) can be utilized for the purpases for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for f7na1 payment as evidenced by the En�ineer's recommendation of fnal payment. The terms "substantially camplete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Suppdemer�tary Condztzons The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supylier A manufacturer, fabricator, suppNer, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages ta be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilrties All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the follawing services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewa�e and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. SectionllI.doc Page 4 of 45 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 L_ J 1 1 1 , 9iz�izoao ' , ' 1 1 1 1 LJ ' ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 Section Ili — General Conditinns Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Wark The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be fiarnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Direclive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performea or emergencies. Wark Chang� Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, an the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certi�cates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES �F DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor two (2) copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 CQMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No wark shall be done at the site priar to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ' Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any canflict, error or ' discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy ' in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have knawn thereof. ' Sectionlll.doc Page 5 of 45 9/27/2010 C_� Section Ill — General Conditions No verbal agreernent or canversatian with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not cornmence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole respansibility of the Contractor. `�.i�:�x�•�►�.-��:i�l��r•��r�•��i��:��ra� Within twenty (2Q) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a precanstruction conference to be attended by Cotttractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Wark and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project off'icially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Dcpartmcnt at thc prcconstruction confcrcncc. In thcse cases, the prcconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Scl�edule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is ta make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shal] deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose ofrating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequali�cation. 2.6 PR�GRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings_ These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Cantract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complemetatary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Dacuments ta describe a Functionally complete project (or part thereofl to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment Sectionlll,doc 1'age 6 of 45 9/27/2010 ' C� 1 1 ' ' , 1 �I 1 , ' ' , ' 1 1 � 1 ' ' 1 1 �J LJ 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 [� ' 1 Section IIl — General Conditions which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed wh�ther ar not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or eyuipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meanin�. Clarifications and interpretations oi the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental autharity, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES lf, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Cantractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or �wner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL C�NDITIONS; REFERENCE PQINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY �F LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general applicatian but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Sectionlll.doc Page 7 of 45 9/27/2010 Section IlI — General Conditions 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engiraeer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIQNS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The informatian and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by athers. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checkin� all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown ar indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of al] such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the L�CAL PUBLTC UTILTTY NOTZF�CATTON CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners wk�o are not a member of the LQCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation_ The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavalion and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying aut the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or reyuires relacation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual SectionIll.doc Page 8 of 45 9/27/2010 i � ' ' �� ' , 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 ' , 1 1 ' ' �� Sectipn III — General Conditions time on the project. All time shall be camputed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. ' 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE � ' 1 ' �� 1 t 1 ' ' ' ' 1 1 � 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Perfortnar�ce and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contrract Frice as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date wkaen �nal payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Botads shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bands and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Sureau of Governrnent �'inancial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bands signed by an agerat must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Sond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirernents of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. F�+�I`E-��J:7_1►[«]� Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other abligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, ar by anyone directly ar indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any af them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under warker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary persanal injury liability caverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such persan by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims far damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and SectionIIl.doc Page 9 af 45 )/27/2U 10 Section 1Tl — General Conditions maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractoar's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed ar renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given ta the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplernental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all tirtaes thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction af Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Canditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, af continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the lnsurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Cornprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; E�plosion, Collapse and Underground Froperty Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Sroad Forna Property Damage; and Personal lnjury liabilities: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate . Aggregate (2) Praperty Damage: $500,000. Each $I,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Sectionlll.doc Page I 0 of 45 ' 1 1 , ' ' ' , � 1 ' ' ' � , , , 9iz�i2olo ' � 1 ' ' 5ection IIl — General Conditions Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusian deleted Aggregate Aggregate ' 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 1 1 1 � 1 ' 1 1 1 ' including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Sadily lnjury $500,000. Each Aerson $1,OQO,Q00. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occunence Receipt and acceptance by Owner af the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other sitnilar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than reyuired by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. �wner may at its option require a capy of the Contractar's lnsurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage From the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Lon�shore and Harbar Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, reyuires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefts under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensutian puyable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be reyuired to secure the payment of compensation. 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on ' insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractars, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Canditians to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and ' damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of paytnent of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor ' waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for al I losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in additian, waive all ' Sectionlll.doc Page 11 of 45 9/27/2010 1 Section 111— General Conditions such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identi .fied in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the praceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, En�ineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them far: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out af or resulting from �re or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out o� or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. ��I� ► : = ��7'.��7��1=�i�=�� 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and ef�ciently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, seyuences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, rraethod, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed wark complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep an the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as bindin� as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a rnobile cell phone on his person sa he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional en�ineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours ar on the Qwner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspectar overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made aut ta the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Qwner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection casts on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60_00 per hour_ Scctioniil.doc Pagc 12 of 45 9/27/2010 1 1 1 1 1 ' , , 1 1 � , 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' � 1 ' 1 Section lll — General Conditions Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably quali�ed personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shatl be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the perfonmance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Reyuirements, Cantractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly sTored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, cannected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, ar distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sale discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incarporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. ln such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to irnplement the ODP documents and procedures. fi.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents ' by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is follawed by words reading that no like, equivalent or ' "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer, tf in Engineer's sale discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by , Engineer for approval. Tf in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractar shall submit suffrcient information as required by the , Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material ar equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review , Sectionlll.doc Page 13 oF45 9/27/2010 ' Section 111— Genere] Conditions of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each prapasal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractar shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other persan any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engine�r to pay or lo see to the payment of any rnoneys due any such Subcantractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persans performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specifrc irade. All work performed for Contractar by a Subcantractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docurnents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay ar emplay any Subcontractar, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against wham Owner ar Engineer may have reasonable abjection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work a�ainst whom Contractor has reasanable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. [:'�•3��-� �•7 y �:7 � 1�1 I E-� �-� Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of.-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume fiull responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting Sectionl Il,doc Pa�e 14 of 45 9/27/2010 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 , 1 � 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 r ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 ' , i� 1 1 1 Section Ill — General Conditions fram the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against a11 claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting fi'rom any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by ar based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep ttae premises free f`rom accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, constructian eyuipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original conditian all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits af Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. + Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient yuantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (l5) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be nraaintained at all times. If the project or a portion af it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ' Contractar shall pay all license fees and rayalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular ' invention, design, proc�ss, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any licens� fee or royalty to ' others, the existence of such rights shall be disclased by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. ' Sectionl l l.doc Yage 1 S of 45 9/27/20 ] 0 1 Section III -- General Conditions To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, casts, losses and damages arising out of or resulting From any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of'the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Docurnents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consurner, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations af the State of Florida and oCher governmental agencies, which are applicable durir�g the performance of the work. [:��A_\��E-�_1�1�7:7xr1�JA_r�C�7�E-� Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Worlc. E�cept where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for nnonitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws ar Regulations. Yf Contractar performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall nat be Contractor's prirnary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner ta report and resolve discrepancies as described above. fi.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall abtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Cantractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Coratractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owraers for capital costs related thereto such as plant investrnent fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Wark and materials and equiprnent to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. ln the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. .lf in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or Sectionlll.doc Page 16 of 45 9/27/2U10 1 1 ' 1 ' �1 ' , 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 , ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' Section III —General Conditions materials shall have been darnaged or injured by reason af failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Wark, such Wark and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Cantractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognitian, avoidance and prevention of unsa�e conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide frrst aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract perfarmance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal pratective ec�uipment in all operatians where there is expasure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a candition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractar to Uwner, and the Contractor shall remain salely responsible �or compliance with all saf�ty requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. "1'he Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and rnotorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to canstruction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having ' jurisdictiora for safety af persons or property and to protect them fram damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safeCy and protection. Contractor shall notify owners af adjacent prop�rty and af Undergraund Facilities and utility owners when ' prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any ' other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Wark shall ' continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 , 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the sa%ty or protection ofpersons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractar, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directivc or Change Order will be issued to document the conseyuences of such action. [.�i fi 1 �7:7_\�i�l l �[�-� 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and appraval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shap Drawin�s will Scctinnlll.doc Page 17 of 45 9/27/2U10 Section III — General Conditiqns be cotnplete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance ar�d design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor prapases to provide and to enable Engineer ta review the infort�aation. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop .Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measuremez�ts, c�uantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performa�ace of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Cantractor's sole responsibilities in respect ta means, methods, techniques, sequences and pracedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a starnp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied C:antractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Cantractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of subrnission, Contractor shall give Engineer speci�c written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have frarn the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be ir► a written cammunication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a speci.fic notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for r�view and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each R�I within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untirnely subrtaission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Sartaples will be only to deterrnine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of ttic curtiplctca Projecl as a fuiiciiuiziiag wkaole as i►�aicate.d the Cvntract Docwnents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate itein as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections reyuired by Engineer, and shall return the required number of carrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractar shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the carrections called for by .Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and appraval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirettaents of the Contract Documents unless Contractar has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor Sectiorilll.doc Pagc I S of 45 9/27/2Q10 ' 1 , ' , 1 1 , 1 , ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 C� 1 ' Section 111— General Conditions will any approval by the Engineer reliEVe the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the reyuirements of paragraph abave discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractar for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such casts from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Cantractor requ�sts a substitution far a previausly approved itern, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substiiution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ' The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set af blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good arder and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall rnark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes ' or deviations which may vary from the details represented an the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall recard the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that dif.fer fronn the locations indicated or which were not , indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. ' The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress af the Project. The As-Suilt Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Repres�ntative, or his designee, for ' accuracy attd compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawin�s" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the ' Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. ' 1 1 1 , 1 Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersectian drawings, as specifed for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness af the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-I3UiLT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a:Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD fle. Secti�nl Il.doc Page 19 of 45 9/27/2010 Section 11I — General Conditions 61G17-6.002 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey perfarmed to obtain horizontal arrd/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements »zay be located and delrneated.• also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. lf this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State af Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day ar any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertic�l datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, clearaouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basitt dimensians, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey caordinates (northing, easting and elevation,) based on the appraved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also. all rtew and replaced service connections �or potable and reclaimed water will be lacated as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and si�all denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Controi Wiring The as-built drawin�s shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shull also include the siza, color, and number of wires and canduit. For projects �vhere this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrazns, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination lacation and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the daturn shall be referenced to the North American Datum oi 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement shall be the United States Foat. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizantal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. Sectionlll.doc Page 20 of 45 9/27/2010 ' 1 1 t , ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 , , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Suilt survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61 G] 7 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. ln additian to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and SufFixes 6.� DI prefix denates digitized ar scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes propased entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbals TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 11.3.1.2 La er Namin Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances B�C curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs Sectionl ll.doc Page 21 of 45 9/27/2010 Section III — General Conditions TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOESERM toe of berm SEA WALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, morrumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=2�' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptabl� file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahon � ,mvclearwater.com. [.^�i f'�MI�] � � �:7_[� t�]:Y*�r] �� I�:7_1 ��%1:7:7_1 � � �'/_1► I�Z�`1�L•1:7_1►�� =1 Cantractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Cantract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, Sectionlll.doc Page 22 of'45 9/27/2010 � 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' � 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 Section lIl — General Conditions modification or aperation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the �wner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries ar damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and fnal acc�ptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his awn expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period af one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obli�ation to perform the Wark in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress ar final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certi�cate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. fi.13CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the pragress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or pastponed pending resolution of any disputes ar disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. [�L11►1�]��'�1►11�C�L��C�]►1 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of thern from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of ar resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction af tangible property (other than the work itsel�, including the loss of use resulting therefram, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractar, any Subcontractar, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or fumish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or darnage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractar will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who Scctionlll.doc Pa�e 23 of 45 9/27/2010 Scction ,III — General Conditions shall indemniFy and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, offcers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone For whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemni�cation obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification abligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultanis, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them_ �5�� i � �:��:1�� 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform wark as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its owtt forces perform new work related to the project, however., this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractar's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner cantracts with others for the performance of other work on the 1'roject at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and respansibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditians, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordi»ation. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Canditions, the Owner sha11 issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall rnake payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. Sectionlll.doc Page 24 of 45 9/27/2010 ' ' , ' � , ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' C� � 1 , 1 1 1 , ' ' Sectiqn 111— General Conditions In connection wiCh the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on �ngineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the �wner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniyues, sequences or procedures of construction ar the safery precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of'the Wark. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform ar furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTI�N 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, respansibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during constructian are set forth in the Contract Dacuments and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATI�NS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifcations or interpretations of , the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form af Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract ' Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations ofthe Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding an the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpr�tation ' justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Changc of Contract Timc. ' 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work ' which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design cancept of the , completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative ar the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testin� of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. , 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as ta Shap Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shap ' Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. ln connection ' Sectionlll.doc Page 25 of 45 9/27/2010 , � Section 111— General Conditions with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be th� initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the �vork thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's RepresentativE and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occ«rrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days a�er the start af such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support af such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing pariy shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution A�reement between Owner and Contractar for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resalution Agreement has been enter�d into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Cantractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days af the date of such decisinn, unle�s ntherwise a�reed in writing by the nwner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decisian rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such clairn, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent ta any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights ar remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article an Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATI�NS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provisian of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibiliry by Owner's Representative shall Scctivnlll.doc Page 26 of 45 9/27/2010 � 1 � , 1 � 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' , 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 � ' Section 11] — General Conditions create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization ar to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, cantrol or have authority aver or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfarmance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's iailure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other persan or organization performing or iurnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Applicatian for Payment and accampanying ' documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bands and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be d�livered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content camplies with the ' requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. �C=�:TTrCt3 �� I `� �:I ��i�L�]:� �I Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice ta any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be perforrned under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). lf the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Cantract Time that should be allawed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditians. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Cantract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is nat required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as pravided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering wark as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ardered by the Owner (ii) reyuired because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and Scctionlll.doc Page 27 of 45 9/27/20] 0 Section TII — General Conditions changes in the Contract Price or Contract Tinae which embody the substance af any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article �or Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisians of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Cantractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor sk�all be at Contractor's expense without change in the Cantract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order ar by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price sha11 be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no evettt later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional tirne for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written staternent that the clairned adjustment covers all known amaunts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Arice will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work invalved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Docurnents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not cavered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot �nutually agree on a lurnp sum price, the City af Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WO,RK, on "COST RE:[MBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: Sectioniil.doc Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct wark (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes Page 2R of45 ' 1 1 , � � ' � 1 1 1 � ' ' ' ' 1 9/27/2010 ' ' 1 1 1 � L�� ' � � � ' 2. Section III — General Conditions established by law). �xpressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. Materials associated with th� change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the localiry or as defined in the rental Rate Slue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and ather costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Baok. Op�rating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional casts for Bonds, Insurance if reyuired by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor ar Subcontractor. ' 11. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item ] above. If work is perfarmed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). , 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' � LI� 1 B. A fixed fee of ten percent ( I 0%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of ltems 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost af general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Cantract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and p�rformed for such sums as may be acceptable to �wner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cast to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipmexat required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand far additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to fnal payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amaunts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Cantractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal ta SectionllI.doc Page 29 at'45 9/27/2010 Section III — General Conditions the sum ofthe established unit price for each separately identifred item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each itenn as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. �ach unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adeyuate to cover Contractor's averhead and profit far each separately identifed item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit .Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated �uantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other itena of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price cantracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactarily complete the constructioza of the project. lt is expected that in the normal course of project construction and cornpletion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of �nal Contract �'rice should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written �mendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reas�n t� helieve it is entitled as a result of the accurrence of said event. All claims far adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not subrnitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time lirnits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an arnount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Sectionill.doc Page 30 of 45 9/27/2�1 D 1 1 , 1 � � ' 1 ' 1 , LJ ' � ' ' 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 Section Ill — General Conditions Where Contractor is prevented from campleting any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amaunt equal ta the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy far such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other persan, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to �res, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility awners ar other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Wark. , 13 TESTS AND INSPECTI�NS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE 4F DEFECTIVE WORK ' 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Cantractar shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the � Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform ' all inspections, tests, or approvals reyuired by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be barne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. ' If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo� specifically ta be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, ' Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Dacuments, Owner ' permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all casts in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Enginaer's accaptance of materials or eyuipment to be incorporated in the Work, ' or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorparation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by ' Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative ' and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention ta cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 1 1 ' ' 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. SectionlIl.doc Page31 of45 9/2�/201� Section iIl — General Conditions If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected ar tested by athers, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstructian (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, arad, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, rraay make a clairra therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found ta be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Tirne (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and recvnslruction; and, if tk�e parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change o�Contract Time. 13.30WNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stap the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. Tf the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extensian of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shal l promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed ar campleted, or, if the Work has been rejected by �ngineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of� others). G E � � •i � � � /_1:7 : L• 1 ` � �' / L � + ] .7 : 7 X+� � C � 7 ► I , � : � C �] � If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period o�'time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provisian af the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is noC defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the tea-ttas of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and Sectionlll.doc Pagc 32 of 45 9/27l20] 0 , , 1 1 1 1 , � 1 1 ' �� ' 1 �. J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work af others) will be paid by Contractor. Tn special circumstances where a particular itern of equipment is placed in continuous service ' before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start ta run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendrnent. ' Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed ar replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended far an additional period of ane year after such correction or removal and ' replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ' If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. ' Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. Tf any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporatin� ' the necessary revisions in the Contract Dacuments with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for ' Change of Contract Price. lf the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. I 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ' If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correctian and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Docurnents, or if 1 Contractor fails to cornply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner rnay, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such defrciency. ln exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. ' In connection with such cart'ective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereta, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the ' site ar for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractar shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable , the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary ' revisions in the Contract Documents with respect ta the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Frice, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article For Change of , Sectionlll.doc Paga 33 of 45 9/27/2010 ' Section III — General Conditions Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of wark of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacernent oi Coratractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Wark attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATIQN FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall subrnit (not rnore ofien than once a month) to Qwner's Representative for review an Application for Payrnent filled out and signed by Cantractor covering the Wark completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Docume�ats, paymettt will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in Che Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than �ve (S%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the CanstrucCion Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-built drawin�s are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractar to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have Ueen paid any sut» or sua�as then due_ A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Praject or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Wark shall be purchased by Cantractar or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an inCerest is retained by the seller. Contractar warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractar shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful dernands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owenr's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the Sectionlll.doc Page 34 of 45 9/27/2010 1 1 1 � 1 1 , �J 1 1 � LJ ' ' 1 1 ' � I J ' ' 1 C� 1 ' 1 ' C� ' CJ L� 1 1 1 5ectiqn llI — General Conditions nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails ta do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Cantractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhpld from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably suffcient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Cantract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. ln paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be cansidered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall nat be liable ta Contractor for any such payment made in gaod faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to the Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Owner Representative's reasans for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Owner's Representative may refuse to recammend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence ar the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring carrection or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or camplete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Terrnination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance ar furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set- off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Owner's Representative, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasans for such actian. �r��_�:i�i_1��j�l�r�_� �r•�►i Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which ' (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Repres�ntative, and Contractor agr�e canstitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the �wner for its intended purpose without signifcant interference ' with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accamplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: ' Scctionlll.doc Page 35 of 45 9/27/2010 C] Section 111— General Conditions The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time rr►ay notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such reyuest, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection af that part of the Work to determine its status oi completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Wark to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. 7f Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Cornpletion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certi�cation of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and accessthereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Cantractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a�nal punch list and assign a date for this work to be completed. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or rer�aedy such deficiencies. �«r��i►r_��r_��a_��•�.��•�:a�_�•�►��i�.�� After Contractor has connpleted all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-builtlRecord Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Sonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Sands and Insurance, certificates oi inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Cantract Dacuments and other docut�aents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The �nal Application for Payment shall be accampanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Sonds and Znsurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the �wner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts ittclude all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work far which the Owner or th� Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner a�ainst any Lien. Section]II.doc Page 3� c�f 45 9/27/2010 ' , ' ' ' 1 LJ 1 1 1 � I� 1 , ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 LJ �I � 1 1 , 1 � 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 �� Section lll — General Conditions Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable nnanner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution af the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. �r��i1i_��_�v►�,i��r_��i•�_[�Z«]�i�_�,�� If throu�h no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's tinal Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Represantative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been fiirnish�d as required in paragraph f�r R�nds and Tnsurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance du� for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions goveming final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review af the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, �wner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner far payment. Thereupon, Owner's Represerttative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. �therwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Wark appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents ar the terms of any special guarantees speci .fied therein, or .from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than thase previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Sectionlll.doc Page 37 of 45 9/27/2010 Section III — Genera] Conditions Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an appraved claim therefnre as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.20WNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perforrn the wark in accordance with the Contract ,Docurn�nCs (including, but not limited to, failure to supply suificient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted frorn time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Re�ulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of �wner's Representative; if Contractor othcrwisc violatcs in any substantial way any provisions of thc Contracl Docunaents; or i�` the Work to be done under this Cantract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous writter� consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein speci�ed, or at any time Owner's Representative certifes in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surEty, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractnr �ha]J pa.y the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as ta their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incarporated in a ChangE Order, provided that when exercising any ri�hts or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have beera so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Ownear against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Cantractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): Sectionlll.doc Pagc 38 of 45 9/27/2010 1 1 1 , 1 ' 1 1 � ' � � 1 ' 1 LJ , 1 � 1 1 ' ' �� 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' , �� Section IIl — Gencral Conditions for campleted and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and prafit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or eyuipment as required by the Contract Documents in connectian with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and proft on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement af terminated cantracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable ta termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated prafits or revenue or other economic loss arisin� out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act ar fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within tlairty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails far thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May "I'erminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's sCopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ' If and to the extent that the Uwner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that rnay arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for ' resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or rerraedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect af any , dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 1 ' Sectionlll.doc Page 39 of 45 9/27/2010 ' Section IiI — Gencral Conditions � t i u I I��f L� � � 1� I�� 1�� 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS Th� fornn of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permiCted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving af written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member o� the firm or to an offcer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because af any error, omission or any act of the other parly or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasanable time of the frst observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all caurt or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise speci�ed in the contract specifcations or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both par-�ies. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. �E��]:� �] �:7=1 � I �] ��Z�L�-� [�7 � [�7� �:i��i L�T:7:� The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do sa. The Engineer shall have the power ta direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. Sectionlll.doc 1'age 40 of 45 9/27/2010 ' , ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 �.J ' 1 � , 1 ' ' 1 ' � �1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 �� 1 � ' 1 1 1 1 �.J Section lI1— General Conditio�as 19 MATERIAL USED All material incarporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts af all materials. ' 2� CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case af conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Moditications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary Genera] Canditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP� OPTI�N The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding pracess as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Flarida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and eyuipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractar's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODA items included in the Contract Documents and the t1PPENDIX for ODP Documents. ��.��1�7=1��.[•��1�[�,ti�[•1`[*1�-�r��:�i•1�•1►�-��:l�l��[•�� 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of constructian events; possibility of water service disruptian and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the propased construction; and ather language as appropriate to the scope af Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the sCart of construction. Notifcation shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activiTy. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including sta�ing areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period ta residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to �naintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Scctionlii.doc Page 41 of 45 9/27/2010 Section iIi -- General Conditions Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-speci�c pay item to be included in tk�e bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE C7TY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY' S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property awners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractar within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordinatian to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customiz�d colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to az�swer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent , at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. IConstruction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To kaelp accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract periad. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTiON 1V, ARTICLE ].1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Sectionlll.doc Page 42 of 45 9/27/201 D � ' 1 C� 1 1 1 1 , , 1 ' , ' 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 ' ' 1 � ' Section IIl — General Conditions 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. f��►:/��yLt]�. Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted an a sheet of exterior grade plywood af the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Sottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment ta fencing or other �xed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ' Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, �.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl ' lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 r 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment ta either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For constructian projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. Far projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of= way, the signs will be placed in the ri�ht-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations af active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same tirne. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Cantractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. Sectionlll.doc Page 43 of 45 9/27/2010 Section III — General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN F� � � �-�f- PR�JECT NAME ► (C��NTRACT NUMBER) �DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT �� .. CONTRACTOR: } COMPLETION DATE: . . _._.._ FUNDING_ OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: .. . �� ° �le�rwater U � ?-J i , �- � ' ... �...--�---....---.._.-..--------..�-._.__._�i '�'� � a � ' � �,� ,� � � : - i ' .�. .,��; .-. - .....- �:.f: ! �Jn�- � ,�I�� I N �' i ___� . -•T ,,/\,, �L. �;%-.;j�:�i��7:-- ,— _ ....; ,-._/..f-, - �` . � ,,�,;. . ;, �,';,�" �•., . , j//;�j /'>. , . % ,j �•. . . -% � ' %:, .�; /'.;-;,;`,. � ��` %�, ;i� ;�> %' , i �� , T%T'7/, '�— __- T ��,. �,.: : � , , . : '\ y�\j//. 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will coznmence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of_consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCR1PT10N. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to praceed. If the Contractor fails to cornplete the wark within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee SectionlIl.doc Page 44 of 45 9/27/2010 � ' ' ' ' ' ' �� i 1 � 1 1 i i 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractar shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. 'T'he Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. ' Scctionlil.doc Page 45 oF45 9/27l2010 ' ' 1 �� '��C�7►�1�1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: � SECTION IV .................................................................................................................................. i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... i � 1 SCOPE UF WORK ...........................................................................................................1 1.1 SCOFE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................. .. 2 ' ........................... ................................... 2 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................••-•---...---•--................................. 3 ' 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ............................................................................. 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ....................................................................................................... 4 ' 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................. 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 4 ' 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMSOLS ........................................................................... 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 6 ' S EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROiJND WORK .......................................................... 6 6 CONCRETE ................................................................................................................•---•- � ' 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::.: 7 7.1 EXCAVATION. 7 7.2 FORMS ........................................................................................................................... 7 ' $ REINFORCEMENT .............................••-•---.....................................................................7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 8 � 9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS ' AND STREET PAVEMENT ...........................................................................•---•-•--------•- $ 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .......................................•----•---..........------•- 9 12 DEWATERING ..........................................................................................•-•------•-•----------- 9 ' 12.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................•-•-••--•--.... 10 ' 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ................................................................................... 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FUR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FR�MANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY ........................... 10 ' 13 SANITARY MANHOLES ..............................................................................................12 13.1 BU1LT lJP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13 ' SectionlV.dac i 9/27/2010 1 13.2.1 MANH�LE AD.IUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13 13.3 DROP MANF�OLES .............................................•-�-�---��--�--�----�-----�-�--��----��---�----�--�..--- 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 13 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ...................................... ........................................................ 13 13.6 CONNECTiONS TO.MANHOI.�.ES ...........................•--............................................... 14 14 BACKFXLL ......................................................................................................................14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC- •-------•---------••---------••------••------• ......................................... 14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES---•---• .............••-----••----........--------------------•-................................................ l 4 16.1 BAS1S OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 14 17 LTNSU�TABLE MATFRIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ............................................•-------�•-•-......-------------��-----•-- 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 18 UNDERDRAINS .............................................................................................................15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15 18.2 SASTS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16 l9 STORM SEWERS ..........................................................................................................16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 16 19.2 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 ZO SANTTARY SEWERS AND FORCE MATNS ..............................................................17 20.1 MATERTALS --�---------------------------------•-•-�--••---��------•-�-----�--��----�---�---�--��-•----�-------��---�--.... 17 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 17 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 17 20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ................................•--...---............................................... 17 20. 2.2 FORCE MA.IN P.IPE ............................................................................................. 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 1 S 20.4 T.ESTrNG.------�-----�--�---------� .........................•-�---��--•----•-------�----�--��--------�--------��---�---�---�-- l8 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ...............................................................•---..... 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 19 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 19 20.5.2 FORCE MAINPIPE ............................................................................................. 19 21 DRAINAGE .....................................................................................................................19 22 ROADVVAY BASE AND SUSGRADE ..........................................................................19 22.1 BASE .....................................................................................19 ....................................... 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT F4R BASE AND REW4RKED BASE ................... 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND KEW�RKED BASE ............................... 21 22.2 SUBGRADE .................................................................................................................21 22. 2.1 BASIS OF MEA�SUREMENT ................................................................................ 21 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ ZZ SectionlV.doc ii 9/27/2Q 10 � 1 � ' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' 1 i 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ............................................................ 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .........................��--��-------............................................., 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ................................................................................................. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS' MATERIALS .......................................................................... 23.2 HOT BITUMINQUS MIXTURES — ALANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE ..................................................................................... 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES ............................................................. 23.4 ASPH.ALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKN�.SS ........................ 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ............................................. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION ....................................................... 23. b. l CRACKS ........................................................................... .............................. 23.6.2 POTHOLES .................................................................................................... 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES -------------�------------------------------------------------�--•---•- 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ..................................................... 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ............................................................, 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ............................................................................... 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................., 22 .... 22 .... zz .... 22 ..... 22 ..... 23 ..... 23 ..... 24 ..... 24 ..... 24 ..... 25 ..... 25 ..... 26 ..... 26 ..... 26 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 27 25 GENERAL PLANT�NG SPECIFICATZONS .............................................................. 27 � 2 25.1 1RRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 27 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................27 25.1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................29 25.1.3 EXECUTIUN .........................................................................................................33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ...................................................................................................��--•--.....36 25.2.1 GENERAZ .............................................................�•--•--...---...................................36 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................�---............................41 25.2.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................44 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LIlVING ................................................... 51 26.1 INTENT ..........................................................•---�---...................................................... 51 26.2 PRODUCTAND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTAS(LITY ........................ 51 26.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 51 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREFARATION .................................................................... 52 26.5 TELEVISION 1NSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ...................................•---�•--......_ ................................. 53 .... . . 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 53 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 53 26.9 PAYMENT ......................................................................•---------•--�................................53 7 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53 27.1 BAS1S UF MEASUREMENT .....................................�---------------��-.............................. 54 27.2 BAS1S UF PAYMENT ...........................................................••--��--•---•......................... 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54 29 CONCRETE CURSS ............................................................•-••-------.............................. 54 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ..............................................�-�-�------�--.......................... 54 29.2 BASiS OF PAYMENT ....---•--------• ................................................................................ 54 Sectionl V.doc � 9/27/201 U 30 30.1 30.2 30.3 30.4 31 32 33 33.1 33.2 33.3 34 35 36 K�►I 3 3 4 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND llRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 54 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ...................�-•--•--............................................................... 54 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ...........................�---�--�--.................................................... 55 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................��--��----............................................ 55 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................��----........................................................................ SS SODDING........................•--•----------....................................................--•---•-••--•-------------•--- 55 SEEDYNG..........................•-•---•----................................................................................---- 56 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH SASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES-•----------• ..........................................................................•--•-------------------.. 56 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 56 PRECASTTYPE ..................................................................................................•-...... 57 BASIS OF FAYMENT ................................................................................................. 57 MATERIAL USED ...............................................•-••----------•-•--� CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECTFYCATIONS -----... S7 57 STREETSxGNS--------• ..................................................................................................... 57 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDZNG OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO R.ECORDING ................................ 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................................... S7 37.3 PROFESS,IONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS .......................................................•-.-----------.. 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT ........................................................•-----�----••--�--...---��---�----....---��----........ 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, A[7D10 ...............•-----..----•--.-..----.----..--.---..--------......... 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ..............•-•-----..----••---•-..--.--•--.-.---...----............. 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 58 37.8 LIGHTING ...............�----•--•-��----......---........................................................................... 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL....-•---•-• ........................................................................................ 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 59 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... S9 37..12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... S9 $ EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 59 38.2 PROTECTION AN,D STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. d0 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAFPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODI.ES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ............................................... ...... 6l 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE........-� ...................................................................................................61 9 UTILYTY TYE iN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 64 0 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... b4 ScctioniV.doc �v 9/27/2010 ' ' � � ' 41 � 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' , ' � , 4 4 1 ' , POTASLE WATERMAINS, RECLA�MED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES.........................................................................................•-•-•---...... b4 4l.1 SCOPE ...................................................•---..................---........-----�---�--.......................... 64 41.2 MATERIALS ......................................................................�---��--��--•----�........................65 41.2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALSAND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 65 41.2.3 GATE V�1LVE'5 ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.4 Y.4LVE I3DXES ....................................•--•--............................................................ 67 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ...........................................................................................................68 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69 41.2. 7 TESTS, INSPECTI�NAND REPAI'RS .................................................................. 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS....-� ............................�--...........................................69 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 70 A1.2.10 BL4W OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................70 �1.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70 41.3.2 PIPE L�IYING ..............................................................................................��---.... 70 41.3.3 SETTING OF YALVES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS ......................................... 72 41. 3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 72 41.4 TESTS ...........................................................•---•---•---•----•--...---�-----...............-•---.........--- 73 41.9.1 HYDROSTATCC TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41. 4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 73 41.5 STERILIZATION .--••-•-�---�---• ........................................................................................ 73 41. S.1 STERILIZINU AGENT .......................................................................................... 73 41. S.2 FL U.SHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 73 41. 5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 73 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUR�MENTAND PAYMENT .............................. .............._ 74 41. 6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 74 �1.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTA,LL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41. 6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 75 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE YALVES COMPLETE WITHBOXESAND COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 41.6.5 FURNI.SHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 75 2 GAS SYSTEM SPEC�F�CATXONS ...................•-------•-•-•--•--------•-...---......--•---•------••----.. 76 3 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 76 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 76 43.1.2 BASE C�URSE ..................................................................................................... 76 A3.1.3 PRIME C�AT ....................................................................................................... 76 A3.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ............................................................................................ 7b 43.1.5 SURFACE CDURSE ............................................................................................. 7d 43.1. 6 C�LOR CUAT ...................................................................................................... 77 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 78 43. 2.1 GENERAL .................................. ......................... ....... ........................... ................ 78 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 79 � SectionlV.doc ' v 9/27/2010 43.2.3 SLOPE ...................................................................................................................79 43.2. 4 BASE CONSTR UCTI�N ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.6 SURFACE C�URSE ............................................................................................. 80 43.2.7 RDOTBARRIER ...................................................................................................80 43.2.8 FENC.ING ................................................••---........................................................81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ....................................................................................................81 43.2..10 CDURTEQUIPMENT ............................••---...----..................................................81 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43. 2.13 CONCRETE .......................................................................................................... 83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TEIVNIS COURT L.IGHT.ING ....................... ......................... 83 43.2.15 WATER CODLER ................................................................................................. 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATIUN ..............................................................................................84 43.2.17 WARRANTY ...........................................................................................................84 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .............•--....-•--••--••----•--•---•-----•--•-..................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK Z�NE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRA��JC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 85 44.2.1 W�RK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 85 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUJDELiNES.....--• ............................................................... 86 44.3.1 ALL R�ADWAYS ................................................................................................... 86 �Ia.3.2 MAJ�RARTERIALS, MIN�RARTERXA�S, .�OCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86 44. 3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MIN4R ARTERXAL,S ......................................................... 86 44. 3.4 MA.IOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... $6 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87 45 CURED-xN-PLACE PZPE LZN�NG .............................................................................. 87 �5.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 87 �15.2 PRODLICT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTASILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 88 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION .......................••-•------•--•--.................--�•---........................ 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 89 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ......................�•-•-�---�-•--......--•-•-•�-•--��----.......---��---.........--- g9 45.9 PAYMENT ..........................................................................................��--��-�-------�-�-------- g9 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 90 �6.1 MATEK]ALS ................................................................................................................ 90 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................... 90 46.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL ........................................................................................... 90 46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............................................................................................................90 46.1.4 REJECTIDN ..........................................................................................................90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ...............................................................•-••----...---�-�--................... 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ...............................................•---.--...... --....--� �----� �---.. SectionlV.doc v� 9/27/20 I 0 � 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 4 1 ` 4 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 4 ' 1 46. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ......................................... .................................................. 91 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTION.S .................................................................... 91 46. 3.3 Pl'PE JOINI'NG ..................................................................................................... 91 46.3.4 HAND��NG OF FCISL�'D PIPE ............................................................................. 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDiJRE.--••--•---� ............................................................................ 91 46.4.1 PIPF. REQUIREMENTSAND DIMEN.S'ION,S' ...................................................... 91 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION ........................................................................... 91 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFTAND EXCAVATIONS .. ........................................................ 92 46.4.4 INSERTION OF' THE LINER ................................................................................ 92 46.4.5 CONFIRMATIUNOFPIPESIZES ..........................•-_--_-•--...---............................92 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 92 46. 4. 7 BACKFILLING ..................................................................................................... 93 46. 4.8 POINT REPAIR ..................................................................................................... 93 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPEIZ.4TIUNS ................................................................................... 93 7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RISSED PIPE ...................... 93 47.1 SCOPE ----•---�---------•--�--••--• ............................................................................................. 93 47.2 MATERIALS .......................................................................................... ..... 93 47.3 PIPE .............................................................................................................................. 93 47.4 J�1NlNG SYSTEM ......................................................................................................94 4�.5 FI'(TiNGS.....-�-• ............................................................................................................94 8 GUNYTE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................ 94 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT .........................••--��--�-�--�-�---�-•--............................... 94 48.2 ItEHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED MET'AL PIPE WITH GiINITE ................. 94 48.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 94 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .........................................................•..--�--•--.............. 95 4$.5 MATERIALS ................................ ........ ....... ...... 95 48.6 WATER ......................................................................................................................... 95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT .....................................................................................................95 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 95 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION .....................................................................•-�--------......... 96 48.10 PROPORTIONING .................................................�-----�...-�--��--�--��--��---•--.....................96 48.] 1 MIXING ..................................................................................................................�-�--- 96 48.12 APPLICATION .........................................................................................................•--- 96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ....................................................�---�•-----...........---............ 97 48.14 SUR.FACE FiNISH .........................•--........................................................................... 97 48.15 CURING -• ..................................................................................................................... 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ..................................................................... 97 48.17 INSPECTION ..................................................................•----��--�--................................. 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 98 9 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................. 99 49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 99 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................ 99 49.3.1 MATERIALS ..........................................................................................................99 49.3.2 INST,4LLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 100 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 100 , SectionlV.doc ' vii 9/27/2010 49.4.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................. 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ............................................................................... 49.6 GROUTING MIX ................................................................................................ 49.7 L1NER MIX ......................................................................................................... 49.8 WATER ................................................................................................................ 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ......................................................................................... 49.10 EQUIPMENT ...---------� .....................................•---..............................................., 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ................................................................ 49.11.1 PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 49..1.1.2 MIXING ...........................................................:............................................ 49.1.1.3 SPRAYCNG ................................................................................................... 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ........................................................... 49.11.5 CURING ......................................................�----............................................ 49.11. b MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ............................................... 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES .LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................... 49.12.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................. 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION ........................................................... ....... zol ....... 101 ....... 101 ....... ] 0 � ....... ] 02 ....... 102 ....... 102 ....... 102 ....... 102 ....... 1 �J3 ....... 103 --..... 1 �3 ....... 103 ....... ro�s ....... 104 ....... 104 ....... 104 ....... 106 50 PRO,�ECT YNFORMAT�ON SXGNS .......................................................................... l08 51 7N-LYNE SKATING SURFACTNG SYSTEM ............................................................108 51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 109 51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................109 51. 2.2 CONCR.ETE ........................................................................................................ 109 51.2.3 CL7URT PATCHBINDER MIX ........................................................................... 109 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 109 S 1.�F APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXTPAVE .......................................................... 110 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 110 51.6 PLAYING LTNES ..................................•--------------•�---��----�-----•�--•--��--�---��---�-----��---••---- 110 51.7 GENERAL .......................................•------------------��------��--------�-•.........--�-•-��--�---•---�------.110 51.8 LIMITATiONS --------------------�----•-•-•------..._......__.._............................---..........._...---....... 110 52 RESTDENT N�TIFZCATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTZON ..........................111 53 GABIONSAND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................111 53.1 MATERIAL .................................................................................................................111 53.1.1 GABIONAND REN� MATTRESS MATERIAL ...................................................111 53.1.2 GA.�.C�NAND MATTRESS FZ�,zER M,9TERIAL : ...............................................113 53.1.3 MAT7'RES.S' W.IRE ................................................................................................114 53. X . �l GE�TEXTx.�E FABRCC ........................................................................................114 53.2 PERFORMANCE ....................................................................................................... 114 54 LAWN MATNTENANCE SPECIFICATi�NS ................................................... 54.1 SCOPE...-------•--� ................................................................................................... 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ................................................................................. 54.3 WORK METHODS ............................................................................................. 54.3.1 MAINTFNANCE SCHEDULING ................................................................ 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT .................................................................... �If f �� ....... 115 ....... 115 ....... I 1 b ........116 ........11 G SectionlV.doc viii 9/27/2010 , ' 1 1 , � , � 1 ' 1 �J ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 54.4 LITTER .......................................................................................................................116 54.5 VISUAL CHECK .......................................................................•-•--........................... 116 54.b PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 116 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)...._ l 16 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 116 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................................•�----•--........................... 117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ................................•--.-----•--••- --• 117 54.1 l PLANT FERTILTZATION ..............................•---...............................................---...... 117 54.12 WEED REMOVAL 1N LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 117 54.13 MIJI.,CH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 117 54.14 IRRIGACION SERVICEANDREFAIR.-•-.--••---......--•-•-•• .......................................... 117 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL 1'EST CONTROL ..................................................... 117 54.16 PALM FERTILiZATION ............................................................................................ 1 X'7 54.17 r I�,�'G� YRU`1'�;C;'I'lUN ............................................................................................ 118 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 118 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 118 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. 118 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 11 S 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................119 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTTON & MILLED SURFACC ...................................... 119 55.2 ADDITIONAL MiLLiNG REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 119 55.3 SALVAGEASLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 120 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS .........................•-----�----��---��--��--�-�---....................-----..... 120 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF LTNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 120 55.7 TYPES OF NIILLCNG ................................................................................................ 120 55.8 MILLiNG OF INTERSECTIQNS--•------•---•-•--•-.--•-•-• ........................................•-----.... 12l 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... ] 21 SS.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................•--•--•-•--••----•------•-------.......----�-�.............._. . 12l 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................121 56.1 BASIS OF 1VIEASUREMENT ..................................................•--�----�--•----...............--- 121 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...............................................•---............................................ l21 57 RIPRAP ......---•---•-•-•-• ............................................•-•--•-•-•--------------------------------------•---•---- 121 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 57.2 BAS1S OF PAYMENT ...........................................................................:................... 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY.....---•-----------•---•----•--• ..........................................•---- �22 58.1 HAZ�RD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 122 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 122 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................122 59.1 SASiS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 60 SIGI�TING AND MARKING-•-----------•-------••-•----•---------••----•-•--...-•-•--------••--•-••-----•-----•-•.. l23 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUR:�MENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... l 23 61 ROADWAY LYGHTING ..............................................................................................123 Sectionl V.doc ix 9/27/201 p 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 62 TREE PROTECTION ..................................................................................................124 62.1 TREE Bf1RR1CADES .......................................�--�------............................................... 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING .....................................................�--��-�---...---��--��---�--�•---................. 124 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ...........................•-----�-----�----��----�---�-�-----•......----........_...... 125 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................. 12b 63.1 WEB PAGES DESiGN ....................................�-•-----��----�--------�--•--��--��-----�-----�---......... 126 63.2 WES ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES........-•----------------------------------------------------------- 126 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND �TS USE ....................................................... 126 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS .............................�-------------�-•-•-----...................................... 127 63.5 1NTERACTIVE FORMS ..............................•-•--......................................................... 127 63.b POST]NG----------------•----�--��-----.....................................................................................127 b3.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ l27 SectionIV.doc x 9/27/20I0 , ' 1 1 1.1 Section IV — Technical Specifications SCOPE OF WORK E-'��I+]» �] �•'%]:71 i � [*]► I ' Project Natne: Screw Pump Station Replacement at Marshall Street WRF Project Nurnber; 09-0028-UT ' 1 ' ' C� 1 ' ' , , 1 1 1 Scope of Work: The work at Marshall Street WRF (see Section 01000 and Section Ol 100) consists of demolition ofthe existing screw pump station, demolition ofthe existing filter feed pump station, installation of a new filter feed pump station which includes retrofit of the existing reclaimed water wetwell, installation of submersible pumps with variable frequency drives (VF.Ds) with associated electrical, instrumentation, and control systems. The work also includes converting the old generalor building into a mator control center (MCC), and other generator building upgrades such as installation of air conditioning and lighting and related works. The Contractor shall provide 1 fixed project sign as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right ta purchase certain equipment under Che Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) option (see Section V). These ODP items include, � Submersible pumps • MCC including VFDs CONTRACT PERIOD: 265 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS ' SectionlV.doc Page 1 of 127 9/27/2010 1 Section 1V — Technical Spccifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST 'roject Name: Screw Pump Station Replacement at Marshall Street WRF 'roject Number: #09-0028-UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifcations will apply to this cor�tract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 � Sco e Of Work 2.l � Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Ci 3 Definition Of Terms 4 Order And Location Of The Work S � Excavation For Under ound Work 6 Concrete 7 � Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work $ � Reinforcement 9 � Obstructions l 0 � Restoration Or Re lacement Of Drivewa s, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkwa s 12 � Dewaterin 13 ❑ Sanita Manholes 14 � Backfill 1 S ❑ Street Crossin s, Etc. 16 ❑ Raisin Or Lowerin Of Sanitar Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 ❑ Unsuitable Material Reznoval 18 ❑ Underdrains 19 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 � Sanitar Sewers And Force Mains 21 ❑ Draina e 22 Roadwa Base And Sub rade 23 As haltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Ad'ustcr�ent To The Unit Sid Price �or As taalt 25 ❑ General Plantin S ecifcations 26 ❑ Hd e Deformed - Refarmed Pi e Linin 27 ❑ Plant Mix Drivewa s 28 ❑ Re ortin Of Tonna e Of Rec cled Materials 29 Concrete Curbs 30 ❑ Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 ❑ Soddin 32 ❑ Seedin 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, inlets, Catch Sasins Or Other Storrn Structures 34 � Material Used 35 � Conflict Between Plans And S ecifrcations 36 ❑ Street Si ns 3� � AudioNideo Recordin Of Work Areas 38 ❑ Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ❑ Utilit Tie In Location Markin SectioniV.doc Pagc 2 of 127 9/27/2010 1 � ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' , , Section IV — Technical Specif cations 40 � Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ❑ Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and A urtenances 42 Gas S stem S ecifications 43 ❑ Tennis Courts 44 ❑ Work Zone Traf�c Control 45 ❑ Cured-In-Place Ai e Linin 46 ❑ S ecifications for Pol eth lene Sli linin 47 ❑ S ecifications for Pol vin 1 Chloride Ribbed Pi e 48 ❑ Gunite S ecifications 49 ❑ Sanita and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 � Pro'ect Information Si ns S 1 In-Line Skatin Surfacin S stem 52 Resident Notification of Start af Constn�ction 53 Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance S ecifications 55 Millin O erations Sb ❑ Clearin and Grubbin 57 ❑ Ri ra 58 Treatment Plant Safe 59 Traffic Si nal E ui ment and Materials 60 ❑ Si nin And Markin 61 ❑ Roadwa Li htin 62 Tree Protection 63 Pro'ect Web Pa es 2 2.1 FIELD ENGINEERING LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and ta locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels reyuired for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specifred or required to execute the Contractor's construction methads. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws af the state of �'lorida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets ofAs- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the ' Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any ' permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the ' SectionlV.doc Page 3 of 127 9/27/2010 ' Section 1V — Teckanical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualif.red under the laws af the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The ContracCor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing lacations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to Che Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the waoden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligei�ce of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed far actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. MinirYaum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifcations, the definition of terms from SECTION 111, ARTICLE 1- DEFINITIONS ofthese Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpase of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the fnal quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. k�i�:7��:7�1►C�3�•��_1►1�7_1:7��-'� Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of lacal ar state autharities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and publ,ished at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: SectianlV.doc AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Offcials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute Page 4 of 127 ' � 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 � 1 1 ' 1 LJ 9/27/201 U ' C� �1 �� 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 � 1 1 ' C� CJ ' 1 ' SectionlV.doc LJ �� APA ASAE ASCE ASHRAE ASME ASS� ASTM AWG AWMA AWS AW WA CFR C1SY1 CRSI CS DEP DOT EPA FAC FBC FFPC FGC FMC FPC FedSpec HI IBBM IEEE IPS M1L NAAMM NBFU NEC NEMA NFAA N PT NWMA PCA PCI SB� SSCCI SDI SFPC SGC SJI SMACCNA Sectian IV —Technical Spccifications American Plywood Association American Society ofAgricultural Engineers American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society of Sanitary Engineering Aroerican Society for Testing and Materials American Wire Gauge Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association American Welding Society American Water Works Association Code of Federal Regulations (:ast lron Soil Yipe lnstitute Coracrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Commercial Standards and National Sureau af Standards Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) Department ofTransportation (Florida) Environmental Protection Agency Florida Administrative Code Florida Building Code Florida Fire Prevention Code Florida Gas Code Florida Mechanical Code Florida Plumbing Code Federal Specifications Standards of Hydraulic Institute Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted Institute of Electrical and Electranics Engineers Iran Pipe Size Military Specification National Association afArchitectural Metal Manufacturers National Board of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association National Pipe Thread National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Standard Building Cade (SBCCI) 5outhern Building Code Congress Internatianal, Inc. Steel Doar Institute Standard Fire Prevention Cade (SBCCI) Standard Gas Code (SSCCI) Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Page 5 of 127 9i2�iao � o Section IV — Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Flumbing Code (SBCCI) SP�B Southern Pine lnspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council ofAmerica L�1� Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 S— ORDER AND LQCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGR�UND WORK The contractor as responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's met}aods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requiremenCs of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatoty agency safety reyuirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. �'or the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the per%rmance oP this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requir�ments of OSHA for excavation sharing, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor vvill identify his Competent Person to City stafF at the start of construction. City staff are required frorra time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in con�ormance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's sta� reserve the aption to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accornplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to nat contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methads in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary ta complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time ira advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distattce specifed. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6} inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width af the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid SectionlV.doc Pflge 6 of 127 9/27/2010 1 1 , 1 1 1 , 1 ' � 1 , ' ' 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' ' Section IV — Technical Specitications in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensatian. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete lnstitute, and FDOT's Standard 5pecifcations. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type 1 and staall conform to AASHTO M-$5. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Cantractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding S cy, one set of 3 campressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days)_ At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 7.1 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK I �:(�7�\%� � C�7 ►. Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth af the subgrade or base upon ' which the conerete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted ta a paint 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the d�,�� , ' �I� � ' [] 1 7.2 FORMS Forms for cancrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps ar bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete depasited against them and shall be af sufficient stren��th when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or spr�ngmg. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 61 S, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Sars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the SectionlV.doc Page 7 of 127 9/27/2010 Section iV — Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A1$5). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any danaage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfactior� of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, s�wer drains or poles shall be rnade. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructians shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or ber►chmark which rnust be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon campletion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall cansult lnspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimurn 8" compacted thickness, or sarne thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per A,ASI ITO T- r 80. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labar, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard o�'base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to camplete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diarraeter of the pipe. All over this wi11 be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equiprnent required to complete the wark and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: cancrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or b" thick - per square foot. SectionlV.doc Page 8 of 127 9/27/2010 1 , ' 1 ' 1 , 1 1 ' 1 1 1 L.J 1 ' 1 II � �] 1 ' 1 ' � .J C� 1 Section IV —'I'echnical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum af 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/l0 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance o� all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restaration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor ta accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on ' any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents ar businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. ' ' ' ' ' 1 Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Cantractor to obtain and reuse water fram the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory reyuirements. �F��]=1�i%��:�1�iC� 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methads: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance af the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintainin� a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handlin� large volumes of air as well as of water. , The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, ar the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flaw in ' excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engine�r. ' 1 �J The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionlV.doc Page 9 of 127 9/27/2010 Scction iV —Technical Specificatiqns 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity priar ta dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior ta discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this s�ction for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-C�NTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY Citv Notificatian Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION � ► : ' : �� • :��:1•T:irT=l�Ty'T:Z�77TI��I�:Z�I1P►IZ�i'I��=[:7 FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defned in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 da not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days a$er commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. IIV:\:311�1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter �'resh Waters Coastal Waters Sectionl V.dpc Page 10 of ] 27 �� i 1 �l 1 � , �� , 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 9iz�izoro ' 1 ' ' ' 1 �_J �J ' ' ' 1 ' ' 1 1 � ' Section 1V —Technical 5pecifications Total Organic Carban (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E 0.0 ] 2 µg/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadrniurn 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recaverable Lead 0.03 mg/I 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/I 50.0 µg/1 Benzene 1.0 µg/I 1.0 µg/I Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or bv the Citv oiCdearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values Nsted in Table ], which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight arganic compounds, the permittee may request ta be exempted from the TQC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of �ntent (NOi), described below, which describes the method used ta determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee a�irmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high malecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district of�ice thirty (3U) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that Che permit coverage will be issued to; Z. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification af coverage is received from the Department. ' For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of ' sectionlv.doc ' Page ] 1 of 127 9/27/201 � Section IV —1"echnical Specifications this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural backgraund of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary mare than one (1) unit below natural background af fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of thE receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) af this permit. For purposes of this sectian only, Fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/1, and caastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with .Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results oi the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannat be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short sutrarr�ary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable DeparC►xaent district office within one (1) week after discharge be�ins. These analytical tests shall be kept an site during discharge and made available to the Department if reyuested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in si2e and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay }aalf tile in cancrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside af channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. k'ree drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be srnoothed from inside of manholes. SectionlV.dpe Page 12 of 127 9/27/2010 1 1 1 ' ' �i � Section iV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manhales shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be salid anly. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. i K�+� �:7 x+7�F-'� i �'/» Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise appraved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type lI cement shall be used thraughaut with a minimum wall thickness of S inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a wateRight joinC. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for ' approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for cornpliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 , � ' Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensians, drop entry, grout flaw of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abusad during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "br�ak in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed_ The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil appraximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes withaut disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment af Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed af commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with twa (2) coats of Type Il Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class 1) as SectionIV.doc Page 13 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. lnterior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or whicla receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interiar of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of Typ� II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite. 13.6 CONNECTIQNS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from arganic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backtill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by ttae Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T] 80 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridgcd in an opcn and sccurc manncr, so as to prevcnt any seriaus interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access ta public or private premises. The material usEd, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer ar Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payrnent, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cast of the work. SectianlV.doc Page 14 of ] 27 ' , , � , lJ , ' , ' 1 ' 1 � 1 CJ 1 9/27/2010 ' � � i , Section N —"Pechnical Specifications 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ' All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and remaved from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material of� site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. ' 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the arnount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated ' and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. ' 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitablc material shall includc: all materials, cquipmcnt, ' tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the remaval of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. ' 'IS UNDERDRAINS 1 1 � 1 �J The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project canstruction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #b FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type �lter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in confarmance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimurn stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revisian and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D17$4, minimum cell classifcation of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking ar breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. ' Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and raadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is speci�ed, pipe material shall � be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. ' 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. � � seccionlv.doc ' Page 15 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1$.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full cornpensatian for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and tilter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shal] be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced cancrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 94 � of the current FDOT Specifications. All rcinforccd concrctc pipc joints shall be wrapped with Mirufi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe jaint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be Crimmed ar chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to tind that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and tlae flow 1ine of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of� the Clty �;ngineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by �lling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside af the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. in no case shall the infltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per rnile per day_ The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltratian is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to renaedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, retnaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. SectionlV.doc Page 16 of 127 ' i , , , �� , 1 ' LJ � , , , � ' , 9/27/2010 � , � � Section 1V —Technical Specifications 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT � Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm inanholes or drainage structures and ta the autside face of endwalls. Said unit price , includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, f.tlter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). ' 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS i2U.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAV,XTY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON, , Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall confarm with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than l0 feet of cover shall b� SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and tittings shall have a rubber , sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specificatians or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and 1 fittings for gravity sewer shall confarm to Section 41 of these Technical Specitications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline , easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manhales or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SD.R 18 polyvinyl chlaride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. ' A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 �ORCE MAIN PIPE ' FORCE MAIN P�PE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or constructian plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications ' for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. ' All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 2U.2 INSTALLATION , 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ' Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable ' width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be 1 ScctioniV,doc Page 17 of 127 9/27/2010 1 Section iV —Teclmical Speciiications performed in such a m�anner that removal, backfill and campaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignmer�t. Dewatering af the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (]./2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. Tl�e latez'als sl�ow�t vaa tlae plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. Tl�e cartractor is required ta locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation o�' �'orce main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Suilt" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or ri�ht offset of all lateral terminal ends as rneasured fr�m the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. f+��i��-��I�C�3 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall Cake all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying belaw groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to producE a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test sectian or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labar, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltratian is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to rEmedy such conditians by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken ta avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence oF bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. SectionIV.doc Page I S ot� 127 9/27/2010 � � � 1 1 � , 1 � ' ' 1 1 1 ' `J 1 i ' 1 ' ' � C� Section 1V —"1'echnical Specifications The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. �0.4.2 TESTING O� FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrastatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 1 Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foat per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be alang the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manhales. ' Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured frorn the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a Cwo-way cleanout at the property line. , 1 i ' 1 1 1 1 LJ ' ' 1 Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials n�cessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall pravide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace thern in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless atherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless atherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing labaratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material l2emoval) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of �DOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs SectiunlV.doc Page 19 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifcations required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworlcing. The following base rnaterials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 2pp and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specif.rcations (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT appraved. The cost of the prime coat shall b� included in the bid iterra price for base. 2. LIMEROCK SASE: Limcrock basc shall bc constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 9l1 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a mini rxium cornpacted thickness as shown on the plans. The lim�rock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid iterra price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE SASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901. of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certifred laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specitications. The LBR shall be a minimum af 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week :For contit�uous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested mor� frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOZL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FD�T's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to miniznize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMT layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full cornpensation for the work. The soil cernent base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a rninirnum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certi�ed by a registered laboratary that has been approved by the Engineer. The anly appraved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spr�ading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 3cctionlV.doc Page 20 of 127 9/27/2010 ' ' C� 1 , ' ' � �J L� �� , � 1 � L. n ��J � ' � r-� ' Section IV — Technical Specitic�tions 5. ASPHALT SASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cast for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED SASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimutta compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of FD�T's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Sectinn 270-5 �f Fl�(�T's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called far on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/Z"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the p�r ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Speci�cations (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 af FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Artiele 17 (Llnsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Cantract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filfing, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cast of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractar shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of rneasurement shall be the number of square yards af stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deticiency far mixing depth SectionlV.doc Page 21 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV—Technical Specifications shal] be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Speci�cations. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas def cient in Chickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edation). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. ��i�_E-'��:/_1��C��I�7�[�7:7�� 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 200� Standard Specifcations. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METH�DS, EQUIPMENT 8� QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall confonn to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability artd �ow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests ar analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliatace with the applicable specifications for the r�aaterials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractar. Pa;vment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the followin�: SectionlV.doc Page 22 of 127 9/27/2010 1 I � 1 � � , ' r � � ' � ' � ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Density per Section 330-1 l of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifcations. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' fronn each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of'/a" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Cantractor shall notifv the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the reyuirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Speci�cations. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the cornmencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RA,�') material may be substituted in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence af Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type 5--111 FC-3 Type S—iII Type S—I Type S—III with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 1 1 1'/z l'/2 Z 1��4 3�4 * 1. 1 2'/z 1'/a 1'/4 1'/z 1 1'/z 1 3 1'/z l'/z 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable far use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S—III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). ' SectionlV.doc ' Page 23 of 127 9/27/2010 5ection IV — Technical Specifications 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform ta the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 20�0 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S—IiI per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Speci�cations shall be used as fnal riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential sireets. 6. An FC-3 triction course per sectian 337 of ,PDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or �reater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATtON 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed trom cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a rnultiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of aspl�altic concrete is ��ot to Uegin ia�ir��ediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. .Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the follawing steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable methad. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely f.rlled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. SectionlV.doc Page 24 of 127 9/27/2010 � � � , 1 � � 1 � � � 1 LJ � � � 1 1 1 1 � 1 � � � ' �� 1 ' , 1 � 5ection IV — Technical Specifications 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless st�el adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or �berglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior ta installation of each riser. If ris�rs are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and campactian af roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ' 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Praject Inspectar, with payrnent to be included in the per ton bid itern for asphalt. �) C. J 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being apen ta traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scape and plans. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom , Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water ' SectionlV.doc Page 25 of 127 I/27/2010 1 Section 1V —'1'echnical Specifications supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris ofF of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifacations (]atest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall canform to the requirennents of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and �utter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip or iace of said curb per City Tndex 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be desi�ned and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specificatians for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FD�T's Standard Specifications (latest editian). 3. A11 bituminous materials shall conform to Section 91 G of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 6'1-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 af FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT �'ayment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and rneasured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack arad/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, frlling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equiprnent, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 26 of 127 � � 1 � LJ � , � C� IrJ L� , � , � 1 , 9/27/2010 � � 1 � , LJ ' ' � ' 1 �J 1 , � 1 �� , � � Section IV — Technical Speci�cations _ � �7�ii�,�i-%�i:l=l�1`1��31�1,:�C�]�%1��1��1:I� When this Article applies to the cantract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accardance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than l 0% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustrnent of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www1 l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Itadex in effect at the time of the bid apening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in �ffect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payrnent calculation. 5. The manthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. Na adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost af asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable cantract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS �'�•�i�1.7:7[H_��C�]`I 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic undcrground irrigation systcm as shown or notcd in thc plans. Providc all labor, rnaterials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on ttae drawings and/ar specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A_ The irrigation work shall be installed by quali�ed personnel or a qualified irrigation subcantracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SectionlV.doc Page 27 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Technical SpeciFcations B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Speci�cations, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recogttized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conforzxa to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equiprnent with name(s) and address(es) of local rz�anu�'acturer's representative(s) and lacal supplier where replacerxaent equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete aperating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the .Drip �mitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 2�F in. diameter and larger with the Engineer priar to installation of main lincs. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular mainCenance operations shall be the abligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Cantractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior ta initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traf�3c signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDQT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. ' C ��i �i � �' J /, 1:7 :7 _1► � �' 1 A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date oF acceptance by the Engineer and the City SectionlV.doc Page 28 of 127 )/27/2010 1 � , � � ' � , �J � i r ' � L� � [=j � � ' 1 1 C1 � 1 1 ' Section IV — Technical 5pecifications of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferiar or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations trom the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accardance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 112U, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2bbS and D1785. C. �11 nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting eyuipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Palyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to ' the reyuirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval, ' The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fttings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. ' `� , L�: , 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC salvent weld pipe and fittings as recotnmended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and �ttings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of cnntrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANIIAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALL.�R A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve , 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Cannectors � 1 r-, � 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem SectionlV.doc Page 29 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specificatians 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/z" IN. AND LARGER A, Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 2001b. O.W.G 3. Cast iron body - ASTM A 126 Class S 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Slaeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate af 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall nat be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and autlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such ta provide far all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Sird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or apprpved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered ta match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assernbly and UN1K control timer use a Srooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B, For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover camparable to Brooks, or approved equal. SectionlV.doc Page 30 of 127 9/27/2010 ' � 1 ' 1 � 1 ' � ' � � , 1 � ' � LJ Section IV —'1'echnical Speci£cations C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek # I 82001 (6") economy turf box cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION with # 182002 A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a speci�ed spacin�, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (1.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-7Q) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's caefficient df variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanisrn and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean theznselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 1$" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 4S PSC. Filtration shall be 12Q mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface ar under rnulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum .Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 ta 11 p psi. F_k�i �i C �� :� �` �' � � I :Z . � :� Xrl � l �! 1 �•1:�� A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a canstant outlet pressures of 2S psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within �/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. SectionlV.doc Page 31 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.2.1p.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall b� constructed ofi chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or corrapression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the x�nanufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.'11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be af a madule type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication fram the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. S. The control �aodule shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterpraaf operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or �3 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent prograrns with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve haurs in one ►ninute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operatian. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprink1er Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. S. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. SectioniV.doc Page 32 of 127 9/27l2010 � � L �� C� , � � ' � � � t [J � , � ' 1 , , � 1 1 ' ' ' r ' 1 1 � ' , ' , ' 1 1 Section iV — Technical Specifications D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mf�. Corp., Glendora, California USA. r�i +�iE�3�1t�;II.L�'�•1�=1►L•]i7 A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of ttae work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactary to the Engineer. This superint�ndent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if �iven to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by autside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes an the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Cantractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic anly. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if cont7icts in construction details, le�end, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving priar to roadway base. SectionlV.doc Page 33 of ]27 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Technical Spccifications 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of irenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawir�gs. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimurn clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. �. �;xercise care when excavating, trenchin� and working near existing utilities. Fk�i��-�_L�3:/�1��1`►C�3 A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/a in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair darnages where settling occurs. F L Compact each layer of till with appraved equipment to achieve a rnaximurn density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers ar approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more tlaan six (6") inches ihick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than ] 00 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. Fk�i ��: Z� 1 � j � I� C�I �l �� I� I. L� A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. l. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any rnajor deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. SectionIV.doc Page 34 of' 127 9/27/2010 �� 1 ' , I� ' LJ 1 �II � ' LJ 1 ' ' , , Section IV —Technical SpeciFcations E. Layout all systems using an appraved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate lacations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicat�d on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assettablies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. �'rovide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. lnstall all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on ihe roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially ccntcr load pipc in trcnches to prevcnt arching and shifting whcn watcr pressure is on. 3. Do nat permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended atherwise by salvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full hEad of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. ' SectionIV.doc 1 Page 35 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV —Technical 5peci£cations 2. Secure pernaission frorn the Engineer before cutting ar breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROL.L.ERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all control lers sFaall be approved by the Engineers representative priar to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb pasition with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from thE back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE f��'�it�i��l�:7_1� 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specificatians, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORYAGENCIES A. Comply with �'ederal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any af the work included under the cantract, which are required by any of the legally canstituted authorities having jurisdicCion, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by ttae Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.Z.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Cantract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work speci�ied in this Section. The Sco�e of Work includes everything for and SectinnlV.doc }'age 36 of 127 9/27/2010 � ' ' 1 � 1 ' , ' Section IV — Technical Specitications incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown an the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labar, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/ar transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and rnaterials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specifed in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work af this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only far the � Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate aver the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. � D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persans in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent arnendments). Owner and Landscape ' Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any ather incident resulting fram compliance or non-compliance with these standards. 1 LJ 1 E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whase work is built into or afi�ects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility campanies and agencies sha11 be cantacted 72 hours prior to excavatian. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditians affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS ' A. The Contractar is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending pracedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of on� year. ' � l_ � B. Furnish unit prices far all plant rnaterials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. SectionlV,doc Page 37 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIDNS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. lf there are additions/alternates in�cluded in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractar must have written approval by the Froject Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONSIDEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all hei�ht of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extrern�e leaves, branches or fronds. c..T: C. W.: SPR.: Clear trunk is measured frorra the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground ta specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palrns or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base af the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Tsland Date Palms ar similar, the clear waod measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the avera�e crown diameter, nat including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: �. C.: DIA.: �vs.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7�allon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. SectionlV.doc Page 38 of 127 9i27i2oro I � C-] 1 1 1 1 � C_J 1 C� �.I� Section IV -- Technical Specifications D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk af tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: B&B: PPP: FG: STD.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at ] 2 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. Field grown_ Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is perfarmed. [hvner :s Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality af materiads specifaed and execution of installatfon. Coniractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise comrtaonly known as the Landscape Contractor. ' Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the �wner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. ' ' 1 ' � ' 1 r 25.2.1.8 25.2.1.8.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. Tf plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots ar root balls are adequately protected from sun, cald, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C_ Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of raot ball diameter. B& B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. SectionlV.doc Page 39 of 127 9/27/2010 Section iV — Technical Specifications D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transpart only. E. Remave all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palrra fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for plantin� have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 haurs after delivery, set trees and shrubs iii sliade, protect from weather a��d �xaec}iaiii�ul clarna�e, and cover to keep the roots rnoist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sad against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CQNDITI�NS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe thE conditions under which work is to be performed and notify t�e Landscape Architect or Project RepresenCative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior ta beginning work. Do not proceed witk� the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start o� work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full respor�sibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and camplete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustr�aents to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, pratecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting aperations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried aut to completiorn with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy SectionlV.doc Page 40 of 127 9/27/2010 � LJ ' 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' C-� , -� L��J ' 1 Sec[ion IV — 7'echnical Specifications to the Owner's ReprESentative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforESeen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Cantractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's �nay request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work far such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. z5.�.z PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCI.ATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Speci%rcations on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Sailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stack grown under climatic canditions similar to conditions in the locality af the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-develaped root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branchin� are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality ' for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Cansumer Services (latest edition). ' D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. , SectionlV.doc Page 41 of 127 9/27/2010 ' Section IV —1'echniea] Specifications E. Landscape rnaterials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. if speci .ired landscape material is not available, submit Landscape ArchiCect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order far substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amaunt. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include imrnediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken a�ier pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurez��et�ts specified iii the plarit material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. P1ant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of suffrcient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association af Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be da►naged by improper binding and B& B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specifred and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown 'rn containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sad shall be of even thickness and with a good rooC structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked rx�ore than 24 hours before laying and it must be grawn in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod rnust be kept moist priar to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certifrcation requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Muleh shall be ] 00% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. lnstall mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. SectionlV.doc Page 42 of l27 9/27/2010 ' r 1 L� 1 ' ' ' LJ ' � �� C] , ' 1 1 ' � 3ection IV —'Y'echnical Specifications 25.2.2.1.5 FERTIL.IZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free tlowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in Full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; i=ully confarming to State of Flarida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backf Iling. D. Graund cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 3�% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be I: I ar 2: I for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than '/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, capper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper_ Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and S- 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with twa - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PI�ANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfrll. .It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about b.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or ' SectionlV.doc 1 Page 43 of 127 9/27/2010 Section TV -- Technical Specitications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as f.rll dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil am�ndrnent spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil far all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treaCed (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizantal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at �l -'/� feet above grade. . 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifcations for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the rnanufacturer. 25.2.Z.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRl1CT10NS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. Tf underground construction, utilities or other obstructians are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position far any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specitications. All proposed landscape areas SectionlV.doc Page 44 of 127 9/27/2010 ' �1 ' ' ' �J [_� L. J [� 1 � 1 ' ' � ' ' Sec[ion 1V — Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required ta praduce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at na cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting arcas shall bc carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or ather debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-'/z inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispase of the excavated material ofFthe site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved arganic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocate time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATIQN FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Radeo" per the Manuiacturer's Specifications. B. I,irnit preparation to areas which will be planted pramptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall fnish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be slaped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one ( l) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 3p% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. , SectionlV.doc � Page 45 of ] 27 iID�/D�II [I] Section iV — Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. lnstall berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for fnished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. Cf shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is we11- drained, free of rocks, roats, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as znuck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required ta clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 1 S inch (450 millimeters) border af mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building faundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval o�Fthe Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in piCs having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. l'lants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to praper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will bene�t from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrour�ding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agri,form 2Q-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time af installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottorn of the root mass. Application rate: SectionlV.doc Page 46 of 127 9/27/2010 i � ' � � L� � 1 gallan 3 gallon 5 gallon 7 gallon Trees Palmis Section IV —Technical Specifications 1 - 21 gram tablet 2 - 21 gram tablet 3 - 21 gram tablet 4 - 21 gram tablet 3 tablets each'/a" (12 millimeters) caliper 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shal1 be used in back-�lling plant pits or as specified. The Cantractar shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be lefi under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Sackfill tilled and loosened native sail around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these tnaterials from the bottom af the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of ' the root ball to prevent voids. Flanting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Sackfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the roat ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. � ' � � ' ' ' ' L_J G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the diff'erent plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas_ Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches fram the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing SO% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas jast prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch ta 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to ralling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosiort due to the application af excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. ' SectionIV.doc ' Page 47 of 127 9/27/2010 Scction JV — Technical Spccifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sad or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. �. If, in the opinion of the Laradscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fll voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per saund nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at ] 2Q degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertica] supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minirnum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracin� from trees six (6) rnonths a$er the date of �nal acceptance of tlae landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. S. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark nriulch, or other mulch as speci�ed on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds af annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside ed�e of annuals. SectinnlV.doc f'age 48 of 127 9/27/2010 [� 1 � 1 1 1 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist ta maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. S. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. P��'�� ,1.d�1� A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. G The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION , A. The Cantractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workrnen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. �� 1 ' ' L� ' ' B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials frorn damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and mainter►ance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacetnent af damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cast of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning af landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering af turf and planting beds, ' mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out ' repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under 1 Scctionl V.doc � Page 49 af 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the Llniversity aFFlorida Coaperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices bein� followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than ane inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon campletion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Kepresentative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notitications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptabiliTy of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the carrection has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement af rejected plant rnaterial (i:f any) have been made, and coxnpletion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. G The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment suf�cient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved cc�uivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction fram the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-speci�ed plant materials. No SectionlV.doc Page 50 of 127 9/27/2010 ' ' ' 1 �� 5ection IY—Technical Specifications additianal compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additianal cast to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFpRMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING P�.'�i�1�Y��Y� ' It is the intention of this speci�cation to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installatian of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure Co domestic , sewage including all labor, materials and equipment ta provide for a complete, fully restored and functianing installation. ' ' � � 2fi.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City reyuires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner systern to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 25.3 MATERIALS , Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 335Q, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, � from the manufacturer, that the material canforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall cotxzply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: , 1 Material Aro e ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Madulus E=113,p00 psi , SectioniV_doc Page 51 of 127 9/27/2010 1 Scction IV—Technical Specifications �PE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff: c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of rnanufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractar shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foat intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria �or liner design shall be HS-20 tra .ffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained t`rom the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the dat� for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local tra�c, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 2fi.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. SectionlV.doc Page 52 of 127 9/27/2010 � 1 � ' ' � ' ' ' ' 1 ' � ' � ' � 1 ' ' 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 2fi.fi LINER INSTALLATI�N ' Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit ta the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuqus, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installatian m�thods � approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat reyuirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer af any canstruction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or ' problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be srnooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner , shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. ' , 26.7 LATERAL REC4hINECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to l00% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be groutEd to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections ta laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be ' resealed by the Cantractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local , system users when the sanitary system will not be available far normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the canstructian project. ' 1 � 1 ' 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period withaut a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. ]n the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. � - � � � r � ► �; i ►: a • � : � � �� , � i _ � - �- � ' New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough ta allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the � exceptian that the base shall be six (b) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. ' SectionlV.doc Page 53 of 127 9/27/2010 , Section IV — Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all wark described in this section of the sp�ci�cations and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary ta complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dirnensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimurn strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirernents of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a rninimurn of 24 hours in advance of che placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. f+�:�+�-�_F-� E-'�+7 � ��\'11�11 �► � � Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary ta complete the work. � 30.1 C+�� ► • : � � = :��_1�I�11:�1�J�'�,�T�� CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein speci�ed. IJnless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcernent and have a minimurn strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimurn width of �our fieet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wir� mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third af the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not 5ectionlV.doc Page 54 of 127 9/27/2010 � 1 1 ' LJ 1 � ' ' L� 1 1 � '� ' , �� J 1 1 1 , C� � � ' 1 ' ' � ' � � 1 ' , 1 , 1 Section IV —Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the rec�uirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints af na less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is nat properly placed. Cancrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. ]n addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and S shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of rneasurernent shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driverr�ays in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to camplete the work. K�i�+��7 �] �] 1► C�7 Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 9$3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished ta a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than �2 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall cantinue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the cantract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additianal compensation. Any questions conceming the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sad (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment %r these associated bid items may be withheld until the Cantractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it sha11 cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required far this work and shall be paid for on the SectionlV.doc Page 55 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Technical Specifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractar provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specifed for cer-tain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following mattner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilixed and seeded in basic canforrnance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 9$3. However, tao wildf]ower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 ]b. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, znaterial, equiproer�t (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storna structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifcations, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as appraved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside af adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on tap af concrete base. The storm structure floar outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels Manhole steps shall not be provided. )oints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with ane half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SeetionlV.doc Page 56 of 127 9/27/2D10 1 � � � � ' � � ' � ' C � ' � 1 1 ' C� ' , � Section IV —Technical Specifications 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and � junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. 1 � l] � � � � ' � Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be na less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will b� provided undEr manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhol� sleps shall n�l be pruviclCa. Marihule u5it�g O ritag between precast sections will not Ue acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The rernoval, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be rernoved, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engine�rin� Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specitications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocatian, covering or removal. , 37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS � � , ' C� 37.1 CQNTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDE� RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recarded ta serve as a record af a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDI�NIDEO REC�RDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (2l ) days prior to construction in any area. SectionlV.doc Page 57 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV —Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio vid�otapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial f7rm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video systenn shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free fram distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recordirag, exclusively cantaining the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings nnust continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall cantain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be d,isplayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper IefC hand third of the screen. Carnera pan, tilt, zaom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture yuality. The construction documentatian shall be recorded in SA mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and videa portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction lacation will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. SectionlV.doc Pa�e 58 of 127 9/27/2p10 , 1 � � 1 � r � � � i � � � � � �� _] 1 ' ' � � LJ � � � ' ' 1 L� Section IV — Technical $pecificdtions 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface feaiures within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction af travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per rninute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and praject title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segrnents of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, videa unit caunter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape covera�e shall include all surface features located within the zone of influ�nce of construction supported by apprapriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractar staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this sectian shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTR�L 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS � No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless atherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent ' vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion ofthe site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measurES per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. ' ' SectionlV.doc Yage 59 of 127 9/27/2010 �� $ection IV — Technict�l Specitications k�:�►��:z•��x��•��r_�►i•��r_�.3i�r.�_��•�.�•»Y•�i�.�r•z�:��i��.-� Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage contrals which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control af dust from such stockpiles rt�ay be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be p�'esent. .In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be appraved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, flter %nces, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sedirnent and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buf�ers, protected �rom disturbance, as a first step in the land alteraCion process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structur�s including but not limited to berms, earth �Iters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt thraugh the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In additian, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at fnal inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. K�:�:�'r�I�7:7:/1 �[r71 `[*7:Z�:T�I+�•� I� Cr]��%� ��I:�'�%\'E•��]:a��%� ��:7 ��] �] I�-� Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from Cop of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avaided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buf�er area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. SectionlV.doc Pagc 60 of' 127 9/27/2010 1 � 1 � 1 1 � � � � 1 1 , � ,� ' ' 1 , , � � L�J Section IV — Technical 5pecificatipns Silt curtains ar other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, praperly sized temparary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crassing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ' All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior svvales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. � � 38.8 UNDERGRDUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 4001ineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; � b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideratian, excavated material shall be cast ta the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onta the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 1 , ' � , , C? �� 1 1 � 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. E��:�i [�Z�Z�7►�i I» /:1 � C�7 � Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". City af Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings Na. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that rnay be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.dnc Page 61 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV —1'echnical Specifacatio��s City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion cantrol on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Departrnent has the responsibility to minimize the amount af soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence ar commercial site and major remodeling af an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eraded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: lst occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity o�the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion proble,m and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from erading. The contractor rnay elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 ar Planning & Developrnent Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erasion control on all land development projects. Crosion control must be in place and maintaincd throughout thc job. Failurc to do sa rrxay result in additional casts and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. SectionlV.doc 1'age 62 of ]27 �iz�izo�o , � � � � � � r � � � � � s � � � � � r ■� Section IV —Technicai Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF ER05IUN VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3-7Q1 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL} OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re-inspection �ee $80.a0 Re-�nspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Inspector's Signature: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT 5ERVICES 727 Sb2-4741 & ENGIlYEERINGICONSTRUCTION 727 5b2-4750 Recei�ed by: (5ignature indicates only a capy of this nolice has been recei�ed and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PER50N REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED 3ectionN.doc Page 63 oF 127 9I2712010 Scction iV — Tecl�nica] Spccifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locatians far utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the cnd of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follaws: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems H,IGH VISIBILTTY SA.FETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Praduce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modif ed curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on Stat� Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE � ^ This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD O�' CONT.RACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all aperations in connection wiCh the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backf lling and clean up. SectionIV.doc Pagc 64 of 127 9/27/2010 � � , ' ' ' 1 t� , � u L� � � � � � � � 1 i� ' ' � ' � C� 1 i ' 1 � ' Scction IV —'Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be af tirst quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall re,flect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging efFects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the fallawing table: Size Class - Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 35U 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordAnce with ANSi/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21..� SO or latest revisian. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through S-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA 1 C900 or latest revision and the American Society for TESting Materials (ASTM) Standard D 22�} 1 and .PVC Resin Compaund conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. � 1 � �I Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, warking pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionlV.doc Page 65 of 127 9/27/2010 Section ]V — Technical Speci�cations Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 1S ]50 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8�inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger pVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which rneets the req�yirernent� ofA.fiTM P 18h9. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verifred the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged wich a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous witk� splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wir� is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AN� JOINTS �'itting from 4�inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements af ANSI/AW WA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fttings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSr/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint �lands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA Clll/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessaries that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved rnechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands an hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionlV.doc Page 66 of 127 9/2'1/2010 ' � , � 1 � 1 � � LG � �� 1 ' � , � � ' � � ' !' � 1 � r 1 �� 1 � 1 u 1 � , Section IV -- Technical 5pecifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and rnortar, cement or any approved method by the En�ineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be ral�d al nol less lhan 1S0 psi culd waler, n�nsh�ck. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. lnstallatian: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Cnch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the fallowing features consistent with C509-515, full opening unabstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable trom bonnet without removin� body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bannet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSUAWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 41.2.4 VALVE B�XES Valve baxes shall be af standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron_ No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be order�d in various heights to accommodate difFerent depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City lndex No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 5�2; Sheet l of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclairned water valve boxes and pad detail. , SectionlV.doc �� Page 67 of 127 9/27/2010 Scction iV — Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, ather than those listed below, tnay be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments ta be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform Co A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be LTL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, clasing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. Th� chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel rnade in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Sreakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece branze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operatin� mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tarnper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant sk�oe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leakage o�water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 30� or higher grade stainless steel and rzaade in twa sectians with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-]/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SeciionlV.doc Page 68 of 127 9/27/2010 , CJ LJ Section IV —Technical 5pecifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AW WA Speci�cation C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from � the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movernent of the hydrant. CI � All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ' Service saddles shall be used on all service taps ta 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC � 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. ' 1 1 � � 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specificatian and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the �ngineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other de�ects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or r�jection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ' The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflaw prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all de�vices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. ' � , � 1 Backflow prevention devices installed an customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connectian) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specifcation C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree af hazard presented to the municipal water systern frorn possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: SectionlV.doc Page 69 of 127 9/27/2010 Scction iV — Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closin� shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connectians for testing the watertightness af each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, mAnufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plu�. !yF�iU�=3��'L�7��:1'/�7:7_1►��-'i Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION C�i��i�►��/_��:�/_1�:/_1►1�7�1`[�] Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be darnaged. If, hawever, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained_ to the reyuired lines and grades with tittings, valves and hydrants at the required locaCions, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown aff before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where appr�ved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and inter�`ere to such ar� extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the autharity ta chan�e the plans and order a deviation Frorn the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionlV.doc 1'age 70 af 127 9/27/2010 C� 1 ' � 1 1 1 � � ' ' � � � r LJ � � �� J � , Section IV — Technical Specifications �1.3.2.2 I NSTALLATION , Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and canvenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ' ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage ta materials and protective caatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. ' I�' damage occurs to any pipe, �ttings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be imrnediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe co�-rective repairs or rejection of the damaged iterias. ' All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and ather defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. 5pigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe ' or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. � ' 1 ' Li � 1 All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from ail and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recomznendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to b� made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or ather materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and braught to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped undex it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At tfines when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, �ttings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike rnanner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smaoth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the ' Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal � plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. , No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion ofthe Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. � SectionlV.dac Page 71 of 127 9/27/2010 ' 41.3.3 Scction TV — Tcchnical Specifications SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pip�. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown oth�rwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of S& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City lndex No. 402; Sheet S of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed an the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shawn or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.�4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specifi�d shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be h�ld in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown an the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements af the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SeciionlV.doc Page 72 of 127 9/27/20]0 C� C� LJ , � , C� L� � ' 1 � , , 1 , � II i_ � � �� !J Ll � l� , 1 ' , C� �� 1 � Section IV — Technical Specitications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized atad pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrastatic pressure test of 15p pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall confarm to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushec� to remove all sand and ather foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a rnanner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Sefore applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AW WA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT "l�he sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforrning to ' Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". , ' ' 1 , LJ 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATI�N PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water cantaining a minimum chlorine concentration of 7S ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be apened and clased several times during the contact period. SectionlV.doc Page 73 of 127 9/27/2010 Section TV — 7'echnical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accornplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples af water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence af such pullution. Tlie bacte►�ial tests sllall Ue satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in opearation and it shall be the Contractar's responsibility to perfarm the sterilization as outlined above. If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methads shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methads employed shall have the approval of that agency. De�nite instructians as to the collectian and shipment of sarraples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. C�i�:��il�_E-'��1:��►`i1��1_1�11J_1'luL�►YI 41.6.1 GENERAL Sids must include all sections and items as specif ed herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work o� constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as sEt forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the followin� items arad the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items ofwork: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal + Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill � Sackfill • Grading * Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required far a complete and operable system. . SectionlV.doc Page 74 of ] 27 i� � 1 �� ' � , ' 1 1 LJ C� L� ' � , , ' 9/27/2010 ' � ' 1 � � 1 1 1 ' ' C_� , C:� � , LJ 1 [-J L.J � Section 1V —Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensatian for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41,6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based an weights stamped an the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maxirnum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labar, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS C�i��'il ��I:��uL�� The quantity for payment shall be the nunnber of gate valves af each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipmetat and installing the valve complete with box and caver. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The yuantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily fumished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities systern are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete includin� necessary thrust SectionlV.doc Page 75 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V —Technical Specifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve 1nd valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials sha11 be braught to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's O�ce. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the Ciry of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation af 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-25� and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". C��i�l��/��I`CrlfI�l�J:�y=1 A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than "/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 af FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be canstructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall nat vary more than 1/4" in ] 0 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Law areas shall be patc,hed as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionIV.doc Page 76 of 127 9/27/20]0 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 � � 1 � ' 1 1 1 �1 ,� L ' Section IV — Technical $pecifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 C�LOR COAT C�'��uG��:71_l�� Materials used in the patching and colar coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Frior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor correctians are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacCurer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary ttaore than 1/$" in ten feet in any direction. If a , deticiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. ' ' 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 In order ta provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the fnish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surFace as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH CQLOR CQURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accardance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the re�ulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. C k�i �:� c�, I�1' 11. L ri � I� 1�� Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionlV.doc Page 77 of 127 9/27/2010 Sectinn IV -- Technical 5pecifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work_ 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labar, materials and equiprrzent necessary for the installation af clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or t}�e construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and speci�ed herein. Basis af design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Tnc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidance submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisiy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit a�reed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and �uality as this project, with in the last �ve (5) years. The Qwner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience ofthe personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award ofthe Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the llnited States (Lawn) Tennis Associatian and the United States Tennis Courc and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractar shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionlV.doc Page 78 of 127 9/27/2010 1 � ' 1 � 1 1 1 , ' , 1 � , � ' , 1 1 ' �1 Section 1V — Technical Specitications 43.2.1.6 BUIL.DING REQUIREMENTS ' The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site far storage and preparation af materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. � .� 1 � �3.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ' 43.2.2.1 SLIITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. ' 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall dema the existing Cennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence , surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of ihe construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the � proposed location of the n�w clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demoGtion materials not utilized in construction of the new ' courts shall be removed and dispased from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentatian of any recycled materials. CJ 1 L. J �1 ' 1 1 ' 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T 180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing ta the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance af plus or minus one (1) inch af the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T 180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE �3.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawin�s. SectionlV.doc Page 79 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specif cations C i��+� �=�_Fy =[K�] ► E-'� �:i�I� �[�] ► I 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic sha11 be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum averlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only rnaterials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 15�, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, ConsCruction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch ofthe established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on �Four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope af the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. T'rovide all required controls systems time clocks; flaat switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a cornplete sub-surface irrigation systern. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed araund the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation af one-quarter (1/4) ta one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.G SURFACE COURSE �43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A 5urface caur5e uf I.SP Type lI Ayuabletaa ur Lee Hyroblcrza tennis court �nalcrial 5ha11 bc installed over the screening course to a compacted deptk� of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediatcly aiter leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 R�OT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perirneter curbing eighCeen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionlV.doc Page SO af 127 9/27/2010 ' 1 ' � ' � ' ' , 1 , , , , � � � ' , 1 ' ' ' ' LJ 1 ' ' ' , i C_J ' Section iV — Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fttings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT 25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specif cation. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimurn 2-1/2" Ameristar HT 25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" colar system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with FVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates cansisting of a mushroam-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gatc size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Frovide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) faot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- dcnsity polycthylcne, cight (S) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (]2) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the tap and bottorn with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in � width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. ' 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS � SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter af not less than two and seven- ' eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support � SectionlV.doc Page 81 of 127 9/27/2010 � Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules ofthe USTA. 43.2.1Q.4 NET A tennis net cottfornning to the USTA regulations shall be installed on eack� court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and battam and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length fve (5) feet greater than length between the net past shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbin� with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be ] 00% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminurn nails with aluminurn length of twa and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positianing shall be in accordance with regulations ofthe USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Prolir�e. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all alunninum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with twa rubber panels. $. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length aluminum. $ectiUnlV.doC Page 82 of 127 �� IJ 1 � 1 , ' i ' CJ ' ' � 1 L_J � , , 9/27/2p10 ' � �� 1 Section iV — Tech��ical Specitications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ' Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. ' 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per ' square inch running pressure at its terrninus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 3� gallons of water per minute for each court. 1 ' L..J C� ' 1 ' ' ' 43.2.13 CONCRETE Pravide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C l S0, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a prafessional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum faot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locatians for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the 1'arks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new lacation. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES 8� FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty faat (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. ' The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items reyuired to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. r-, �il � ' , � Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is pravided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chest�r Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 8$7-0771. Cantact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based an the following information: SectionlV.doc Page 83 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Technica] Specitications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove ane f.rxture and place on pole TS Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole TS new pole w/existing sixt�en fixtures (8 on one side and S an the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fxtures and place on pole TS Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plat� relacatiun lighl pulcs acwrclin�ly. �43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pol� locations and utili2e existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) nEw light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost far these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shal I provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HO�' Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, ar equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of caurt and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Cantractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction ofthe project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionlV.doc Page 84 of 127 9/27/2010 �� 1 �_J � , ' , 1 , 1 1 ' 1 , l� ' C_ � 1 � � 1 1 ' 1 1 i � 1 1 1 Section IV--Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts far a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffrc control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. C��+�'�'L�]:�:t��]►1��:7�1��C��I+7►��:%]�»_1►1 The Contractor shall prepare a detailed trai�ic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pin�llas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation %r the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SA�ETY ' The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and rraotorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives. ' + Pravide adeyuate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. ' • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). ' • Promote use of the appropriate tra .ffic control and protection devices. • Provid� safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around constructian or maintenance work zones. 1 �� 1 The 20U4 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only appraved temporary traf�c control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , SectionlV.doc � � Page $5 of 127 9/27/2010 Section N — Technical Specifications lQ2-S Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44:3.1 ALL RDADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly af�ected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic stafffor preliminary traf�ic conCrol options. Develop Farmal Traf�ic Control Plat� for �'ermit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUB�IC NOTIFICATION Message Baard Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by tk�e Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Soard may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC C�NTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specificatian of the work, to confer in advance of beginnit�g any work on the Project, with the Tra .ffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Suilding, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of appraval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traf�ic contral plan. SectionlV.doc Page 86 of ]27 9/27/2010 ' 1 � � ' ' � 1 , ' � 1 ' 1 1 � Section IV —Technical Specitications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of M07' plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Tra�ic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the tra#�ic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned tb the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from th� Praject Engineer or Project lnspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in t}ae canstruction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the 5cope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the wark for the Contractor on the Project have a current .International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traf�ic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Tra$ic Safety Association with additional current Certif cation from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the praject on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traf�ic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access ta all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic contral and handle traffic related situations. The Warksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond ta repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subartiele may be grounds for decertifrcation or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintaira a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor ar failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspensian of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING !��i�1►�i�,�1 It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoratian af sanitary sewer ' and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand ' SectionlV,doc Page 87 of 127 9/27/2010 � Section lV — Technical Specif cations exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to pravide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND C�NTRACTORlINSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding coz�tractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequali .fication approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has bEen extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certi�ed by the liner systern rnanufacturer far installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisiactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. L��►'ll_��:�I_1 �-'? The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus ofElasticity (SO Years) ASTM D638 3,000 psi ASTM D790 4,500 psi ASTM D790 300,000 psi ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer .for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 3$1 J 8; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. ,Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an eyual system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later t}aan 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION lt shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautians shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatary agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plarats. SectionIV.doc Page 88 0l' 127 9/27/2010 , �� 1 ' �� ' ' � ' � � � � i� 1 5ection IV -- Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION � After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section af the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The � television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. , � 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to �eld measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractar shal I use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place � during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, , excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 1 , � II �� ' � ' 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area af the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is ta be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discavered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to recotanect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup accurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be respottsible far cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT � Payment for sanitary sewer restaration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of � manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. � SectionlV.doc Page 89 of 127 I/27/2010 � 4G 4fi.1 46.1.1 Section IV — Technical Specifications SPECIFICATI�NS FQR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING I ►�i l_� ��:71_1�-� PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this speci�cation shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density palyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type �II, Class C, Category S, Grad�; P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 335� latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this speci�cation and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classi�cation equal ta or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same rnanufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTRpL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compaund except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specifrcation from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusian of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or randorn sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements fram samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations accarding to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 4f.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random sarnples and have them tested by an independent labaratory. 46.1.4 REJECTI�N Polyethylene pipe and �ttings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specitied by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SeciionIV.doc Page 90 of 127 9/27/2010 � 1 � � � ! � � � � � � � � � i i � � l� � �� Section IV —Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Aipe shall be stared on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipc. If 1 the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting eyuipment. ' 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt �. fusion joining method. [-� �1 1 ' � 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the jab site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be perfornaed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining pracedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avaided. Nylan slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. CI:��-��1,�1►11►[tl�:Z+Z+3��1�1:�� ` 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS � � � � �J 1 � The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21'/�-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) inta 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required priar to inserting the liner. SectionlV.doc Page 91 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technica! Speci fications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirernents and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring rernoval of obstructions ar shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope �rade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe b�nding radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease af entry af the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width af the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width wil1 depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer sha11 be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be cannected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. A�ier insertion, a rninimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe ta reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itsel�: The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being flled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on �eld conditions, the ease of access ta the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confrm all pipe sizes prior to orde;ring, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4,6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. Section]V.doc Page 92 of 127 9/27/2UlU � � � 1 �r �� 1 i , � � � � � � � � �� I-I � � � � Sectian IV -- Technical Specitications Pipe connectians shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connectians shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determitae the locations of their facilities. It will be the respansibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection far utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will he arranged fnr hy the contractnr. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top � of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. � � � � � � LJ � ' 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATI4NS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of of� site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded srnaoth and sodded with the sarne kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specifred by the engineer. ��>>C•31 � C•�_t�C�1►��13r%1�i'Ul`�l'15�3�15�1:�LT�7�� I=3 =3 - � . . 47.1 SCQPE This speci�cation designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and frttings shall be made of PVC plastic. Ct/iE��l,� The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectionlV.doc Pa�e 93 of 127 9/27/2010 Section lV —Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. �+ 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengtkas of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the jaint is assembled accarding to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected graut shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one hal fl cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1(one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall confarrra to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modi�ed by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cernent, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectioniV.doc Page 94 of 127 9/27/2010 , � Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS � Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. ` 48,5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the � American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C] 50 far Portland Cement, Type I. A bag af cement shall be deemed to weigh nat less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. , � L9 I� � � �� Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand cansisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designatian C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded fram fine to caarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve Passing No. � Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve Passing No. 3p Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. 100 Sieve 48.6 WATER 100% 95% to 100% 80% to 100% SO% to 85% 25% to 60% 10% to 30% 2% to 10% Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of ail, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be cansidered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT 5tee1 mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric canforming to the latest reyuirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 1 SS for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcem�ent. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designatian A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adeyuate provisians for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It � shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identi�cation of each shipment. � � � Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionlV.doc Page 95 of 127 9/27/2010 Sectipn IV —Technica] Specitications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound rnaterials af construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in rnanholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hariamers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite e�uipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. SurFace preparation o:Fexisting metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. Ta insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. ln na instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recammended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual arnounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used far measuring materials shall be subject to approval. Cf:�i�i■►'ill:/l�C� Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by x�achirte and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any atnount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. !f:�if+�_1�,�[+�L•��C*]►1 Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezin� weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be flled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.doc Page 96 of 127 9/27/2010 , � � � � � � � � �� LJ � � , ,� � � � r- l- - i � ' i � � � � 1 � � � � � � � LJ � � Section 1V —Technical Specitications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held appraximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spats, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nazzle away from the work until the iaulty conditions are corrected. Such deFects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature appraaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such tatal thickness as required ta restore the area as detailed over the original lines of th� adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to ariginal lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. '1Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of rnesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In na case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient ta allow initial but not �nal set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. C�f:�i[��1:7yi[«]��I�IE-�:I Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed ta remove high areas and expase low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48,15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) ar paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.1fi ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discalored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionlV.doc Page 97 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Technical Specifcations 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of t�e gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imp�rfections discovered shall be cut aut and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The xnixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double cbamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may contit�uously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating ►nultiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least one� every $ hour shift) ta prevent material from caking on critical parts. Noz21e: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hos� for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to nnaintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Mi�u. Air Press. (cfm) (�n.) (In.) (psi) 365 1 S/$ 1. 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of suf�icient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and valume o,f air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. if the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be intraduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionlV.doc Page 98 nf 127 9/27/2plp � � � � , � � � � � � �J l _� �� LJ � � ' �� LJ � � � � � ' � C� ! � Section IV —Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the speciitcatian to provid� for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. ln addition to these specifications, th� Contractor shall comply with rnanufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. Far any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met_ 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass purnping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavatian, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and caver; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhale liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the .fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to subttait factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GR�UTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionlV.doc Page 99 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — 7'echnical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal ofthe manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and carbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick wk�ich protrude rr�ore than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeCer, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existin� manhole and set the bottom of Che liner into quick settin� �raut. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in th� annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap frorn drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhale liner and piping. Fill the annular space betweer� the �manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing txianhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustm�nts as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Wher� manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work Co spray apply a monolithic �ber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures far manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the appHcation. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. Sectionl V.doc Page l00 of 127 �iz�izoi o � �� u � i i � � CJ � Section 1V — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.'I PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 2$ days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM G952) 2$ days, I50 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTR�L Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water in�ltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. � 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stapping very active infiltration and filling voids according � to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a l day strength of 50 psi. � l� ' � LJ LJ � � 49.7 LINER MIX Strang Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive stren�th (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3_ Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied l05 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the additian af water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to S6 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/$" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. SectionlV.doc Page 101 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be rnade with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recarnmendations in applications where there is evidence af severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foat. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 9S 1 Q8 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a tx�ittimurn of .67 cubic foat of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two caat applicatiora of liner rnaterial will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat ta be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush �nishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A 5pecially clesi�ncc] machine wnsisling �f an uplimi�cd pr�gressive cavily pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engirae rnust be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. ►��`�i.��r_��_r��•�,r_�►i•»:�x��•�. 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering Che sewer lines and to prevent up stream line fram flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, rnortar and SectionlV.doc Pagc l02 of 127 9/27/2010 � � � � L� �1 � �� L� � l� l� � ' LJ � Section 1V—Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed usitag a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the inf Itration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in arder to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recornrnendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recomrnendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag af product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 secands to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimurn uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are flled and a somewhat smoath surface remains after light troweling. The light traweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smaoth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the �nished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be follawed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum af four (4) hours cure time before being subjected ta active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. lt is � imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. ` SectionIV.doc Page 103 of 127 9/27/2010 � Section 1V — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuunn tested from the top of rnanhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, takin� care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the rnanufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum putnp of Cen (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured far the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (6p) seconds far forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests slaall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engitaeer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Nlaterials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltratian 2. Hydrophilic grauting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall ofmanhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum o� 1./2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils C �'�i ►+#r� ►'� I_� � �:� I_1 �-`? 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shal] be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 SectionlV.doc 1-3 rninutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days '1,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 104 of 127 � � � �� , � � � i L� r �� yi2�i2oro � 1. � �� , � � Section IV —Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 7$ 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi Based on conditions faund in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used ta stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength � Elangation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 400% ASTM D 3574-86 250-300 psi � 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for sail stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: 1 Density Tensile Strength Elongation ' Shrinkage Toxicity L L� � r 1 � �. � � , � 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING $.75-9.171bs/gal ASTM D-3574 150 psi ASTM D- 412 250% ASTM D-3574 Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Non Toxic A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based t�aterials that are appGed to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination af five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage oi water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,$00 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD �8 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 3 SO psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MAa) 8.1x10 Ilcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at SO% RH A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionlV.doc Page 105 vf 127 9/27/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications Astm C 49S Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90%Humidity -- �0.04 �0.06 �O.D8 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cyele No Damage Astm C 990 1'ul] - Out Strength ZUO - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astrn C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs rnaist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The rnixture shall be applied to a thickness of at 1east one half inch, but no greater tk�an two inches. It will have a dark grey color. �49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofrng epoxy shall be applied to a minimurn of 30 dry rnils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including exc�llent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion_ The epoxy shall be 100% so1ids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume Colar (other colors available on request) Pot Life, hrs Tensile Strength, psi, min Tensile Elongation, % Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max Bond Stren�th to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANC� 1:1 Light Gray 1 2,000 l 0 —20 5 1,800 Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remave rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. C1ean manhole and remove debris. SectionlV.doc a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. Page 106 af 127 9/27/2010 , L � E� � Section IV —Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. ' 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Nate: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, wi11 also be made as required by client. � � � �� 1 � � � 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterpraofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium alurninate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calciutn aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure tirne of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any laose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray appty hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to frll cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes befare applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL � Pressure injection ofhydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Dri115/8" holes through active leaking surface. � 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. � l� [� � 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS l. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Srush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #I as an overcaat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. , ScctionlV.doc � 1'age ]07 of 127 9/27/2010 5ection 1V — Technicul Specifiications 49.12.3.6 C�MENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to srraooth finish, restaring contaurs of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.1�.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at f'orty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOL.E TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhale may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum puxnp shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum ta drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds far seventy twa (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall Ue �nade. Retestiz�g sl�all pr-oceed ux�til a satisfactor-y test is oUtaix�ed. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All rnaterials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a periad of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentio�aed repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE l. These specifications pertain to the application af the Plexit7or Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for ln-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionlV.doc Page ] 08 of ] 27 9/27/2Q 1 � � � ' � �� ' � � � � � � � r � r � l_ � � Ii 1 �� L� � Scction IV -- Technical Specitications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System � 1 Coat ofAcrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortifed Plexipave • 2 Coats of I'lexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint F3�i F��I:7�_[�=1�:7�J=1:7=i�L•7�� 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimurn af 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, � cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior ta six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). ' 51.2.2 CONCRETE Cancrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL � FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specificatian Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and 1 other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. �f LJ 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch �inder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: ' � � Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60-80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20-�0 gallons 600-900 pounds 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix � SectionlV.doc , Page 109 of 127 9/27/2010 Section ]V —Tcchnical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .OS-.07 �allons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATI�N OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate af .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per caat using tl�e following mix: Plexipave Color Base Flexichrome Water 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 30 gallons 20 gallons 20 �allons 1. 1'lexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor ta improve flowability and provide unifor-m application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after rnaterial dries should require corrective action. 4. 1'lexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. E•i�:�»_\'l1►CH�1►1�E-'� Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacin�, playin� lines shall be accurately located, rnarked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The Naiional ln-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers slaall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Praducts packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specitied. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F ar more than 1 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV.doc Page 110 of 127 9iz�izo i o � r � � 1 � � �J � � ' 1 �� Section IV —Technical Specifications �4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. S. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will nat prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coe�cient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. l 1. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. Yn-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear E�'f'�:�=��1�]=1►�r�[��I�[f7_��[�]�[�]��_l:�t�]��]��:l�l��[�]►1 This article deleted. See SECTION lil, ARTICLE 22 - RESID�NT NOTI�ICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS $� MATTRESSES � Gabion & mattress basket units shall be af non-raveling canstruction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire care shall have a diameter of 0.1053 inches (approx. US gauge � 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating � shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Tabl� 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. � � � � , , The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/z inches. The overall diameter ofthe mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selv�dge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/�), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite SectionlV.doc Page 1 I I of 127 9/27/2�10 Section 1V -- Technical Specifacations lnterlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlockin� Wire Fastener sha11 rneet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class l, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance li:mit of 0.004 inctaes in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHI.ORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in calor and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effECts from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. l. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasian: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss �12% (Method S). S. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lawer than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25rnm when the specimen has been immersed for 2Q00 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is subtnitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM 5-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According ta ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionlV.doc Page 112 of 127 9/27/2010 LJ � 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing periad: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-22$7. � 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: � 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable 1 change in color. 2. Specifc Gravity: a. Shall not shaw change higher than 6% of its initial value. , 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. , 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. , S. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. � � � �J � ' lJ � � � 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 2S% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall nat show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. .Brittleness Ternperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - S�all not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not bE higher than +l S degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone fronn a saurce approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples af the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meat the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM l OT096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum lass 12% ScctionlV.doc Page 113 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Teclmical 5pecitications Flat and elangated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimensian shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Raunded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 7�% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the xnesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter talerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A b41, TaUle 1. The minimuin weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 incka wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesian of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per ►xxinute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diarneter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be rernoved by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Speci�cations, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed accordin� to the manufacturer's recorr�mendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown an the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit consCruction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shal] be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defned as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut. Each gabion or rnattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionlV.doc Page 114 of 127 9/27/2010 � r ' � L.J � � , LJ � �J � , � [i , � � � � � Section 1V -- Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. ' Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled ta one third full and one cannecting wire in each directian shall be tightly tied to apposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full 1 and ane connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one twa third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. � i� � � � ' �� r LJ LJ L._J � �J �J ` J Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backtill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfacCion of the Engineer at the cantractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials reyuired to maintain the landscaped street medians including: * Traffic safety and Maintenance of TrafFic; • Trash and debris remaval from the jab site; * Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfac�s; • Proper trimming and prunin� of landscape plants and palms; • Yroper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcantracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING 4F WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work sha11 be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, we�ding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.doc Page 115 of 127 9/27/2010 Sectinn iV — Technical Specitications �•��I�L�7:7:� 1�11'� �: [�] �I+'� 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an aut�orized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location_ ��i��:7 Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amaunts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility af the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup fram the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours atier providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be perfo�rned at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of' the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. L'rown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old Faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boats; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allawed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionlV.doc Page ] 16 of 127 9/27/2010 [J 1 1 � I i � `� ' , � Section IV — Technical Specitications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of aperation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape inaterials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be rernoved on a regular basis in order to keep thern frorn being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/h�r expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing ' should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time af day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system shauld be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.0� or more must be approved in � advance by the city. Minar repairs, less than $2Q.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. � 1 � � , u 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be perforrned by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to ar extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon praducts are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionlV.doc Page 117 of 127 9/27/2010 Section IV —Technical Specifcations 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractar one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours nninimum prior to the need to protect plant tnaCerial. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric �or storage and return it to the designated City �'acility. Protective covering shall be removed the followir�g afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:0� a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior ta the end oi the scheduled instal lation day (5:00 p_m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the ntrtnber of hours mnhili�atinn �r �n-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric an a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per emplayee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This locatian is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 warking days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF W�RK Within 24 hours of compleCing wark the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said campletian. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to roake certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notifrcation from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given �48 hours from this notifcation to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This lacation will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palr»s. Irandscape installer will coordinate irxigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage �gures are estimates. $ectionlV.doc Pa�e 1] 8 of 127 9/27/2010 , , u l� 1 , 5ection IV — Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Cantractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. � 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisar of such occurrences, and shall 1 schedule to perform the required rnaintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. r � I I � 1 ' � , r �� ' ��'ill��liLrl�1,�:7��C�1�L+� 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION � MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise nated in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifcations (latest edition). The Contractor shall natify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all lacal, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type oFequipment. 2. All rnilled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of swccping is not bc permittcd). Thc swecper must be cquippcd with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swal�s are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow far the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. ' S. The Contractor shall be responsible for rernoving any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. i 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after rnilling shall be applied to sections of the ' road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications far S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for ' SectionlV.doc 1 Page I 19 of 127 9/27/2010 Section 1V — Technical Specifications superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of �DOT's Standard Speci�cations (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a tirnely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all cuarbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is camplete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property o� the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be perform�d by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery ofmaterial. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispase of the material in a timely manner and in accardance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. ��.�.�_�•ai��.��►��i��r_��i•��•z�_��•�►�•»��.i•»:z�:l*1�1►1�1��1��i�.� All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be lacated and adjusted by their owners at the ownEr's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Cantractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. E•�f•�i�'1»-��7�►�ill��l�C�7 There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This wil] consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. ScctionlV.doc Page 120 of ] 27 C� 1 LJ � � � 1 LJ 1 C� , l� ' , ' i � 9/27/2010 , �J � � �� Section IV — Technical Speci�cations E•�•�:�►`�11��1►[rIi]yl��:�-9X��[�7►E-y ' Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. , � � C� ' �_�l 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. F�iG7=�_F-�E.��7��_\'/►�il�l�� The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either reguired or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from cu�'bs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specifcation includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface n�cessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard , Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documenis, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. � 1 1 , 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling oiterrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. �':��,:7_�� ' "I'he work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cennent or rubble riprap as shown an the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). ' 1 1 IrI L_ 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.doc Page 121 of 127 9/27/201U Section 1V —Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testin�, labor, graut, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfall, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement af bedding stone, fr,lter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at ane of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and amrnonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities DepartmenC Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the itet�as itt Sectian A above. The dacurnentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to This job have received a.nd understnod training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. + The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specificatians (Sections 603 througk� C99), unless oCherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, feld tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, ScctionlV,doc Page 122 of 127 9/27/2010 �I ' �� I � � ' CI CJ 5ection IV — Technical Specitications pedestrian detectors, traf�ic controller assemblies, controller cabin�ts and accessories, removal of existing trai�ic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and con%rm to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Flo�ida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the statc of Florida. All mast arm colars shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer_ All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is FROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. I! 1 1 , � C� i 1 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the fallowing work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Sectian 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible ta ensure that stripin� is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-auY' areas. Omissions in striping or markin�s shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. fi0.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals requir�d to complete the work per the plans. S1 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. fi1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans ' and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. � SectionlV.doc Page 123 of 127 9/27/2010 � Section IV —Technical Specifications ��3'� �:l?L��%��C�1� 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Pratective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater tk�an the full driplirae or all protected native pine trees and ot�er conifer species. 3. At or greaCer than two-thirds oithe dripline of all other protected species 4. At or great�r than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. S. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lurnber for upright posts. Upright posts are ta be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one %ot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cov�r and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zane of trees protected by this section, and roat pruning requirernents shall apply to such trees. , : �� : z•z• � � � : i � � , i i � �� A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society ofArboriculture (�SA) certi�ed arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specifed root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a prunin� saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root prunin� by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roats located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by SectionlV.doc Page 124 of 127 9/27/2010 , � 1 C� 1 ' � Section IV — Technical Specilications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than ] 8 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International 5aciety ofArboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identi�ed on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspecCed and approved by the City's representative prior ta actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance af other construction activities as is ' feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. ' E. If there is a likelihaod of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter ' from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be ' dane to a minimum depth of l8" frorn existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". , H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. ' I. Roat pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement af any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree ' raots. Roats must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the rooC. , K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative rnay � require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical roat zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root ' pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. � 1 ' i �:�.��:z+»�:i�:��:i��ii�� A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an Internatianal Society of Arboriculture ([SA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. SectionlV.doc Page 125 of 127 9/27/20t� Section 1V — Technical Specitications B. Proper pruning techniques For all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that IeavE a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been impraperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will nat be recognized as a tree left on the praject in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacetnent consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree le�i on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacernent consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If reyuested by the City, Engineer shall design the �roject Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and S'roject Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies Che general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Fages. fi3.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.or�/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http: //www. section5 08. gov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo shauld be used far everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. it should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications o�ice. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Cornrnunications. This is for internal use only. SectionlV.doc Page 126 of 127 9/27/2010 [] 1 ' , 1 � ' 1 1 ' 1 ' ' � �_.J ' , 1 1 � Section iV —Technical Speciticatic�ns 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Praject Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options ta allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. fi3.6 POSTING The site should be presented ta the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. fi3.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Froject Manager to ttae City's Webmaster for posting. 5ectioniV.doc Page 127 of 127 9/27/2010 SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIDDING VULUME 2 OF 2 � � � � � Preparec� for: CITY UF CLEARWATER Preyured by: JONES, EDMUNDS & ASSOCIATES, INC. 324 South Hyde Park Avenue, Suite 250 Tampa, Florida 33606 Jones Edrx►unds Project No. 03720-033-02 Certificate of Authorization #1841 October 2010 � � , � � � � I 1� 1 � � � 1 ! � � i � City of Clearwater, Florida SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 2 SECTION IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS f'�ge II 9/29/20 ] 0 � , I� � � � � �.9 �� I��. LJ � � � � 01000 01100 01200 01290 0130p 01310 O1320 O1325 01330 01350 01355 01400 01450 0150� 01540 01600 0165p 01730 01740 01755 01770 01780 017$5 01815 01820 01830 o2z2o 02240 02305 0310p 0315Q 03200 03250 SECTION IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1-GENERAL RE UIREMENTS PROJEC"1' REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE OF VALUES CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION CONST,RUCTION COORDINATI�N PROGRF.,SS SCHF.T7iJT.F. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS S[JBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES SPECIAL PROVISIONS QUALITY REQUiREMENTS TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND C�NTROLS TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING CUTTING, CORING, AND AATCHING F1NAL CLEANING EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP PROJECT CLOSEOUT WARRANTIES AND BONDS RECORD DOCUMENTS MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION TRAINING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS DIVISION 2-SITE CONSTRi1CTION DEMO.LITION AND MODIFICATIONS DEWATERING EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES DIVISION 3--C�NCRETE CONCRETE FORMWORK MODIFiCATIONS AND REPAIR TO CONCRET.E CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOTNT ACCESSORiES 100% Submittal i TABLL• OF CONTENTS 03720-033-02 � 03300 03350 03600 03900 0550� SECTION IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONCR�TE FINISHES GROUT LEAKAGE TESTING OF WATER-RETA1NlNG STRUCTURES DIVISION 5----METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL DIVIS].ON 8--WINDOWS AND D�ORS 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES DIVISION 9--FINISHES 09900 PAINTING AND COATING DIVTSTON 11-EQUIPMENT 11535 SUBMERSTBLE NON-CLOC CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13401 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 13420 LEVEL INSTRUMENTATION 13440 RENIOTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT 15055 15060 15105 15110 15144 15155 15220 DIVISION 1.5-MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS-GENERAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRAT�ONS MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND F1TTINGS SLUICE GATES 100°/a Submittal ii 'rA$LE OF CONT�NTS 03720-033-02 � � , � � ' 1 � 1 1 � � � � � � � � 1 SECTION IVA SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECiF�CATIONS DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL 16050 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELEC"�"RICAI, 161 l0 RACEWAYS AND SOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16342 LOW-VQLTAGE iNDUSTRIAL MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 1G470 LOW-VOLTAGE PANELB�ARDS 16500 LIGHTING Al'PENDIX � e� x� y � x�: i� i c�� w:�� z r r:� � ] 00% Submittal 0372U-1133-q2 � TABLE OF CQNTENI'S � � fl � �� 1 � I_J \�/ (.y [I]►il � GENERAL REQUIREMENTS � �� 1 1 i. 1 t � � � ,� � � � � � � � � � � � ' � 1 � � SECTION O1000 1'ROJECT REQUIREMENTS 17_\t��tel�l�l�ic7\11 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK t�. The Work to be done consists of the .furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment and the performance af all Work included in this Contract. The summary of the Work is presented in Section 01100, Summary of Work. I. ., C FOR BIPpING 03720-033-02 Work Included: 1. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, materials, plant power, light, heat, fuel, water, tools, appliances, equipment, supplies, and means of construction necessary for proper performance and completion of the Work. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary local building p�rmits. The Contractor shall perform and complete the Work in the manner best calculated to promote rapid canstruction consistent with safety of life and property and to the satisFaction of the Engineer and in strict accordance with the Contract Uocuments. The Contractor shall clean up the Work and maintain it during and after construction, until accepted, and shall do all Work and pay all costs incidental thereto. He shall repair or restore all structures and property that may be damag�d or disturbed during performance of the Work. 2. The cost of incidental work described in these Project Requirements for which there are no specific Contract Items shall be considered as part �fi the general cost af doing the Work and shall be included in the prices for the various Contract Iterns. No additional payment will be made therefore. 3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain such modern plant, tools, and equipment as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to perform in a satisfactory and acceptable manner all the Work required by this Contract. Only equipment oi established reputation and proven efficiency shall be used. The Cantractor shall be solely respansible for the adequacy of his workmanship, materials, and equipment, prior approval of the Engineer notwithstanding. Public Utility Installations and Structures: Public utility installations and structures shall be understood to include all poles, tracks, pipes, wires, canduits, vaults, manholes, and all ath�r appurtenances and 01000-1 PROJ�CT REQUIREMENTS facilities pertaining thereto whether owned or controlled by the Owner, other governmenta] bodies, or privately owned by individuals, firms, or corporations used to serve the public with transpartation, traffic control, gas, electricity, telephone, sewerage, drainage, water, or other public or private property which may be affected by the Work shall be deemed included hereunder. 1. The Contract Documents contain data relative to existing public utility installations and structures above and below the �round surface. These data are not guaranteed as to their complete�ess or accuracy and it is the responsibility of the Contractor to make his own investigatians to inform himself fully of the character, condition, and extent of all such installations and structures as may be encountered and as may affect the construction operatioras. 2. The Contractor shall protect all public utility installations and structures from damage during the Work. Access across any buried public utility installation or structure shall be made to avoid any damage to these facilities. All required protective devices and construction shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense. A11 existing public utilities damaged by the Contractor shall b� repaired by the Contractor, at his expense. No separate payment shall be made for such protection or repairs to public utility installations or structures. 3. Public utility installations or structures owned or contralled by the Owner or other governtnental body which are shawn on the Drawings to be removed, relocated, replaced, or rebuilt by the Contractor shall be considered as a part oF the general cost of doing the Work and s}tall be included in the prices bid for the various Contract Items. No separate payrnent shal I be made therefor. 4. Where public utility installations of structures owned or controlled by the Owner or other governmental body are encountered during the Work and are nat indicated on the Drawings or in the Specificatians, and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, removal, relocation, replacem�nt, or rebuilding is necessary to complete the Work under this Contract, such Work shall be accornplished by the utility having jurisdiction, or such Work may be ordered, in writing by the Engineer, for the Contractor to accomplish. If such work is accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction it will be carried out expeditiously, and the Contractor shall give full caoperation to permit the utility to cotnplete the removal, relocation, replacement, or rebuilding as required. If such work is accomplished by the Contractor, it will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section �TI. FOR BIDDING Ol U00-2 PRQ7ECT REQUIREML`N"1'S U37Z0-033-U2 � � �.J ' �� ' � ' l C� 1 � � � � 5. At all times in perFormance of the Work the Cantractor shall employ acceptable methods and exercise reasonable care and skill so as to avoid unnecessary delay, injury, damage, or destruction of public utility installations and structures and shall at all times in the performance of the Work avoid unnecessary interference with or interruption of public utility services and cooperate fully with the owners thereof to that end. 6. The Contractor sha11 give written notice ta the Owner and other governmental utility departments and other owners of public utilities of the location of his proposed construction operations at least 48-hours in advance of breaking �round in any area or on any unit of the Work. 7. The maintenance, repair, removal, relocation, or rebuilding of public utility installations and structures, when accamplished by the Contractar as herein provided, shall be done by methods approved by the owners ai such utiHties. 1.02 RELATE.D WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1, .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL A. Drawings: When obtaining data and information from the Drawings, figures shall be used in preference to scaled dimensions and large-scale drawings in preference to small-scale drawings. : Supplementary Drawings: 1. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to explain more fully the Work to be done or to illustrate the Work further or to show any changes which may be required, the Engineer will prepare drawings FOR BIDDING 01000-3 PROJECT REQUIRF,.MENTS � 03720-033-OZ �: known as Supplementary Drawings, with specifications pertaining to such Drawings, and the Contractor will be furnished one complete set of reproducible black line prints (24 inches by 35 inches) and one reproducible copy of the specifcations. 2. The Supplementary Drawings shall be binding upon the Contractor with the same force as the Contract Drawings. Where such Supplementary Drawings require either less or more than the estiz►aated quantities of Work, credit to the Owner or compensation therefor to the Contractor shall be subject to the terms of Section TII. Coniractor to Check Drawings and Data: The Contractor shall verify all dimensions, quantities, and details shown on the Drawings, Supplementary Drawings, Schedules, Specifications, or ather data received from the En�ineer, and shall notify the Engineer of all errors, ornissions, conflicts, and discrepancies faund therein. Failure to discover or correct errors, conflicts, or discrepancies shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for unsatisfactory work, faulty construction, or improper operation resultin� therefrorn, nor from rectifying such conditions at his own expense. He will not be allowed to take advantage of any errors or omissions, as full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should such errors or omissions be discovered. 2. All schedules are given for the convenience of the Engineer and the Contractor and are not guaranteed to be complete. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility or the making af estimates of the size, kind, and quality of materials and equipment included in Work to be done under the Contract. D. Specifications: The Technical Specifications generally consist of three parts: General, Products, and Execution. The General part of a Speci�cation contains General Requirements which govern the Work. The Products and E�ecution parts modify and supplement the General Requireznents by detailed requirements for the Work and shall always govern whenever there appears to be a conflict. E. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 lntent: 1. All Work called for in the Specifications applicable to this Contract, but raot shown on the Drawings in their present form, or vice versa, shall be of like effect as if shawn or mentioned in both. Work not speci�ed in either the Drawings or in the Speci�cations but involved in carrying out their intent or in the complete and proper execution of the Wark is required and O10(�-4 PIZO.IECT REQUIREMEN'I S �� ' L� � �� [-� � �J � � � � � � --�, � LJ ' � shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. 2. The apparent silence of the Specifications as to any detail or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any work ta be done and materials to be furnished shall be regarded as meaning that anly the best general practice is to prevail and that anly material and workmanship of the best quality is to be used. The interpretation of these Specit7cations shall be made upon that basis. 1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT I_1 1.3 � Manufacturer: 1. All transactions with the manufacturers or subcontractors shall be through the Contractor, including Owner Direct �'urchase (ODP) items, unless the Contractor shall request and at the .�.ngineer's option that the manufacturer or subcontractor deal directly with the Engineer. Any such transactions shall not in any way release the Contractor from his full responsibiliry under this Contract. 2. Any two or more pieces of material or equipment of the same kind, type, or classifcation, and being used for identical types af service, shall be made by the same manufacturer. Delivery: 1. The Contractor shall deliver materials in ample quantities to ensure the most speedy and uninterrupted progress of the Work so as to complete the Work within the allotted time. 2. �� The Contractor shall also coordinate deliveries in order to avoid delay in or impediment of the progress of the work of any related Contractor. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for receiving material delivered to the site and signing the shipping documents. Tools and Accessories: 1. Unless atherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish with each type, kind, or size of equiprnent, one complete set of suitably marked high-grade special tools and appliances which may be needed to adjust, operate, maintain, or repair the equipment. Such tools FOR BIDDING 01000-5 PROJF�C'f FZEQUIREMENTS 03720-033-02 � I�a and appliances shall be furnished in approved painted steel cases, properly labeled and equipped with good-grade cylinder locks and duplicate keys. 2. Spare parts shall be furnished as speci�ed herein and as recommended by the manufacturer necessary for the operation of the equipment, not including materials required for routine maintenance. 3. Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate, securely fastened in place and clearly inscrib�d with the manufacturer's narne, year of manufacture, serial number, weight, and principal rate data. Service of Manufacturer's Engineer: The Contract Prices for equipznent shall include the cosC of furnishing a competent and experienced engineer or superintendent who shall represent the manufacturer and shall help the Cantractor, when required, install, adjust, test, and place in operation the equipment in conformity with the Contract Documents. 2. A$er the eyuiprzaent is placed in permanent operation by the Owner, the manufacturer's engineer or superintendent shall make all adjustrr�ents and tests required by the Engir�eer to prove that the equipment is in proper and satisfactory operating condition and shall instruct such personnel as may be designated by the Owner in the proper aperation and maintenance of such equipment. 1.12 INSP�CTION AND TESTI.NG A POR C31DDiNG 03720-033-02 General: 1. For tests specified to be nnade by the Cantractor, the testing personnel shall make the necessary inspections and tests, and the reports thereof shall be in such form as will facilitate checking to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. �'ive copies of the reports shall be submitted and authoritative certification thereof must be furnished to the Engineer as a prerequisite for the acceptance of any material or equipment. 2. If, in the making of any test of any material or equipment, the Engineer ascertains that the material or equipment does not comply with the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be notified thereof and he will be directed to refrain from delivering said material or equipment, or to remove it promptly from the site or from the Work and rep1ace it with acceptable material without cost to the Owner. OlOQO-6 PROJHC'f REQUIREMENTS i 1 �� , � �J � , : 3. Tests of electrical and mechanical equipment and appliances shall be conducted in accordance with the recognized test codes of the ANSI, ASME, or the IEEE, except as may otherwise be stated herein. 4. The Contractar shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of equipment during testing and instruction periods and sha11 neither have nor make any claim for damage which may occur to equipment before the time when the Owner formally takes over the operation thereof. Costs: The Contractor shall provide all inspection and testing of materials furnished under this Contract, unless otherwise expressly specified. 2. The Contractor shall bear the cost o.f shop and field tests of equipment and of certain other tests specifically called for in the Contract Documents, and such costs shall be deemed to be included in the Contract .P.rice. � 3. The Owner may test materials and equipment submitted by the Contractor as the equivalent to those specifically named in the Contract for compliance. The Contractar shall reimburse the Owner for the � expenditures incurred in making such tests of materials and equipment which are rejected for non-compliance. L� LJ �� , �� 1 � C I�a Certificate of Manufacture: 1. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with authoritative evidence in the form of a certificate of manufacture that the materials to be used in the Work have been manufactured and tested in conformity with the Contract Documents. 2. These certi�cates shall be notarized and shall include copies of the results of physical tests and chemical analyses, where necessary, that have been made directly on the product or on similar products of the manufacturer. Shop Tests: Each piece of eyuipment for which pressure, duty, capacity, rating, efficiency, performance, function, or special requirements are specified shall be tested in the shop of the maker in a manner which shall conclusively prove that its characteristics camply fully with the requirements of the Contract Documents. FOR BIDDING 01000-7 PROJCCT REQUIREMENTS 03720-033-02 �.. 2. Five copies of the manufacturer's actual test data and interpreted results thereof, accotnpanied by a certificate of authenticity sworn to by a responsible ofticial of the manufacturing company and/or independent laboratory, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3. The Contractor shall bear the cost of shop tests and of furnishing manufacturer's preliminary and shop test data af operating equipment. E. Start-up Tests: F. 1. l' � l� � II � ' As saon as conditions permit, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, � riaaterials, and instruments and shall perform start-up tests ot�equipment. 2. If the start-up tests disclase any equipment furnished under this Contract which does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, before demonstration tests, zxaake all changes, adjustments, and replacements required. The furnishing contractor shall assist in the start-up tests as applicable. Demonstratian Tests: 1. Before the ContracCor's request for a Substantial Completion inspection, all equipment and piping installed under this Contract shall be subjected to demonstration tests as specified or required to prove compliazice w,ith the Contract Documents. 2. The Contractor shall furnish labor, fuel, energy, water, and all other materials, equipment, and instruments necessary for all demonstration tests at na additiona] cnst tc► the (7wner_ The rnanufacCurers shall assist in the demonstration tests as applicable. l .13 LINES AND GRADES A. Grade: 1. All work under this Contract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or as given by the Engineer. The full responsibility for keeping alignment and grade shall rest upon the Cantractor. 2. The Engineer will establish bench marks and baseline controlling points. Reference marks for lines and grades as the Work pro�resses will be located by the Contractor to cause as little inconvenience to the prosecution of the Work as possible. The Cantractor shall place FpR BiDD1NG 01000-8 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 03720-Q33-02 E1 I excavation and other materials so as to cause no inconvenience in the use , of the reference marks provided. He shall remave any obstructions h� places cantrary to this provision. 1 , � � � � L� � � � � , � 1 � ', 1.3 C� Surveys: At his own expense the Contractor shall furnish and maintain stakes and other such materials. 2. The Contractor shall check such reference marks by such means as he may deem necessary and, before using them, shall call the Engineer's attention to any inaccuracies. 3. At his own expense the Contractor shall establish all working or construction lines and grades as required from the re%rence marks set by the Engineer and shall be solely responsible for the accuracy of these lines and grades. He shall, however, be subject to check and review by the Engineer. Safeguarding Marks: The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments, and bench marks made or established on the Work, bear the cost of re-establishing them if disturbed, and bear the entire expense of rectifying wark improperly installed due to not maintainin� or protecting ar to removing without authorization such established points, stakes, and marks. 2. The Contractor shall safe�uard all existing and knawn property corners, monuments, and marks adjacent to but not related to the Work and shall bear the cost of re-establishing them if they are disturbed or destroyed. PART2 P.RODUCTS A. In accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 6.2 of the General Conditions, the City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement an Owner Direct Purchase/Sales Tax Savings Program. At the time the Contract Price is established, but not later than concurrently with submission of the required values, the City of Clearwater and the Engineer shall identify the specific items and the estimated costs of the potential ODP. B. The Contractor shall submit a separate line item cost for each ODP item. The Contractor must clearly and separately identify any contingency ar allowance amount associated with any ODP items. The Contract Price must include the tatal FOR [31C]I)ING 01000.9 !'ROJECT REQUIREMGNTS 03720-033-02 � 1 cost of the Work, including the cost of the OD�' items and associated sales tax. After the City of Clearwater and the En�ineer have identified ODP items, the � Contractor shall follow the procedures set out in the contract documents. AART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) � END OF SECTION � ' � r � � � � � � � � � � FOR BIDDING 01000-10 PRO]ECT REQUIREMENTS 03720-033-OZ , [� 1 1 ' l� PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK Unless vtherwise expressly provided in the Contract Dacuments, the Work must be performed in I accordance with best modern practice, with materials and workmanship of the highest quality to the satisfaction of the Owner. � , � , 1 L� , � ' l� ' � A. The Project titl� is "Screw Pump Station Replacement at Marshall Street WRF." B. The Work oi this project is defined in Sectian I and generally consists oi the fallawing: r �a Retrofit existing reclaimed water wetwell to include submersible pumps with VFDs, associated piping, electrical, instrumentation, and control systerrzs. Pravide temporary bypass pumping to allow connection to the retrofitted wetwell and abandoning of screw pump station. 3. Convert the old generator building into an MCC building and perforna other generator building upgrades, such as installation of air conditioning and lighting and related works. 4. Demolish the existing screw pump station and filter feed pump station and associated equipment. C. The Cantractor shall be responsible for providing any required bypass pumping to maintain operation of the treatment facility as specified in Section 01815, Maintenance of Plant Operation and Sequence of Construction. D. The Owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida .Law since the Owner is exempt from paying sales tax. E. The Owner has reserved the right to retain some or all of the equipment/material removed from the Work except that specified in Section 02220, Demolition and Modifications. F The Speci�cation Divisions and Drawings are an integrated part of the C;ontract Documents and, as such, will not stand alone if used independently as individual FOR BIDDING 01 100-1 SUMMARY OF WORK � 03720-033-02 sections, divisions, or drawing sheets. The Drawings and Specifications establish minimuirz standards of yuality for this project. They do not purport to cover all details entering into the design and construction of rnaterials and equipment. 1.02 REI�ATED WORK A. Section 01815, Nlaintenance of Plant Operation and Seyuence of Constructian. I .03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE Cl 1 , � � � A. See Section 01815, Maintenance of Plant Operation and Sequence of Constructian. � 1.OS REFERENCE STANDA,RDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, �1ND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.1 p GENERAL REQUTREMENTS A. Unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings or Specifications, all work and the quality of materials shall conform to the applicable referenced standards. Basis of payment shall conform to Section 01200, Measurement and �ayment, of the General Requirements. The Contractor must maintain the operation of the treatnnent plant during the construction. B. The Contractor is responsible far taking all appropriated safety precautions during the performance ofthe work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all safety procedures and maintaining a safe work place and comply with City of Clearwater Emergency Action Plan and all safety procedures. Compliance with the above shall not relieve the Contractor ofhis sole responsibility for ensuring a safe work site and work enviranment. 1.11 WORKiNG HOURS A. FDR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Workdays shall consist of ten (10) hours maximum, between 6:00 am and 6:00 pm, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Owner inspection services are between oi i oo-z suMMn�zv o� woRx � � , , ' 1 7:30 am and 3:30 pm, excluding weekends and holidays. The Contractor shall pay for any inspection services required outside narmal work hours. 1.12 REIMBURSEMENT FEES The following rates shall be applied as the Owner's reimbursement of the Engineer's fee to be paid by the Contractor for expenses incurred outside normal work hours. A. B. C. Seniar Construction Admirtistrator: $ 90.OU/hour Engineering Consultant (Senior Project Manager): $ 170.00/hour Administrative Assistant: $ 60.0�/hour � 1.13 ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS, AND CODES Reference in the Specificatians to known standards, codes, specifications, etc., promulgated by , professional or technical associations, institutions, and societies, is intended to mean the latest edition of each such standard adopted and published as ofthe date ofthe Advertisement for.Bid on this project except where otherwise specifically indicated. Each such standard referred to shall be , considered a part of the specif cations ta the same extent as if reproduc�d herein in full. The following is a list of applicable documents that apply to this contract. �� C 1 1 � 1 , � � , n B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M N. O. P. Q• R. S. T. U. FOR BIDDING 03720-U33-02 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Formerly (AASHO) American Concrete Institute (ACI) American lnstitute of Steel Construction (AISC) American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Standards Association (ASA) American Society of Mechanical En�ineers (ASME) American Society of Testing and Material (ASTM) American Water Works Association (AWWA) American Welding Saciety (AWS) Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association (AFBMA) Building Officials and Code Administrators Tnternational, Inc. (BOCA) Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) Federal Specification (FS) Florida Department af Transportation (FDOT) Standard Specifications far Road and Bridge Construction, Latest English Edition (Standard Specifications) FDOT Roadway and "T'raffic Design Standards Latest English Edition (FDOT Index) Geosynthetics institute (GSI) National Bureau of Standards (NBS) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) National Fire Protectian Assaciation (NFPA) Portland Cement Association (PCA) Ol 100-3 SUMMARY QF WORK V. Occupational Safety and Health ,Act (Public Law 91-596), U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA) W. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) X. Southern Standard Building Code (SSBC) Y. Underwriters' Laborataries, Inc. (UL) Z. United States of America Standards institute (USASI) AA. Regulations of Florida Tndustrial Comnaission Regarding SafEty BB. All local, state, county, or municipal building codes re�uirements of the Owner's Insurance PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 01100-4 SUMMARY OF WORK 03720-033-D2 �I ' ' , � � � LJ 1 � ' 1 �J C� ' 1 � L. J SECTION Q 1200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A_ This Section cavers methods of ineasurement and payment for items of work under this Contract. B. The total Contract Price shall cover all work required by Che Contract Documents. All cost in connection with the proper and successful completion of the work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, and tools and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit price and lump-sum Bid prices. All work not specifrcally set forth as a pay item in the Bidder's Proposal shall be considered a subsidiary/ancillary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection with these subsidiary/ancillary obligations shall be included in the Bid(s) to provide a complete and functional Froject. ] .02 RELATED W�RK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) ] .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) ] .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.�7 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICAT[ONS (NOT USED) 1.10 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND CLEARING A. Except where otherwise specified, the unit price or lump-sum price bid for each item of work that involves excavation, trenching, clearing, grubbing, or disposal of cleared and grubbed materials shall include all costs for such work. No direct payment shall be made for clearing, grubbing, disposal of cleared or grubbed materials, excavation, trenching, disposal of surplus excavated material, handling water (and groundwater), and purchasing and hauling of required fill material. All FQR BIUUING 01200-1 MEASURF,Mk:NT AND PAYMENT 03720-033-02 � excavation and trenching shall be unclassified as to materials that may be encountered; in addition, trenches shall be unclassified as to depth, unless otherwise stated. 1.11 LUMP SUM A. For lurnp-surza items, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with an accepted Pro�ress Schedule of Values on the basis of actual work completed and accepted by the �wner at the final completion of the Project. 1.12 UNTT PRTCE A. For unit price iterns, payment shall be made based on the actual amount of work accepted by the Owner and for the actual amount of materials in place at the final completian of the Project, as con�rmed by the final measurements. B. After the work is cornpleted and before final paynnent is made, the Engineer will make final measurements, with all required assistance from the Contractor, to determine the quantities of various items of work accepted as the basis for the f nal unit price payment. 1.13 PAYMENT FOR INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES (NOT USED) 1.14 DELETED ITEMS A. Should any items contained in the Bidder's Praposal be found unnecessary for the praper completion of the work contracted, the Engineer txaay eliminate such items from the Contract. This action shall in no way invalidate the Contract and no finan.cia] allnwance �r c�mpensating payrnent for anticipated profit, overhead, etc. will be made far items so eliminated in making final payment to the Contractor. 1.15 PARTIAL PAYMENTS A. Partial payments shall be made monthly as the work progresses. Partial payment � shall be made subject to the provisions of the General Conditions. 1.16 PAYMENT �'OR STORED MATERIAL DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT A. When requested by the Contractor and at the discretian of the Owner, payment may be made for all or part of the value of acceptable materials and equipment to be incorporated into bid items, which have not been used, and which have been delivered to the construction site or placed in storage places acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide receipts for all stored material items requested for reimbursement which clearly identify the stored material item, where it is to be FQR BIDDING 01200-2 MEASURENLENT AND PAYMENT 03720-033-U2 �.� 7 � r � � 1 1 , C ' [_� 1 ' 1 ' r C] C� 1 1 constructed, the unit cost ofthe item, as well as the total cost ofthe delivered item(s), the quantity of the item, the brand name of the item, and the supplier. Note that there are additional documentation requirements and storage requirements within the Contract Dacuments that must also be met before the Contractor can be reimbursed for these stored materials. S. No payment shall be made for fuels, supplies, installation or connection hardware, lumber, false work, or other similar materials or an temporary structures or other work (items) of any kind which are not a permanent part of the Contract. Items having a value of less than $2,500 shall not be compensated for as a stored material item. ] .17 �INAL PAYMENT A. Ifrequested by the Engineer, the Cantractar shall field verify all quantities in dispute by using visual observation, taped measurements, or other methods designated by the Engineer. The field verification shall be made in the presence of the Engineer and agreed to by bath the Engineer and the Contractor. The Engineer will prepare a final adjusting Change Order which will adjust the final quantities of the project Bid Schedule to reflect the actual work accepted by the Owner and for which the Contractor will be compensated. 1.18 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. A schedule of values for the lump-sum bid items and some ofthe unit price bid items as required by the Engineer shall be submitted and accepted before the first pay request is approved by the Engineer. The schedule of values shall be based on the prices bid in the Bid Schedule(s). Prices bid in the Bid Schedule(s) cannot be changed in the schedule ofvalues; they can only be braken down into more detail so that the Engineer can more accurately pay the Contractor for the completed work. 1.19 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 1TEMS ,� I_:� C � 1 FUR BIDUING , 03720-033-02 The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect existing utilities, roads, and miscellaneous items from damage during construction. The Contractor shall repair, relacate, or replace existing utilities, roadways, and miscellaneous items to pre-construction canditions. All repairs, relocations, and replacements necessary are considered incidental to the work and will be at the Contractor's cost, with no cost to the Owner. 01200-3 MF:ASUR�MENT AND PAYMENT PAR'T 2 PAY ITEM DESCRIPTIONS 2.01 BID The descriptions provided in the following Paragraphs are to be used by the Bidder in preparin� the Bidder's Proposal. 'They generally indicate how the major workscope items and th�ir respective costs are to be separated into the line items listed in the Bid Schedule(s). These descaripCions are not fully representative nor all inclusive ofthe wark required to complete the project in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is the Bidder's responsibility to include all required costs within the most appropriate line item(s). Item 1. Mobilization/Demobilization—This item shall include and cover the costs for performance of construction, preparatory, and overhead operations, including but not limited to movement ofpersonnel and equipraaent to and from the site, sanitary facilities, project administration and management, insurance, bonds, Owner and Engineer indemnifcation, temporary utilities, permits related to construction, and all other similar activities and facilities necessary for executing this project. This item shall not exceed 8% of the bid amount. The Contractor will be paid 40% of this item upon completion of mobilization and 10% upon demabilization; the remainder will be prorated equally over the construction period. Ttem 2. Demolition of Screw Pump Station and Existin� Filter Feed Pump Station—This itern is to include but not be limited ta all costs for the removal of existing screw pumps, splash guards, pedestals and appurtenances as shown on the drawings; removal of the existing filter feed pumps and demolition of the wetwell and associated piping; demolition of associated electrical connections; concrete restoration and repair; loading, transporting, and disposal of demolished materials in an approved disposal facility in according to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of cornpletion, in accordance with the Cantractor's approved sc}�edule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verificatian. Itern 3. Retrof.rt of Existin� Reclaimed Water Wetwell—This item shall include but not be limited to all costs for canverting the existing reclaimed water wetwell into the new filter feed pump station, including capping existing entry into wetwel,l; tying in new 48-inch diameter DIP into wetwell via installation of a junction box; installing discharge piping, pipe supports, �ttings, valves, grating, and access hatches; painting; asphalt and pavement restoration; and capping and grouting the abandoned 48-inch discharge pipe to the screw pump station; . Payment for this item shall be on a lump-surn basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Cantractor's approved schedule o�bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verifcation. Item Q. Bv-Pass Pumping—This item shall include by-pass pumping required ta divert plar�t flow from the clarified effluent manhole adjacent to the control building to the screw pump discharge channel during construction and tie-in of the junction box and new 48-inch D1P to the existing reclaimed wetwell. The bypass piping shall also include a branch to fill the existin� reclaimed wetwell for testing. The work shall include but is not limited to providing all bypass pumps, FOR B1DDING 01200-4 MEASUREMHNT AND PAYMENT 03720-033-02 r [� �� , temporary piping and valves, coring the clarified effluent manhole concrete lid for bypass pipe drop tubes, and sealing cored hole after bypass is complete. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. Item Sa. Furnish and Deliver Submersible Pumps -- ODP Item—Under this item, the Contractor , shall furnish, deliver to site, unload, and maintain proper storage prior to installation of six new submersible pumps, electrical and control panels, piping and fittings, valves, and related equipment for a complete operational pump station as specified in the Contract Documents and as shown in the , Contract Drawings. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-surn basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. , � � Item Sb. Submersible Pumps Sales Tax—This item is for the sales tax associated with the purchasing of the ODP item. At completion af project, this item will be deducted frarn the frnal contract amount. Installation, Testing, and Warrantv of Subrnersible Pumps—Under this iter� the Contractor shall � install the submersible pumps, piping and fittings, anchor bolts, and interconnecting pipin� to the tie-in points oFdischarge; perforrn pump testing; provide warranty; and complete all related work for a complete operatianal pump station as specified and shown in the Contract Drawings. During the ' Work, no interruption of the filter process or other plant operations is allowed. The Cantractor shall be responsible for any permit violation related to the Work. Payment for this item shall be on a ' lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. , Item 6. Electrical, Instrumentation, and Controls for Submersible Pumbs—This item shall include but not be limited to all costs far delivery, unloading, maintaining proper storage of, and installing electrical components, ductbank and conduit, control panels, wiring, and instrumentation. , Payment for tkais item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. � , �� ' ' Item 7a. Furnish and Deliver Motor_Gontrol Center (MCC) – �DP Item—Under this item, the Contractar shall furnish, deliver to site, unload, and maintain proper storage prior to installation of one new MCC, including six variable frequency drives, sur�e protection, feeder breakers, Modbus communications capability, and related camponents for a complete operational pump station as specifred in the Contract Documents and as shown in the Cantract Drawings. Payment for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. Item 7b. Motor Control Center Sales Tax---This item is for the sales tax associated with the purchasing of the ODP item. At completian of praject, this item will be deducted from the final cantract amount. FQR BIDUING (11200-5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT � D3720-033-02 Item 7c. lnstallation, Testin�, and Warrantv af Motor Control Center (MCC)—Under this item, the Contractor shall install the MCC, test the MCC, provide warranty, and complete all related work for a complete operational MCC/pump station as specified and shown in the Contract Drawings. During the Work, no interruption ofthe filter process is allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permit violation related to the Work. Payment %r tk�is ite►n shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage af completion, in accordance with the Cantractar's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. Item 8. Generator Buildin�Up�rades—Tbis item shall include but not be limited to all costs for upgrading the existing generator room into an MCG building, including demolition of generator pad, re-surfacing the floor, painting; installing lighting, furnishing and in5talling HVAC, removing ventilation fan, and replacing wall louver with double door. Payment for this itezn shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage ofcornpletion, in accordance with the Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer veri,fication. Item 9. SCADA Inte ration Services—Urader this bid item, the Contractor shall inte�rate the new equipment to the Plant SCADA system as specified in the Contract Documents and as shown in the Contract Drawings. Paymerat for this item shall be on a lump-sum basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with the Cot�tractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. Item 10. Pavement Restoration—Under this bid item, the Contractor shall restore all pavement removed or damaged for the installation of the junction box, �8-inch DTP pipe corulection from the junction box to the wetwell, and electrical conduidduct bank. Payment for this item shall be made an a per-square-foot basis in accordaz�ce with a percentage of completion, in accordance with Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. Item 11. Fill Material to Replace Unsuitable Fill—Under this bid item, the Contractor shall replace unsuitable fill with suitable fill material, if required, for the construction of the junetion box and ittstallation of the 48-inch DIP pipe connection from the junction box to the wetwell. Unsuitable fill rnaterial and quantity shall be verified by the Owner or Ez�gineer. Payment will be made only for the quantity of suitable fill required. Payment for this item shall be made on a per-cubic-yard basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with Contractor's approved schedule of bid-item breakdown, and upon Engineer verification. Item l 2. Li htwei ht Concrete Fill—Under this bid item, Che ContracCor shall f 11 the abandoned 48- inch RCF pipe and the designated screw pump channel to the elevation indicated on the Contract Drawings with lightweight concrete fill. Payment for this item shall be made on a per-cubic-yard basis in accordance with a percentage of completion, in accordance with Contractor's approved schedule of bid-itern breakdown, and upon .Engineer verification. Item 13. Owner's 10% Contin e�—The Contractor shall furnish all labor, rnaterials, equipment, and services to perform unforeseen work not included in the ather bid items that may be requested FOR BIbD1NG 0120�-6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 03720-033-02 L� I ' and appraved by the Engineer. The scope of work and cost of this additional work shall be agreed rupon in writing and approved by the Engineer prior to commencement of the work. The Contractor shall be paid based on the percent completion of approved work. ' ADDITIVE ALTERNATE ' The following work will be done based on the sole decision of the Owner. Item l4. Removal of48-inch RCP- The Contractar shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment ' and services to excavate and remove the approximately l00 feet of 4$-inch RCP that is being abandoned from the new junction box to the existing screw pump channel. This item includes but is not limited to investigation of utilities, excavation, temporary pipe and duct bank supports, pipe , removal, backfill, dewatering, pavement restoration, disposal of pipe and unsuitable fill, and repair and restoration ofconcrete, sidewalks and incidentals. Numerous active utilities and process piping are present in the area. Actual locations are not determined. Careful excavation will be required to , uncover unknown utilities. The Contractor shall be paid based on percent completion in accordance with Contractor's approved schedule of value and upon Engineer verification. , Xtem I S. Owner's 10% Contin�ency—The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to perform unforeseen work not included in the other bid items that may be requested and approved by the Engineer. The scope of work and cost of this additional work shall be agreed ' upon in writing and approved by the Engineer prior to cornmencement of the work. The Contractor shall be paid based on the percent completion of approved work. 1 1 � ' ' 1 ' ' FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 , END OF SECTION 01200-7 MGASUREMENT AND PAYMENT � 1 � � ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' 1 , 1 , , 1 1 1 SECTION 01290 SCHEDULE OF VALUES I�r�t��tel�l�l�.7\11 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section TIi, General Conditions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. To the Engineer, a proposed Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, in accordance with Section 01000, Project Requirements, and Section 01200, Measurement and Payment. S. Upon request of the En�ineer, supporting data which will substantiate the values' correcfiess. C. The accepted Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. D. An update and resubmittal ofthe Schedule of Values when Change Orders affect the listing or when the actual per%rmance of the Work involves necessary changes of substance to values previously listed and approved. E. Schedule of Values FOR BIDDING 03720-033-D2 1. The Contractor shall submit a ryped schedule or electronic media printout. 2. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 10 days aRer the date of Qwner-Contractor Agreement. 3. Format — Use the schedule of prices in the Bidder's Propasal. Show cost breakdown for each lump-sum item. The lump-sum breakdown shall, at a minimum, use the Table of Contents of this manual outline. Identify each line item �vith number and title of the major Specification Section. �dentify site mabilization and demobilization, bonds and insurance, record drawings, photographs, operations and maintenance manuals, etc. 01290-1 SCHEDULE OF VA1,.UES L� �7 Por unit cost allowances, identify quantities taken from the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cast to achieve the total for the item. Tnclude within each line item a direct proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. 6. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders with each Application for 1'ayment. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALCTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1..08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLiNG (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 CASH ALLOWANCES A. Costs Included in Allowances — The cost of the product to the Contractor or subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts and applicable taxes. B. Costs Not Included in the Allowance, But Tncluded in the Contract Price — Praduct hattdling at the site, including unloading, uncratin�, and storage; protection of Products from elements and from damage and labor for installation and finishing. C I�a Contractor Responsibilities: ].. Execute purchase agreement with designated supplier. 2. Arrange for and process shop drawings, product data, and samples. Arrange for delivery. 3. Promptly inspect products upon delivery far completeness, damage, and defects. Submit claims for transportation damage. Differences between allowance amounts and actual costs will be adjusted by Change Order before final payment. FOR BIDDING 012H0-2 SCH�DUI.E OF VALUES 03720-033-OZ � � ' � ' 1 , ' � � � � 1 � ' 1 1 , 1 ' E. Cash Allowances Schedule — None. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USEll) FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 END OF SECTION 01290-3 SCHEDULE OP VALUES SECTION 01300 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section sets forth some of the general project requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Sectian 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED} 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with Section III, General Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Sonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATI�NS (NOT USED) 1.10 FORMAT (NOT USED) 1.11 SCHEDULE CONTENT (NOT US�D) 1.12 REVIS��NS TO SCHEDULES (NOT USED) 1.13 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Owner and Engineer will organize and conduct progress meeting at least once a month to discuss the progress of the Work. The Contractor and any subcontractors the Contractor deems necessary shall attend these meetings. At the Engineer's discretian, the freyuency of the meetings may be increased if the progress of the Work is not satisfactory or if coordination problems should arise. FpR 131DD1NG 01300-I CONTRACT A[7MINISTRATION 03720-033-02 1.14 RECORD DOCUMENTS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 1'ART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall employ a competent photographer to take construction record photographs during the Work. 3.02 REQUIRED PHOTOGRA.PHS (NOT USED) END OF SECTION POR B1I)D1NC 01300-2 CUNTRACT ADMINIS'fRATION 03720-033-02 SECTiON 01310 CONST'RUCTION COORDINATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall coordinate Work with that of other construction projects as needed. B. Before starting Work and from time to time as the Work progresses, the Contractor and �ach subcontractar shall examine the wark and materials installed by athers as it applies to its own work and shall natify the Engineer immediately in writing if any conditions exist which will prevent satisfactory results in Che installation of the system. Should the Contractor or subcontractor start work without such notification, it shall be construed as an acceptance ofall claims or questions as to the suitability af the work of others ta receive its Work. The Contractor shall remove and/or replace, at its own expense, all wark under this Contract which may have to be removed on account af such defects or omissions. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01000, Project Requirements. B. Section 01300, Contract Administration. C. Section 01320, Progress Schedule. D. Sectian Ol 770, Project Closeout. 1.03 SLTRMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. The Contractor shall ensure that all drawing, product data, and samples comply with Contract Documents and field dimensions and clearances. B. The Contractor shall submit requests for interpretation of Contract Documents i.n a timely fashion to ensure there are no disruptions with the Work as scheduled. Obtain instructians through the En�ineer to resolve all queries. L I�a Process requests for substitutions and Change Orders through the Engineer. Deliver closeout submittals to the Engineer. FOR BIDDING 01310-1 CONSTRUCTION COORDINA"I-IUN U372U-033-�2 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress Schedule, in accordance with Section 01320, Progress Schedule, to the Engineer. After review the Contractar shall revise and resubmit the Progress Schedule to comply with requested revisions. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANC.E (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, HA.NDLING, AND STORAGE (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USE,D) 1.10 CONSTRUCTION MOBiLIZATION The Contractor shall do the following: A. Cooperate with the Owner in allocating x�aobilization areas on site for �eld offices and sheds, access, traffic, and parking facilities. During construction, the Contractor shall coordinate the use of the sate and facilities through the Engineer. B. Comply with the .Engineer's procedures �or intra-project communications: submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, recomtnendations, and resolution of ambiguities/conflicts. C. I�a C;omply with the Engineer's instructions for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. Coordinate field Engineering and layout work under instructions of the Engineer. E. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of Contract Documents to ensure the efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. F. Coordinate the sequence of Work to accommodate the Owner occupancy as specified in the Contract Documents. G. In addition to Progress Meetings specified in Section 01300, Contract Administration, hald pre-construction conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to ensure coardination of Work. The Engineer shall be informed of such meetings and shall be allowed to attend. FQR BIDDING 013 ] �-2 CON5TRUC'I'IUN CQORDINATION 03720-033-O2 H. Coordinate the Work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing equipmetat, connecting equipment, and placing such equipment in service. l. Coardinate the use of project space and the seyuence of installing civil, architectural, mechanical, structural, instrumentation, systems, and electrical work. Follow practicable routings for pipes, ducts, and conduits, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines af building. Use space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, maintenance, and repairs. � � Coordinate Work at existing facilities to minimize disruption of the Owner's operations. Assernble and coordinate closeaut submittals specified in Section 01770, Project Closeout. 1.11 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A _� The Contractor shall provide information required by the Engineer for preparing coordination drawings. The Cantractor shall review drawings before submitting them to the Engineer. 1.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES The Contractor shall da the following: A. Notify the Owner when Work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. B C D E, Comply with the Owner's instructions to correct items of Work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion. Notify th� Owner when Work has reached Final Completion. Comply with the Qwner's instructions for completing items of Work found incomplete in the Engineer's final inspection. Comply with Section 01770, Project Closeout. PAR'I' 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 01310-3 CONSTRUCTION COORDiNATION 0372U-033-02 1�ART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL /• �: All vehicles on the property or easement must be operative. All personnel on the property or the easement are to be informed of line voltage and necessary changes. 3.02 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall coordinate the activities of all utility companies with equiprz�ent in the canstruction area with the Contractor's and Subcontractor's Work_ 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING I:� No cutting and patching of new Work will be accepted. All Work must be new and continuous in its final form. END OF S.E�CTION FQR BIDDING O] 3] 0-4 CONSTRUCTION COORDINATIpN 03720-033-02 1 ' 1 � L� L. ' � , i -� �J 1 ' 1 , 1 , SECTION 01320 PROGRESS SCHEDULE I��t��tef�l►l�l:7;�11 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. All work of this Contract shall be scheduled and monitored by the Contractor using the Critical Path Method (CPM) and shall use the Precedence Diagram Method (PDM) of scheduling. The Contractor shall prepare all schedules and all monthly updates described in this Section. The Contractor will prepare revisions of the schedule ta reflect changes in the Contractor's plan of performance or changes in the Work and submit these revisions to the Engineer for acceptance. The Engineer's acceptance of the scheduling docurnents is ta ensure that all CPM Scheduling documents prepared by the Contractor are in conformance with the Contract Documents and Specifcations described herein. This acceptance will not impose on the Engineer or Owner the responsibility for the schedule or for the sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the work, nor will the acceptance interfere with or relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for the schedule and the means, methods, procedures, and sequence of construction. S. The Contractor shall use the latest version of Primavera Scheduling software, or an appraved equal, for all CPM Scheduling applications. C. The Engineer or Owner may retain the professional services of a CPM Scheduling Consultant to assist in the review and acceptance of the CPM Scheduling documents prepared by the Contractor. Therefore, any reference to the .Engineer or Owner within this Section may also indicate the involvement of the Engineer's or Owner's CPM Scheduling Consultant. D. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain a detailed progress schedule throughout the construction af the Project. The schedule shall be the Contractor's working schedule and be used to plan, organize, and execute the Work, recard and report actual performance and progress, and show how the Contractor plans to cornplete the Work. The schedule will be in the form af an activity-oriented network diagram (Critical Path Method). The Contractor shall submit an updated progress schedule with each pay request. E. When the Contractor prepares the CPM Schedule and the schedule is accepted by the Engineer, it shall become part af the Contract Documents and will be used by Contractor and Engineer to monitor the progress of the T'roject. The CPM Schedule may be revised to show changes in the Contractor's method or manner FQR BIDDING 01320-1 PRUGRESS SCFIE[)UI.E: , U3720-033-02 F of performance; delays, or authorized chan�es in the Work. All changes to the schedule will be made in accordance with �lrticle l.l 5 of this Section. The Contractor acknowledges that free float belongs to the Owner. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) l .06 QUALITY �1SSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANT7ES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. To help prepare the detailed CPM Schedule, the Contractor shall engage at his own expense a Consultant who is skilled in the time-and-cost application of network techniques for construction projects. If the Contractor has qualified personnel on staff, the Contractor can perform the required scheduling within his own organization. B. The person performin� the CPM scheduling shall have a minimum of 3 years of (�PM scheduling experience within th� past S years on projects of similar size and complexity. C. Before engaging a Consultant or using in-house staff persannel and within S calendar days after Award of Contract, the Contractor shall submit the follawing to the Engineer: FOR B]DD]NG 03720-033-02 1. The name and address of the proposed Consultant or employee who will ' prepare the CPM schedule. 2. Sufficient information to show that the proposed Consultant or employee has the above qualifications including a list of prior construction projects of similar size and complexity, alang with selected network samples, which the proposed Consultant or employee has performed. These network samples must shaw complete project planning similar to that required under this Contract. 01320-2 PROGRk;5S SCFIF:[7UI_,F � 1 , 1 IJ ' C� ' � ' � � 1. ' 1 ' 1 �, E. The Engineer shall have the right to approve ar disapprove employment of the proposed Consultant or the performance of the requirements herein by the Contractor's employee and will notify the Contractor of the decision within 7 calendar days from receipt of the information. If the proposed Consultant is rejected, the Contractor shall resubmit another name within 7 calendar days far renewed consideration. Such approval or disapproval does not release the Cantractor from his obligations under this Contract. 1f the Owner or Engineer has reasonable objections to the qualifications of the Contractor's nominated scheduling personnel, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, employ a scheduler whose qualifications comply with the requirements afthis Section or employ a quali�ied subcontractor, subject to review of his yualifications by the Engineer and the Owner. 1.10 PRELI.MINARY 90-DAY CPM SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall develop a 90-Day CPM Schedule within l0 days after the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. This schedule shall be a computerized CP.M Schedule showin� only the early start, early finish of each wark activity. The 90-Day Schedule shall contain work activities over the first 90 days, and the estimated durations for each work activity shall be 15 work days or less. The balance of the job shall be shown in summary log. The 90-Day Schedule shall include but not be limited to site work, hazardous material removal, demolition, key procurement activities (i.e. submissions, approvals, fabrication, and delivery), eyuipment, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing coordinatian and any other work that will occur during the first 90 days. This 90-Day Schedule shall become part of the Detailed CPM Schedule. l.11 DEFINITIONS The follawing terms used in this Section shall have the following rneanings: ' A. Actrvity. A fundamental unit of work in a CPM Schedule establishing the time and resources required for performing or fumishing a part of the Wark ar a requisite step. Each Activity has defined geographical boundaries, time duration in days, , and a detailed estimate of resources required to construct the task. Each activity is assigned a unique description, activity number, activity code, and a dollar value. ' B. Record Schedule. The Record Schedule will have actual start dates and actual �nish dates for all work Activities and Milestones necessary to complete the Work. ' C. ' FOR BIDDING � 03720-033-(]2 Baseline Schedule. The Engineer-accepted Proposed Baseline Schedule. The Baseline Schedule is the Contractar's plan which has been appraved by the 0132Q3 PRC�RESS SCIIEDUI,F � Engineer for completion of the Work in compliance with the Milestones listed in the Contract Documents and within the Contract Time. The Baseline Schedule may be revised only by the Engineer's approval of a Contractor-produced adjusted Baseline Schedule. The Baseline Schedule for the Work is the sole basis for (a) the rraonitoring of the Contractar's progress against Milestones and the Contract Time; (b) calculating Total Float or Contract Float; and (c) the evaluation and reconciliation of extensions in Contract Tinr�e, if any. The first Baseline Schedule shall be desi�nated by all parties as the Baseline Schedule, Rev. 0. When Saselizae Schedules are adjusted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, they shall be designated as Baseline Schedule, Rev. 1, 2, 3, etc. (as appropriate) and shall replace the previously approved Baseline Schedule. Contract Float. Working days betweet� the Cantractor's anticipated date for early completion of the Work, or specified part, and the corresponding Contract Time. E. CPM Network. The structure of the cornputerized schedule. The CPM Network accounts for the entire Work and defines the canstruction logic in terms of all of the Activities with their logical dependencies. F. Critical Path. A series of Activities linked by dependencies that determine the shortest possible time to complete the Work. G. Early Dates. The early starC dates and early finish dates, i.e. the dates each Activity will start and finish if each is started at the earliest end of the range of dates that the CPM indicates the Activities can be performed. H. Excusable Delay. An unfo,reseeable delay, beyond the control of the Contractor, experienced due to no fault or negligence by the Contractor, its subcontractors, or suppliers. I. Free Float. The amount of time that any activity can be delayed without adversely ' affecting the early start of the following activity. J. Fragnet. A predefrned or individual segment af a network which represents a specified sequence of the Work. Fragnets shall be subrnitted which include all Activities, required resources, and costs and shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval of all Change Orders before their incorporation into the Baseline Schedule by the Contractor. A Fragnet shall be submitted before approva] of any proposed logic changes. Fragnets are banded Activities represenCing a revised portian of the Saseline Schedule and shall be logically connected and constrained by previously existing predecessor and successor Activities, as applicable. f:� FQR BIDDING 037Z0-U33-u2 Late Dates. The late start dates and the late frnish dates; i.e. the dates each Activity will start and finish if each is started at the latest end of the range of dates 01320-4 PROGRE55 SCHFI)UI.E 7 ' 1 ' , ' ' 1 � ' ' 1 1 ' 1 , � ' ' , ' 1 1 ' 1 L I�I � that the CPM Network indicates the Activities can be performed and still achieve the Milestones and Contract Time. Milestone. A point of pragress designated for the purpose of establishing start or finish times for a key aspect of the Work. Predecessor Activity. An Activity which precedes another Activity (to which it is logically tied) in the CPM Network. Prediminary Schedule.The Contractor's Baseline Schedule for the first 180 days of the Contract. O. Proposed Baseline Schedule. The Proposed Baseline Schedule shall represent the Contractor's plan for completion of the Work in compliance with Milestones listed in the Contract Documents and within the Contract Time. It represents the Contractor's first complete planned schedule submitted for review and approval by the Engineer. The Proposed Saseline Schedule shall take into account all foreseeable activities to be accomplished by any separate contractors, utility owners, or the �wner's aperations. The Praposed Baseline Schedule shall anticipate all necessary manpower and resources to accomplish activities within the durations set forth in the Proposed Baseline Schedule. The Proposed Baseline Schedule shall address and indicate all submittals required by the Contract and indicate the times allawed for review, resubmittal, and approval af submittals. Upon approval by the Engineer, the first Proposed Baseline Schedule shall become the Baseline Schedule, Rev. 0. P. Resource Loading. The allocation of work force and equipment necessary for the completion af an Activity as scheduled. Q. Two-Week Schedule. A detailed progress schedule taken from the Working Schedule, which discloses the plan for the next 2 weeks' Work and the actual schedule for the previous 2 weeks' Work. R. Successor Activity. An Activity which follows another Activity (to which it is logically tied) in the CPM Network. S. Totad Float. The number of working days by which a part of the Work in the Baseline Schedule or Revised Baseline Schedule may be delayed from its Early Dates without necessarily extending the Contract Time. T. Working Schedude. When the Proposed Baseline Schedule (or a subsequent adjustment is made by the Contractor to the Baseline Schedule) is accepted by the Engineer and becomes the Easeline Schedule, Rev. 0,1,2,3, etc., it shall be duplicated and become the Working Schedule. The Contractor shall update the FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 01321�5 PROGRESS SCHEDULE Working Schedule monthly with a Data Date designated by the Engineer. The Working Schedule shall be updated monthly to reflect actual progress only and shall be the basis for determinin� monthly progress payments and the Contractor's performance in relation to the most recently approved Baseline Schedule. The Final Working Schedule shall be the Record Schedule. 1.12 DETATL.ED CPM SCHEDULE A. The Detailed Network Diagram shall provide sufficient detail and clarity of form and technique sa that the Contractor can plan, schedule, and cantrol his work properly and the Engineer can readily monitor and follow the progress for all portions of the Work. The Detailed Network Diagram shall comply wilh lhc Contract Times of the Agreement and various limits imposed by the Contract Documents, including required sequencing of portions of the Work described in Section 01100, Summary of Work. The degree of detail shall be ta the satisfaction of the Engineer, but the following factors shall have a bearing on the required depth o� activity detail: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1r. The structural breakdown of the Project. Project Phasing and/or Milestones. The type of work to be perfarmed and the labor trades involved. All purchase, manufacture, and delivery activities for all major materials and equipment. Maintenance of Facilities in Operation. Submittal and approval of shop drawings and material samples. Plans for all subcontract work. Crew flows and sizes. Assignment of responsibility for performing all activities. Access and availability to work areas. Identifcation of interfaces and dependencies with preceding, cancurrent, and follow-on subcontractors and contractars. 12. Testing and start-up of systems. FOR BIDDING �1320-6 PROGRESS SCHEUUI.E 03720-033-OZ 1 ' 1 ' 13. Planning for phased takeover by the Owner. B. Activities shown shall be in working days and shall have a maximum duration of 5 days, except in the case of non-construction activities such as procurett�ent of materials and delivery of equipment. All durations shall be the result of definitive manpower and resource planning by the Contractor. C. The Detailed Network Diagram shall be prepared using a computer plotter. 1.13 COMPUTER.[ZATIUN OF THE DETAILED CPM SCHEDULE �. The mathematical analysis of the Detailed Network Diagram shall be made by computer, and a tabulation for each activity shall include the following: 1. Unique event numbers. ' 2. Activity descriptions. 3. Durations in work days for each activity. 4. Earliest start date (by calendar date). ' S. Earliest finish date (by calendar date). 6. Latest start day (by calendar date). 7. Latest finish day (by calendar date). ' $. Slack or total float in work days. 9. Percentage of activity completad. l� 1 1 B. The following computer outputs shall be prepared as part of the initial schedule submission and each update thereafter: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Activity file sort. F,ight-week "T,onk Ahead" detailed bar chart. Sumrrxary bar chart. Additional computer sorts as required by the Owner. High-density floppy disks of all computer files. Items 1 through 4 above, submit seven (7) copies of each. 1.14 COMPLETION REQUIREMENT ■ A. ' B. ' C. 1 � POR BIDDING U372�-U33-U2 The 90-Day Schedule shall be completed within 10 calendar days after the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. The Detailed CPM Schedule shall be prepared within 30 calendar days after the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to provide the required CPM scheduling documents to the Engineer within the time prescribed and/or revisions of the scheduling documents 01320-7 NRQ(iR�S5 SCHL•DULE within the required time, the Contractor shall be in default af the Contract requirements and the Engineer may withhold approval of progress payments until such time as the Contractor submits the required information. D. Notwithstanding the implementation of the Progress Schedule, it slaall be the sole respansibility of the Contractor to complete the Work w,ithin the time of campletion required by the Contract. 1.15 UPDATINGS A. The 90-Day CPM Schedule shall be updated monthly until the Engineer accepts the Detailed CPM Schedule. B. The �rst update of the Detailed CPM Schedule shall take place 60 calendar days after tlae Notice to Proceed with subsequent updates performed monthly at the jobsite for the duration of the contract. C. The Contractor shall update the Detailed CPM Schedule monthly, using a cutoff/data date agreeable to the Contractor and the Engineer. This cutoff/data date shall be consistent from montk� to month. The update information shall include but not be limited to the followizag: I�� E. 1. Actual start dates. 2. Actua1 completion dates. 3. Activity percent completion. 4. Remaining duration of activities in progress. The Contractor shall update all the scheduling documents and submit these documents ta the Engineer within 5 workdays of the cutoff/data date. The Contractor shall subrnit seven capies of the CPM schedule and one electronic copy of the CPM schedule on a CD. F. As part of the normal CPM update, the Contractor shall prepare a written narrative report highlighting the progress during the past update period. The written narrative report shall include but not be limited to the following information: l. 2. 3. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Summary of work accomplished during the past update period. Milestone Comparison Chart. Araalysis of Critical Path(s). O132�-5 � PROGK.CSS SCIIEDL7LE � ' l� 1 ' � � C� C� ' � 1 ' 1 1 ' 4 5 6 7 8 Analysis of Secandary Critical .Path(s). Secondary Critical Path is defined as float within 10 W.D. of Critical Path. Analysis of time losdgained during the update period. Identification of problem areas, ldentification of change orders and/ar any delay Chat is impacting/delaying the project schedule. Solutions to current prablems. G. The Contractor is required to attend and participate in a CPM update review meeting with the Engineer. Attendance is mandatory. This meeting will take place 7 work days after the cutoff/data date, or during progress meetings as decided by the Owner and the Engineer. The purpose of this meeting is to review past progress, current status, problem areas, and future progress. The Contractor's narrative report will be reviewed at this meeting. H. All schedule update information outlined above will be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. 1.16 RECOVERY SCHEDULE A, if the Contractor fails to achieve the planned progress, as indicated in the approved/updated detailed CPM Schedule, and the Contractor's lack af progress delays the Critical path and/or an intermediate milestone by more than 10 work days (monthly or cumulatively), the Cantractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and acceptanc� a proposed Recovery Schedule indicatin� how the Contractor will recover the time lost. B. If the Contractor fails to submit a Recovery Schedule and/or fails to cooperate with the Engineer in the Recovery Schedule pracess, the Owner can imrnediately order the Contractor to accelerate campletion of the late activities which have been delayed by whatever means necessary without any additional costs to the Owner. The Owner can withhold future progress payments until the Contractor's progress is in compliance with the Contract Schedule or until the Owner has approved by Change Order proposed adjustments to the contract milestones, extension of contract time, or modification of the Contract Schedule. 1.17 CHANGE ORDERS, DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME " A. , FOR BIDDING ' 03720-033-02 When proposed Change Orders, approved Change Orders, or any delays are experienced and the Contractor believes the Change Order/Delay is causing delay 01320.9 PRpGRI-:SS SCHEDULE to an intermediate contract milestone or to the project completion, the Cantractor shall submit to the Engineer a Time lrnpact Analysis, explaining the influence of each Change Order/Delay on the current updated Contract CPM Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare a"Fragnet" (network analysis) of each Change Order/Delay on the current updated Contract CPM Schedule. The analysis will demonstrate the time impact based an the date the change is given to the Contractor, the status of construction at that paint in tirne, and the event time computation of al l affected activities. The event times used in the analysis shall be those included in the latest updated copy of the deCailed CPM Schedule closest to the time of delay or as accepted by the Engineer. B. For the Contractor to be entitled to an extension of Contract time to an intermediate contract milestone and/or to the project completion, the Time Impact Analysis must show that the Change Order/Delay impacts the interrnediate contractual milestone date and/or the updated CP.M Schedule's Critical Path, thereby directly impacting the project completion date. Change Orders/Delays that do not impact intermediate contractual milestones and/or the critical path and impact activities with float will not be considered as a delay to the project and no extension of time will be grarated. C. The Contractor must submit a written analysis within 7 calendar days after a delay occurs or authorized change in work is given to the Contractor. If the Contractor does not submit a written analysis for speci�c Change Order(s) or Delay(s) within the specified period of titne, then it is mutually agreed that the particular Change Order o� Delay has no time impact on the Project CPM Schedule and na time extension is required. D. The Engineer will accept or reject each Time Impact Analysis within 14 calendar days after submission, unless subsequent meetings and negotiations are necessary. Upon the Engineer's acceptance, tlte Contractor will incorparate fragnets illustrating the influence of the Change Orders and Delays into the Detailed CPM. Schedule during the first update after agreement is reached. PART 2 �'ART 3 P.RO:DUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTXON FOR BIDDING 01320-10 PROGRESS SCl-IEI�UI..F, U3720-033-U2 1 1 1 ' , 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' r 1 ' � 1 ' 1 SECTION 01325 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall have digital pictures, photographs, and DVDs made of the Work from views and at such times as directed by the Engineer. These photographs shall represent a visual history of the Froject, from Contract Award through Contract Completion. B. The Contractor shall take a preconstruction video of the entire site, including the areas ofadjacent properties within lU0 feet ofthe limit of Work. Special effart shall be made to show the existing paved roads, shoulders, signs, and other existing features. C. The Contractor shall also use electronic "snap-shot" photography as necessary to record and facilitate resolution af on-site issues through the transmissian of electronic photographs by e-mail from the site to the Engineer's and Owner's affices. 1.02 RELATED WORK A B C Section IV, Technical Specifications. Section 01000, Project Requirements. Section 01785, Record Documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) l .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) FUR SIDDING 03720-0335-02 01325-i CONS'PRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Photographs and digital pictures shall be in color. Provide one copy of each digital picture on each of three CDs and provide one print of each photograph in two separate albums. B. Provide photographs taken of each of the major items during construction. C. View and Quantities Required: A minimum of 30 prints per month clearly showing project status and key elements of construction. D. Deliver electronic images and prints to the Engineer with every pay request. E. Each print shall be single-weight paper with glossy finish and the overall dimension shall be 7-1/2 x 10 inches. The print shall be clear, sharp, and free of distortion after the enlargement trom the negative. F. Provide loose-leafalbums for each set of photographs to hold prints with a maximum of 50 leaves per binder. G. Each print shall be protected by a flexible transparent acetate or plastic sheet protector leaves. Two extra leaves shall be provided in each binder. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 VIEWS REQUIREU A. Photographs shall be fram locations to illustrate the condition of construction and the state of progress adequately. B. The Contractor shall provide before and after photographs of each portion of the site. The below-ground facilities shall include all equiprnent, walls, floor, piping, supports, and entrance. At major location photographs shall include before, during, and after prints and all prints shall be placed in binders in ascending date order ta show the Work as it progresses. 3.02 DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION � FOR BIDDING 03720-0335-02 Each photograph shall have a permanent title block on the back and shall contain the typed informaCion and arrangement as follows: 01325-2 CONSTRUCTipN PHQTOGRAPHS �� 1 1 �� ' COMPLETE PROJECT NAME Contract No. CONTRACTOR: (Name of Contractor) DATE: (When photo was taken) PHOTO NO.: (Consecutive Numbers) PHOTO BY: (Firm Name of Photagrapher) LOCATION: (Description of I.ocation and View) B. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a writteta description of each ' photograph. This description shall be included in the binders and a copy shall be submitted with the CDs. The Field Engineer or inspector shall approve the description. ' 3.03 VIDEOTAPE REQUIREMENTS , A. Major Locations: 1. The Contractor shall provide colar digital video of each major facility and � structures and facilities adjacent to the construction before construction and demolition starts. 1 1 I� 1 C� CJ ' ' LJ 2. All videos shall be recorded with character generator operating with date, time, and location dn screen. During video recording, the Contractor shall narrate the video, explaining what is being shown, the problem that has occurred, and what is bein� done. All videos shall be delivered to the Engineer before Final Completion is submitted. 3.04 DIGITAL PHOTO DOCUMENTATION A. Catalog and manage Electronic "snap-shots" and images of photographs in a secure digital photo management system capable of being linked to the project schedule and document management database. Add captions, descriptions, and key words. Transfer a copy of all "snap-shots" and photos with their related notes, keywords, captions, and activity IDs to the Engineer monthly. B. All prints shall be clear, sharp, and free of distortion after enlargement from the negative. Each photograph shall have a permanent title block in the lower right-hand corner which shall be 2'/z inches high by 6 inches wide and shall contain the informatian and arrangement as described in Paragraph 3.02A above. POA BIDDINCi ' 03720-0335-02 END OF SECTION 01325-3 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRr�PHS ' CJ C� C� ' 1 , 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE FA:RT1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall submit documentation that describes the Work to be performed under the Contract as required in this Section. This documentation will be for the Engineer and Owner's review and use. The documentation furnished by the Contractor must enable the Engin�er and Owner to verify the Contractor's performance and compliance with Contract requirements. The documentation shall cover all services and deliverables required and secured by the Contract Documents. f � 1 i ►• � ,7 � 1 /_r Y � �1 �. �L � ] . � C� The Contractar shall prepare documentation and submittals required by other Sections of the ' Contract. The format of documents and submittals required by oth�r Sectians shall conform to the requiremenCs of this Section. ' ' 1 , 1 � ' 1 ' 1 A. Section ,Cll, General Conditions. B. Section 01785, Record Documents. C. Section 01820, Training. D. Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. E. All Sections and Divisions that require submittal of documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1:1 FOR B1DDING 03720-033-U2 General—The Contractor shall subrnit the following: l. Project documentation: For the Engineer and Owner's internal use and shall include all information that will be essential for the facility's operations, maintenance, training, and repair ofequiprnent and facilities supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit all documentation necessary to ascertain compliance with technical/contractual provisions. 2. Shop drawings: Drawings, schedules, diagrams, warrant, and other data prepared specifically for this Contract by the Contractor or through the Contractor by way of subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributor, or other lower-tier contractor to illustrate a portion of the Work. 3. Product data: Preprinted materials such as illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, manufacturer's 01330-I Sl IRMITTAI_S ANI� AC'C'F.PTANC'F. descriptive literature, catalog data, and other data to illustrate a portion of the Work, but not prepared exclusively for this Contract. 4. Samples: Physical examples ofproducts, materials, equipment, assemblies, or workmanship that are physically identical to porCions ofthe Wark, illustrating portions of work, or establishing standards for evaluating appearance of finished work or both. 5. Administrative submittals: Data presented far reviews and acceptance to ensure that administrative requirements of the project are adequately met but not ta er�sure directly that work is in accordance with the design concept and in compliance with Contract Dacuments. 6. M.ockups: Before installing work requiring mockups, ihe Coratractor shall build roackups for each form of construction and finish required using materials indicated for the completed Work, as follows: a. b. c. cl. e. f. B. Coardination C Build mockups in the location and of the size directed by the Engineer. Notify the Engineer 7 days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Demolish and remove mockups when directed by the Engineer. Submittals and schedules shall be ch�cked and coordinated with the Work of all Crades involved before they are submitted and shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval as evidence of such checking and coordination. Drawings or schedules submitted without this stamp of approval shall be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. Start of Work Within 30 calendar days after the notice to proceed for the project, the Contractar shall submit to the Engineer a Contract Data Requirements List Chat defines all data to be submitted under this Contract. Included in this list shall be the names o� all FOR BIDDINC Ol 330-2 SUBMITTALS AND ACCE:PTANCE 03720-033-02 � I � ' LJ ' C� ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 , ' ' ' 1 � proposed manufacturers furnishing specified items to the extent known. Review of this list by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the Contractor from providing materials, equipment, systems, and structures fully in accordance with the Specifications. General Requirements The Contractor shall prepare, assemble, and submit all documents as described her�in. The Contractor shall submit certification that the documents prepared conform to the Contract requirernents and wil I result in a complete and operable project. The Engineer and Owner shall review the Contractor's documents for conformance to the Contract requirements and may comment on the documents. 2. The Contractor shall approve and certify all project documents. The Contractor's failure to certify the documents or failure to provide documents that demonstrate conformance to the Contract requirements are grounds for rejection. The Contractor shall be responsible for and bear all costs for proceeding with any part of the Work that fails to meet the Contract requirements. 3. Submittal of documents for the �ngineer's review shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing a camplete, safe, reliable, operating, and coordinated Work (system/equipment/facilities) that is in compliance with these Contract docurxaents. E. Reyuests for Substitution: All reyuests for substitution shall clearly and specifically indicate any and all differences or omissions between the products speci�ed as basis of design and the product proposed for substitution. Data shall include but not be limited to differences as follows for both the specified and substituted products: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Princip1e of operation. Materials of construction or finishes. Thickness or gauge of materials. Weight of item. Deleted features or items. Added features or items. Changes in other work caused by the substitution. FpR BIDDING 01330-3 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE ' 03720-033-02 F S. if the substitution contains differences or omissions not specifically called to the attention of the Engineer, the Engineer reserves the right to require equal or similar features to be added to the substiCuted product at the Contractor's expense. Submittal Requirements and Procedures r 2 Drawing Formats and Requirements a. Drawings—All Drawings azad Shop Drawings shall be prepared on 22-x-34-inch paper and shall have a blank area of 3 x 4 inches in the lawer right hand corner above the title block. Each Drawing shall indicate the followin� information in the title block: (1) Title and Drawing Nurr�ber. (2) Date of Drawing or Revision. (3) Name of ,Building or Facility. (4) Narne af Contractor or subcontractor. (5) Drawing conter�ts and locations. (6) Specification Section and Subsectian Numbers. b. Required Copies—All drawings submitted shall have a minimum of eight copies distributed in the following way: (1) 3—Owner. (2) 3--Jones Edrnunds. (3) 2--Returned. Product Data a. Requirements—Product data shall include all catalog cuts, perfonnance surveys, test reports, eyuipment lists, material lists, diagrams, pictures, and descriptive material. All product data shall be subrnitted on either 8.5 x l 1 inches or folded 11 x 17 inches size paper of 2� lb. (9.072 kg) weight. The submittal information shall show the standard and optional product features, as well as all perfornaance data and specifications. The manufacturer's recommendation for special tools shall be supplied. 3. Samples—The Contractor shall furnish sarnples required by the Contract Documents, for review by the Engineer. Samples shall be delivered to the , Engineer as speci�ed or directed. FOR BIDDING 01330-4 03720-�33-02 SUBMITTAL5 ANl] ACCF:;P'I"ANCE L.� , , [� ' , ' ' ' ' , ' �,II 1 � ►,� �� a. All samples shall be ofsuffrcient size and quantity to illustrate clearly the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. The samples shall show the full range of color, texture, and pattern. b. The Contractor shall submit a minimum of four samples of items submitted. All samples shall be marked with reyuired submittal information, as specified above. Color, Texture, and Pattern Charts a. b. The Contractor shall submit color, texture, or pattern charts of all required finishes. A minimurn of four charts af each item shall be submitted. Submittal Information Requirements a. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "Submittal lnformation" shall be considered to mean the following informatian at a minimum: b. c (l ) Contract Name. (2) Contract Number. (3) Location within Facility. (4) Date Submitted. Drawings----The Contractor shall mark submittal information on all Drawings in the left half of the 4-x-3-inch block as described above. Product Data and Manufacturer's Literature ' The Contractor shall mark all product data and manufacturer's literature with submittal information and note which item is being furnished. The Contractor shall mark the aption and supplies ta be ' furnished with the item. At least one original manufacturer product data sheet must be submitted; the balance can be copied. Do not submit the manufacturer's general catalog: submit only items being � installed or delivered. When manuals are being submitted, the Contractor shall mark submittal information on both the cover and title page. If manuals being submitted contain more than just one ' item, each item must be marked and only Contract name and number is to be marked on the cover and title page. 1 FOR BIDDING 01330-5 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE U372U-033-UZ 1 G 6. Training, Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and acceptance of manufacturer's installation, operation�s, lubrication, maintenance, and training manuals for all equipment installed or delivered under this Contract. All rananuals shall have submittal in%rmatian marked on the front cover, title page, and three places inside the manual. If the manual b�ing submitted is for different components, mark the front cover and title page only. Each component section must be marked with the Specification Section and subsection nurnbers. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall conform to requirements defined in Sections 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, and 01.820, Training. Required Submittals 1 2. Architectural and Structural Submittals This Section specifies genexal pracedural requirements for contractual submittals for the following architeciural and structural schedules, product data, samples, and znanufacturer's certificat�s. a. Product Data — The Contractor shall provide product data for all architectural and structural items, aptions, and other data and provide supplemental manufacturer's standard data for information unique to the Work and installation. The submittals shall reflect all items delivered or installed under this Contract. l.^. c. Samples — The Contractor shall provide all samples required under this Specification including color charts and product samples. Material, equipment, and installation and de►nolition Speci�cations Mechanical and Electrical System Submittals This Paragraph speci�es general procedural requirements for mechanical schedules, performance data, control diagrams, and other submittal data. The Contractor shall submit the following: a. L� Perforrnance Data. Power and Riser Diagraans — Single lin� riser, power diagrams, and all conduit runs shall be provided for all equipment and facilities. FOR B1DDING 01330-6 Sl]BMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE 037Z0-033-02 1 ' 1 ' �� c. Wiring Diagrams — Elementary controls diagrams and scparate wiring diagrams for mechanical and electrical unitJsubsystem. Drawing for starting and shutdawn of equipment including controls shall be provided, including a comprehensive description of operation. d. Finished Data — Complete surface preparation and finished data for al1 mechanical and electrical unit/subsystems shall be provided, including a complete list ofcleaning instructions. ' e. Factory Testing — Detailed description of factory testing procedures, reporting procedures and criteria for test passing or failing shall be provided for all mechanical and electrical units/subsystems. Testing ' shall comply with the General Requirements and Technical Requirements Sections. 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 FOR BI�DING 03720-033-02 ' f. Site (Field) Testing and Acceptance -- Detailed description of site t�sting and acceptance tests including descriptions of procedures, testing equipment, reporting procedures, and criteria for passing or failing tests shall be provided far all mechanical and electrical units/subsystems. Testing shall comply with General Requirements and Technical Requirements. g. Factory Test Report — After fabrication and testing, the Contractor shall submit the results of tests. No shipment of any mechanical and electrical unit/subsystem shall be allowed without the written certi�cation from the Contractor that the equipment conforms to the Contract requirements. h. Site Test and Acceptance Report — Site test and acceptance reports shall be submitted ta the Owner and Engineer. i. Operations and Maintenance Manuals — The Cantractor shall furnish manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment specified under this Contract. Each manual shall include the following at a minimum: �1) (�) (3) (4) (5) (6) (�) Description of equipment. Record shop drawing. Operation and maint�nance instructions. Part lists. Equipment ratings. Valve list. Lubrication instructions. 01330-7 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE H Compliance with this Paragraph does not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the cequirements of Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. Submittal Review The Engineer's review of the Contractor's documents shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for meeting all of the requirements of the Contract nor ofthe responsibility for correcting the documents furnished. The Contractor shall have no claim for additional cost or extension in time because of delays due to revisions of the documents that may be necessary fur ensuring compliance with the Contract. 2. The Engineer wil l review a subt�aiCtal or re-submittal once, after which the cost - of review shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of Engineering shall be equal to the Engineer's full cost. 3. No partial submittals will be reviewed. A submittal or re-submittal not complete will be returned to the Contractor for completing and re-submittal. , 4. Documents submitted by the Contractor far approval by the Engineer will be returned bearing a project-speci�c stamp bearing the dated signaturE of the reviewer and one of four boxes checked: a. NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED—This indicates that the submitCal appears to be in campliance with the requirements of the performance specifcations and that the Work may proceed. b. MAKE CORRECTIONS N�TEB--This indicates that the reviewer has added a minor correction to the submission and that the Work (modi�ed in accordance with the correction comment) may proceed. The Contractor shall accept the responsibility of the modified document and resulting Work with no additional compensation. c. AMEND AND RESUBMIT--This indicates that the submittal will reyuire Contractor modificatians based on t}ae reviewer's comments that accompanied the returned submittal. The Contractor will be cautioned that work may not proceed under this review status. d. RE7ECTEI�This indicates that the submittal is nat in conformance with the re�uirements of the performance Specifications and cannot be modified to gain compliance. A new submittal will be required in ihe instance of a"reject" status and the Contractor will be cautioned that work may not praceed under this condition. FOR BIDDING 01330-8 SUBMITTALS AND ACCEPTANCE 03720-033-02 ' 1 ' , ' ' ' 1 , , ' � ' 1.04 � 1.05 1.06 ' l .07 ' 1.08 1 _09 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) WARRANTTES (NOT USED) DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) IPART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 1 ' ' 1 � CJ 1 � � � 1 PA R1' 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Before submitting documents for the Engineer's review, the Contractar shall review the documentation for conformance to the Contract requirements. Submittals shall be complete and comprise a lagical division of the Contract Work. B. All documentation submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal and shall be submitted in a seyuence that al(ows the Engineer to have all of the information necessary for checking and accepting a particular document at the time of submittal. C_ Fach dncument shall he identified hy a document numher, Contract number, Contract name, location, Speci�cation Section, subsection numbers, and submittal date. Where a manual/drawing is revised to reflect a change in design or a change for any other reason, each such revision shall be shown by a revisian number, date, and subject in a revision block. lndication ofofficial approval by the Contractor's Project Manager shall also be included. To permit rapid location of the revision, additional natation shall be made in the manual opposite the line or area where the change was made and identified by the correspanding revision number. 3.02 DOCUMENTATION CONTROL AND SUBMITTAL SEQU�NCING A. The Contract Data Requirements List shall be updated and resubmitted to the Engineer monthly, thraughout the duration of the Contract. This list shall identify the Contractor's submittal number, proposed and actual submittal date, Contract Specification Section Number, Paragraph, Item af the Work, and type of document. FOR $IDl)ING 01330-9 SUBMITTAL.S AND ACCF,PTANCF.. 03720-033-02 � B. The Contractor shall work with the Engineer to provide a regulated flow of submittals that allows the Engineer to review the submittals in the defined time frame without undue delays. Monthly the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a schedule of the approximate quantities and delivery dates for all submittals due for the next 120 days. 3.03 AS-BUJLT DRA.WINGS A. The Contractor shall submit the As-Built Drawin� Package to the Engineer far review 30 days before Final Cotnpletion. The Contractor shall be provided with CADD files, AutoCAD Version 2008. As-Built Drawings shall be printed on 22 x 34 inch sheets and on (:lls, Auto(_ All Version 2008. "l�he Contractor may request to use a later AutoCAD version, but it must be approved by the Engineer. 3.04 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL 1:1 [-1 1 ' � 1 1 1 Additional documents, drawings, interface data, and other pertinent project submittal ' data are listed in specific Sections of this Contract. 3.05 RECORI7 PRINTS A. The Contractor shall submit one set of all record prints before final completion. The record print or project records shall include submittals, catalog cuts, drawings, calculations, test reports, rnanufacturer's data, maintenance rnanuals, installation instructions, and operating manuals. All "record prints" shall be delivered to the Engineer in three-ring binders with dividers and shall be placed in order by Specification Section. END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 01330-]0 SUBMITTAI,S AND ACC�PTANCE 03720-033-U2 � � � 1 1 � � ' ' , 1 1 ' SECTION O1350 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION I'ROCEDURES PART1 GEN:ERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment and performing all work required for the prevention of environmental pollution in canformance with applicable laws and regulations during and as the result of construction operations under this Cantract. In this Section environmental pollutzon is def ned as the presence of chemical, physical, ar biolagical elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare, unfavorably alter ecological balances of impartance to human life, affect other species of importance to man, or degrade the utility af the environment for aesthetic and/or recreational purposes. B. The control of environmental pollution requires considering air, water, and land and involves tnanaging noise and solid waste as well as other pollutants. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01100, Summary of Work. 1.03 SUSMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. Befare beginning the Work, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to establish agreed-upon compliance with these pravisions and administration of the environmental pollution control prograrn. B. The Contractor shall remove temporary environmental control features when approved by the Engineer and incorporate permanent control features into the project at the earliest practicable time. I.OS REFERENCE STANDARD5 A. Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The follawing documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. FOR BIDDING U372U-033-02 0135ai ENViRQNMENTAL PROTECTION PRQCEDURES 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 : ' � The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations concernin� environmental pollution control and abatement. � QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) WARRANTIES (NOT USED) DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND H.ANDLING (NOT USED) QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EROSION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide positive means af erosion control, if applicable, such as shallow ditches around construction to carry off surface water. Erosion-contral measures, such as siltation basins, hay check dams, mulching, jute netting, and other equivalent techniques shall be used as appropriate. Surface water shall be prevented from flowing into excavated areas. Ditches shall be used around the construction area to carry away water resulting from dewatering excavated areas. At the completion of the Work, ditches shall be backfilled and the ground surface restored to its original condition. 3.02 PROTECTION OF STREAMS AND SURFACE WATERS A. Care shall be taken to prevent ar reduce to a minimum any damage to any stream or surface water from pollution by wastewater, chemical, debris, sediment, or other material or from the manipulation of equipment and/or materials in or near such streams. Water that has been used for washing or processing or that contains oils or sediments that will reduce the yuality of the water in the surface water shall not be directly returned to the surface water. Such waters shall be diverted through a settling basin or f]ter before being directed into streams or surface waters. B. The Contractor shall not discharge water from dewatering operations directly into any live or intermittent stream, channel, wetlands, surface water, or any storm sewer. Water frorn dewatering operations shall be treated by filtration, settling basins, or other approved method to reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water to allowable levels. FOR BiDD1NG 01350-2 ENVIAONMENTAL PRQTECTIQN 03720-033-02 YKIJC�llUKrS , � LJ � � ' C. All preventative measures shall be taken to avoid spillage of petroleum products and other pollutants. In the event of any spillage, prampt remedial action shall be taken in accordance with a contingency action plan approved by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection and the US EP�1. The Contractor shall submit two copies of approved contingency plans to the En�ineer. D. Water being flushed from structures or pipelines after disinfection with Clz shall be treated with a dechlorination solution approved by the Engineer before discharge. 3.03 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES 'A. After completion of construction, the Cantractor shall restore land resaurces _ within the project boundaries and outside the limits af permanent work to a condition that will appear to be natural and not detract from the appearance of the � project. All construction activities shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings. 1 ' 1 1 � LJI � B. Outside of areas requiring earthwork for the construction of the new facilities, the Contractor shall not deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs nor remove or cut them without prior approval. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened to or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the Engineer. Where such special emergency use is permitted, the Cantractor shall first wrap the trunk with a sufficient thickness of burlap or rags over which soflwood cleats shall be tied before any rape, cable, or wire is placed. The Contractor slaall in any event be responsible for any damage resulting from such use. C. The Contractor shall protect trees that may passibly be defaced, bruised, injured, or oCherwise damaged by the construction equipment, dumping, or other operations by placing boards, planks, or pales around them. Monuments and markars shall be protected similarly. D. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment ar operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. The Owner wi11 decide the method of restoration to be used and whether damaged trees shall be treated and healed or removed and disposed of �1. All scars made on trees by equipment, construction operations, or by the _ removal of limbs larger than 1 inch in diameter shall be coated as soon as possible with an approved tree wound dressing. All trimming or pruning � shall be performed in an approved manner by experienced workmen with saws or pruning shears. Tree trimming with axes will not be permitted. 1 FOR BIDDING 037�0 033-02 ' � 013,50.3 ENVIRONMF,N'I�AL NR07ECTION PROCEDlJRF..S 2. Climbing ropes shal1 be used where necessary for safety. Trees that are to remaitt, either within or outside established clearing limits, that are subsequently damaged by the Contractor and, in the opinion of the Owner, are beyond savirag shall be immediately removed and replaced. E. The Contractor's storage and other construction buildings required temporarily in the performance of the wo.rk shall be located in cleared portions of the job site ar areas to be cleared as shown on the Drawings and approv�d by the Engineer and shall not be within wetlands or floodplains. Preserving the landscape shall be required in the selection of all sites and in the construction of buildings. Drawings showing storage facilities shall be submitted for the Engineer's approval. F. If the Contractor proposes to construct temporary roads or embankments and excavations for plant and/or work areas, the Contractor shall submit the following for approval at least 10 days before the scheduled start of such temporary work: 1 7 3 A layout of all temporary roads, excavations, ernbankments, and drainage to be construct�d within the work area. Details of temporary road construction. Drawings and cross sections of proposed embankments attd their foundations, including a descriptian of proposed materials. 4. Landscaping drawings showing the proposed restoration of the area. The proposed removal of any trees and shrubs autside the limits of the existing clearing area must be indicated. Locations of guard posts or barriers required to cantrol vehicular traffic and protect trees and shrubs to be maintained undama�ed must also be indicated. The drawings shall provide for the obliteration of construction scars as such and shall provide for a natural appearing final conditian of the area. Modification of the Contractor's approved drawings shall be made only with the written approval of the Engineer. No unauthorized road constructian, excavation, or embankment construction including disposal areas will be permitted. G. The Contractor shall remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures, foundatians of ternporary structures, stockpiles of excess waste rnaterials, or any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. It is anticipated that excavation, filling, and plawing of roadways will be required to restare the area to near natural conditions which will permit the growth of vegetation the roadway areas. The disturbed areas shall be prepared and seeded as approved by the Engineer or Owner. FOR RIDDING 01350-4 FNVIRpNMENTAL PAUTECTION 03720-033-02 P�OCEDiJRES 1 � � ' 3.04 1 1 1 H. All debris and excess material will be disposed of outside wetland or floodplain areas in an environmentally sound manner. PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Burning---Burning will not be permitted at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris. B. Dust Control—The Contractor shall maintain all excavations, embankment, stockpiles, access roads, plant sites, waste areas, borrow areas, and all other work areas within or outside the project boundaries free from dust which cauld cause the standards for air pollution to be exceeded and which would cause a hazard or nuisance to others. C. An approved method of stabilization consisting of sprinkling or other similar ' methods will be perrnitted to control dust. The use o� petroleum products is prohibited. The use of chlarides may be permitted with approval from the Engineer. 1 � , 1 1 D. To be approved, sprinkling must be repeated at such intervals as to keep all parts of the disturbed area at least damp at all times, and the Contractor shall have suf�cient competent equipment on the job to accomplish this. Dust control shall be performed as the Work proceeds and whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs, as determined by the Owner. 3.05 NOISE CONTROL A. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize noises caused by the construction operations. Equipment shall be equipped with silencers or mufflers designed to operate with the least possible noise in compliance with Federal and State regulations. ' 3.06 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION-CONTROL FACILITI�S DURING CONSTRUCTION LJ 1 A. During the life of this Contract, the Cantractor shall maintain all faciHties constructed for pollution control as long as the operations creating the particular pollutant are being carried out or until the material concerned has become stabilized to the extent that pollution is no longer being created. 1 , FOR BIDDING 03�20-033-02 ' END OF' SECTION 01350.5 ENVIRONM�NTAL PROT�CTION PROCF,[7URES , � � 1 � ' ' ' 1 � 1 ' ' ' , � SECTION O135S SPECIAL PROVISIONS I�_\:��t�'1�1►1�1.7_\� 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELA'TED WORK This Section specifies general work requirements related to the products and execution services includCd elsewhere in the Contract Documents: A. Section 01350, Environmental Protection Procedures. B. Section p 1 b00, Materials and Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. 1.04 W�RK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 0178p, Warranties and Bonds. B. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents, all equipment supplied under these Specifications shall be warranted by the Contractor and the equipment manufacturers for 1 year. The warranty period shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion and Owner acceptance. C. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any part of the equipment shauld fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced in the machine(s) and the unit(s) restored to sarvice at no expense to the Owner. ' D. 1 FOR BIDDING 0�720-033-02 1 The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor's warranty or guarantee period. No exception to this provision shall be allowed. The 01355-1 SPEC]AL PROVISIONS 1.08 1.09 1.10 Contractor shall be responsible far obtaining equipment warranties in accordance with Section 01780, Warranties and Sonds, from each of the respective suppliers or manufacturers for all the equipment specified under Divisions 11, l3, 15, and 16. E. X.f the manufacturer is unwilling to provide a].-year warranty beginning at the time of Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall obtain fram the rnanufacturer a 2-year warranty starting at the time of equipment delivery to the job site. This 2-year warranty shall ttot relieve the Contractor of the 1-year warranty starting at the time of Owner acceptance of'the equipment. DELIVEKY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor sha11 adtaere to the requirements specified in Section �1650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. QUALIFICATIONS (N�T USED) 1NSTALLATiON OF EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall take special care to ensur� proper aligmnent of all eyuipment with particular reference ta the pump and electric drives. The units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified millwrights after the units' sole plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tigk�tened against the shims. After the Engineer has approved the foundation aligntnents, the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be securely bolted in place. The Contractor shall further check the alignment of the equiprneni after it is secured to the foundations and, after confornaation of all ali�nments, the sale plates shall be flnally grouted in place. The Contractor shall be responsible for the exact alignment of the equiptzaent. B. The Contractor shall furnish all wedges, shims, iilling pieces, keys, packing, grout, or other materials necessary to properly align, level, and secure apparatus in place. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven to be exactly so. The Contractor shall perform all grinding necessary to bring parts ta proper bearing after erection. 1.11 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. The Contractor sha11 provide all openings, channels, chases, etc., in new construction and furnish and install anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete, as required to complete the Work under this Contract. The Contractar FOR BIDDING 01355-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 11372U-033-U2 ' � 1 shall perform all cutting, coring, and rough and finish patching required in existing constructian for the work of all trades. B. The Contractor shall furnish all sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, etc., ' required for the execution of the work. In no ca5e shall beams, lintels, or other structural tnembers be cut withaut the approval of the Engineer. ' 1.12 GREASE, OIL, AND FUEL ' A. The Contractor shall furnish all grease, oil, and fuel required for testing of equipment with the respective equipment. The Owner shall be furnished with a year's supply of required lubricants including grease and oil of the rype ' recommended by the manufacturer with each item of equipment supplied under Divisions 11, 13, 15, and lb. ' 1 1 1 _ 13 TOOLS A. The Contractor shall furnish any special tools (including grease guns ar other lubricating devices) which may be necessary for the adjustment, operation, and maintenance of any equipment with the respective equipment. B, Tools shall be furnished in heavy steel tool boxes complete with lock and duplicate keys. , 1.14 POWER SUPPLY A. Unless otherwise specified, all rt�otors 1/2 Hp and larger shall be designed for a ' pawer supply of 460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz, and all motors I/3 Hp and smaller shall be designed for a power supply of 120 Volts, sin�le phase, b0 Hz. ' 1.15 POW.ER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS 1 1 C� 1 A. All single- and multi-speed three-phase induction motors 5 Hp and larger shall be furnished with factory-pravided power factor correction capacitars. B. Capacitars shall be sized by the manufacturers so that over voltage due to self excitation will be prevented and transient torques limited to normal values. The full-load power factor shall be carrected to not less than 0.95 where such correction will not violate the pravisions of NEC Article 460. C. Capacitor enclosures shall be compatible with those specifed for their respective motors, i.e. dust-tight for indoor installation in non-hazardous areas and weatherproof for outdoar installations. 1 FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1 01355-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS � 1.17 C� I D. Capacitors shall be dry or oil insulated with integral fus� protection and discharge resistor. The insulating medium slnall be non-flamrnable and meet U.S. , Environmental Protection Agency Standards. E. Capacitors shall be installed under Divisian 16. ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS (NOT USED) PIPE MARKING (NOT USLD) 1.1$ VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. The Contractor shall prepare a valve schedule for all valves required for the Work showing a number, the location, type, function, and normal operating position for each valve. The schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 120 days before start-up. The Contractor shall coordinate valve identification with Section l 5110, Manua1, Check, and Process Valves. S. The Contractor shall furnish tags for all valves required for the Work. Valve tags shall be 2-inch diameter, 19-gauge, brass or plastic, with brass hooks suitable for attachin� the tag to the valve operator. Tags shall be stamped or etched with the valve number and the information on the valve sck�edule coded in a system provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall submit two samples of the type of tag proposed and the manufacturer's standard color chart and letter styles to the Engineer for approval. C. The Contractor shall install valve tags on all valves required for the Work. 1.19 NnTSF. T,TMTTATT(�N� A. All equipment to be fut7nished under this Cor�tract, unless specified otherwise in the Technical Specifications, shall be designed to ensure that the sound pressure level does not exceed 85 decibels over a frequency range of 37.8 to 9600 cycles per second at a distance of 3 ft frorn any portion af the equipment, under any load condition, when tested using standard equipment and methods. Noise levels shall include the noise from the motor. Mu�flers or external baffles shall not be acceptable for reducing noise. Data on noise levels shall be included with the shop drawing submittal. f � ►• I I S .y �_ \ :7 � �: \ : � f .` ! A. Where spare parts are specified in the SpeciFcation Sections, the Contractor shall furnish all spare parts recommended by the manufacturer or system supplier for 1 FOR BIDDING O] 355-4 SPECIAL PROV1510N5 03720-033-02 1 1 year of service. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish all spare parts itemized in each Section. �' B. The Contractor shall collect and store all spare parts in an area to be designated by , the Engineer and shall furnish the Engineer with an inventory listing all spare parts, the equipment they are assaciated with, the name and address of the ' supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivery cast. ' ' ' , 1 C� r � 1 1 Cl � 1 ' C. Spare parts shall be packed in cartons properly labeled with indelible markings with complete descriptive informatian, including manufacturer, part number, part name, and equipment far which the part is to be used and shall be properly treated for 1 year of storage. 1.21 HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS PLAN A. Within 30 calendar days of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall subrnit a Hurricane Preparedness Plan to the Engineer and the Owtter for approval. The Plan shall describe in detail the necessary rneasures that the Contractor will perform, at no additional costs to the Owner, in case of a hurricane warning. The Contractor shall revise the Plan as required by the Engineer and Owner. 1.22 WEATHER PROTECTION A, in the event of inclement weather, the Contractor shall protect the Work and materials from damage or injury fram the weather. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any portion of the Work or materials has been damaged by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced with new materials at�d Work to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.23 PROVISIONS FOR CONTROL OF EROSION A. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions during construction to minimize the run-off of polluting substances such as silt, clay, fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, or other polluting materials harmful ta humans, fsh, or other life, into the supplies and surface waters of the State. Control measures must b� adequate to ensure that turbidity in the receiving water will not be increased more than 10 nephelametric turbidity units (NTU), or as otherwise required by the State or other controlling body, in water used for public water supply or fish unless limits have b�en established for the particular water. In surface water used for other purposes, the turbidity must not exceed 25 NTU unless otherwise permitted. FOR f31DD1NG 03720-033-02 01355-5 SPECIAL PROV]S10NS 1.24 PROVISIONS FOR THE CONTROL OF DUST AND LITTER A. The Contractor shall take suffrcient precautions during construction to minimize the amount af dust created. Wetting down the Site may be required or as directed by the Engineer to prevent dust as a result of vehicular traffic. Control of blowing litter caused by any regrading by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.25 ON SITE STORAGE A. The Contractor's attention is invited to special storage requirements and possible charges for noncompliance of on-site storage requirements for materials and equipment as specified in Section 01600, Materials and Equipment. 1.26 ELECTRICAL POWER AND TESTING EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish electric power and all equipment and tools required for testing of equipment. The cost of this electric power, eyuipment, and tools shall be included in the prices quoted in the Bid Form. 1.27 PROTECTION AGAINST ELECTROLYSIS A. Where dissimilar metals are used in conjunction with each other, the Contractor shall provide suitable insulation beriveen adjoining surfaces to eHminate direct contact and any resulting electrolysis. The insulating material shall be bituminous impregnated felt, heavy bituminous coatings, nonmetallic separators or washers, or other approved materials. 1.28 DAMAGE DUE TO HIGH WATER A. The Contractor will be responsible for all dannage done to his work by heavy rains or floods and he shall take all reasonable precautions to pravide against damages by building such temporary dikes, channels, or shoring to carry off stormwater as the nature of the work may require. 1.29 EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS AND ACCIDENT REPORTS /:� : Etnergency phone numbers (fire, medical, police) shall be posted at the Contractor's phane and the phone's location be made known to all. Accidents shall be reported immediately to the Engineer by messenger or phone. FOR BIDDING 01355-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 03720-033-02 � ' 1 C. The Contractor shall document all accidents and shall submit to the Engineer a fully detailed written report about the accident after each accident. ' 1.30 ITEMS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS ' A. Items of material, equipment, machinery, and the like may be specified on the Drawings and not in the Specifications. The Contractor shall provide such items in accordance with the Specification on the Drawings. ` 1.31 DISINFECTION (NOT USED) 1 1 ' 1 1 1 �� 1 ' 1.32 SALVAGE A. Any existing equipment or material, including but not limited to valves, pipes, pumps, electrical panels, fittings, cauplings, etc., which is removed or replaced as a result of construction under this project may be designated as salvage by the Engineer or Owner and, if sa, shall be excavated, if necessary, and shall be cleaned and stored on or adjacent to the Site in a protected place speci�ed by the Engineer or loaded onto trucks provided by the Owner. Any equipment or material not worthy of salvaging, as directed by the Owner, shall be disposed of by the Cantractor at a suitable location at the Contractor's expense. I.33 WORKMANSHI]?, MATERiAL, AND EQUIPMENT A. When a particular product or products are specified or called for, it is intended and shali be understood that the praposal tendered by the Cantractor include those products in his bid. Should the Contractor desire to substitute a product or products equal to those specified, the Contractor shall furnish infarmation as described in the Standard General Conditions. The alternate praduct or praducts submitted by the Contractor shall meet the requirernents of the Specifications and shall, in all respects, be equal to the product or products specified by narne in the Specifications. S. All apparatus, mechanisms, equipment, machinery, and rnanufactured articles for incorparatian into the Work shall be the new and unused standard products of recognized reputable manufacturers. ' 1.34 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICE TECHNICIAN A. Bid prices of equipment furnished under Divisions 11, 13, 15, and lb shall ' include the cost of a competent field service technician of the manufacturers of all equipment to supervise the installation, adjustment, and testing of the equipment and to instruct the Owner's operating personnel on operation and maintenance. , FQR BIDDING 03�20-033-02 L I U1355-7 SPECIAI, PROV1SIpNS B. After the equipment has been installed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points where applicable: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Soundness (without cracked or oCherwise damaged partsj. Completeness in all details, as specified and required. Correciness o�setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various pa�1s. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants_ Calibration and adjustment of all related instrumentatian and controls. Energize equipment. De�ciency correction. Demonstration of compliance with application performance speci�cation. C. The aperation, testing, and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. D. Upan completion af this operation, testing, and adjustment, the manufacturer's fteld service techn,ician shall submit to the Engineer, in triplicate, a complete, signed report of the results of the inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. E. Each equipment manufacturer shall provide instruction to the Owner's operating personnel. Training shall not be performed until the requirements of Paragraphs S, C, and D above have been fully satisfied and any specified performance testi►ag completed. Training shall be provided for the number of days specified in each Equipment Section of these Specifications. Training shall be provided on an 8- hour-per-day basis. Partial days (less than 8 full working hours) shall not be credited toward the specified durations. Training shall nat be cancurrent with on- going testing, debugging, or installation activities but skaall be a separate activity devoted exclusively to the instruction of the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the manufacturer's equipment. Training shall be performed by qualified representatives of each equipment manufacturer specifically skilled in providing instruction to operation personnel. Training shall pravide an FOA BIDDING O135S-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS U372L1-U33-(12 � � �. � ' ' � � � 1 ' 1 ' �� ' overview of aperations and maintenance requirements and shall include but not be limited to the following: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Description ofunit and component parts. Operating capabilities and performance criteria. Operating procedures. Maintenance procedures. Servicing and lubrication schedules. Troubleshooting. 7_ Electrical instrumentation and control requirements and interface as a minimum. The operating and maintenance data to be provided in accordance with Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, shall be used as a basis for training. F. A certificate from the manufacturer stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the unit has been satisfactorily tested and is ready for operatian, and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication, and care of the unit shall be submitted before start-up and acceptance by the Owner. The certificate shall indicate date and time the instruction was given and narnes of the operating personnel in attendance. G. See the detailed Specifications for additianal requirements for furnishing the services of the manufacturer's field service technician. H. For equipment furnished under Divisions other than 11, 13, 15, and 16, the Contractor, unless otherwise specified, shall furnish the services of accredited field service technicians of the manufacturer only when some evident malfunction or over-heating makes such services necessary in the opinion of the Engineer 1.35 QPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Operating and maintenance data covering all equipment furnished shall be delivered directly to the Engineer, for approval, within 60 days before the facility's start-up. No payment shall be made far equipment installed or stored on- site until the Engineer has approved the adequacy and completeness of the operating and maintenance data. Data shall be prepared and submitted in full conformance with Section U1830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. Final approved copies of aperating and maintenance data shall have been delivered to � - FOR 131C7UING o3�zao3s-oz 1 01355-9 SPFCIAI, pILOV1510NS the Engineer on the Owner's behalf 2 weeks before scheduling the instruction period with the Owner. 1.36 RESPONSIBILTTY OF CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall be respansible for the entire Work determined by the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract from the date of the starting of the Work unCil it is accepted as evidence of approval of the Completion Certificate by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for removals, renewals, and replacements due to action of the elements and all other causes except as otherwise provided in the Specifications. The Contractor shall keep the Contract under his own control and it shall be his responsibility to see that the Work is properly supervised and carried on faithfully and efficiently. The Contractor shall supervise the work personally or shall have a competent English-speaking superintendent or representative, who shall be on the site of the project at all working hours and who shall be empowered with full authority by the Contractor to direct the performance of the Work and make arrangement for all necessary materials, equipment, and labor without delay. B. Renewals or repairs required because of defective materials or workmanship or due to the action of the elements or other natural causes, including fire and flood, before the acceptance as determined by the Campletion Certificate, shall be done in accordance with the Contract and Specifications at the expense of the Contractor. 1.37 CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION A. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the specific requirements of the governmental unit(s) �r agency(ies) ha.ving jurisdiction nver the work. Wherever there is a difference in the requiret�aents of a jurisdictional body and these Specificatians, the more stringent shall apply. S. The Contractor shall be respansible for k�aving determined to his satisfaction, before submitting his bid, the nature and location of the Work, the con%rmation of the ground, the character and quality of the substrata, the types and quantity of materials to be encountered, the nature of the groundwater conditians, the character of eyuipment and facilities raeeded before and during the execution of the Work, the general and local cortditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work under this contract. The prices established for the work to be done will reflect all casts pertaining to the Work. Any claims for extras based on substrata, groundwater tab1e, and other such conditions will not be allowed. FOR BiD�ING 01355-10 SY�:CIAL PAOVISIONS U:i-12U-US:i-UZ r � ' ' ' ' 1.3$ SUSPENSION OF WORK DUE TO WEATHER A. During inclement weather, all work which might be damaged or rendered inferior by such weather conditions shall be suspended. The orders and decisions of the Engineer as to suspensions shall be final and binding. The ability to issue such an arder shall not be interpreted as a requirement to do so. During suspension of the work from any cause, the Work shall be suitably cover�d and protected so as to preserve it from injury by the weather or otherwise; and, if the Engineer shall so direct, the rubbish and surplus materials shall be removed. �e3+»�INu•IYI[.y ' A. Upon notice of award, the Contractor shall irnmediately apply for all applicable permits not previously obtained by the Owner to do the Work from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies. No work shall begin until a11 ' applicable permits have been obtained and copies delivered to the Engineer. The Contractor shall bear all costs for obtaining all permits. ' 1.40 PUMPING ' ' 1 LJ ' ' i A. The Contractor with his own equipment shall do all pumping necessary to prevent flotation of any part of the structures during construction operations. B. For the duration of the Contract and with his own equipment, the Contractor shall pump out water and wastewater which may se�p or leak into the excavations or structures. Galleries and other operating areas shall be kept dry at all times. The Engineer will determine the extent of pumping required in the tanks, channels, and other non-operating areas. 1.41 OWNER OCCUPANCY AND OPERATION OF COMPLETED FACILITIES A. It is assumed that portions of the Wark will be campleted before the entire work is completed. Upon completion of construction in each individual facility, including testing, if the Owner, at its sole discretion, desires to accept the individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certificate of completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The Owner will assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date and the 1-year guaranty period shall begin on that date. The Owner has the option of not accepting any individual completed facility, but accepting the entire work as a whale when it is completed and tested. ' ' FOR BIDDING 03�20-033-OZ , U1355-11 SPECIAL PRpV1S10N5 1.42 CLAIMS FOR PROPERTY DAMAGE A. Upon notification by the Owner or Engineer, the ConCractor shall investigate each claim for property damage and shall tile, within 10 days of such notification, a statement with tbe Owner or Engineer setting forth all facts and details relative to the claim. 1..43 DAILY REPORTS I:� : 1 ' , , , The Contractor shall submit daily reports of construction activities, including non- , work days. The report shall include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. Manpower, number of workers by craft. Equipment on the project. Major deliveries. Activities work with reference to the CPM schedule activity numbers. New problems. Other pertinent information. A similar report shall be submitted for/by each subcontractor. C. Tl�e reports shall be submitted to the Engi�eer's Field Office within 2 days of the respective report date. Each report shall be signed by the Contractor's Superintendent or Praject Manager. 1.44 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to locate, excavate, and prepare for connections ta the terminus �f the existing systems all as shown on the Drawings or where directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work and for the actual connection of the existing naains shall be included in the bid for the project and shall not result in any additional cast to the Owner. 1.45 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Secause of the nature of this project, the Contractor should expect other construction to occur in the vicinity of this project during the Contract. In such instances, the Contractor will be required ta cooperate fully to eliminate or minirnize the creation of conflicts. Adjustments froxn time to time may be required in the Contractor's wark location and/or schedule provided a reasonable notice is given by the Owner or Engineer. L' The Contractor shall afford other contractors and the Owner reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their rnaterials and equipment and FOA B1Dll.ING 01355-12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 03720-033-02 ' 1 the execution of their work and shall properly conttect and coordinate the Work ' with such other work. The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with the Owner and other contractors to store his apparatus, materials, supplies, and eyuipment in ' such orderly fashion at the site of the Work so that it will not unduly interfere with the progress of the Work ar the work of any other contractors. ' C. If the execution or result of any part of the Work depends upon any work of' the Owner or of any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, before proceeding with the Work, inspect and promptly report to the Owner in writing any apparent ' discrepancies or defects in such work of the Owner or of any separate contractor that render it unsuitable for the proper execution or result of any part of the Work. ' D. Failure of the Car�tractor to inspect and report any deficiencies shall canstitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate contractor's wark as f t and proper ta receive the Work, except as to defects which may develop in the Owner's or ' separate contractor's work after completion of the Work and which the Contractor could not have discovered by his inspection before the Work was completed. 1 1 ' ' ' i ' ' E. if the Cantractor damages the work or property of the Owner or af any separate contractor on the Project or other work on the Site, or delays or interferes with the Owner's work on ongoing operations or facilities ar adjacent facilities or the separate contractar's work, the Contractor shall be liable for damage caused, and, in the case of another contractor, the Contractor shall attempt to settle the claim with the other contractor before the other contractar institutes litigation or other proceedings against the Contractor. F. If a separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage, delay, or interference caused or alleged to have heen caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend the Owner in such proceedings at the Contractor's expense. If any judgment or award is entered against the Owner, the Contractor shall satisfy the same and shall reimburse the Owner for all damages, expenses, attorneys' fees, and other costs which the Owner incurs as a result of the judgment or award G. If a separate contractor causes damage to th� Wark or to the property of the Contractor or causes delay or interference with the Contractor's perforrnance of the Work, the Contractor shall present directly to the separate contractor any claims it may have as a result of such damage, delay, or interference (with an infortnation copy to the Owner) and shall attempt to settle its claim against the separate contractor before instituting litigation or other proceedings against the separate contractor. ' H. 1 FQR BIDbING U3720-033-02 1 In no event shall the Contractor seek to recover trom the Owner or the En�ineer, and the Contractor hereby represents to the Owner and the Engineer that he will �1355-13 SNECIAL PROVISIONS i. The Engineer shall determine and adjust any difference or canflict which rnay arise between the Contractor and other contractors who may be performing work on behalf of the Owner or between the Contractor and workmen of the Owner in regard to their work. If the work of the Contractor is delayed because o� any acts of omissions of any otber contractor of the Owner, the Contractar shall on that account have no claim against the Owner other than for an extension of time. 1.46 FINAL GUARANTEE A. ' , , , � 1 , The Contractor shall guarantee all work and all equipment for 1 year from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. ' B. If, within the guarantee period, repairs or chang�s are required in connection with guaranteed work, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are rendered necessary as the result of the use af rnaterials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall, promptly upon receipt of notice From the Owner and without expense to the Owner, do the following: , 1 l. Place in satisfactory condition in every way all such guaranteed work and , correct all defects in the guaranteed work. 2. Make good all darzaage to the building or site, or equipment or piping, or their contents, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, ar not in accordance with the ternas o�the cantract. ' ' 3. Make good any work or material or the equipment and contents of the , building, structure, or site disturbed in fulfill,ing any such guarantee. C. If the Contractor, after notice, fails to proceed ta comply with the terms of this guarantee within l0 days, the Owner may have the defects corrected and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred provided, however, that in case of an ernergency where, in the opinion of the Owner, delay would cause loss or damage, repairs may be started without notice being given to the Contractor and the Contractor shall pay the cost of such repairs. fia FOR BIDPiNG 03720-033-02 All special guarantees ar warranties applicable to specific parts of the Work as may be stipulated in the Contract Specifications or other papers forming a part of 01355-14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 1 ' , 1 ' 1 � � ' 1.47 1.48 ' ' 1 1 , 1 �J ' , ' 1 ' ' 1 this Contract shall be subject to the terrns of this Paragraph during the first year of life of each such guarantee. The Contractor shall assemble all special guarantees and manufacturers' warranties, along with a summary list of the special guarantees and warranties, and deliver these to the Engineer before the Work is accepted. AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (NQ'1' USED) EQUIPMENT DATA FORMS A. The Contractor shall obtain, prepare, and submit a complete, detailed listing of equipment and motor data for all electrical items furnished under this Contract. This listing shall be submitted with the preliminary draft of Operations and Maintenance Data Manuals on Equipment Data sheets and the Equipment Manufacturer's Certificate oflnstallation, Testing, and lnstruction. 1.49 RIGHTS 1N AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON THE WOR.K A. With the approval of the Engineer, the Contractor may use on the project such stone, gravel, sand, or ather material determined suitable by the Engineer as may be found in the excavation and will be paid both for the excavation of such materials at the corresponding Contract unit price and for the pay item for which the excavated material is used. The Contractor shall replace at his own expense, with other acceptable material, all af that partion of the excavation rraaterials so removed and used that were needed for use in the embankments, backfills, appraaches, or otherwise. No charge for the materials used will be made against the Contractor. 1.50 OWNER-.FURNISHED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to camplete the Work. No materials will be furnished by the Owner. 1.51 MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULES A. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, for requirements relative to the submission of operating and maintenance data for the mechanical equipment. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall provide a list including the equipment name, address, and telephone number of the rnanufacturer's representative and service company so that service and/or spare parts can be readily obtained. FOR BIUUING 0372Q033-02 01355-15 51'ECIAL YROVISIONS 1.52 TNSTALLATION LISTS I•1 : All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment or products under Divisions ] l, 13, 15, and 16 shall submit an installatian list to the Engineer along with the required Shop Drawings. The installation list shall include all installation where identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for at least 1 year. PART 2 P,RODUCTS (NOT USED) YAIt'1' 3 �X�CLJ'1'lUN (NU"f iJSED) END OF SECTION PUK BIDDINC 01355-16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 03720-033-02 ' � , ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 � ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. General 1 2. SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Sectian is to define minimum requirements for the Quality Assurance (QA) program to be pravided by the Contractor. The deliverable documents are defined, along with the method ofexecution ofthe QA program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor af responsibility for cornpliance with ihe Contract Document requirements. 3. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit the Cantractor's Quality Contral procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Definitions l. Quality Assurance services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with Cantract requirements. 2. Quality Control services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction comply with requirements. C. Payment FOR B1DD.ING 03720-033-02 1. Separate payment will not be made for providing and maintaining an effective Quality Assurance and Quality Control Program, and all costs associated with such a program shall be included in the applicable unit prices, lump-sum prices, or allowances contained in the Contract Frice Breakdown. 01400-] QUALITY REQUIREMENTS f � 1 3 r. � , 7 � 111_r Y � 1 �� , �L � ] .7 :� A. Section 01000, Project Requirements. B. Section 01300, Contract Administratian. C. Sectian 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. D. Respective Specification Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE � � ' ' l� , A. The Contractor shall conform to reference star�dard by date of issue current on date for receivir�g bids, except where a specific date is established by code. , S. For products or workmanship specified by association, trades, or other consensus standards, the Contractor shall comply with requirements of the standard, except ' when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable code. C. If specified reference standards con�ict with Contract Documents, the Contractor , shall request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding. 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall install all materials and equipment in a neat and first-class workman-like manner. B. The Contractor shall replace all existing paving, stabilized earth, curbs, driveways, sidewalks, fences, signs, and other improvements with the same type of rnaterial that was removed during construction or as directed by the En�ineer without increase ,in the Contract Price or Contract Time. C. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal and replacement of any items which, in the Engineer's opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat or workrnan-like appearance, provided such an orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The removal and replacement shall be done when directed in writing by the Engineer at the Contractor's own expense and without additional expense to the Owner. 1.�7 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELiVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 01400-2 QUALI"fY REQUIREMENTS 0372U-O33-02 1 � � 1 1 � 1 � 1 � � 1 1 1 1 1 1 � , 1.09 QUALI:FICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TOLERANCES A B C Monitor tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. Comply with rnanufacturers' talerances. Ifmanufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 1.11 FIELD SAMPLES A. The Contractor shall furnish field samples at the site as required by individual Specifications Sections for review. I:� C Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, the Contractor shall clear the area after the feld sample had been accepted by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 G�NERAI. A_ The Contractor is responsible for quality control and shall establish and maintain an effective quality-control system in compliance with the Contract Documents. The quality-control system shall consist ofplans, procedures, and organization necessary to praduce an end product which complies with the Contract requirements. The system shall cover all Work and shall be keyed to the proposed design and construction seyuence. The project QC Officer will be held responsible for the quality of work on the job and is subject to removal by the Engineer for non- compliance with quality requirements specifred in the Contract. The project QC Officer in this context shall mean the individual with the responsibifity for the overall management of the project quality. FOTt BIDDING 03720-033-02 01400-3 QUAI.I'I'Y REQUTA�MENTS 3.02 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. General: . I.. C Not later than 30 calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall furnish for review by the Engineer the Quality Control (QC) Plan proposed to implement the requirements of the Contract. The Plan shall identify personnel, procedures, control, instructions, test, records, and forms to be used. The .Engineer will consider an interim plan for the first 30 calendar days of operation. Content of the QC Plan: The QC Plan shall include, at a minimurn, the following to cover all construction operatians, both on-site and off-site, including work by subcontractors, fabricators, suppliers, and purchasing agents: A description of the quality control organization, including a chart showing lines of authority for all aspects of the Work specified. The staff shall include a Quality Control Officer who shall report to the Project Manager or executive. � � 1 � 1 � ' 1 , 2. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and ' authorities of each person assigned a QC function. 3. A copy of the letCer to the Quality Control Officer signed by an authorized official of the f rm which describes the responsibilities and delegates sufficient authorities to adequately perform Che functions of the Quality Control Officer, including authority to stop work which is not in compliance with the Contract. 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing submittals, including tk�ose of subcontractors, off-site fabricators, suppliers, and purchasing agents. 5. Procedures for tracking construction deficiencies trom identi�cation through acceptable corrective action. These procedures will verify that identified deficiencies have been corrected. 6. Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats. Acceptance of Plan: Acceptance ofthe Contractor's plan is required betore the start of Work. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the Work. FQR BIDDING 01400-4 QUALITY KFQUIREMENTS 03720-033-02 ' ' The Engineer reserves the right to reyuire the Contractor to make changes in its QC ' Plan and operations including removal of personnel, as necessary, to obtain the quality specified. 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' D. Notification of Changes: After acceptance afthe QC Plan, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject ta acceptance by the Engineer. 3.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made as specified in Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. The QC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. 3.04 TESTS /:� � FOR BIpDING os�zo-o33-oa Testing Services: All tests to determine compliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by an independent commercial testing firm acceptable to the Owner. The testing firm's laboratory shall be staffed with experienced technicians, properly equipped, and fully qualified to perform the tests in accardance with the specified standards. 2. Testing s�rvices provided by the Owner are for the sole beneft of the Owner; however, test results shall be available to the Contractor. Testing necessary to satisfy the Contractor's intemal Quality Control Pracedures shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 3. When necessary, the Contractor shall interrupt its Work for Owner sampling and testing. The Contractor shall have no Claim for increase in Contract Price or Contract Time due to such interruptian. The Contractor shall cooperate in these testing activities as needed. 4. Testing, includin� sampling, will be performed by the testing frrm's laboratory personnel in the general manner indicated in the Speci�catians. Transmittal of Test Reports: Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractar for the Engineer's review shall be submitted as specified for Shop Drawings. 01400-5 QUAI.ITY REQUiREMENTS C. Manufacturer's Field Services: The manufacturer's field services will be specified in the respective Equipment Sections. 2. An experienced, competent, and authorized representative of the manufacturer ofeach item of e�uipment for which field services are indicated shall visit the Site of the Work and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation. In each case the manufacturer's representative shall b� present when the eyu.ipment is placed in operation. The manufacturer's representative shal] revisit the Site as often as necessary until any and all irouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation are satisfactory in the opinion of the Engineer. 3. Each manufacturer's representative shall iurnish to the Owner, thraugh the Engineer, a written report certifying that the equipment has been properly installed and lubricated, is in accurate alignment, is ,free fram any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, has been operated under full load conditions, and has operated satisfactorily. 3.05 COMPLETION 1NSPECTION A. Final Completion Punch List: Near the completion of all Work the QC Officer shall inspect the Work and develop a"punch list" of items which do not conform to the approved Drawings and Specifications. Such a list of deficiencies shall be included in the QC documentation and shall include the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. The QC Officer or staff shall make a second inspection to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected. Once this is accomplished, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer that the Facility is ready for the Engineer's final inspection. B. Final Inspection and Acceptanc�: The Contractar's Quality Control Of�cer and the Engineer will be in attendance at this inspection. Additional Engineer personnel zxzay also be in attendance. The final acceptance inspection will be formally scheduled by the Engineer when all punch list deficiencies have been corrected. Notice will be given to the Engineer at least 14 days before the f nal inspection and must include the Contractor's assurance that all punch list items will be complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the final inspection. Failure of the Contractor to have all Cantract Work acceptably complete for this inspection will be cause for noncerti .fication of fnal payment by the Engineer. FOR EIllp1NG 01400-6 QUAI.I'fY R.EQUIItkMFNTS 037Z0-033-OZ 1 1 ' ' L..J ' 1 , 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 'LJ 1 1 , ' 1 � ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 3.06 NOTIFICATXON OF N�NCOMPLIANCE A. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any detected noncompliance with the foregoing requirements. The Cantractor shall take immediate corrective action after receipt of such notice. Such notice, when delivered to the Cantractor, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose ofnotification. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the Engineer may issue an arder stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to such stop orders shall be made the subject af claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor. 3.07 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. On completion oftesting, inspection, sampling, and similar services, the Contractor shall repair damaged canstruction and restore substrates and finishes. B. The Contractor shall protect all construction exposed by ar for Quality Control service activities. C�J FoR sroniNc 03720-033-02 The repair and protection are the Cantractor's responsibilities, regardless of the assi�nment of responsibility for Quality Control services. END OF SECTION o i aoo-� QUALITY REQU]REMENTS ' 1 ' ' ' ' , ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' SECTION O14S0 TESTING AND TESTING LASORATORY SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor will pay for the costs of all laboratory tests required to determine, where applicable, sail density, concrete compressive strength, and bacteriological clearance of water main. All required soil, concrete, and bacteriological water testing shall be coordinated with and scheduled by the Contractor. 1. The Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of required services. 2. The Owner shall apprave the selection of the testing laboratory. 3. Ernployment of a testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Conditions of the Contract: Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, or approvals of public authorities. B. Respective Sectians: Certificatian of products. C. Each Section listed: Laboratory tests required and standards for testing. D. Testing Laboratory inspection, sampling, and testing are required for but are not limited to the following: 1. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concret�. 1.03 SUBMITTALS I� � C. FQR RIC)[)ING 03720-033-02 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Submit to Che Engineer for review a list and schedule of all tests to be conducted. Describe test procedures alang with duration of tests. 01450.1 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY' SEIZVICLS D. After each inspection and test, the Laboratory shall promptly submit two copies af the laboratory report to the Engineer, one copy to the Contractor, and one copy to the Owner. E. lnclude the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. $. 9. r o. Date issued. Project title and number. Name of field testing technician or inspector. Date and time of sampling or inspection. Identi�cation of product and Specifications Section. Location in the Project. Type of inspection or test. Date of test. Results oftest. Conformance with Contract Documents. F. When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation oftest results. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such docurnent in ef%ct at the bid time. The follawing documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Saciety for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM E329—Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing. 2. f1STM D3740—Standard Practice for Minimum Reyuirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Laboratory is not autharized to do any of the following: 1. 2. 3. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requiretx►ents of Contract Documents. Approve or accept any portion of the work. Perforrn any duties of the Engineer of Record or the Engineer. FOR BIDDING 01450-2 TESTING AND TESTING 03720-033-U2 LABORATORY S�RV]CES ' � ' ' ' , 1 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' � � ' ' ' B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following: 1. Cooperating with laboratory personnel, providing access to wark and to manufacturer's operations. 2. Securing and delivering to the laboratory adequate quantities of representationa1 samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. 3. Providing to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and other materials mixes which reyuire control by the testing laborAtory. 4. Furnishing incidental labor and facilities: a. b. c. d. To provide access to work to be tested. To obtain and handle samples at the project site or at the source of the product to be tested. To facilitate inspections and tests. To store and cure test samples. 5. Notifying the Engineer and labaratory sufficiently in advance of aperations to allow for the laboratory to assign personnel and schedule tests. 6. Employing and paying for the services of the same or a separate, eyually qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling, and testing required for the Equipment Supplier or Contractor's (as applicable) convenience. C. Materials and equipment used in the performance of Work under this Contract are subject to inspection and testing at the point of manufacture or fabrication. Standard requirements for quality and workmanship are indicated in the Contract Documents. The Engineer may require the equipment supplier or Contractar (as applicable) to provide statements or certificates from the manufacturers and fabricators that the materials and equipment provided by them are manufactured or fabricated in full accordance with the standard specifications for quality and workmanship indicated in the Contract Documents. All costs of this testing and providing statements and certificates shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and no extra charge to the Owner shall be allowed on account of such testing and certifcation. FOR BII)D1NG 03720-033-02 01450-3 TESTING AND T�57'WG LABURATORYSERYICES D. If the test and any subsequent retest results indicate that the materials or equipment fail to meet the r�quirements of the Contract Documents, the equipment supplier or Contractor (as applicable) shall pay for the laboratory costs directly to the testing firm and these will not be reimbursable to the equipttaent supplier or Contractor (as applicable). 1.07 WARR_A.NTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM D37�40. B. C, D E. Laboratory: Licensed to operate in Florida. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full-time Professional Engineer registered in Florida on staff to review the services performed under this project. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to either Nation Bureau of Standards (NBS) or accepted values of natural physical constants. Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in perfornning services. F. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing af products in accordance with speci�ed standards. G. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. H I Promptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or Products. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXEC[JTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION FOA BJbbING 01450-4 TESTING AND 7"ESTING q3720-033-OZ LABORATORY SERVICES , ' � 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' ' � 1 , , ' 1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTR�LS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFE.RENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 RESI'ONSIBILITY A. This Section specifies the minimum requirements for temporary facilities, utilities, and controls required to provide an adequate and safe work site at every stage during construction of the Project. The Contractor is solely respnnsihle for the requirements set forth in this Section. 1.11 ONSITE TEMPORARY A. Except as otherwise indicated, the Contractor may, at his option, furnish stand- alone utility plants to pravide needed services in lieu of connected services from available public utilities, provided such stand-alone plant facilities comply with all governing regulations. Before availability of temporary utility services, the Contractor will provide trucked-in/trucked-out containerized or unitized services for start-up of construction operations at the site. 1.12 COSTS A. FpR BIDDINCi 03720-033-OZ Except as otherwise indicated, the costs of providing and using temporary utility services are included in the contract sum. 015O0-I �GMPURARY FACILITIF.S ANU CONTROLS 1.13 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The types of utility services re�uired for temporary use at the project site include the following (other specific services may be required for speci�c construction methods of operations): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Electrical Power Service. Water Service (potable for certain uses). Sanitary. Storm Sewer or Open Drainage/Run-off Control. Gas (fuel) Service. Telephone Service. 1.14 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Contractor shall make the necessary applications and arrangements and pay all fees and charges for electrical energy for power and li�ht necessary for proper completion of the Work and during its entire progress up to time of final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all temporary switches, connections, and meters. l .15 TEMPORARY WATER A. The Cantractor shall make all necessary application and arrangements and pay all fees and charges for water necessary for the proper completion of the Project up to the time of fnal acceptance. The Contractor shall provide and pay for arty temporary piping and connections. 1.16 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractar shall provide adequaCe sanitary facilities for the use of those employed on the work. Such facilities shall be made available when the frst employees arrive on the site of the work, shall be properly secluded from public observation, and shall be constructed and maintained during the progress of the work in suitable numbers and at such points and in such manner as may be required or approved. 1.17 CLEANLINESS OF FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall maintain the sanitary facilities in a satisfactory and sanitary condition at all times and shall enforce their use. He shall rigorously prohibit the committing of nuisances on the site of the Work, on the lands of the Owner, or on adjacent property. POR BI�nING 01500-2 T�MPO1ZAItY FACILITIES 03720-033-02 ANll CllN7 ROi_5 1 � �J ' ' 1 � 1 � ' ' 1 � 1 1 ' 1 l.l 8 TERMINATION AND REMOVAL A. The Contractar shall, at the time the need for a t�mporary utility service has ended or has been replaced by use of permanent services, or not later than the time of final completion, promptly remove the installation unless requested by the Engineer to retain it for a longer period. Any work which may have been delayed ar affected by the installation and use of the temporary utility, including repairs to construction and grades and restaration and cleaning af exposed surfaces, shall be completed at this time. The Contractor shall replace any work damaged beyond acceptable restaration. 1.19 NDISE CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection against objectionable noise levels caused by the operation of canstruction equipment. 1.20 DUST CONTROL n The Contractor shall provide for adequate protection against raising objectionable dust clouds caused by moving construction equipment, high winds, or any other cause. 1.21 WATER CONTROL �. The Contractar shall provide for satisfactory disposal of surplus water and shall submit a plan to the Engineer for his review before initiating and implementing the plan. Prior approval shall be obtained from the proper authorities for the use of public or private lands or facilities for such disposal. 1.22 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Tlae Contractor shall provide for adequate protection against polluting any public or private lands, lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, creeks, and other such areas by the disposal of surplus material in the form of solids, liquids, gases, or from any other cause. 1.23 ADVERSE iMPACT A. The Contractar shall evaluate and assess the impact of any adverse effects on the natural environment which may result from corastruction operations and shall operate to minimize pollution of air, ground, or surface waters vegetation, and afford the neighboring community the maximum protection during and up to completion of the construction project. FOR BIDpING 0372D-033-02 01500-3 TF.MPORARY FACILITIES ANU CON7 K(JLS 1.24 STREAMS, LAKES, AND OTHER SODIES OF WATER A. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautians to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, or ather harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or otherwise prevent pollution of siltation of streams, lakes, and reservoirs and to avoid interference with the movements of migratory tish. 1.25 CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction ar furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of other classifcation, rnust show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with instructions. 1.26 EROSION CONTROL A. The Cantractor shall not expose by construction operations a larger area of erosive land at any one time than the minimum necessary for efficienC construction operations, and the duration oi exposure of the uncompleted construction to the elements shall be as short as practicable. Erosion-control features shall be constructed concurrently with other work and at the earliest practicable time. l .27 STORAGE FACILITIES A. All products, materials, atad equipment shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Praducts subject to damage by the elements shall be stored in weathertight enclosures. Temperature and humidity shall be maintained within the ranges required by the manufacturer's instructions. Fabricated products shall be stored above the graund on blocking or skids. Products which are subject to deterioration shall be covered with irnpervious coatings with adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. Loose granular materials shall be stored in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. Any products which will come in contact with water shall be sto,red off the ground to prevent contamination. 1.28 iNSPECTION A. Storage shall be arranged in such a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Periodic inspections shall be made of all stored products to ensure that they are maintained under specified conditions and free from damag� or deterioration. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 01500-4 TL•"MPORARY FAC1L17'IES AIVD CONTROLS ' v ' � 1 ' � 1.29 TEMPORARY PRQTECTION A. After installation, the Contractor shall provide substantial coverings as necessary ta installed products to protect them from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Coverings shall be removed when no longer needed. 1.30 ADJACENT TO WORK ' A. The Contractor shall preserve from damage all property along the line of the work or which is in the vicinity of or in any wise affected by the work, the removal or destructiun ut which is not called for by the �'lans. Wherever such property is ' damaged due to the activities of the Contractar, it shall be imrttediately restored to its original condition by the Contractor at no cast to the Owner. 1 ' 1 1 ' � , � ' 1 � ' 1.31 REMEDY BY OWNER A. !n case of failure on the part of the ContracCor to restore such property, or make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, after 48 haurs' notice to the Contractor, proceed ta repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be deemed necessary and the cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractar under this Contract. 1.32 PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of property in the areas in the vicinity of the Project and for the protection of his equipment, supplies, materials, and work against any damage resulting from the elements, such as flooding, by rainstorm, wind damage, or other precautions against any such damage occurrence, and shall be responsible for damage resulting from same. The Contractor shall provide adeyuate drainage facilities, tie-downs, or other protection throughout the contract period for the protection of his, the Owner's, and other properties from such damage. 1.33 TRAFFIC REGULATION A. Signs, marking barricades, and procedures shall conform to the requirernents of the Florida Department af Transportation Manual on Traffic Controls and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, and Utility Operations. FOIt BIDDING 03720-033-02 01500-5 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTKOLS 1.34 SIGNAGE A. The Contractor shall provide and rnaintain adequate barricades around open excavations. 1.35 REMOVAL OF SIGNAGE A. On completion of Che Work, the Contractar shall remov� all debris, excess materials, barricades, and temporary work, leaving walkways and roads clear of obstructions. PART Z PIZODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) I� � 1�T� ]�.9 � I� 1 Y[�] � I FOIZ BIDDING 01500-6 TEMPORAAY FACILI'TIES �3720-033-02 nND CONTROLS �� C� 1 1 1 1 ' C� 1 C� ' 1 1 SECTION O1540 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1 A 1 SCOPE �F WORK A. The Contractor shall fiarnish all materials, labor, equipment, pawer, maintenance, etc. to implement a temporary pumping system to divert the existing flow around the work area during the installation of the junction bax and testing of the new filter feed pump station. B. The design, installation, and operation of the temporary pumping system shall be the Cantractor's respansibility. The Cantractor shall employ the services of a vendor who can demonstrate to the Engineer that the vendor specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumpin� systems. The vendor shall pravide at least five r�ferences of prajects of a similar size and complexity as this project performed by the vendor within the past 3 years. The bypass system shall meet the requir�ments of all codes and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 1.02 REX,ATED WORK . Section 01100, Summary of Work Section 01755, Equipment Testing and Startup Section 01815, Maintenance of Plant Operations and Sequence of Construction f�Ix�Y11:�ul�llr\II.y The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptanc�: A. The Contractor shall prepare with the vendor a specific, detailed description af the ' proposed pumping system and submit it and the vendor's references with his bid proposal. Sid proposals without an acceptable detailed plan for the temporary bypass punnping system shall be rejected. 1 �J ' L�I B. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer detailed plans and descriptions outlining all provisions and precautions to be taken by the Contractor regarding the handling af existing wastewater flaws. This plan must be specific and complete, including such items as schedules, lacations, elevations, capacities af equipment, materials, and a11 other incidental items necessary and/or required to ensure proper protection of the facilities, including protection of the access and bypass pumping locations from damage due to the discharge flows and compliance with the requirements and permit conditions specified in these FOR BIDDING 01540- I TEMPORARY IIYPA55 03720-033-02 PUMP]NG SYSTEMS ' C�J Contract Documents. No construction shall begin until all provisions and requireraaents have been reviewed by the Engineer. The plan shall include but not be limited to details oithe follawing: 1. Staging areas for pumps. 2. Pipe plugging method and types of plugs. 3. Number, size, rnaterial, location, and method of installation of suction piping. 4. Number, size, material, method of installation, and location of installation of discharge piping. 5. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, and number of each size to be on site and power requirements. 6. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing purnp operating range shall be submitted). 7. Standby pawer generator size and location. $. Downstraam discharge plan. 9. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. 10. Thrust and restraint block sizes and locations. 11. Sections showing suction and discharge pipe depth, embedment, select fill, and special backfill. 12. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator. 13. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring required. 14. Design plans and computation �'or access to bypass pumping 1ocations indicated on the Drawings. 15. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size. 16. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping lines. 17. Plan indicating selection location of bypass pumping line locations. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALiTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICAT,IONS (NOT USED) 1.10 EQUIPMENT FOR BiDDING O] 540- 2 TEMPOR�RY BYPA55 03720-U33-02 PUMPING SYSTEMS 1 C� 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 � ' ' � A. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self-priming units that do not require the use of foot-valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps may be electric or diesel powered. All pumps used must be canstructed to allow dry running for long periods to accommodate the cyclical nature of effluent flows. S. The Contractor shall provide the necessary stop/start controls for each pump. C. The Contractor shall include one stand-by pump of each size to be maintained on site. Back-up pumps shall be on-line and isolated frarn the primary system by a valve. D. Dischargc Piping: To prcvcnt thc accidcntal spillagc of flows, all dischargc systems shall be temporarily constructed of rigid pipe with positive, restrained joints. Under no circumstances will aluminum "irrigation" type piping or glued PVC pipe be allowed. Discharge hose will only be allowed in short sections and by specific permissian from the Engineer. E. The Contractor shall supply an autodialer notification system with the bypass system. 1. ] l SYSTEM DESCRIT'TION A. Design Requirements 1. Bypass pumping systems shall have sufficient capacity ta pump the following flow range: a. Minimum Day — 2 MGD b. Average Day - 5 MGD c. Maximum Day - 10 MGD d. Peak Hour - 20 MGD 2. The Contractor shall provide all pipeline plugs, pumps of adequate size to ' handle peak flow, and temporary discharge piping to ensure that the total flow af the main can be safely diverted around the work. Bypass pumping system will be required to be operated 24 hours per day. 1 1 ' ' I'OR BIDDING 03720-033-02 ' 3. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. One standby pump for each size pump used shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. 01540- 3 '1-EMPORARY BYPASS PLIMPING SYSTEMS : 4. Bypass pumping system shall be capable of bypassing the flow around the work area and of releasing any amount of flow up to full available flow into the work area as necessary for satisfactory performances of work. 5. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for bypass pumping at the appropriate time during the work. Ferformance Requirements 1. There shall be no interruption to the flow of clarifed effluent throughout the duration of the project. To this end, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and Uperate all lempurary rd��1��C5 such as clams, plugs, pumping equipment (both primary and back-up units as required), conduits, all necessary power, and all other labor and equipment necessary to allow execution of the work. 2. The desigra, insCallation, and operation of the temporary pumpin� system shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The bypass system shall meet the requirements of all codes and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 3. The Contractor shall provide all necessary means to safely convey the clari�ed effiluent past the work area. The Contractor will not be permitted to stop or impede the main flows under any circumstances. 4 �� The Contractor shall maintain �low around the work area in a manner that will not cause surcharging of clarifers and associated manholes. The Contractor shall protect water resources, wetlands, and other natural resources. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 17\.711�� :� �L�1�11.Y [�]►1 3.0] FIELD QUALiTY CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE A. Test 1. Before plugging flow through the eacisting facilities, the Contractar shall dernonstrate that the entire bypass pumping system is functioning as required to the Engineer's satis�action. 2. The Contractor shall perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping discharge piping using clean water before actual operation. The Engineer will be given 24 hours notice before testing. FOR BIDDING O] 540- 4 TEMPORARY BYPASS 03720-033-02 PUMPING SYS7'EMS ' , 1 ' ' , 1 ' 1 ' � � ' ' 1 , ' 1 � 1 S. lnspection: 1. The Contractor shall inspect bypass pumping system every 2 hours to ensure that the system is working correctly. C. Maintenance Service: 1. 'T'he Contractor shall ensure that the ternporary pumping system is properly maintained and a responsible operator shall be on hand aC all times when pumps are operating. D. Extra Materials: 1. Spare parts for pumps and piping shall be kept on site as reyuired. 2. Adequate hoisting equipment far each pump and accessories shall be maintained on the site. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Precautions 1 7 The Contractor is responsible for locating any existin� utilities in the area the Contractor selects to locate the bypass pipelines. The Contractor shall locate his bypass pipelines to minimize any disturbance to existin� utilities and plant operations and shall obtain approval of the pipeline locations from the Owner and the Engineer. All costs associated with relocating utilities and obtaining all approvals shall be paid by the Contractor. The release of wastewater onto the ground or into a receiving stream is prohibited. If such spillage or over#lows occur during the course of or as a result of the Work, the Contractar shall immediately eliminate the spillage or overflov�+. Damages arising from spillage or overflows of wastewater during the caurse of the Work ar because of the Work shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for paying all costs of clean-up and all fines imposed for overflows or spills during construction. 3.03 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL A. The Contractor shall modify existing manhole cover and construct temporary bypass pumping structures only at the access location indicated on the Drawings and as may be reyuired to provide adequate suction conduit. FOR BIDbING 03720-033-02 O1540- 5 TEMPORARY BYPA55 PUMPING SXST�MS i:� C. �lugging or blocking clarified effluent flows shall incorporate a primary and secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer needed for performance and acceptance of work, it shall be removed in a manner that permits the c]ari�ed effluent flow to slowly return to normal without surgin� to pr�vent surcharging or causing other major disturbances downstream. When working inside a manhole or force main, the Contractor shall exercise caution and comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence of sewer gases, combuscible or oxygen-defcient atmospheres, and confined spaces. D. The installation of the bypass pipelines is prohibited in the stormwater pond. Upon campletion of thc bypass pumping operations And Aftcr thc rcccipt of written permissio� �rom the Engineer, the Contractor shall remave all the piping, restore all property to preconstructian condition, and restore all pavement. END QF SECTJON FOR BIDDING 01540- 6 TEMPOAARY BYPASS 03720-033-02 PUMPING SYSTEMS ' C� 1 1 ' ' sECTiorr o 1600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SC�FE OF WORK This Section includes the minirnum requirements for the furnished materials and equipment for this project. The more stringent requirernents in the Technical Specification Sections shall take precedence over these requirements for any conflicts. ' A. Materials and equipment furnished by the Contractar shall be new and s$all not have been in service at any other installation unless otherwise approv�d. They shall conform to applicable specifications approved in writing by the Engineer. 1 1 LJ 1 1 ' , B. Manufactured and fabricated products shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accardance with the best engineering and shop practices. Lik� parts of duplicate units shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so as to be interchangeable. � C � Quantities of iterns that are identical shall be by the same manufacturer, regardless of the Design Package breakdown. Equipment sizes, capacities, and dimensions shown or specifred shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. Materials and equipment shall not be used for any purpose ather than that far which they are designed or specified. F. Where materials or equipment are specifically shown or specified to be reused in the Work, special care shall be used in remaval, handling, storage, and reinstallation, to ensure their proper function in the completed work. G. Material and equipment incorparated inta the work: ' 1. 2. ' 3. ' 1 FOR BIDDING 03�20-033-02 ' Shall confarm to applicable speci�cations and standards. Shall comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. Manufactured and fabricated products: a. Rotating machinery shall be designed and fabricated to provide satisfactory operation without excessive wear and without exc�ssive maintenance during its aperating life. Rotating parts shall be 01600-1 MA'I'F,RIAI.S AND EQi]1PMENT 1.02 RELFITED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. , ' statically and dynamical1y balanced and shall operat� without excessive vibration. ' Section Til, General Conditions. Section 1V, Standard Specifications. Section 01000, Project Requirements. Section 01740, .Final Cleaning. Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. Section 01830, Operatians and Maintenance Manuals. Section 1 S 105, Wall �'ipes, SCep Rin�S, ancl Pcnetrations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WQRK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUAL�TY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELiVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Co,ntractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for stara�e and protection ofthe items specified in this Section. B. Materials and equipznent shall be loaded and unloaded by methods affording adequate protection against damage. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent injury to the material or equipment during transportation and handling. Suitable power equipment shall be used and the material or eyuipment shall be under control at all times. Under no condition shall the material or equipment be dropped, bumped, or dragged. When a crane is used, a suitable hook or lift slin� shall be used. The crane shall be so placed that all lifting is done in a vertical plane. Materials or equipment skid loaded, palletized, or handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against material or equipment already unloaded. C. Material and equipment shall be delivered to the job site by means that will adequately support it and not subject it to undue stresses. Material and equipment damaged or injured in the process of transportation unloading or handling shall be rejected and immediately removed from the site. FOR BIDDING 01600-2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT U372U-U33-UZ 1 � ' ' ' � � ' 1 D. The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery of all materials, including those furnished by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper transport, handlin�, and storage of all materials, and they shall be protected ta ensure their expected performance. Delivery schedules shall be coordinated by the Contractor, in advance, so that the work will be done in a timely manner. E. The Contractor shall coordinate deliveries of products with construction schedules to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. The Contractar shall also do the following: Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and lcgiblc. 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to ensure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals and that the products are properly protected and undamaged. F'. The Contractar shall provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. G. All materials and equipment shall be stored on-site in complete compliance with the 'manufacturer's recommendatians. Before storing equipment on the site, the _ Contractor shall provide written instructions for storage from the manufacturer. ' 1 ' 1 ' ' H. Storage of equipment shall be in strict accordance with the "instructions for storage" of each equipment supplier and manufacturer including connection of heaters, placing of storage lubricants in equipment, etc. Corroded, damaged, or deteriorated equipment and parts shall be replaced before they are accepted for the Project. Equipment and materials not properly stored will not be included in a paytnent estimate. L The Contractor shall store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. 2 Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather-tight enclosures. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by the manufacturer's instructions. 3_ Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids to prevent ' soiling or staining. Cover products that are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, and provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 1 1-Ok BIUDING o3�ao-o33-oz ' 01600-3 MA'I'ERIALS ANp EQUIPMENT 1.09 1.10 �3. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. J. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled and stored by the Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner to prevent warping, twisting, bending, breaking, chipping, rusting, and any injury, theft, or damage of any kind to the material or equipment. K. All materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer, have become so damaged as to be unfit for the use intended or specif ed shall be promptly removed from the site of the work, and the Contractor shall receive no compensation for the damaged material oa� its r�moval. L. The Contractor shall arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection and make periodic inspections of stored products to ensure that products are maintained under spec,ified conditions, free from damage or deterioration. M. The Contractor shall provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from traffic damage and subsequent construction operations and shall remove these coverings when they are no longer needed. N. Should the Contractor fail to take proper action on storage and handling of equipment supplied under this Contract, within seven days after written notice to do so has been given, the Owner retains the right to correct all defciencies noted in the previously transmitted written notice and deduct the cost associated with tkaese corrections from the Contractor's Contract. These costs may include expenditures for labor, equipment usage, administrative, clerical, engineering, and any other costs associated with making the necessary corrections. QUALIFiCAT10NS (NOT USED) ACCEPTANCE OF MATE.RIAC, AND EQUIPMENT A. Only new nnaterials and equipment shall be incorporated in the Work. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractar shall be subject to the inspection and acceptance of the Engineer. No material shall be delivered to the site that does not meet the Contract specifications. B. The Contractor shall submit data and samples sufficiently early to permit consideration and acceptance before materials are necessary for incorporating in the work. Any delay of acceptancc resulting fram the Contractor's failure to submit samples or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of claim against the Owner. C� The materials and equipment used in the work shall carrespond to the approved samples or other data. FOR BIDDING 01600-4 MATERIAI.S AND �QUIPMFNT U3YZU-033-02 , 1 , � LI� D. If requested, the Contractor shall be required to submit ta the Engineer ample evidence that each and every part of the materials, machinery, and equipment to be furnished is of a reliable make and of a type that has been in successful operation within the continental United States. No equipment will be considered unless the manufacturer has designed and manufactured equipment of a comparable type and size for at least three years. Installation of any experimental or untried type of material or machinery wi II not be allowed by the Engineer and Owner. � E. The equipment specified herein shall be carefully designed and installed to ensure that it adequately perfornas all reyuired functions within the specified degree of precision. Each unrt shal I operate wath each of the other parts of the equipment to ' provide a completely integrated system that shall operate to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner. ' � ' , L1 F. All equipment, machinery, parts, and assemblies af eyuipment, machinery, or parts entering into the work shall be tested as specified. Unless waived in writing by the Engineer, all field and operating tests shall be made in the presence of the �ngineer or the Engineer's authorized representative. When such a waiver is issued, sworn statements in duplicate ofthe tests made and the results thereofshall be furnished to the Engineer by the Contractor or manufacturer. G. The Contractor shall submit copies of welding procedures for all weldin�. Welders and welding operators shall be selected in accordance with the qualification requirements of the AWS Code. Welders and welding operators for stainless steel shall pass qualificatiora tests using stainless steel frller metal and procedures developed for stainless steel. Procedures, welder, and operator qualifications shall be certified by an independent testing laboratory retained and paid by the Contractor. H. The Contractor shall not start fabrication af the work until the Contractar receives , written acceptance of the proof of welding procedures from the Engineer for each Type of weld. ' l_� ' C� �J 1 I. The Contractor shall submit copies ofmili certificate for each type ofrolled steel and as required in the Specifications. The Contractor shall not start fabrication of the work until the Contractor receives written acceptance of all mill certificates from the Engineer. I.l 1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION A. : roR ninnirrc 03720-033-02 The eyuipment installation details shall suit the existing and furnished equipment and are subject to acceptance by the Engineer. Any changes or revisions made necessary by the type and dimensions af the equipment furnished shall be nnade at the expense of the Contractor who shall furnish 01600-5 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1.12 detailed drawings showing such changes or revision for the acceptance of the Engineer. C. Th� installation of all work shall comply with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The Contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation including six copies to the Engineer for distribution. One camplete set of instructions shall be maintained at the job site during installation and until the project is complete. D. All products and equipment shall be handled, installed, connected, cleaned, conditioned, and adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specified reyuirements. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with the manufacturer's instructions, such conflicts shall be called to the Engineer's attention for resolution and revised instructions. E. The Contractor shall perfamn work according to the manufacturer's instructions and nat omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless the instructions are specifically modified or the step or procedure exempted by Contract Documents. 1NSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. The cost of the Work shall include the cost of competent manufacturers' representatives of all equipment to supervise the installation, adjustment, and testing af the equipment and to instruct the Owner's operating persannel an operation and maintenance. B. A certificate from the manufacturer stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the unit has been satisfactorily tested and is ready for operatian, and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication, and care of the unit shall be submitted betore Substantial Completion. C. The Contractor shall furnish the service of competent manufacturers' representatives for Contractor- or Owner-furnished equipment when evident malfunction or over- heating makes such services necessary or as determined by the Engineer. All such equipment shall be installed by skilled mechanics and in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. D. Special care shall be taken to ensure proper alignrnent of all equipment with particular reference to mechanical �quipment such as pumps, mixers, and electric drives. These units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified millwrights after their sole or base plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened against the shims. After the manufacturer has appraved the foundation alignments, the bedplates or wing feet of the equiprnent shall be securely bolted in place. The alignment of equipment shall be further checked after securing to the foundations. After all FQR BIDDING 01600-6 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 03720-033-02 1 1 , ' ' 1 , ' C� �� CJ [l ' alignments are confirmed, the sole or base plates shall be finally grouted in place. The Contractor shall be responsible for the exact alignment of equipment with associated piping, and under no circumstances, will "pipe sprin�ing" be allowed. Special installation requirements in technical specifications shall take precedence over the requirements of this Section. E. The Contractor shall furnish all wedges, shims, filling pieces, keys, packing, grout, or other materials necessary to properly align, level, and secure an apparatus in place. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven exactly so. Any grinding necessary to bring parts to proper alignment after erection shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. F. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary materials and construct suitable concrete foundations or pads for all equipment installed by the Contractor, even thaugh such foundations or pads may not be indicated on the Drawings. '�'he tops of foundations shall be at such elevations as will permit grouting. G. Tn setting pumps, motors, and ather iterns of equipment customarily grouted, the Contractor shall make an allowance of at least 1 inch (2.54 cm) for grout under the equipment bases. Shims used to level and adjust the bases shall be steel. Shirns may be left embedded in the grout, in which case they shall be installed neatly and so as to be as inconspicuous as possible in the completed work. Unless otherwise permitted, all grout shall be a suitable non-shrinking grout. 1. Grout shall be mixed and placed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. Where practicable, the grout shall be placed through the graut holes in the base and worked outward and under the edges of the base and across the rough top of the concrete foundation to a peripheral form so constructed as to provide a suitable chamber around the top edge of the finished foundation. 2. Where such procedure is impracticable, the method ofplacing grout shall be as permitted. After the grout has hardened sufficiently, all fornas, hoppers, and excess grout shall be removed, and all exposed grout surfaces shall be patched in an approved manner and, if necessary, as required by the Engineer, given burlap-rubbed finish and painted with at least two coats of an acceptable paint. 1.13 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Manufacturers of equipment and machinery shall furnish twa sets of any special ' tools (including grease guns or other lubricating devices) required for normal adjustment, operations and maintenance, and disassembly, together with instructians for their use. The Contractor shall preserve and deliver to the Owner these tools and ' FOR B1DDING 03720-033-02 C� 01600-7 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMF,NT I:3 instructions iza good order before completio» of the Contract. Tools shall be high- grade, smooth, forged, alloy tool steel. Grease guns shall be lever-type. Special taols are cansidered to be those tools which because oftheir limited use are not normally available, but which are necessary for the particular equipment. C. Special tools shall be delivered at the same time as the equipment to which they pertain. Tlae Contractor shall properly store and safeguard such special tools until completion of the work, at which time they shall be delivered to the Owner. 1.14 LUBRCCATION SYSTEM A. The minimum design critearia for lubrication ofmoving parts ofthe equipment shall include one week of continuous operation during which no lubricants shall be added to the system. B. The system shall be designed to receive lubricants whether in operation or shut down and shall not leak or waste lubricants under either condition. The manufacturer's recommendations of grade and yualiTy and a supply of the lubricants so recommended in quantities sufficient to conduct start up and testing operations shall be furnished with the equipment. 1.1 S TESTS AND TEST REPORTS A. When used in the Contract Documents, "Factory/Fabricating Shop Performance, Evaluation, Certi�cation, and/or Acceptance Tests and Test Reparts" shall be considered to mean the corresponding manufacturer's, fabricator's, and/or other builder's of�cia] test and tests reports oisame. Xncluded in these test reports shall be appropriate substantiating documentation/data ascertaining the correct and complete rnanufacture, fabricatian, and "shop perforr�aance" (to the greatest extent normally practicable) of the particular material, equipment, system, and/or facilities proposed for eventual delivery. These are subdivided into three significant tests and test report types: 1) Certifcation Tests and Test Reports, 2) Factory Tests and Test Reports, and 3) Shop Performance/Evaluation Tests and Test Reports. Minimal requirerr�erats are described below: I:� Certificatian Tests and Test Reports 1. Standard specifications, code references, etc. for minimum quality and workmanship levels are indicated in th� Cantract Documents and Construction Documents. Statements, certificates, and other substantiating reporting data, hereinafter called "Certifcation Test Reports," of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use shall be compiled by the Cantractor. FOR BIDDING O1 G00-8 03720-033-02 MATERIAL$ AND EQUIPMENT � � ' , � � � r� f� � �� 1 � , r � ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 , 1 ' 1 ' ' r ' , 1 , ' ' ' C� � FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 2. At a minimum, all Certification Test Reports shall contain an official analysis of sufficient material compasition or show evidence of ineeting ar exc�eding the specified material standard(s) referenced, e.g., ASTM, ASME, or other designatians. All reports shall also indicate frorn whom the material was/will be purchased. 3. The Contractor shall pay all costs of certification tests and test reports. Factory Tests and Test Reports 1. Additional tests and reports performed on material or equipment by the manufacturer or fabricator to ascertain quality or work►nanship are referred to herein as "Factory Tests and Test Reports." 2. Before the delivery of any Factory "('est Report, the Contractor shall first submit for review and approval a detailed description ofthe proposed testing including reporting procedure and criteria. Such descriptions shall also be delivered to the Engineer for review as part of the first subrnission of the technical submittal. 3. Materials and equipment used in the performance of the Work under this Cantract are subject ta inspection and testing at the paint of manufacture or fabrication. If Work to be accomplished away from the construction site is to be inspected on behalf of the Owner during its fabrication or manufacture, the Contractor shall give prior notice ta the Engineer of the place and time where such fabrication ar manufacture is to be done. Such notice shall be in writing and delivered to the Engine�r not less than 30 days before such event so that the necessary arrangements for the particular factory inspection tests can be made. 4. Upon campletion ofthe factory inspection tests and immediately following manufacture or fabrication, the Contractor shall compile a complete Factory Test Report following the approved format above. All such reports shall be delivered to the Engineer for review as part of the technical submittal corresponding to such tested material or equipment. Shop PerformanceBvaluation Tests and Tests Reports 1. Material and equipment used in the performance of the Work of this Cantract are also subject ta evaluation and testing after the complete full-scale assembly into major equipment and/or systems. Shop Performance/Evaluation Tests, i.e., tests of simulated startup, steady-state, variable loading, and other normal operating conditians, for such assembled equipment/systems shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the standard testing practices specified or otherwise accepted by the Engineer. 01600-9 MATER1Al.S ANU EQUIPM�NT E 2. Sefore the delivery of any Shop Performance/Evaluation Test Report, the Contractor shall submit for review a detailed description of the proposed performance/evaluation tests, including anticipated reporting procedures, data reduction, and criteria used. Where appropriate, such descriptions shall also be delivered to the Engineer for review as part of a first or subsequent submission of the technical submittal. 3. Should such performance/evaluation tests be accomplished away from the construction site, the Contractor shal l give prior notice to the Engineer of the places and times where such tests will be accomplished. Such prior notice shall be in wriling and aelivecea not less than 30 days before such evei�ts so that necessary arrangements for the particular tests can be made. 4. The requirements above pertaining to Factory Tests and Test Reports shall be incorporated herein for shop Performance�Evaluation Tests and Test Reports. Unless factory tests are coincident with shop performance tests and vice versa for the same material or equipment, a minimum of 15 days shall be scheduled between such znultiple equipment tests, where extended travel is required. Cost of Performance Shop Tests 1. The Contractor shall, iiapp1icable, conduct shop performance full-scale tests at its expense on all equipment as specified. Each piece of equipment shall be tested completely assembled and the shop tests performed by the equiprnent manufacturer until successful tests are achieved. 2. If the performance tests are conducted outside the continental United States, the Contractor shal I pay all transportation expenses incurred by the Owner's representatives in witnessing the tests at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.16 FIE.LD TESTING A. Field-testing shall be conducted when called for in the Technical Specification Sections and on all connpleted systems in general. The Contractor shall provide services of a factory-authorized service representative to perform, approve, and certify the field testin� specified in this Section. Field testing shall generally consist of perforrning the pre-startup and startup tests as specifed in the Division 11. The Contract Documents may require the Cantractor to perform factory testing on equiprraent items before the Engineer approves their use for this praject. The Contractor shall refer to the Division 11 Specifications regarding equipment shop testin� requirements FOR BIDDING 01600-] 0 MAT�KIALS AN17 EQUIPMENT 03720-033-02 , ' B. After completion of the installation, the Contractor, in the presence of the Engineer, , under actual operating conditions, shall test the syst�m. Tests shall be perform�d according to manufacturer's recommendations. i ' �J ' C. The Contractor shall include with its bid the services of the equipment manufacturer's freld service technician for a period necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner. 0 E This service shall be for the purpases of checkout, initial start-up, certification, and instruction of facilities personnel. A written repurt caverittg the technician's findings and installation approval shall be submitted to the Engineer covering all inspections and outlining in detaii any deficiencies noted. - � 1.17 ACCEPTANCE OF TNSTALLATION A. 1 1 r 1 ' ' ' 1 ' ' FUR BIDDING 03�20-033-02 ' The Engineer may accept an equipment system installatron as ready for Substantial Completion when: 1 7 The Engineer has accepted all factory tests and all other component testing. The Engineer has accepted all performance shop tests. 3. All componEnts of the system are installed and tested, including without limitatian hydrostatic tests, leak tests, continuity tests, insulation resistance tests, phase rotation tests, bump tests, stroke testing, calibration, adjustment for proper operation, and all other component tests as appropriate. !� �� 6. Field start-up activities have been cornpleted and approved by the Engineer. The appropriate certificates have been submitted. All equipment has met the performance requirements. 7. The Engineer has accepted integrated system tests and adjustments performed by the Contractor to demonstrate that the system as a whole functions reliably and meets the performance requirements, in manual and automatic modes, without failure, fault, or defect ofany component ar ofthe system as a whole. 01600-11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 8. The Engineer has accepted integrated facilities tests performed by the Cantractar ta demonstrate that the entire Constructian functians together reliably as an integrated facility, and meets the performance requirements, in manual and automatic modes, without failure, fault, or defect of any camponent. 9. The Engineer has accepted facilities performance tests which demanstrate that the design criteria and performance criteria are met. 10 11 12 The Engineer has accepted the O&M Manuals. All required Owr�er personnel have been trained. All other Contract requirements for Substantial Completion have been satisfied. 1.18 GREASE, OIL, AND FUEL 1.19 1.2Q A. All grease, oil, and fuel required for start-up and testing of equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. B. The Contractor shall be responsible %r changing the oil in all drives and intermediate drives of all mechanical equipment from after initial break-in of the equipment, which shall be no greater than 30 days. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. All items of Electrical eyuipment that are furnished with process, k�eating, ventilating, ar other equipment shall conform to the requirernents specified under the appropriate electrical Sections of the Specifications. Enclosures for electrical equipment, such as switches and starters, shall conform to the reyuireiaaents speci�ed under the appropriate electrical Sections o�the Specifications. EQUIPMENT DRIVE GUARDS A. Screens, guards, or cages shall be provided for all exposed ratating ar moving parts in accordance with accepted practices of applicable governmental agencies. Unless specified otherwise in the Technical Sections, guards shall be constructed of galvanized sheet steel ar galvanized woven wires or expanded metal set in a frame of galvanized steel members. Guards shall be secured in position by steel braces or straps, which will permit easy rernova] for servicing the equipment. FOR B1DDiNG 0160U-] 2 MAT�RIAI.S AND EQUiPMENT 03720-033-02 1 ' 1 1 � � 1 LJ � � � � � ' 1 1.21 PROTECTION AGAINST ELECTROLYSiS A. Where dissimilar rnetals are used in conjunction with each other, suitable insulatian shall be provided between adjoining surfaces so as ta eliminate direct contact and any resultant electrolysis. The insulatian shall be bituminous impregnated felt, heavy bituminous coatings, nonmetallic separators or washers; ar ather acceptable materials. 1.22 CONCRETE INSERTS A. Concrete inserts for hangers shall be designed to support safely, in the concrete that is used, the maximum load that can be imposed by the hangers used in the inserts. Inserts for hangers shall be of a type which will permit adjustment of the hangers both horizontally (in ane plane) and vertically and locking of the hanger head or nut. All inserts shall be galvanized. I�►•It�.yll�l��/�.y A. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified, openings for the passage of pipes through floors and walls shall be formed of sleeves of standard-weight, galvanized-steel pipe. Each sleeve shall be ofample diameter to pass the pipe and its insulation, if any, and to permit such expansion as may occur. Sleeves shall be of sufficient length to be flush at the walls and the bottom of the slabs and to project 2 inches above the finished floar surface. Threaded nipples shall not be used as sleeves. B. Sleeves in exterior walls below ground or in walls to have liquids an one or both sides shall have a 2-inch annular fin of 1/4-inch plate welded with a continuous weld completely around the sleeve at about mid-length. Sleeves shall be galvanized after the fins are attached. C. All sleeves shall be set accurately before the cancrete is placed or shall be built-in accurately as the masonry is being built. 1.24 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Contractor shall ar-range for a quali�ed service representative from each company manufacturing or supplying certain equipment as listed in this Section (or in the respective Technical SpECi�cation Sections) to perform the duties herein described. B. After the listed equipment has been installed and the equipment is presumably ready for aperation, but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include, but not be limited to, the following points as applicable: FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 O1b00-13 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1. Soundness (without cracked, abraded, or otherwise damaged parts). 2. Completeness in all details, as specified. 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement ofvarious parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants. C. The operation, testin�, and adjustment sl�all be as required to prove that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditians specified. D. On completion of his or her work, the manufacturer's or supplier's representative shall submit in triplicate to the Engineer a complete, signed report of the result of the inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustment made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. E. After the Engineer has reviewed the reports from the manufacturer's representatives, the Contractor shall make arrangements to have the manufacturer's representatives present when the field acceptance tests are made. F. The Contractor, at a rninimum, shall arrange for the service of qualified service representatives from the companies manuFacturing or supplying the following equipment and as required in the Technical Specifcations: PART 2 PART 3 1. Submersible Pumps 2. Ultrasonic Level Sensor PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) I�I�I�I�7�.9x��[�LI FOR BIDDING 01600-14 MATER]ALS AND FQUIPMENT 03720-U33-U2 ' 1 1 1 � ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' SECTION 01650 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING �'ART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE �F WORK A. This Section specifies the general requirements for the delivery, handling, storage, and pratection of all iterns required in the constructian of the work. Specific requirements, if any, are specified with the related itern. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) l .03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUFNCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, S'�'ORAGE, AND HANDLING The Contractor shall also do the following: A : C. 0 L FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Transport and handle items in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Schedule delivery to reduce long-term onsite storage before installation and/or operation. Under no circumstances shall equipment be delivered to the site more than 1 month before installation without written authorixation frorn the Engineer. Coordinate delivery with instal(ation to ensure mitaimum holding time for items that are hazardous, flammable, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed containers or other packing systems, complete with instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Unload and place all items delivered to the site in a rnanner which will not hamper normal construction operation nor that of subcontractors and other contractors and will not interfere with the flow of necessary traffic. 01650.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, ANI) FIANI)LING F 1 ' Provide necessary equipment and personnel to unload all items delivered to the ' site. G. Prornptly inspect shipment to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and items are undamaged. Inspect items furt�ished by others (i.e., Owner, other Contractors in the presence of the Engineer). Notify the Engineer verbally, and in writing, of any problems. H. The Contractar shall store and protect products in accordance with the rnanufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Follow storage instructions, review them with the �,ngineer, and keep a written record of this. Arrange storage to permit access for inspection. ' 1 ' 1 I. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Pr�vent mixing with foreign matter. ' J. Store cement and lime under a roof and ofi the ground and keep it completely dry at all times. All structural, miscellaneous, and reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground or otherwise to prevent accumulations of dirt ar grease and in a pasition to prevent accumulations of standing water artd to minimize rusting. Beams shall be stored with the webs vertical. Precast concrete shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations of dirt, standing water, staining, chipping, or cracking. Handle and store brick, block, and sirrxilar masonry products in a manner to keep breaking, cracking, and spilling to a minimum. K. All mechanical and electrical equipment and instruments subject to corrosive damage by the atmosphere if stored outdoors (even though cavered by canvas) in a weathertight huilding t� Prevent damage. The huilding m�y be a temporary structure on the site or elsewhere, but it must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The building shall be provided with adequate ventilation to prevent condensation. The Cantractor shall ensure that temperature and humidity are rnaintained within the range required by the rnanufacturer. FOR BIDDING U3720-U33-02 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1. All e�uiprnent shall be stored fully lubricated with oil, grease, and other lubricants unless otherwise instructed by the manufacturer. ' 2. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum of once weekly to ensure proper lubrication and to avoid metal-to-metal "welding." Upon installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall start the equipment, at least at half load, once weekly for an adequate period to ensure that the equipment does not deteriorate frona lack of use. � 1650-2 DELIV�RY, STORAG�, AND HANDLING ' 1 , ' 1 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 3_ Lubricants shall be changed when installation is complete and as frequently as required thereafter during the period between installatian and acceptance. The Contractor shall put new lubricants into the equipment at the time of acceptance. 4. Before accepting equipment that has been stored for some time, the Contractor shall have the manufacturer inspect th� equipment and certify that its condition has not been detrimentally affected by the long storage period. Such certifications by the manufacturer shall be deemed to mean that the equipment is judged by the manufacturer to be in a condition eyual to that of eyuipment that has been shipped, installed, tested, and accepted in a minimum time period. As such, the manufacturer will guarantee the equipment equally in both instances. If such a certification is . not given, the eyuipment shall be judged to be defective. It shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.09 QUALiF1CATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PA.RT 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) FOR BIDDiNG 03720-033-02 END OF SECTiON 01650.3 UL•LIVERY, STORAG�, AND HANDLING 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 SECTION 01730 CUTTING, CO.RING, AND PATCHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractar shall provide all cutting, coring, fitting, and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete the Wark or to accomplish the following: A. Make lhe Work's several parts fit together properly. B. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-Cimed work. C � Remove and replace defective work. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Subcontract Documents. E. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. F. Provide rautine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Section Ol 100, Summary of Work. Section 02220, Demolition and Modifications. Section 03100, Concrete Farmwark. Section 03150, Modifications and Repair to Concrete_ Section 03200, Cancrete Reinforcement. Section 03250, Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. Section 03350, Concrete Finishes. Section 03600, Graut. 1.03 SUBMiTTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. B. The Contractor shall submit a written request well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration which affects the following: FQR B1DDING 03�20.033-02 01730-1 CUTTING, CORING, AND PATCHiNG 1. Work of the Owner or any other Cantractor. 2. Structural value or inte�rity of any eleznent of th� Project. 3. The integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements or systems. 4. The efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operationa1 elements_ 5. Visual qualities of elements exposed to view. C. The written request shall include the following: 1. Identifcation oithe Project. 2. Description of affected Work. 3. The necessity for cutting, altering, or excavating. 4. The effect on the work of Owner or any other Contractor or on the structural or weatherproof integrity of the Project. 5. Description af proposed Work: a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteratian, or excavation. b. Trades which will execute the Work. c. Products praposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 7. Cost proposal, when applicable. $. Written permission of any other Contractor whase work will be affected. D. The Contractor shall submit written notice to the En�ineer designating the date and the time the Work will be uncovered. ]..04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) POR B1T)pING 01730-2 CU'f l'1NG, CORING, AND PATCHING 03720-033-02 ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STQRAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT US.ED) 1.09 QUALiFICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete and grout for rough patching shall be as specified in Sections 03100 through 03600, Concrete. B. Materials for finish patching shall be equal to those of adjacent construction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION 1:1 1:3 The Contractor shall inspect existing conditions of project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering Work, the Contractor shall inspect conditians affecting installation of praducts or perfarmance of the Work. C. The Contractor shall report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Engineer in writing and shall not proceed with work until the Engineer has provided further instructions. D. All cutting and coring shall be performed in such a manner as to limit the extent of patching. E. All holes cut through concrete and masonry walls, slabs, or arches shall be core- drilled unless otherwise approved. No structural members shall be cut without approval of the Engineer, and all such cutting shall be done in a manner directed by the Engineer. No holes may be drilled in beams or other structural members without obtaining prior approval. All work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in this type of work. F. If holes are cored through floor slabs, they shall be drilled fram below. �'dR F3IDDING 03720-033-02 01730-3 CUTTING, CORING, AND PA7"CHING G. Rough patching shall be such as to bring the cut or cored areas flush with existing construction unless otherwise shown. Finish patching shall match existing surfaces as approved. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to ensure the structural value or integrity of the affected portion of the Work. S. l�rovide devices and methads to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide protection irom elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work and maintain excavations free irom water. D. Perform coring with an approved non-impact rotary tools with diarr�ond core drills. The size of the holes shall be suitable for pipe, conduit, sleeves, and equipment or mechanical seals to be installed. E. Ensure that all equipment conforms to OSHA standards and speci�cations pertaining to plugs, noise and fume pollution, wiring, and maintenance. F. Provide protection for existing equipment, utilities, and critical areas against waCer ar other damage cause by drilling aperation. G. Following drilling, vacuum or otherwise remove from the area all slurry or tailings resulting from coring operations. 3.03 PERFORMANCE I_1 I:? C. I�a FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Execute cutting and demolition by methads that will prevent damage to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installatiot� of repairs. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or darnage to other work. Employ the original installer or fabricator ta perforna cutting and patching for the following: 1. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, talerances, and finishes. D1730-4 CUTTINC, CORING, AND PATCHING , 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 E. Aerfortn cutting with a concrete wall saw and diamond saw blad�s of proper size. F. Provide for control of slurry generated by sawing operation on both sides of wall. G. When cutting a reinforced concrete wall, perform the cutting so as not to damage the bond between the concrete and reinforcing steel left in struccure. Make the cut so that steel neither protrudes nor is recess�d from the face of the cut. H. Install adequate bracing of the area to be cut before cutting starts. Check the area during sawing operation for partial cracking and provide additional bracing as required to prevent a partial release ofthe cut area during sawing operations. I. Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel. J. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Subcontract Documents. K L �'it wark airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Refinish entire surfac�s as necessary to pravide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: 1. For continuous surfaces, refnish to the nearest intersection. 2. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. M. Provide for Proper Pavement Restaratian: The Contractor shall restore existing paving, including under drains if any are encountered and braken into, and shall replace or rebuild the paving using the same type of construction as was in the original. The Contractor shall be responsible far restoring all such wark, includitag subgrade and base courses where present. The Contractor shall obtain and bear the expense of such local ar other governmental permits as may be necessary. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-U2 END OF SECTION 01730-5 CU7-fING, CORING, AND PATCHiNG SECTION 01740 FINAL CLEANING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall execute cleaning during progress of the Work and at the campletion of the Work as required by this Section. 1.02 RELATED WQRK (NOT U SEll) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1..04 WORK SEQLTENCE (NOT USED) ] .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1_Q$ DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICAT�ONS (NOT USED) 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS A. Cleaning and disposal operations shall comply with cades, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws. PART2 PRODUCTS A. The Contractor shall do the following: 0 2 3 Use anly those cleaning materials which will nat create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces, Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by the cleaning material manufacturer. FOR BIDDING 0174a1 FINAL CLGANING D3720-033-02 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PERIODIC CLEANX.NG A. The Contractor shall do the following: 1. Execute periodic c1eaning to keep the work, the site, and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and windblown debris. 2. Provide onsite containers for the collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 3. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal areas away from the site. 3.02 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall do the following: l 2 Clean interior spaces before the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is finished. Schedule operatians so that dust and ather contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly coated surfaces. 3.03 FINAL CLEANING A. The Contractor shall do the following: 1. Employ skilled workers for final cleaning_ FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 2. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign tnaterials from interior and exterior surfaces e�posed to view. 3. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of the grounds. 4. Before final completion or Owner occupancy, inspect interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view and all work areas to verify that the entire Work is clean. END �F SECTION 01740-2 FINAL CLEANING � � 1 ' ' 1 1 1 � , ' 1 � ' , ' � , 1 SECTiON 01755 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP 17�.71 �tel �I�I �1.7_\ 11 1.O1 SC�PE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide a competent feld services technician of the manufacturers of all equipment furnished under Supplemental Technical Specification Divisions 11, 13, 15, and 16 to supervise installation, adjustment, initial operation and testing, performance testing, fnal acceptance testing, and startup af the equipment. B. The Contractor shall perform specified equipment field performance tests, tinal acceptance tests, and startup services. 1.02 RELATED W�RK A. Section p1830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Divisions 11, 13, 15, and 16 of the Supplemental Technical Speci�cations, performance and acceptance testing and startup requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance �vith Section 01330, Subrnittals and Acceptance: A. Submit name, address, and resume of proposed field services technicians at least 30 days in advance of the need for such services. S. Submit for review detailed testing procedures for shop tests, field performance tests, and final acceptance tests as specified in the various equipment Specifcation Sectians. Test procedures shall be submitted at least 30 days in advance of the proposed test dates and shall include at least the following infornaation: " l 2. � FOR B1D�ING�A9°6-Sal�mitt;� 03720-033-02 Name of equipment to be tested, including reference to Specification Section number and title. Testing schedule of proposed dates and times for testing. 01755-1 EQUIPMFN'f'TES�'ING AN[) S I'ARTUP �� 4. Summary of power, lighting, chemical, water, sludge, gas, etc., needs and identification oiwho will provide them. An outline of speci�c assignments ofthe responsibilities afthe Contractor and manufacturers' factory representatives or field service personnel. 5. Detailed description of step-by-step testing requirements, with reference to appropriate standardized testing procedures and laboratory analyses by established technical organizations (e.g., ASTM, WPCF Standard Methods, etc.). � � , � ' 1 6. Sarnples of forms to be used to collect and record test data and to present tabulated test results. ' C. Subtnit copies o� test reports upon completion of specified shop, performance, and acceptance tests. Test reports shall incorporate the infarmation provided in the test procedures submitCals, modified to r�flect the actual conducting of the tests and the followin� additional information: Copies of all test data sheets and results of lab analyses. ' � 2. Summary co.nnparisan of specified test and performance requirements vs. ' actual test results. 3. Should actual test results fail to meet specified test and performance requirements, a description of actions to be taken before re-testing equipment. D. Submit copies of the manufacturer's field service technician's report summarizing the results of the initial inspection, operation, adjustment, and pre-tests. The report shall include detailed descriptians and tabulations of the points inspected, tests and adjustments znade, quantitative results obtained, suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance, and the equipmetat supplier's Certificate of Installation in the format specifed in this Section. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (N�T USE:D) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Sectiort shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. I FOR BIDDING�nnoi c�.�,.,,:.�ni 01755-2 EQl11PMENT TE$T1NG AND STAATUP u3720-1133-02 1 � 1 � i ' � � � � � ' ' ' ' 1 � � 1 A. American Water Works Association (AWWA) l. AWWA C653---Disinfection for Water Treatment Plants. I.� � American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Water Pollution Control Federation (WPCF) D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field service technicians shall be competent and experienced in the proper installation, adjustment, operation, testing, and startup of the equipment and systems being installed. B. Manufacturers' sales and marketing personnel will not be accepted as �eld service technicians. 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) I.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTIQN 3_�1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS A. After the equiprnent has been installed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation but before it is operated by others, thE manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the eyuipment. The inspectidn shall include at least the following points where applicable: f] 2 3 � FOR B]DD1NGa-9A°5-Set�ra+t� 03720-033-02 Soundness (without cracks or otherwise damaged parts). Completeness in all details, as specified and required. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of variaus parts. 01755-3 EQUIPMEN7"1'ES'rING AND STARTUP 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants. B. The operation, testing, and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions speci�ed. C. Upon cornpletion o� this wark, the manufacturer's field service technician shall submit a signed report of the results of his/her inspection, operation, adjustmerats, and tests. 3.02 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS A. Shop tests or �actory tests may be witnessed by the Owner and/or the Owner's representatives, as required by the various equipment specifications. B. Field performance and acceptance tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner, the Owner's desigraated personnel, and/or the Owner's representatives. 3.03 STARTUP AND ACCEP"['ANCE OF THE PUMP SYSTEM A. General Requirements 1 � 3. Successfully execute the step-by-step procedure af startup and performance demanstration specified in this Section. The startup and perfarmance demonstration shall be successfully executed before Substantial Completion and acceptance by the Owner of the pump system. All performance tests and inspections shall be scheduled at least 5 working days in advance or as otherwise specified with the Owner and the Engineer. All performance tests and inspections shall be conducted during Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified. B. Preparation for StarCup 1. All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be checked to ensure that it is in good working order and properly connected. Preliminary run-ins of the pumps shall be made. 2. The Contractor shall perfornn al1 other tasks needed for preparing and conditioning the treatment facilities for proper operation. � FOR BIDDINC�k�S� 01755-4 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND S'rARTUP 0372U-033-U2 1 � � � � 1 � � � ' ' LJ � � 1 ' � C. 3. No testing shall be conducted or equipment operated until the Engineer has verified that all specified safety equipment has b�en installed and is in good working order. 4. Na testing shall be conducted or equipment operated until the Engineer has verified that all lubricants, toals, maintenance equipment, spare parts, and approved equipment operation and maintenance manuals have been furnished as specified. Facilities Startup 1. The startup period shall not begin until all new equipm�nt has been tested as specified and is ready for operation. The Owner shall receive spare parts, safety equipment, tools and maintenance equipment, lubricants, approved aperation and maintenance data, and the specified operation and maintenance instructions befare the startup with waste water. All valves shall be tagged before this startup. 2. Pump station testing shall accur during connection of the existing 48-inch pipe to the new pump station when bypass pumping will be required. At the time that the bypass system is installed and in operation, the existing screw pump station and filter feed pump station shall be taken offline. The new MCC shall then be connected to existing power sa that the new pump station can be placed into operation for testing and service. 3. The Contractor shall provide water for initial testing of the pumps while the junction box and 48-inch pipe connection are being constructed. The Contractor shall provide a valved filling line tapped ofF of the bypass line to �II the wetwell for initial testing of the pumps to verify capacity and ensure aperability. The Contractor shall demonstrate automatic pump alteration and also demonstrate the float back-up system. 4. After completion af the junction box construction and connection of the 48-inch pipe, the Contractor shall demonstrate 5 consecutive 24-hour days of successful operation of the facility in fully automatic mode before be�inning demolitian work and as a prerequisite of Substantial Completion and Acceptance. The pumps shall turn on and off and ramp up and down to maintain a constant level in the wetwell as described in Section 11535. Demolition of the existing wetwell and screw pump station shall not begin until the new pump station is accepted by the Owner. ' I�ORBIUDING�nnoi e�.�....:».,i 03720-033-02 ' 01755-5 6QUINMt;NT'I'ES'i'ING ANb S'1'AR'TUN S. If the facility fails to demonstrate satisfactory performance on C�ae �rst or any subsequent attempt, the Contractor shall make all necessary alterations, adjustments, repairs, and replacements. When the facility is again ready for operation, it shall be brought online and a new test shall be started. Tl�is procedure shall be repeated as often as necessary until the facility has operated continuously to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer for the speci�ed duration. 6. The Owner will furnish all operating personnel (other than vendors' or subcont�actors' service personnel) needed to operate equipment during the fnal test period; however, these personnel will perform their duties under the ConCractor's direct supervision. Until performance tests are completed and units and systems are accepted by the Owner as substantially complete, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for the operation and maintenance of all new faciHties. 7. The Owner will provide all necessary chemicals and electricity. Hawever, the Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel of the various constructian trades, i.e., electricians, plumbers, etc., and feld service personnel of the majar equipment suppliers on an 8-hour-per-day basis at the facilities and on a 24-hour-per-day basis locally durin� the startup period. Major equipment suppliers shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Telemetry, Instrumentation, and Contral Equipment. b. All Pumping Equipment. 8. At no time during startup shall the Contractor allow the facility to be aperated in a manner that subjects equipment to conditions that are mor� severe than the rnaximurn allowable operating conditions for which the equipment was designed. END OF SECTION I FOR R1DDING'nnoi c�.�....:«.,� 01755-6 FQUIPMF,.N"f "fF,.SI�ING ANI� STARTUP 03720-033-02 1 � � � � � � � � � , 1 � � , 1 � 1 , 1 i � ' � r � ' � � � , , � � � ' � ' sEC�r�oN o � ��o PROJECT CLOSEDUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK (NOT USED) 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section III, General Conditions. II. Section IV, Technical Specifcations. C. Section 01000, Proj�ct Reyuirements. D. Section 01740, Final Cleaning. E. Section 01785, Record Documents. F. Section 0183p, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. ]..03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1..05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.0$ DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT IJSED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When the Contractor considers that the Work or designated portion of the Work is Substantially Complete, the Contractor shall submit written notice to the Engineer with a list of items to be completed or corrected. B. If the Engineer's inspection fnds that the Work is not substantially complete, the Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies. � FOA BIDDWG 03720 033-02 The Contractor shall remedy defciencies and send a second written notice of Substantial Completian. 01770-1 PROJkCI' CLOSEOUT D. When the Engineer fnds the Work is Substantially Cotnplete the Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.11 FINAL COMPLETION A. When the Contractor considers that tlne Work or designated period of the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit written certification to the Engineer indicating the fallowirtg: 1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. The Work has been inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. The Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and deficiencies listed with Certi�cates of Substantial Completion have been corrected. 4. The Work is cor�plete and ready for final inspection. 5. All required shop drawings, catalog cuts, rnaintenance manuals, instruction manuals, test reports, samples, operational manuals, and all other submittals have been submitted and reviewed by the Engineer. 6. All deliverables have been delivered or placed as accepted by the Engineer. S. Xf the Engineer's inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete, the Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing listing observed deficiencies. C. The Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second certification of Final Completion. D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is complete, the Engineer will consider closeout submittals. 1.12 REINSPECTION FEES A. lf the status of Completion of Work requires more than one re-inspectian by the Engineer due to failure of the Work to comply with the Contractor's claims on initial inspection, the Owner will deduct from the final payrnent to the Contractor the arnount of the Engineer's compensation for additional re-inspection services. FOR BIDDING 01770-2 PKOJEC'I CLOSEOUT 03720-033-02 1 � � � � ' � 1 � � � , � � , � 1 � 1 1.13 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of Compliance with Requirements of Governing Authorities: 1. Certificate af Occupancy. 2. All required Certificates of lnspection. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Under provisions of Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. Record Documents: Under provisions of Sectiort 017$5, Record Documents. D. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: Jn accordance with Conditions of the Contract. E. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 1.14 STATEMENT OF ADJUSTMENT QF ACC�UNTS A. Submit final statement reflecting adjustments to total Contract Price, indicating the following: 1. Original total Contract Frice. 2. Previous change orders. 3. Changes under allowances. 4. Changes under unit prices. 5. Deductions far uncorrected Work. b. Penalties and bonuses. 7. Deductions for liquidated damages. $. Deductions far re-inspection fees. 9. Other adjustments to total Contract Price. 10. Total Contract Price as adjusted. l 1. Frevious payments. 12. Sum remaining due. B. The Engineer will issue a fnal Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the total Contract Price not previously made by change orders. 1.15 APA:L.[CATION FOR F1NAL PAYMENT Submit application for final payment in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. FOR BIPUING 01770-3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 03720-033-02 PART 2 �'RODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION FOK BIDDING 01770-4 PRO.lECT CLOSEOUT 03720-033-02 � � � � � � 1 i ' � � � r � � � ' � � SECTION 01780 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART1 GENERAL I.O1 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall do the following: A. Compile speci�ed warranties and bonds. B. Co-execute submittals when so specified. C. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. D. Submit submittals ta the Engineer far review. i � � y� : � � w_� � � � � �. �� : � :� A. Section III, General Conditions. S. Section lV, Technical Speci�cations. C. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. �- C. FOR BIDDING 03�20-033-02 Assemble warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. Number of original signed copies required: two (2) each. Table of Cantents: Neatly typed, in sequence of the Specifications. Provide completion informatian for each item as fallows: 1. Froduct or work item. 2. Firm, address, telephone, fax and E-mail number, and name of principal. 3. Scape. 4. Date of beginning af warranty, bond, or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond, or service and maintenance contract. 01780-1 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.04 1.OS 1.06 6 7 Provide inforrnation for Owner's personnel: a. b. Proper pracedure in case of failure. Instances that might affect the validity of warranty or bond. Contractor, with address, telephone, faxes and E-mail nuXnbers, and the name ofresponsible principal. D. Submittal af warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts shall be included in submittals for review and before Final Completion with actual dates included. E. The Contractor's obligation to correct defective or nonconforming Work shall run for a period of 1 year (or such longer period of time as may otherwise be specificd in the Contract Documents) beginning from the date Substantial Completion is achieved. WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with Section III, General Conditions, and this Specification. S. All mechanical and electrical equipment together with devices of whatever nature and all components which are fi�rnished and/or installed ry the Contrac.tor shall be guaranteed. C. The guarantee shall be a�ainst the manufacturing and/or design inadequacies, materials, and workmanship not in conformity, improper asseznbly, hidden darnage, failure of devices and/or components, excessive leakage, or other circumstances which would cause the equipment to fail under normal design and/or specific operating conditions for a period of 1 y�ar or such longer period as may be shown and/or speci�ed frorxa and after the date of Substantial Completion. D. The Contractor shall replace and install each piece of equipment, device, or component which shall fail within the above specified term of the guarantee with reasonable promptness without increase in the Contract Price. If the Contractor fails to provide timely repairs as specified in this Sectian, the Owner shall issue a claim against the Contractor's Bond. ln some instances, if approved by the Owner, the Contractor may be allowed to repair the equipment. roK sir�pirvG 03720-033-02 01780-2 WARRANTIF..S AND BOND$ C� � 1 � �� 1 � 1 � � � � � � I J4 � , , , ' � � ' 1 � � , 1 � � , ' 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIQNS (NQT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) � FUR BIDUING 03720-033-02 � END OF SECTIQN 01780-3 WARRANTIE:S ANI,) BONDS ' ' � 1 � ' � � ' 1 ' 1 1 � � � � r 1 SECTION O 1 �$5 RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section details the minimum requirements for the Contractor for maintenance and recording of Record Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01000, Project Requirements. f�IX�.Y�1:3 u I 1111I:\ If.9 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. The Contractor shall store documents and samples in the Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction and shall do the following: l. Provide �les and racks for storage of documents. 2. Frovide cabinet or secure storage space for storage o�'samples. B. The Contractor shall institute a computerized record control pragram. C'. The C"�ntract�r shall make d�cuments and samPles availahle at all times for inspection by the Engineer. I�J E FUA BIDDING 03720-033-02 At Contract closeout, the Contractor shall transmit Recard Documents and samples with cover letter to the Engineer, listing the following: l. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and addresses 4. Number and title of each Record Dacurnent 5. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative 6. Contract Section and Subsection numbers 7. Location Befare assembling and submitting records, the Contractor shall review for completeness the records maintained by its subcontractors. 01785-I RECORD DOCUMENTS F. Tracings of all Construction DocumenCs and Shop Drawings made by the Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers of materials or equipment shall be corrected to show the Work as actually completed or installed. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) , 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) l .09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USE.D) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD A. The Contractor shall label and file Record Documents and samples in accordance with the corresponding Specif.rcation Section number. Each docurnent shall be labeled "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. Record Documents shall be maintained in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Record dacuments shall not be used for construction purposes. 3.02 RECORDING The Contractor shall Xecord construction information as follows: n I.� C. � Record and update daily Record information from field notes on a set of opaque drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. �rovide felt tip marking pens, maintaining sEparate colors for each major system, for recording information. Record information concurrently (daily) with construction progress. Work shall not be concealed until required information is recorded. CAD Requirements for Record Drawings: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a cornplete set of .Rec�rd Drawings in the latest version of AutoCAD fonnat FOR BIDDING 01785-2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 03720-033-02 1 � upon completion of the Work. No additional cornpensation will be allowed for the � Contractor to provide the Record Drawings. The Contractor shall use the AutoCAD drawings furnished by the Engineer for this purpose. Record Drawings must be � submitted in the AutoCAD format of the contract drawings. No other CAD software or format will be accepted. It is Contractor's sole responsibility to ensure that the Record Drawmgs confarm to the following CAD requ�rements: � ' � ' � 1 �J ' 1 � ' , 1 � ' Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer on CD-ROM. Each CD shall be clearly labeled with the appropriate project number, client name, date, and file names included on each CD. If files are compressed, a description of the compression soflware must be included alor►g with a copy of the appropriate uncompressing software. 2. All changes to drawings must be done in accordance with the appropriate scale of the drawing revised and shall be delineated by placing a"claud" around the areas revised and adding a revision triangle indicating the appropriate revisian number. 3. Each drawing must have the revision block completed to indicate the revision number, date, and initials ofthe person revising the drawing. The description ofthe revision must say "Record Drawing." This procedure must be followed for every drawing even when no changes are made to the drawing. 4. All revisions to drawings must be put on separate layers with the layer names prefixed "Record" followed by the appropriate existing layer name. The colors and line types of the appropriate existing layers shall be adhered to when creating new layers. 5. The Cantractar shall supply one full set of Record brawings on reproducible black line prints and five full sets of opaque copies. E. Mark As-Suilt Drawings to reflect the following: 2 3 4 S FQR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Measured harizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. Field changes of dimension and detail. Changes made by modifications. Details not on original construction drawings. 01785-3 RECORD DpCI]MENTS F. Specifications and Addenda—The Contractar shall legibly mark each Section to record the following: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog nutnber, and supplier of each product and item af equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Change Order. G. The Contractor shall have the L,icensed Land Surveyor certify the Record Drawings as being correct and complete. END O�' SECTION FOR BIDDING 01785-4 RECORD DOCUMCNTS 03720-033-02 1 1 1 ' CJ 1 ' SECTION 01815 MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOFE O�' WORK A. The existing advanced pallutian control facilities will b� maintained in continuous operation by the Owner at all times during the entire constructian periad. The Cantractor shall schedule and conduct his work such that it will not impede any treatment process, create potential hazards to operating equipment and/or personnel, reduce the quality of the plant effluent, ar cause odar or other nuisance. B. The Contractor shall schedule his operations to conform to the requirements 1 specified herein and shall include in his construction schedule all events which will impact operation of the existing treatment facilities. LJ � �.J LJ ' i C. The Owner will cantinue to operate the treatment facilities during the construction period and will be responsible for maintaining effluent quality. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the Owner, coordinate the construction schedule with the Owner and Engineer, and provida the necessary labor, equipment, and materials to prevent interruption to flow and treatment. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to modify or expand the schedule during construction to meet prevailing conditions. D. The Contractor shall not make any alterations to affect operation of the treatment facility without giving rivo weeks prior written notice to the Owner and Engineer requesting authorization to proceed. Except as noted herein, the Owner will perform all operation of existing valves or equipment. E. Operation of valves or equipment by the Owner may be limited on specific occasions because ofprocess limitations or unavailability ofpersonnel. Delays caused by such limitations shall be expected and shall not be the basis for claim ofextra costs by the Contractor. � F. The work specified in this Sectian shall be accomplished at such times that will be convenient to the Owner. Night work or overtime work by the Contractor to conform to these requirements shall be considered as normal procedure under this Contract, 1 and the Contractor shall make no claim for extra compensation as a result of this night work ar overtime work. ' G. � FOR BIDDING 03720-033-U2 1 To maintain continuous treatment facilities operation during construction a phased removal and construction sequence shall be required. Specific constraints are 01 S15-I MAINTENANCE OF PLANT pPFRATION ANll SL•:(lU�NC'k: UN (:UNSI KU[:1 IUN H. outlined in this Section. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed sequence of construction to complete the work while maintaining plant operatian. The Contractor shall furnish all temporary materials and equiprnent, such as flow diversiora, bypass pumping, temporary power, etc., that may be required to complete the work of this Contract. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance, for construction schedule. Section 02220, Demolition and Modifications. Section 02900, Temporary Bypass Pumping Systems f�lle�Y�1:3uI��:�1I.7 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accardance with Section 01330, Subrnittals and Acceptance: A. Submit a complete description of procedures to maintain plant operation ta supplement the construction scbedule developed. The description shall include step- by-step procedures, required duration, and specifc procedures required to be performed by the Owner's personnel. B. Subrnit complete plans of temporary systems required as part of this contract to maintain plant operations. The plans sha11 clearly delineate the intended location of these items, basis of design, and the Contractor's proposed method for phasing from existing to temporary to completed facilities. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.06 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.07 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) l .08 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION ��llte7�l�l�lc7_\� FUR B1Dp1NG 01815-2 MAiIVl'k:NANCE OF ALANT OPERATION 03720-033-02 AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION � � A. � 1 ' 1 ' 1 � 1 1 1 1 � ' ' ' , FOR BI DD1NG U3/10-U33-U1 1 The following constraints shall be appli�d to all equipment, treatment units, and appurtenances and utility systems on the plant site. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Vehicular access for the Owner's personnel to the plant site and to all operating treatment units shall be maintained at all times. Plant operating personnel shall have access to all areas that remain in operation. Potable water supply to the plant shall remain operational at all times_ 5anitary facilities shall remain operational at all times. Electric power and lighting service shall be uninterrupted. 6. If underground piping or utilities nat shawn on the Drawings are encountered, such piping or utilities shall not be disturbed without prior approval of the Engineer and Owner. 7. Before making a change in existing piping, electrical, or control systems, the Contractor shall inform the Owner and Engineer of such change and assist in instructing operations and maintenance personnel in any new operating procedures. 8. Portions of some pipelines must remain in service while alterations are being made on other portions. Piping systems that must rerraain in service shall be isolated by placing blind flanges, plugs, or caps on all open ends. 9. Flow to and through the treatment plant shall not be interrupted. 10. Before shutting down a piece of equipment to allow for rebuilding or re- piping, the Contractor shall have on hand all materials required to reconstruct the piping system in its new arrangement. 11. All temporary facilities pravided by the Contractor must be demonstrated to be operational to the satisfaction ofthe Engineer before any existing systems can be removed from use. The temporary facilities are critical to the operation of the wastewater treatment facilities. Availability of these facilities must be maintained at all times. The Contractor must respond to requests from the Engineer and Owner for repair and maintenance immediately (7 days per week, 24 hours per day, including holidays). lf the Contractor fails to immediately respond to request for repair and maintenance, such repair and maintenance may be performed by the Owner. 01815-3 MAINTENANCL• OF PLANT OPERATION ANU SI:QUtiNC't: UF CUN511(UC 11(1N All costs associated with such repair and maintenance performed by the Owner shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. ] 2. The existing screw pump station and existing subnnersible �lter feed pump station shall remain in operation during construction and conversion of the existing reclaixned water wetwell into the new �Iter feed pump station and the Contractor shall maintain the bypass system in standby until the pump system is tested and accepted by the Owner. Bypass pumping/flow diversian will be required when connecting the existing 48-inch concrete pipe and new 4$-inch ductile iron pipe to the new filter feed pump station. The bypass system shall be capable of pumping the plant's current flows as follows: • Minirnurn Day — 2 MGD • Average Day — 5 MGD • Maximum Day — I 0 MGD • Feak Hour — 20 MGD The Contractor shall veriiy the flow range with the Engineer and Owner before designi,ng the bypass system. The work shall be completed to minimize bypass time. The Contractor shall submit a bypass plan to the Owner and Engineer for review and approval. 13. The new construction shall occur before demolitian of the existing screw pump station and the existing filter feed pump station in order to minimize the need for bypass pumping. Demolition activities shall not commence until start-up and acceptance of the new filter feed pump station. 14. The connection ofthe new MCC to the existing electrical service at MCC-6 shall occur at night during the minimum flow period. The Contractor shall supply temporary power the chemical feed system and other critical camponents powered by the existing MCC-6 for the duration required to make the electrical connections. The Contractor shall coardinate this work closely with the Owner and Engineer. 15. The Contractor shall be responsible to operate and maintain all temporary systems during construction. � 16. Sefore taking any channel or pipe out of service, all temporary systerns shal l be installed and operatianal, a11 flow diversion valves shall be checked and ' operable, and the apprapriate flow channel shall be cleaned. 17 The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer and Owner before taking any channels or pipes out of service. FOR BIDbING 01815� MAiNTENANCE OF PLANT OPEAATION 03720-033-02 AND SEQUENC� OP CONSTRUC'I'IUN , � ' 1 ' ' , i 1 � , 1 ' ' � 1 � 1 ' � r r FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 18. The following equipment and systems shall be available at all times or as noted below: a. L� The existing filter fEed pump station shall remain in operation until the new filter feed pump station is complete, tested and in operation. The existing screw pump station shall remain in operation until the new filter feed pump station is complete, tested and in operation. END OF SECTION 01815-5 MAINTL'NANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SF.QUENCE OF CONSTRUCTIUN 1 � 1 1 ' � 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' , 1 SECTION 01820 TRAINTNG AART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall do the following: A. Instruct and train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance af the equipment and systems supplied and/or installed under this Contract. B. Incorporate operation and maintenance data and training services furnished by the suppliers into the training program such as shap drawings, equipment manuals, and start-up engineering and training assistance. C. Ensure that system suppliers provide a qualified training instructar to help the Contractor train the Owner's employees in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems. D. Prepare instructors and training materials required for complete factory, field, classroom, and harads-on training. E. Furnish training videos and manuals during the training pro�ram. F. Include in the total Contract Price the cost for training equipment; preparing training manuals; conducting classroom instructions; performing field, factary, and hands-on training; and coordinating and incorporating training service provided by suppliers and all other activities required to pravide a comprehensive training program of sufficient length, as determined by the Owner. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section ]II, General Conditions. B. Section 01400, Project Requirements. C. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment_ D. Section Ol 830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) FQR BI�DING 037Z0-033-OZ Ol 820-I TRAINING 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. All factory training programs, if required, shall be completed before start-up of the Owner's system and shall use equipment similar to the Owner's equipment. S. The field training programs shall be conducted in accordance witk� the approved schedule. C. Individuals requiring training shall be trained in small groups during Mondays through Fridays. The Cantractor will normally provide training during the 8-hour day shift. D. The }�ands-on training shall be conducted with a maximum of 10 students per instructor. E. The Contractor sha11 coordinate and submit a training schedule to the Engineer 30 days before the first training event. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE I:� 1:3 C Preparation of training materials and instructions to be provided shall be performed by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in operation and maintenance o� equipment arad systems installed under this Contract. 2. Familiar with the training requirements of the (7wner. The Contractor shall furnish r�sumes, including three outside references, for each instructor to be used in the training program. The Engineer and Owner may review the resumes. Based on the review of the resum�s and contacts with references, the Engineer shall approve, request additional information, or reject proposed instructors for the training program. lf a proposed instructor is rejected, tbe Contractor shall submit the r�sum� and references of another candidate within a reasonable time. 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) I'OA SIDDING U1820-2 TKAINING 03720-033-02 ' ' ' 1 � 1 ' , ' ' 1 1 , � , � 1 1 ' 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TRAINING PLAN A I:� At the completion af the Work, the Contractor shall provide a competent and experienced person thoroughly familiar with the Work far one 8-hour day to instruct permanent operating personnel in the operation of equipment and control systems. At least 30 days before training, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed training plan including the following: 1. Title and abjectives. 2. Training schedule. 3. Prerequisite training and experience af attendees. 4 5 Recommended types of attendees (e.g., managers, engineers, operators, maintenance staf�. Course description and outline of course content. b. Duration. 7. Location (e.g., training center or site). 8. Format (e.g., lecture, self-study, demonstration, hands-on). 9. lnstruction materials and equipment requirements. 1.11 FORM OF TRAINING MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare training packages in the form of an instruction manual for use by tlae Owner's personnel. At least 30 days before the training, the Contractor shall submit the training packages to the Engineer for acceptance. B. Format r. 2. 3. FOR Hll)DING 03720-033-02 Size: 8 1/2 x 11 inch (21.59 x 27.94 cm). Paper: 20-1b (9.072 kg) minimum, white, for typed pages. Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly word processed including the following: 01820-3 TRAINING a. Table of contents. b. Pretest. c. Learn,ing objectives. d. General operations, theory, and specific equipment information. 4. Drawings a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages, not larger than l 1 x l, 7 inch (27.94 x 43.18 cm). 5. Cover: Identify each volume with the following: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure or system as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered an the manual. d. Locations. C. Binders 1. Commercial quality three-post binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 2. Maximum post width shall be 3 inches (7.62 cm). 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the information inta related consistent groupings. 1.12 VIDEOTAPED TRAINING MA.TER�AL The Contractor shall da the following: A. Produce or provide video training material subject ta approval of the Owner. B. Furnish four copies of each videotape in DVD format in plastic cas� with title, the Owner's name, and time on a label in a clear plastic sleeve. C�J Bear all costs associated with production and provision of the DVDs. POR B1DbING O] 820-4 TRAINING D3720-033-02 ' 1 , ' ' ' ' ' 1 , 1 � � 1 1 1 ' , ' 1.13 INSTRUCTIONS A. At the completion of Work, the Contractor shall provide a competent and experienced person thoroughly familiar with the Work for a period af one 8-hour day to instruct permanent operating personnel in the operation of equipment and control systems. S. The Contractor shall furnish faur complete sets oFoperating instructions including "As-Installed" diagram of all control wirin�, applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECilTION (NOT USED) FOR BIDp1NG 03720-033-02 END OF SECTION U1R2U-5 �I IiA1NING 1 ' 1 ' � 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 1 ' ' SECTION 01830 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Cantractor shall do the following: A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for the Owner's mainlenance and operation of products furnished under the ConTract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specitied in this Section and as referenc�d in other pertinent Sections of the Specificatians. '1'he data presented in the O&M Manuals shall be specifically related to this Contract and application. 2. Incorporate maintenance and operation data furnished by the Uwner, if any. B. Furnish all labor, equipment, materials, and all other items to supply and deliver to the Engineer �&M Manuals for the Work in accardance with the requirements of this Section. C. Provide O&M Manuals for all equipment, including instrumentation, electrical, and process control system equipment and soflware for the etttire Facility. 1.02 RELATED WORK I• �. � Section 01000, Project Requirements. Section 01785, Record Documents. Section 01820, Training. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractar shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section p1330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Manuals which, in general, shall have two levels: a facilities-wide systems level and an individual-component level. 1. The facilities-wide systems level shall dv the following: a. Describe the facilities-wide systems, including diagrams. FOR B1DDING O1$30-1 OPERATIONS AND MAIN'I-ENANCG MANUALS 03720-033-02 b. c. d. e. Explain start-up, shutdown, normal operations, and malfunctions of the facilities-wide systems. Tabulate a lubrication schedule for the facilities-wide systems. Describe preventive maintenance checking procedures for the facilities-wide systems. Include a cross-reference to all individual component manuals. 2. The individual-component level shall contain the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g- h. i. B. Format: Storage reyuirements. Tnstallation instructions. Alignment instructians and tolerances. Operating instructions. Troubleshooting instructions. Lubricatian requirements. Maintenance instructions. Parts list. Recommended spare parts list and how to obtain same. 1. Size: 8 1/2 x l 1 inch (21.59 x 27.94 cm). 2. White paper: 20-]b (9.072 kg) minimum. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly word-processed. 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced, punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages but not larger than 1 l x 17 inch (27.94 x 43.18 cm). fr7 c. Place all drawings at the end of each Section and drawing shall be printed on one side only. Provide a blank page for each separate product or each piece of operation equipment. POK 131UDING 01830-2 ONERATIONS AND MAINTENANC� MANUALS U312U-033-OZ 1 1 , , , 1 1 � 1 1 1 , ' 1 � � � ' ' � C. Media l. 2. 3. a. Provide a word-processed description of the product and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title, "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTiONS," listing the fallowing: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. �riginal word-processed CD shall be delivered to thc Engineer. All word processing must be done using the latest version of Microsoft Ward or as directed by the Engineer. All drawings axcept control system configuration drawings must be submitted on CD using AutoCAD. D. Binders E FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1 2 Filled to not more than 75% capacity. When multiple binders are used, arrange the data into related consistent groupings. The Contractor shall submit the following: 1 �a 3. Equipment Manuals. Five copies of the O&M Instruction Manual for each piece of equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer with delivery of the equipment. O&M manuals will not include the manufacturer's test results and Record specifications. Final O&M Manuals. Five copies of the Final Equipment O&M Manuals, bound and indexed and submitted to the Engineer before the Substantial Completion under this Contract. The cast of these Manuals submitted shall be included in the total Contract Price. Copies supplied under Item "1"will not be included under Item "2." 018303 OPERATIONS AND MAIN'1'tyNANCE MANUALS F. Any modifications required after itnal O&M submission shall be rnade to the manuals by issuance of addenda in the form of change pages to the manual. The addenda will identify where the new data are to be inserted, what data are to be removed, and new index sheets as necessary and list o� shop drawings and submittals. 1.04 WORK SEQi1ENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Florida Administrative Code, 62-555.350, "Operation and Maintenance of Public Water Systems." 1.06 QUALTTY ASSURANCE A. Data shall be prepared by personnel: I. Trained and experienced in maintaining and operating the described praducts. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3 4 Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) I.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) l A9 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT CJSED) 1.10 CONTENTS, :EACH VOLUME A. Neatly word-processed table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order, to include the following: l. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address, faac number, and telephone number. �� FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. O] 830-4 OPERAT10N5 AND MAIN"I'F:NANCE MANUALS '. � ' 1 1 1 � � 1 1 � 1 1 1 � 1 � � � : 3. A list with each product, name, address, fax number, and telephone number of the following: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. A list of each product to be included, indexed to content of the volume. c. ldentify area of responsibility of each subcontractor or installer, if more than one. cl. Lucal suurce uf supply tvr parls and replacemenl. e. Manufacturer. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in the Contract Documents. Product Data 1. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to achieve the following: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable information. c. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings 1. Supplement product data with drawings as n�cessary to illustrate the following clearly: a. Relations of connponent parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. c. Owner Tag Numbers. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Record Documents to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Docunnents as maintenance drawings. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 01830-5 OPERAT1pNS AND MAIN'TENANCE MANUAL5 D. Written text as required to supplement product data for the parCicular instal lation: 1 �a Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. �'rovide a logical se�uence of instructions for each procedure. 3. Describe haw the complete system is to operate. E. Copy of pertinent in�ormation related to warranty, band, and service Contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel with the following informatiora: a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Instances that might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. F. Training manuals used in training courses will become part of this Manual. i�f�ul_hl�l_\1��];a►iI11Y�1.7/:��y��l�1�1►16y.l.�by A. Content, for architectural praducts, applied materials, and finishes: l. Manufacturer's data, giving full inforrnation on products. a. b. c. Catalog number, size, composition. Color and texture designations. Information required for re-ordering special-manufactured praducts. 2. Instructions for care and maintenance. a. L7 c. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrirnental to product. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. S. Content, for moisture-pratected and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards. F'OR BIUDING 01830-6 OPERAT10N5 AND MAINTENANC� MANUALS U372U-033-U2 ' 1 � ' � � � � ' � ' �I 1 � � � ' � � b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation. 2. InstrucCions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. C. Additional requirements for maintenance data as required by ather Sections of the Specifications. 1.12 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Cantent, for each electrical, mechanical, instrumentation, and communication syslem, as appr�priale: 1. A table identifying each piece of equipment, each associated control or instrument, the location of the control or instrument, and the function of the control or instrument. FOR BIDDINC, U3720-033-p2 2. A description of the system and its component pares. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions for the system, the sub-system, and the component parts. I� c Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. Complete nomenclature and commercial numbers af replaceable parts. 3. Circuit directories of panel boards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 4. As-installed color-coded wiring diagrams. 5_ Instrument laap diagrams showing the path that a control or instrumentation signal takes fram its origin to the actian it takes. a. An electrical schematic for each item. b. A chart listing the controls/instruments in a loap identifying the equipment's abbreviated symbol, a description ofthe symbol, design criteria, process flow, quantity supplied, and manufacturer's model and serial number. 01830-7 ppERATIONS ANb MAINI'FNANC� MANUALS : : fll 8. Ga � Operating procedures. a. Routine and normal operating instructians. b. Sequencesrequired. c. Special operating instructions. Maintenance procedures. a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair, and re-assembly. d. Alignment, adjustment, and checking. The manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. A list of the original manufacturer's spare parCs, manufacCurer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of the Specifications_ 11. Abnormal and emergency operations. a. Patential overloads. b. Procedures for equipment breakdown. c. Action to be taken in a power outage. d. Identity of alarms by equipment location and action to correct. e. Equipment safety features, reyuirements, and potential hazards. 12. Programming manuals for programmable devices including list of standard programming. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: l. Description of unit and component parts. � �� Function, normal aperating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. c. Carnplete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. d. Model number and narne plate data for each piece of equipanent. F'QR BIDDING 01830-8 OPERATIONS AND MAINT�NANCE MANUALS 03720-033-02 � � � ' ' � � � 1 1 � � � 1 � � 1 1 � FOR BIDDING 0372U-033-02 �� K� 4 E 6. 7. e. Assembly drawings. f. List af all special tools required to service equipment and/or systems including where the tools are stored. �perating procedures. a. Start-up, break-in, routine, and normal operatin� instructians. b. Regulation, cantrol, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. e. Control settings and ranges. Maintenance Procedures. a. Type and frequency of preventive maintenance activities required for each piece of equipment. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair, and re-assembly. d. Alignment, adjusting, and checking. Servicing and lubrication schedule. a. List of lubricants required. b. Period between lubrications. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. (This is not to be a generalized catalog of the entire product line.) Description af sequence of operation. The original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required far maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 01830-9 OPERATIpNS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS � 0 8. As-installed control diagrams. 9. Each Contractor's coordination drawings. ] 0. List of the original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. l. l. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of the Specifications. 12. Charts of equipment, instrurnent, and valve ta� numbers with location and function. a. Reference drawing which shows equipmenC, instru�ment, or valve location. b. Manufacturer's rzaodel and serial number. c. Valve actuator type (manual, hydraulic, electric, or pneumatic). 13. Local serv,ices (process water and air, drains, I-IVAC, natural gas and sCeam). The Contractar shall prepare and include additianal data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction af the Owner's personnel. Additional Requirements for O&M Data required by Sections o� Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS f►�l]<�I.?�►i��I Vl�l:\If.y A. Binders: The manuals shall be supplied in binders that are the same as those provided in Paragraph 1.03D. above. B. Electronic Version: Word-processed portiorns of the manuals shall also be provided on word-processor diskettes. The electronic version manuals must be capable of being read, edited, and printed with Microsoft Word or that which is congruent tile format with word processing i n Document Control at the time of the transmittal of documents. The format will be provided to the Contractor upon request. All drawings shal1 be generated using personal computer and plotter with the software package prograrn from AutoCAD. PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) FOA B1DDING 0372U-033-02 END OF SECTION 01830-10 OPF,.RATIONS ANL7 MAIN'1 ENANCE MANUALS ' � ' � � � � � 1 1 � 1 � � 1 � � � � DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTYON ' � � � � � � � 1 � � � � � ' ' � � � SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION AND MODIFICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and demolish, modify, remove, and dispose of work shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. B. The work includes but is not limited to demolishing, modifying, and removing existing materials, equipment, or work necessary ta install the new work as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section and to connect with existing work in an approved manner. C. Demolitian, modifrcations, and removals which may be speci�ed under other Sections shall conform to requirements of this Section. D. Demolition and modi�cations include: r �� Demolition of the existing screw pump station, including removal of the screw pumps, splash guards, motor pedestals, and electrical, and salvage of the lubricant purnps for use by the City. Demolition of the existing filter feed pump statian, including salvage of submersible pumps for use by the City, removal of all discharge piping and valves, removal of electrical components, and demolition of wetwell as shown on the Drawings. 3. Rernoval of piping at the existing reclaimed water werivell as shown on the Drawings 4. Demolition ofthe generator pad, exhaust fan, and wall louver in the existing generator room. E. Slasting and the use of explosives will not be permitted for any demolition work. 1.02 RELATED WORK B C FoR ��r�u�Nc 03720-033-02 Section 01100, Summary of Work. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 01350, Environmental Protection Procedures. ozzzo-� DFMOLITION AND MQDIFICA1"IONS 1.03 SUBM.CTTALS The Contractor shall submiC shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: 1.04 f�llr" 1.06 A. Submit to the Engineer six copies of proposed methods and operations oideznolition of the structures and modifications before beginnin� work. lnclude in the schedule the caordination of shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility service as required. B. Furnish a detailed sequence of detnolition and removal work to ensure the uninterrupted progress o��the Uwner's aperations. The sequence shall be campatible with sequence of construction and shutdown coordination requirements. C. Before beginning demoGtion work, the Contractor shall complete all modifications necessary to divert the �low from the affected structure. Actual work shall not begin until the Engineer has inspected and approved the rrzodifications and authorized beginning the demolition work in writing. D. Submit Erection Drawings indicating the means of shoring/bracing required under Article 3.03. The Submittal shall include complete layouts, location plans, and shoring/bracing sequence schedule coordinated with Section 01815, Maintenance of Plant Operation and Seyuence of Construction. The Submittal shall have the sCamp of the professional engineer specified under Paragraph 1.03E. E. Certification: The professional engineer shall be responsible for the design of the temporary sharing/bracing of the existing structure, if required for the demolition. Sefore canstruction, the professional engineer shall submit a P.E. Certification Form prepared, sta.mped, and signed by the professional engineer registered in the State of Florida verifying that his/her design will adequately provide suppart during the dernolition. WORK SEQU,ENC� (NOT USED) REFE.RENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall engage the service of a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida for the design of the temporary shoring/bracing ofi' the existing structure as required during the demolition of the screw pump and existing filter feed pump stations. FqR BIDDING 02220-2 1)EMOLITiON AND Mf)D1PICATIONS 03720-033-02 � ' � � � , 1 1 1 , � 1 � � � ' � � � 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (N�T USED) 1.09 QUAL�FICATiONS (NOT USED) ]..10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 RECORD DRAW]NGS (N�T USED) 1.13 70B CONDITIONS A. Protection 1. The Contractor shall conduct the demolition and removal work to prevent damage or injury to structures, equipment, piping, instrumentation, conduit, light fixtures, etc., and occupants of the structures and to adjacent features which might result from falling debris or other causes, and so as not to interfere with the use and free and safe passage to and from adjacent structures. B. Scheduling 1. Carry out operations sa as to avoid interference with operations and work in the existing facilities. C. Notification 1. At least 48 hours before beginning demolition or removal, notify the Engineer in writing of the proposed schedule of the demolition or removal. The Qwner shall inspect the existing equipment and identify and mark those items which are to remain the property af the Owner. No removals shall be started without the permission of the Engineer. D. Conditions of Structures FOR BIDDING �3720-�33-02 1 � The Owner and the Engineer assume no responsibility for the actual condition of the structures to be repaired or modified. Conditions existing at the time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by the Owner insofar as practicable. However, variations within a structure may occur before the start of demolition work. 02220-3 DEMOI..ITIUN AND MOD[FICATIONS E. Repairs to Damage 1. The Contractor shall promptly repair damage caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operation when directed by the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. Repairs shall be made to a condition at least equal to that which existed before construction. F. Traffic Access 1. The Contractor shall conduct demolition and modification operations and remove equiprnent and debris to ensure minimum interference with roads onsite and to ensure minimum interference with occupied or used facilities. 2_ Special attentian is directed towards maintaining safe and convenient access to the existing facilities by plant personnel and plant associated vehicles. 1.14 RULES AND REGULATIONS A. No building or structure or any part thereof shall be demolished until an application, if required, has been filed with the Building Inspector and a permit issued. The fee for this permit shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 1.15 DISPOSAL OP MATERIAL A. Salva�eable material and equipment identitied by the Owner and shown on the Drawings shall become the property ofthe Owner. The Contractor shall dismantle all such items to a size that can be readily handled and deliver them to a designated storage area. B. All ather material and items of equipment shall become the Contractor's property attd ztaust be remaved from the site. C. Storing ar selling removed items on the site will not be allowed. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment removed from existing work shall become the property of the Contractor, except for those which the Owner has identified and marked for his/her use. All materials and equipment marked by the Owner to remain (listed T�OR B]DD1NG 02220-4 DEMQLt"I'1QN AND MODIFICAT10N5 03720-�33-02 � 1 below) shall be carefully removed so as not to be damaged and shall be cleaned and � stored on or adjacent to the site in a protected place specified by the Engineer or loaded onto trucks provided by the Owner. � 1 � � � � � i �� C� 1 � , , 1. Submersible pumps 2. Screw pump lubricant pumps S. The Cantractor shall dispose of all demolition materials, equipment, debris, and all other items--�except those marked by the Owner to remain�ff the site and in conformance with all existing applicable laws and regulations. C. Pollution Cantrols 1. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. a. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable canditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. b. Clean adjacent structures, facilities, and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to conditions existing before starting the work. 3.02 STRUCTURAL REMOVALS I1 0 The Contractor shall remove structures ta the lines and grades showtt unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All demolition debris shall be rernoved and taken fram the site, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. C. After parts or all of slabs and like work which tie into new work or existing work are removed, the point of junction shall be neatly repaired so as to leave only finished edges and surface exposed. 3.03 DEMOL.ITION, REPLACEMENT, AND REPAIR A. Structural elements shall nat be overstressed. The Contractor shall be responsible for shoring and/or bracing as required and indicated on the Drawings for adequate structural support as a result of wark performed. FOR BIDDING U3720-033-02 02220-5 DEMQLITION AND MOL71F1CAT]ONS B. The shoring and/or bracing shall rernain in place until the repair mortar and/or concrete in each stage has attained design strength. C. For concrete tank floars/foundations greater than 3-feet below existing grade, break- up and fracture to allow drainage of water and to prevent water ponding within demolished ar�a. D. Disconnect and remove designated process piping syste►tas, including valves and fittings. Plug openings in vvalls and floors where utilities are removed on structures to remain. E F Carefully disconnect, protect and reraaove any equipment designated for Owner's future use. Remove and dispose of demolished materials as work progresses. Do not burn materials. Do not bury materials. G. Patch and refinish existing visible metal surfaces that are to remain and repair concrete surfaces in accordance with Section 03150, Modifications and Repair to Concrete. H. Paint designated metal surfaces and reinforcing steel exposed during demolition operations. I. Remove terraporary barricades, partitions, signs, etc., upon completion ofdemolition operations. 3.04 CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall remave from the site all debris resulting from the demolition operations as it accumulates_ Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all materials, equipment, waste, and debris of every sort and shall leave the premises clean, neat, and orderly. END OF SECTION FOR B]DDING 02220-6 DFMOI.,ITiON ANJa MOpIFICAT10N5 03720-033-02 � � � � � , � ' � � ' � 1 � � � � � ' SECTION 02240 DEWATERING PARTI GENERAL l.pl SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section covers the work necessary to complete the dewatering activities. The Contractor shall file for and obtain all required permits for dewatering. S. Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain dewalerin� syslern uf sufiicient scope, size, and capacity to control groundwater flow into excavations and permit construction to proceed an dry, stable subgrades. 1 �� K� Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations and constructed slopes, that excavation does not flood, and that damage to subgrades and permanent structures is prevented. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. Remove dewatering system if no lon�er needed. C. The Contractor shall dewater so as to prevent darnage to existing work. The Contractor shall repair or replace damage resulting from the dewatering activities promptly, remedy environmental damage as approved by the Engineer, and pay any and all fines levied ta Contractor at no additional cost or time to the Owner. D. The Dewatering Plan shall be signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for its preparation. E. The Contractor shall design the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining whatever investigations are necessary, before bidding, to design the dewatering system. F. The Contractor shall dispase of the dewatered water according to applicable federal, state, and local regulations. 1 _02 RELATED WORK (N�T USED) FOR 131D1)ING 03720-033-02 02240- ] DEWATERING 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the %llowing in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner and SVWFWMD or FDEP (whichever applies) a dewatering plan if dewatering is necessary. At a minimum, the plan shall include the following: 1. Duration of dewatering for each area. 2. Number and size of pumps. 3. Method of dewatering each area. 4. Methods for routing/cantaining the discharge. 5. Methods of isolating dewatering areas. 5. Time dewatering structure will be in place. 7. Proposed discharge points. Five copies of the plan shall be subttaitted to the Engineer for record purposes onlY- S. The Contractor shall be respansible for determining if a Water Use Permit will be required. If a WaCer Use Permit is reyuired. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the required information from the Engineer arad Owner ta complete the Water Use Permit application to subrtait with the Dewatering Plan. If a Water Use Permit is required, the Contractor shall submit five copies of the application to the Owner/Engineer for submittal purposes only. The Contractor is responsible for the perrnit fee. C. Prior to any excavation, the Contractor shall file for and obtain the follawing permits or others as required by SWFWMD and FDEP: 1. Notice of Xntent to Use Generic Permit for Stormwater Discharge from Large and Small Construction Activities, FDEP Form 62-621.300(4)(b). 2. Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from any Non-Contarninated Site Activity, FDEP Form 62-621.300(2). 1.04 WOR.K SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 02240-2 D�WATGA]NG 03720-033-02 � , � � , , � � 1 � 1 � � i , � � � � 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at the Project site to present and discuss dewatering means, methods, and manitoring prograrn. C. Identify a person who shall be present at all times during the execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the dewaterin� system being installed for this Project, the referenced standards, environmental and permit requirements, the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all work performed under this Section. D. lt shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the water levels before and during the dewatering work. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warraraties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLiNG A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section Q1650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATTONS A. The Contractor shall provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during the execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with ihe dewatering system being installed, the referenced standards, the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all work performed under this Section. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the water level before beginning excavatian and construction. 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) ].l l MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 02240-3 DEWA1'EI�INCr 03720-p33-02 1.12 REC�RD .DRAWINGS (NOT USED) 1.13 PRE-BID �NSPECTION AND TESTING A. The Contractor is advised that site soil borings may indicate �roundwater levels below the levels which may occur in response to normal, seasonal, extreme, or prolonged rainfall. The Contractor is �urther advised that site soil borings may not necessarily represent sail conditions to be encountered elsewhere on the job site, other than at the specific boring locations. B. Before bidding, the Contractor shall perform a detailed site inspection and, if desired, obtain the Owner's permission to perform s,ite-specific testing as he deems necessary to obtain all required information relative ta project dewatering requirements. C. The Contractor shall include as part of his Bid the total cost of all surface and subsurface dewatering as required to construct the Project in camplete compliance with the Drawings and these Specifications. l .14 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless approved by the Owner and Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. B. A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is available for information only. The opinions expressed in this report are those of the geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by the geotechnical engineer. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from Chese data. ]. �� The geatechnical report is included in an Appendi� Section of these Specificatians. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for dewatering. C. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a professional land surveyor registered in Florida to establish exact elevaCions at fixed points to � monitor settlement. Clearly id�ntify monitoring points and reference vercical datum, and benchmarks. Monitor and recard existing initial elevations. 1 During dewatering, regularly resurvey benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log oF surveyed elevations for comparison with original FOR BiDDING 0224�-4 DPWATGRING 037Z0-033-U2 �� i i / � PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) �J C� �� ' � , , � � PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEWATERING SYSTEM A. The dewatering system shall be adequate to drain the soils to be excavated to the extent that the piezometric water level in the construction area is a minimum af 2 feet below the bottom of the excavatian, side slopes of excavations, or bottam of the footings at all times, or as otherwise required to obtain the specified compaction and installation conditions. Pipeline trenches must be dewatered at least 6 inches below the trench bottom. B. If layered soils are encountered, the hydrostatic head in the zone below the subgrade elevation shall be relieved to prevent uplift. C. Unless otherwise noted and before any excavating below or within 2 feet above the groundwater level, a dewatering system shall be placed into operation to lower water levels to the extent specified previously and then shall be operated continuously 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, throughaut the excavation to maintain and protect all work until the work has been completed to the satisfaction of'the Engineer. D. Where used, well points shall be installed in an En�ineer-approved manner and in sufficient numbers to provide the necessary removal of water as stated previausly. Well points and header piping shall be installed so that traffic on public thoroughfares and site access roads will not be impeded. , E. The Contractar shall be solely responsible for the arrangement, location, and depths o�the dewatering system necessary to accomplish the specified work. The dewatering system shall stay in full operation until not less than 90% of the total ' building load is applied, as will be determined by the Engineer, or until excavations and trenches have been backfilled and compacted. ' r 1 � F G FoR s�norNc 0372U-033-02 To prevent excessive noise, exhaust from all pumps and engines shall be silenced and muffled. Wellpoint or surface water pump discharge shall be controlled to prevent erosion, undermining, and all other damage and be piped to approved locations. 022G0-5 DEWATEItING H. With the Engineer's assistance, the Contractor is responsible for determining and obtaining the necessary approvals and permits required to comply with any and all applicable regulations and permitting requirements relating to dewatering activities including pumpage and discharg�. The Contactor is solely responsible for all costs associated with the proper implernentation of dewatering activities. I. J The Contractor shall perfarm all dewatering work in strict compliance with Section 01350, Environmental �rotection Procedures, and the Contract Drawings. Excavations shall be kept free from water during the placing of concrete and for 36 hours after or until cancrete forms are removed. K. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by dewatering operations. �revent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from entering excavations, ponding on prepared subgrades, ar flooding the site and surrounding area. 2. Protect subgrades and foundation soils fram softening and damage by rain _ or water accumulation. , L. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with raads, streets, walks, and other adjacent accupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacen,t occupied or used facilities without permission from the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed ar obstructed traffic ways ifrequired by authorities having jurisdiction. M. Install suf�cient dewatering equipment to drain water-bearing strata above and below the bottom of foundations. If excavating through layered soils, relieve any potential groundwater hydrostatic head in the zones below to prevent uplift. Open-sump pumping which leads to loss of �nes, subgrade softening, and slope instability shall not be permitted. N. Dispose of water removed by dewatering to comply with permit requirements in a manner that avoids endangering public health, property, and portions of work under construction or completed. Dispose of water in a manner that avoids flooding or accumulation on private property. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow-control devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. FOA B1DDINC 02240-6 DEWA7'EKING 03720-033-U2 r � � � � � ' ' ' � 1 1 � � 1 1 ' � � 3.02 OBSERVATI�N WELLS A. : The Contractor shall install abservatian wells as may be required to record accurate water levels. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all observation wells and observing and recording the elevation of the piezometric water levels daily. C. Wells damaged or destroyed shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.03 CLEANUP A. Upon cornpleting dewatering elsewhere on the Project, the Contractor shall remove all equipment and leave the project site in a neat, clean, and acceptable condition satisfactory to the Owner. Wellpoint holes and excavations shall be adequately backfilled and compacted to prevent settlement. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1�1►1�Z�7�9x��[�]►1 ozzaa� DEWATER]NG , ' , � l� PART1 GENERAL f � 1 ] t.Y K � ] � � [� ) ��.�L � ] N :� SECTION 02305 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, labor, and wark necessary to ' completely construct the project in accordance with the Contract Dacuments. This work includes but is not limited to the following: r � C� 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. Excavating and removing unsatisfactory materials. Preparing trench foundations. Providing satisfactory material for all trenches as specifed and as required. Obtaining, storing, maintaining, and disposing af materials_ Dewatering, shoring, and sheeting. Placing, cornpacting, testing, final grading, and subgrade demolition. Performing all other work required by the Contract Uocuments. �3. The Contractor is responsible for performing all work so as not to damage existing � roadways, faciNties, utilities, structures, etc. and shall repair and replace such damage to equal or better than its ariginal undamaged condition without cost to the Owner. �J , � i , C. The Contractor shall examine the site before submitting a bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect the work. D. The Contractor shall coordinate all additional subsurface investigations and testing included with this work with the Engineer befare performing the excavation and foundation preparation work. In general, if the Contractor finds different and unsuitable/unsatisfactory sail conditians during the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner immediately. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01350, Environmental Protection Procedures. B. Section 02240, Dewatering. , 1.03 SUBMITTALS � The Contractor shall submit the following shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: � FOR B1DDiNG 02305-1 EARTHWORK FQR lJT1L1TIFS 037Z0-033-OZ � A. Materia] Test Reports: �'rom a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: 1 2 Classification according ta ASTM D32$2 of each ansite and borrow soil rnaterial proposed for fill and backfill. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D1557 for each onsite and borrow soil rnaterial proposed for fill and backfill. B. The Contractor shall submit records before the start of this wor1�. The Contractor shall verily thaC the ex,isting conditions are correct as shown on the plans and mentioned in these Specifications. The Contractor shall note any discrepancies found immediately and notify the Owner and Engineer. The records shall include the following: 1. Location of all existing underground utilities, structures, etc. surrounding the areas to be excavated that may be impacted by the work. 2_ Location of test excavations. 3. Location af inspections. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recnmmended practices referred tn in this 5pecification Section shall be the latest revision af any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these dacuments, the requirements of this Section shall apply: A. OSHA Excavation Safety Standards, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P B. Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws of Florida) C. American Society far Testing and Materials (.ASTM) 1. ASTM D1556—Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. 2. ASTM D1557—Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN- m/m3)). FOR B1DDiNG 02305-2 EARTHWORK FOK UT11�1TiES 03720-033-02 � r , � 1 1 � � ' 1. LJ 1 C� LJ il � 1 �� 3. ASTM D2937----Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method. 4. ASTM D2487—Standard Fractice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Uni�ed Soil Classi�cation System). 5. ASTM .D3282----Standard Practice for Classification of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes. 6. ASTM D374�Standard Practice for Evaluation ofAgencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used In Engineering Design and Construction. 7. ASTM Db938—Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 8. ASTM E329-5tandard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing. D. American Wood Protection Associatian (AWPA) 1. AWPA C1—All Timber Products—Preservative Treatrnent by Pressure Processes. 2. AWPA C3—Piles—Preservative Treatment by Pressure Pracesses. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualificatians: An independent testing agency qualifted according to ASTM E329 to conduct soil materials and deflnition testing, as documented according to ASTM D3740. : FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 � The Contractor shall do the following: �� 3 Ensure that excavations provide adequate working space and clearance for the work to be performed and for installing piping and buried utilities. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut. Ensure that foundation surfaces are clean and free of laose material ofany kind when pipelines and buried utilities are placed on them. Perform excavating, trenching, and backfilling in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Ensure that shoring and sheeting for excavations are designed by a Florida- registered Frofessional Engineer and are in accordance with the Qccupational Safety and Health Administration (QSHA) Docurttent 2226, Safe Working Practices—Excavating and Trenching. 02305-3 F..ARTHWORK FOA UTILITIES 5. Before beginning any excavation or grading, ensure the accuracy of all survey data indicated on the Contract Drawings and in these Spccifications and/or as provided. lf the Contractor discovers any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions in the survey data, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner so that proper adjustments can be anticipated or ordered. If the Contractor begins any excavation or grading, this shall be considered art acceptance of the survey data by the Cotatractor, after which time the Cantractor has no claim against the Owner resulting from alleged errors, omissions, or inaccuracies of the survey data. 6. Ensure that talerances for excavation are f0.10 foot to the required line and to the required grade. Tolerance fior compaction ofin-place material shall be f0.10 foot to the required grade. 7. Ensure that all trench materials derived from the project site and irnported to this site are examined, tested, and classified by an Engineer-approved soils testing laboratory. $. Remove unsatisfactory materials and unsuitable materials including muck, silts, peat, and other loose and very laose compressible sails from excavations before placing pipe foundation, bedding, and buried utilities. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties sha11 be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary � Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DEL�VERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING � A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650, Delivery, ' Storage, and Handling, for storin� and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALiFICAT,IONS (NOT USED) 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: The Contractor shall not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others unless permitted to do so in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to the requirements indicated. l. FOR BIDDING U3720-033-02 C7 ' C-� Notify the Engineer not less than 2 days in advance of proposed utility ' interruptions. 02305-4 EARTHWORK POR U'1'1L1T1ES � � S 1 � 1 � 1 , , � , 1 1 r � ' 1 � � � 1 : 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without the Engineer's written permission. 3. Contact a utility-locator service and obtain utility locations for the Project �rea before excavating. The Contractor shall demolish and campletely remove from the site existin� underground utilities indicated to be removed. Caordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active. f�f�r7�l�11�1��[�]�6y A. Bac�ll: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to � I I an excavation. 1.7 � I �� 1 2 Initial Backfill: Sackfll placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. Final Bac�ll: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. Base Course: The course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving. Bedding Course: The course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. E. Drainage Course: The course supparting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pare water. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. FOR BIDDING 03�20-033-02 1. AuthorizedAdditional Excavatiorr: Excavation below subgrade elevatians or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by the Engineer. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid far according to the Contract provisions for unit prices. 2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by the Engineer. 02305-5 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Structures: Buildings, footings, fouzadations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. I. Subgrade: The surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or the top surface of a fill or back�ll imrnediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. J. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as Werr as underground services within buildings. 1.12 TESTING REQUIREMENTS 1:1 I:? � � �] The Contractor shall furnish a soil survey for satisfactory material and sarnples of materials. Testing for source material, for classification, and for prequalificatian of material (on or off site) shall be performed by an independent testing agency retained by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Testing for in-place compacted fill shall be performed by the same independent testing agertcy as approved by the Engineer and retained by the Contractor. The number and location of the tests shall be as specified in these Specifications and as directed by the Engineer during construction. E. The Contractor shall coordinate activity with the Engineer and the testing agency to permit testing as directed in the presence of the Engineer. F. The cost of all testing to achieve specified requirements shall be borne by the Contractor. Cei POR B]nD1NG 03720-033-02 The costs ofany and all retests due to failure to achieve speci�ed requirements shall be solely borne by the Contractor and are not reimbursable under this contract. 023U5-6 FARTHWORK FORLJTILITIES 1 ' ' � ' 1 r 1 ' 1 1 r � 1 1 , ' 1 r H. All materials proposed for use shall be tested as follows: Material Re uired Test Min. Nn. Tests Soil Classification using One per source of materials to determine ASTM D3282 (including all conformance with materials specified Satisfactory tests contained therein) this Specification; additional test Soil Materials whenever there is an a arent chan e. Soil moisture-density One per source of material or apparent relationship using Modified change in material. Proctor ASTM D 1557 I. Soil materials shall be tested during canstruction as follows: J. � FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Material Re uired Test Min. No. Tests Satisfactory Field Density For each layer of trench bottom subgrade Soil Material ASTM D1556-Sand before addition of soil materials, refill, in-place after Cone Method, or bedding, and backfill, and for each 4001ineal compaction ASTM D6938-Nuclear feet of trench or fraction thereof, whichever is Density Method, ar greater; two tests for each drainage, manhole, ASTM D2937-Drive or wet well structure; additianal test whenever Cylinder Method there is any change in native soil, roundwater, or soil moisture conditions. The approved testing agency shall transmit copies of required laboratory test results as follows: 1. One copy to the Owner. 2. Two copies to the Engineer. 3. Two copies to th� Contractor. The laboratory test reports shall include, at a minimum, pr�ject title; project locatian; location of sample; source, time, and date of testing; testing agency's name, address, and t�lephone number; and test results. Each test report shall be signed and sealed by the Professional Engineer representing the testing agency as specified in these Specif cations. The appraved testing agency shall transm;it copies of field testing results as follows: 1. One copy to the Owner. 2. Two copies to the Engineer. 3. Two copies to the Contractor. The field test reports shall include, at a minimum, project title; project locatian; location of sample(s) tested; time of testing; date of testing; testing person's full name; testing agency name, address, and telephone number; and test results. D2305-7 EARTHWORK FOR U"I�ILITIES 1.13 1.14 L. No soil material shall be used until 1) the Engineer has reviewed and approved test reports and 2) the Contractor submits certification that the sail material proposed for canstruction is clean and meets gradation and other parameters in these Specifications. M. At no cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall remove and replace or correct all materials and work which tests indicate do not conform, in the opinion of the Engineer, to the requirements of these Specifications. N. The results of in-place density tests shall be considered satisfactory ifthe density in each instance is equal to or greater than the specified density. Soil moisture content at the time of testing shall conform to requirements of these Specifications. O. Where the tests reveal u�satisfactory compaction, the Contractor shall re-excavate, backfill, recompact, and/or rework the backfill as required ta obtain the required degree of compaction over the entire depth of the excavation. P. The testing agency shall transmit to the Engineer copies of all testing agency invoices submitted to the Contractor for payment. lnvoices shall clearly indicate specific services and date and time services are rendered and shall indicate if the invoiced testing cost is an initial test of the Contractor's work or is a re-test required due to the Contractor's failure to initially achieve the specified requirernents_ MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ST,RUCTURAI, MATERIALS A. Materials used for sharing and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers, and crossbraces, shall be in good serviceable condition. Any timber used shall be sou�d and free frorn large or loose knots. B. Pressure-treated timber shall be used where wood sheeting or piling is specif.ted or , indicated to be cut and left in place. 2.02 TRENCH SOIL MATERTALS A. Materials used for trench construction shall be free ofclumps of clay, rock or gravel, debris, waste, frozen materials, and other deleterious matter as determined by the Engineer and shall b� satisfactory soil rnaterials as follows: FORBIDDING 02305-8 F..ARTHWORK FOR IJTILITIES 03720-033-02 C� � ' , , � � , ' ' 1 ' 1 , ' , 1 1 1 � , 1 1 Area Classification Soil Materials In excavations and trenches Excavated and borrow materia} that has been sampled, tested, and a roved as "Satisfacto Soil Material." S. Satisfactory Soil Materials 1. Soil Classifcation Groups Satisfactory soil rnaterials for each trench shall be as follows: POA 81DDING 03720-033-02 Satis acto Soil Mpterial ASTMD3282, Soil Cdassi acataon Grou s In-situ Foundation Bedding, Haunching, and Finad Bac�ll Initial Backfill A-1-a A-1-a A-1-a A-1-b A-1-b A-3 A-3 A-3 2. Maximum Particle Size Limitations for Satisfactory Soil Materials The maximum allowable particle size for satisfacCory soil materials within each trench for each type of utility shall be as follows: Maximum Allowahle Particle Size Conduit In-situ Bedding, Haunching, Final Foundatian and Initial Backfill Bac rll Plastic Pipe (FVC, CFVC, HDPE, etc.) See Note 1 '/z -in 3 in less than 6-inch-diarneter Plastic Pipe (1'VC, CPVC, HDPE, etc.) See Note 1 3/4-in 3 in 6-inch-diameter and Lar er Concrete Pi e Steel Pi e Ductile Iron Pi e Fiberglass Pipe See Note 1'/4-in or three tirnes 3 in the wall thickness, whichever is less Other Conduit Materiads See Note 2 See Note 2 See Note 2 (1) 'l�here is no requirement when satistactory undisturbed native soil material is used. llisturbed portions of the foundation and/or unsatisfactory native soil material shall be replaced with satisfactory soil materials meeting all the requirements for �3edding. (2) The maximum allowable particle size shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendation. � Additional Requirements of Satisfactory Mat�rials Satisfactory soil materials shall be free of debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, or other deleterious matter. Soils within 4 inches of the exterior surface of the pipe shall be free of gravel, stones, or other materials which may abrade the pipe surface. 02305-9 EARTHWORK FOR UT1LITlES C. Unsatisfactory Materials Unsatisfactory soil materials shall mean ASTM D3282, Soil Classificatian Groups A-2-4, A-2-5, A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7, and peat and other highly organic soils and soil materials of any classification that have a moisture content at the time o�compaction beyond the range of 1 percentage point below and 3 percentage paints above the optimum moisture content ofthe soil material as determined by moisture- density relations test. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall do the fallawing: /1 : C. Carefully verify by hand methods the location of all surraunding underground utilities before performing utility excavations and trenches. Pratect utilities to be left in place from damage. Da not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by the Owner, except when permitted in writin� by the Owner. D. Protect bench marks, survey points, and existing structures, roads, sidewalks, monitoring wells, paving, curbs, etc. against damage from equipment, vehicular or foot traffic, settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and all construction-related activities. , , 1 , � 1 � , 1 ' , ' E. Repair and replace damage to existing facilities to equal or better than their original � undamaged condition without cost to the Owner and to the approval ofthe Engineer. F. Excavate and trench in ways that will prevent surface water and subsurface water from flowing into excavations and will also prevent flooding of the site and surrounding area. G. Protect excavatians and trenching by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from falling into excavations and trenches. I:� Do not operate earth-moving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures for depositing or compactir�g backf ll material. FOR BIDDING 02305-10 EARTHWORK FOR UTIL1T1E5 03720-033-OZ ' 1 � � �1 C� C_J 1 � ' 1 �� `� ' �� ' ' , I. J. K. L. M. N. Compact the backfill material placed next to concrete walls with hand-operated tarnpers or similar equipment that will not damag� the structure. Excavate, �Il, backfill, and grade to elevations required by the Contract Documents. Pile excavated materials suitable for backfll in an orderly manner a sufficient distance from excavations to prevent averlaading, slides, and cave-ins. Do not obstruct access ways, raadways, and plant facilities. Dewater excavations and trenches in accordance with Section �2240, Dewatering. Refer to the Contract Drawings for additional requirements related to earthwark and pratection of existing features. 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. The Contractor shall be required to fully comply with all applicable OSHA, Excavation Safety Standards and to abide by them as covered by the most current version of the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws af Florida). B. The Contractor shall be required to fully comply with all applicable OSHA Excavation Safety Standards and to abide by them as covered by the most current version of the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-9b, Laws of Florida). C. The Contractor shall ensure that mechanical equipment used for trench excavation shall be of a type, design, and construction and shall be so operated that conduidutility, when accurately laid to specified alignment, will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the conduit/utility and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance will not be permitted. D. The Contractor shall not use mechanical equipment in locations where its operation � would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, other existing property, utilities, structures, etc. above or below ground. In all such locations, the Contractor shall use hand excavating methods. ' r- � L.�I 1 ll �� E. The Contractor shall not use blasting. F. The Cantractor shall cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable proper installation of services and to allow for testing and inspection. The Contractor shall also trim and shape trench bottoms and leave them free af irregularities, lumps, and projections. Trench width shall be excavated as specified on the Contract Drawings. FOR BIDDING 0372�-033-02 02305-] ] EARTHWURK FOR UTILITIES G. The Contractor shall construct trench walls so as to avoid side wall collapse or sloughing. Trenches shall be either braced or open construction in accordance with the Contract Documents. No separate payment will be rnade for any special procedure used in connection with the excavation. H. Where sheeting and bracing are not required, the Contractor shall construct trench walls in the bottom af the excavation as vertical as possible to the maa�izx�um height allowable by OSHf1. Trench walls above this height shall be sloped to guard against side wall collapse or sloughing as specified on the Contract Drawings. 1 ' , 1 1 I. Where sheeting and bracing are required, the sheeting and bracing system shall meet , the requirements specified in these Specifications. J. Excavatians shall be to the design elevations shown an the Contract Drawings or as specified, unless unsatisfactory or unsuitable foundation materials are encountered in the bottom of the excavation. Where urasatisfactory or unsuitable fbundation materials are encountered, this material shall be undercut and removed as indicated on the Contract Drawings and replaced with satisfactory soil material meeting all the requirements %r Bedding. The lift thicknesses and compaction requirements for the replacement soil shall also meet the requirernents for Bedding. K. The Contractor shall be careful not to overexcavate except where necessary to remove unsatisfactory or unsuitable rn�aterials, irregularities, lurnps, rock, and projections. Unnecessary overe�cavation shall be replaced as specified in these Specifications at the Contractor's sole expense. L. The Contractor shall accurately grade bedding soil materials at the bottoms of the trenches to provide uniform bearin� and support for each section of conduit/utility at every point along its entire length except where it is necessary to excavate the bedding for conduit/utility bells (e.g., pipe bells), etc. or for proper sealing of conduit/utility joints. Abrupt changes in grade ofthe trench bottom shall be avoided. M. The Contractor shall dig bell holes and depressions after the bedding has been graded to ensure that the conduit/utility rests on the prepared bedding for as muck� of its full length as practicable. Bell holes and depressions shall be only of such length, depth, and width as required to make the joint. r.i F'OR BIDI)ING 03720-033-OZ The Contractor shall do the following: Pile all excavated material in a nnanner that will not endanger the work or erode the stormwater managernent facilities or water courses. 2. Avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, and plant facilities. 02305-12 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES 1 � � � , 1 J , 1 � 1 1 LJ �J 1 �� ' , , l� ' ' C� C� ' �..J ' 1 �❑ 3. Leave hydrants, valve pit covers, valve boxes, or other utility controls unobstructed and accessible. 4. Keep gutters, drainage inlets, natural water courses, and miscellaneous drainage structures clear or make other satisfactory provisions for their proper operation. The Contractor shall keep all satisfactory materials that are suitable for us�/reuse in the trench canstruction separated from unsatisfactory materials. P. Except where otherwise authorized, indicated, or specified, the Contractor shall replace, at the Contractor's own expense, all materials excavated below the bottom afcancrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and foundations with concrete or flowable fill, as directed by the Engineer. Q. The Contractor shal I adhere to these Additional Excavation Requirements for pipin�: 1. Excavate trenches so that the piping can be laid to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. �ar piping designated to be laid to a minimum cover requirement, grade trenches to avoid high and low points to the extent practical. Record Drawings of such pipes shall present top-of-pipe and grade elevations at all high and low points along each pipe segment, at the end points of each pipe segments, and at intervals not to exceed 100 %et along each pipe segment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional air release and/ar vacuum relief valves are reyuired, the Cantractor shall install the additional items as directed by the Engineer. 3. Except at locations specifrcally indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings, the required minimum cover over th� top of the pipe frot�a ftnished grade for various pipe diameters shall be as follows: Fi e Diameter 48 inch or less 66 inch 72 inch 96 inch Minimum Cover 3 feet 4 feet 4.5 feet 5 feet Continue dewatering operations along each pipe segment until the required ' minimum cover is provided. During the dewatering operatiotas, the groundwater level in the trench shall remain at al l times a minimum of 2 feet below bottom oFtrench excavations. , � L FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1 02305-13 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES � S 1 , The Contractar shall adhere to these Additional Excavation Requirements for Electrical Utilities: � 1. Avoid abrupt changes in grade of the trench bottom. 2. The required minimum cover over the top of electrical coraduits from finished grade shall be as follows: Electrical Electrical Conduits Conduits (Lines less (Lines 5 kV than 5 kV and u Minimum Cover 2 feet 3 feet 3. The required minimum clearance f'rom the bottom ofmat foundations and/or footings shall be 2 feet. Provide additional cover where necessary to satisfy the minimum clearance requirement. L� ' ' � ' 4. Provide additional cover depth if necessary to avoid interference of other , cables, ducts, piping, structures, and other utilities. The Contractor shall adhere to this Additional Excavation Requirement for Appurtenances: 1. Ensure that excavations for valves and similar appurtenances shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 inches in the clear between the outer surfaces and the embankment or timber used to hold and protect the walls. 3.03 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall do the following: ' C_� C� , 1. Barricade and post excavations with warning signs for the safety of persons. Provide warning lights during hours of darkness. ' 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities immediately adjacent to excavations against damage, including loading, settlement, lateral movement, undermining, and washaut. B. Conduct topsoil removal operations to ensure the safety of persons and to prevent damage to existing structur�s and utilities, construction in progress, trees and vegetation to remain standing, and other property. FpRBIDDING 02305-14 EAR7-I-IWORK FORUTILiTIES U372U-U33-UZ 1 , ' ' , ' , ' ' ' � ' ' L�' 3.04 SHEETING AND BRACING A. Where sheeting and bracing are reyuired to support the side walls of the excavation, the Cantractor shall retain a Professianal Engineer, registered in Florida, to design sheeting and bracing. The design shall establish requirernents for sheeting and bracing and shall comply with all applicable codes; authorities having jurisdiction; and federal, state, and local regulations. B. The sole responsibility for the design, methods of installation, and adequacy of sheeting and bracing shall be and shall remain that of the Contractor and the Contractor's Professional Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all necessary sheeting and bracing or other procedures as required to ensure safe working conditions and to protect the excavations. C. Sheeting and bracing shall consist of braced steel sheet piling, trench box, braced wood lagging, and soldier beams or other approved methods. D. The Contractor shall immediately fill and compact vaids formed autside the sheeting. Where soil cannot be properly campacted to frll the void, the Contractor shall use Class B concrete as backfill at no additianal cost to the Owner. � E. The Contractor shall install sheeting outside the required clearances and dimensians. Sheeting shall be plumb, securely braced, and tied in pasition. Sheeting shall be adequate to withstand all pressure to which it may be subjected. The Contractor shall ' correct any movement or bulging at no expense to the Owner so as to provide the necessary clearances and dimensions. LI r--, � � r� L , ' ' � � 1 F G The Contractor shall maintain sheeting and bracing in excavations and trenches for the entire time excavations will be open. The Contractor shall not brace sheeting against pipe being laid. Sheeting shall be braced so that no eoncentrated laad of horizontal thrust is transmitted to the pipe. H. Sheeting shall not be withdrawn if driven below the spring line of any pipe. The Contractor shall cut off tops as indicated on the Contract Drawings and leave bottoms permanently in place. 3.05 DEWATERING, WATER REMOVAL, AND DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Water shall not be permitted to accumulate in excavations. The Contractar shall provide dewatering systems to convey water away from excavations so that softening of foundations battoms, footing undercutting, and soil changes detrimental to sub�rade stability and foundation will not occur. Dewatering systems and methods of disposal shall be as specified in Section 02240, Dewatering, and as approved by the FOR BIDDING 03�20-033-(�2 02305-IS EARTI�WORK FOR UTll.l"('IFS Engineer before being installed by the Contractor. Groundwater levels shall be maintained a minimum of 2 feet below bottom of trenches or excavations. B. Dewatering systems and equipment shall be in place as required to eliminate water during the excavation period until the work is completed. The Contractor shall pravide ample means and equipment with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering any excavation. This includes the use of sand or gravel as re�uired to nraaintain adequate flow during the pipe laying or installation of other iterns of work within the excavation. C. The Contractor shall dispose of water pumped or drained in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property, to other work under construction, or to roads. Water shall not be discharged onto surface improvements without adequate protectian of the surface at the point of discharge. All gutter, drains, culverts, sewers, and inlets shall be kept clean and open for surface drainage. Water shall not be directed across or over pavements except through approved pipes or properly constructed troughs. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Owner of any property involved before constructing water courses or installing discharge pipe or hose for removal of water and provide for disposal of the water without ponding or creating a public nuisance. D. All pumps used for dewatering shall hav� noise-reduction features and shall be able to run cantinuously with minimal attendance. lfrequired by the Owner or Engineer, the pumps shall be enclosed on all sides with a plywood enclosure with padded material suitable for outdoor conditions on the inside of the enclosure to further reduce pump engine naise to an acceptable level. All applicable ordinances and codes for naise abatement sk�all be followed. The Contractor shall maintain pumps at all times, as necessary. When pumps are no longer required, the Contractor shall remove the pumps, wellpoints, pipes, and other apparatus from the area. ! [� � L_� ' � 1 I`� � , 1 i E. It is essential that the discharge af the trench dewatering pumps be coraducted to , natural drainage char�nels, drains, ar storm sewers. F. Trenches shall be constructed on the upstream side of the tra .ffrc way across roadways, driveways, or ather traffic ways adjacent to drainage ditches or water to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. The Contractor shall construct and maintain bridges and other temporary structures required ta maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches. Backfrlling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. After backfilling is completed, the Contractor shall immediately remove all material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench and restore the original section, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses. Surface drainage shall not be abstructed longer than necessary. FOIi BIDDING 02305-16 EARTI1WOItK FOR l]TILITIES 03I10-033-OZ , 1 1 ' ' 1 � 1 ' � ' 1 ' [� �1 �J �J ' ' 1 1 ' ' 1 ' G. Where trenches are constructed in ditches or other water courses, backfll shall be pratected from surface erosion. Where the grade of the ditch exceeds 1%, the Contractor shall install ditch checks. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings, ditch checks shall be concrete or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Ditch checks shall extend not less than 2 feet below the original ditch or water course bottom for the full bottom width and at least 18 inches into the side slopes and shall be at least 12 inches thick. 3.06 BACKF1LLlNG AND COMPACTION A. The Contractor shall not backfill trenches until required tests are performed. B. Trenches improperly back�lled shall be reopened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and compacted as specified, or the condition shall be otherwise corrected as directed. � � I� POR BIDDING 03720-033-02 The Contractor shall perform the following steps to ensure compaction at the bottom of the trench or excavation before bedding: 1. Remove disturbed native soil material and/or any soils not meeting the requirement oF satisfactory soil material as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Compact the bottom of the trench excavation (undisturbed native subsurface soil) to no less than 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557, before placement of foundation, bedding, piping, and backfill. To backfill below and around pipe to the spring line ofthe pipe, the Contractor shall do the following: 1. 2. 3. Construct foundation and bedding as indicated on the Contract Drawings before placement aFpipa. Install each pipe at proper grade, alignment, and final pasition. Deposit satisfactory soil material uraiformly and simultaneously on each side oFpipe in completed course layers to prevent lateral displacement. 4. Compact under pipe haunches and on each side of pipe to the pipe spring line as shown on the Contract Drawings to hold the pipe in the proper position during subsequent pipe back.filling and compaction operatians. 5. Construct haunching as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 02305-17 FAR't'HW(]I�K FQR UTILITIES E. To trench backfill above pipe spring line to ftnished grade, the Contractor shall do the fallowing: 1. Deposit satisfactory soil material around and above pipe in uniform layers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Backfill and compact trenches from the spring line of the pipe to the top of the trench in campleted caurse layers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 3. Use material pr�viously defined in these Specifications as satisfactory soil material. 4. Compact by hand or mechanical tampers. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of waste materials, including excavated material classified as unsatisfactory soil material, trash, and debris frorn the property at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION FUK F31 DUING 02305-1 S F.,A R'I'H WQKK FOR UT]LIT1�5 03720-033-02 � 1 LI 1 1 1 1 �] 1 � 1 1 I� 1 � �-�, �I � � � �� J nlvlsroN 3 CONCRETE ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' � 1 1 1 1 ' 1 , ' 1 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 17\.711itel��l�l.7�� 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, rnaterials, equipment and incidentals required and cut, remove, repair or otherwise modify parts of existing concr�te structures or appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Work under this Section shall also include bonding new concrete to existing concrete. B. Secure to forms as required or set for embedment as required, all miscellaneous metal items, sleeves, reglets, anchor bolts, inserts and other items furnished under other Sections and required to be cast into concrete, or approved in advance by the Engineer. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. C. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. Section 03600, Grout. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Sectian O1330, Submittals and Acceptance: A_ Showing materials of construction and details of installation for: 1. Form release agent. 2. Form ties. B. Samples 1. Demonstrate to the Engineer on a designated area of the c�ncrete substructure exterior surfac� that the form release agent will not adversely affect concrete surfaces to be painted, coated or otherwise fnished and will not affect the forming materials. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) FOR BiDDING 03720-033-02 03100-I CONCA�;"ft; PORMWURK 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Speci .fication Section shall be the latest revision of any such docurr�ent in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. 2. 3. ACI 301 - Star�dard Specification for Structural Concrete ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 347 - Formwork for Concrete B. American Plywood Association (APA) 1. Material grades and designations as specified. 1.�6 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) r. r r WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) f�h�.9Y�`y��lu��]�.Yy.�lyY[�l�l A. General: Architectural Concrete is wall, slab, beam or column concrete which will have surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. It includes similar exposed surfaces in water containment structures from the top of walls to 2-ft below the normal water surface in open tanks and basins. B. Formwork shall be designed and erected in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 and ACI 31 S and as recommended in ACI 347 and shall comply with all applicable regulations and codes. The design shall consider any special requirements due to the use of plasticized and/or retarded set concrete. FOR B]DDING 03100-2 CQNCRE'I-E FpRMWOR.K 03720-U33-02 , ' 1 1 1 1 C� �� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 PA.RT 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The usage of a rnanufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard af qua1ity and general configurations desired. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Forms for cast-in-place concrete shall be made of waod, metal, or other approved material. Construct wood forms of sound lumber or plywood of suitable dimensions and free fram knotholes and loose knots. Where used for exposed surfaces, dress and match boards. Sand plywood smooth and fit adjacent panels with tight joints. Metal forms may be used when approved by the Engineer and shall be of an appropriate type for the class of work involved. All forms shall be designed and constructed to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal finishing ar repairs. B. Wall �'orms 1. Forms for all exposed exterior and interior concrete walls shall bc "Plyform" exterior grade plywood panels manufactured in campliance with the APA and bearing the trademark of that group, ar equal acceptable to the Engineer. Provide B grade or better veneer on all faces to be placed against concrete during forming. The class of material and grades of interior plies shall be of sufficient strength and stiffness to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal �nishing and grinding. 2. All joints or gaps in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged, and/or caulked with an approved material so that the joint will remain watertight and will withstand placing pressures without bulging. ' C. Rustication strips shall be at the location and shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Moldings for chamfers and rustications shall be milled and planed smaoth. Rustications and corner strips shall be of a nonabsorbent material, ' compatible with the form surface and fully sealed on all sides to prohibit the loss af past� or water between the two surfaces. 1 0 ' 1 FOR BIDDING 03720-q33-02 ' Farm Release Agent 1. Coat all forming surfaces in contact with concrete using an e.ffective, non-staining, non-residual, water based, bond-breaking form coating unless otherwise noted. Farm release agents used in potable water containm�nt structures shall be suitable for use in contact with potable 03100-3 CONCRETE FORMWQRK E water and shall be non-toxic and free of taste or odor and meet the requirements of NSF/ANSi Standard 61. Form release agent shall be Farm Fresh by Unitex or approved equal. Form Ties Form ties encased in concrete other than thase specified in the following paragraphs shall be designed so that, after removal of the projecting part, no metal shall remain within 1-1/2 inches of the face of the concrete. The part of the tie to be removed shall be at least 1/2 inch in diameter or be provided with a wood or metal cone at least 1/2 inch in diameter and 1-1/2 inches long. Form ties in concrete exposed to view shall be the cane-washer type. 2. Form ties for exposed exterior and interior walls shall be as specifed in the preceding paragraph except that the cones shall be of approved wood or plastic. 3. Flat bar ties for panel forms, if used, shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of I-1/2 inches and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. 4 5. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral waterstop that is tightly welded ta the tie. Common wire shall not be used for form ties. 6. Alternate form ties consisting of tapered through-balts at least 1 inch in diameter at smallest end or thraugh-bolts that utili�e a removable tapered sleeve of the same minimum size may be used at the Contractor's option. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of system and spacing of ties prior to ordering or purchase of forming_ Clean, fll and seal form tie hole with non-shrink cement graut. A vinyl plug shall be inserted into the hole ta serve as a waterstop. The Contractor shall be responsible for water- tightness of the form ties and any repairs needed. PART 3 EXECl1TION 3.�] GENERAL A. Forms shall be used for all cast-in-place concrete including sides of footings. Forms shall be constructed and placed so that the resulting concrete will be of the shape, lines, dimensions and appearance indicated on the Drawings. roR sip�ir�� o3ioo� CONCR6'T'E FORMWOAK 03720-033-02 � ' ' 1 1 1 ' B. Forms for walls shall have remavable panels at the bottom for cleaning, inspection and joint surface preparation. Forms for walls of considerable height shall have closable intermediate inspection ports. Tremies and hoppers for placin� concrete shall be used to allow concrete inspection, to prevent segregation and to prevent the accumulation of hardened concrete on the forms above the fresh concrete. C. Molding, bevels, or other types of charnfer strips shall be placed to produce black outs, rustications, or chamfers as shown on the Drawings or as specified herein. Chamfer strips shall be provided at horizontal and vertical projecting corners to produce a 3/4-inch charnfer. Rectangular or trapezoidal maldings shall be placed in locations requiring sealants where specified or shown �n the Drawin�s. Si�cs of tnoldings shall confortn to the sealants manufacturer's recommendations. D. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to withstand construction loads and vibratian and ' to prevent displacement or sagging between supports. Construct forms so that the concrete will nat be damaged by their removal. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy of the forming system. ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' E. Before form material is reused, all surfaces to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, all damaged places repaired, all projecting nails withdrawn and all protrusions smoothed. Reuse af wooden forms for other than rough finish will be permitted only if a"like new" condition of the forrn is maintained. 3.02 FORM T�1.ERANCES A. Forms shall be surfaced, designed and constructed in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 347 and shall meet the following additional requirements for the specified finishes. 1. Formed Surface Exposed to View: Edges of all form panels in cantact with concrete shall be flush within 1/16 inch, and forms for plane surfaces shall be such that the concrete will be plane within 3/16 inch in 4 feet. Forms shall be tight to prevent the passage of mortar, water and grout. The maximum deviation of the finish wall surface at any point shall not exceed 1/4 inch from the intended surface as shawn on the Drawin�s. Form panels shall be ananged syrnmetrically and in an orderly manner to minimize the number of seams. 7 ' 3 1 FUR BIDDING 03720-033-02 ' Formed surfaces not exposed to view or buried shall meet requirements of Class "C" Surface in ACI 347. Formed rough surfaces including mass concrete, pipe encasement, electrical duct encasement and other similar installations shall have no 031 W-5 CONCi�G'TE �ORMWOAK 3.03 FORM PREPARATION /1 : Wood forms in contact with the concrete shall be coated with an effective release agent prior to form installation. Steel forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and mill scale and other ferrous depasits shall be sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface for all forms, except those utilized for surfaces receiving a rough finish. All forms shall have the contact surFaces coated with a release agent. 3.04 REMOVAL O�' FORMS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from removal of forms. Forms and shoring for structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance with ACI 30l and ACl 347. Form removal shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 03300 and a curing compound applied. 3.05 INSPECTION A. The Engineer on site shall be notified when the farms are complete and ready for inspection at least 6 hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. B. Failure of the forms to comply with the requirements specified herein or to produce concrete complying with requirements of Section 0330� shall be grounds for rejection of that portion of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer at na additional �.ast to the Owner. Such repair or replacement shall be subject ta the requirements of this Section and approval of the Engineer. I�I�I�I�]Y.yXf11Y[�LI FOR BIDDING 03100-6 CONCRETE FQRMWQRK 03720.033-02 , ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 [� ' SECTION 03150 MODIFICATiONS AND REPAIR TO CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals rec�uired and cut, remove, repair or otherwise modify parts af existing cancrete structures or appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Work under this Section shall also include bonding new concrete to existing concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. S. C. D. F. Section 03100, Concret� Formwork. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. Section 03250, Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. Section 03350, Concr�te Finishes. Section 03600, Grout. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit manufacturer's technical literature on all product brands proposed for use to the Engineer for review. The submittal shall include the manufacturer's installation and/ar application instructions. B. When substitutions for acceptable brands of materials specified herein are proposed, submit brochures and technical data of the proposed substitutions to the Engineer for approval before delivery to the project. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) f�ll.�.»l��l.»1►[y�.�r\�1�7:�t��b`i Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest version of any such document in ef�'ect at the bid time. The fallowing documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. FOK BIDDING 0315U-1 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIR 03720-033-02 TO CONCRETE 1.06 1..07 1.08 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ASTM C881—Standard Specifcation for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. ASTM C882—Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Conerete by Slant Sheer. ASTM C883--Standard Test Methad for Effective Shrinkage of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Cancrete. ASTM D570—Standard Test Method for Water Absorption af Plastics. ASTM D638—Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. ASTM D695--Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties af Rigid Plastics. ASTM D732—Standard Test Method for Shear Strength of Plastics by Punch Toal. ASTM D79Q—Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. No existing structure or concrete shall be shifted, cut, removed, or otherwise altered until authorization is given by the En�ineer. B. When removing materials ar portions of existing structures and when making openings in existing structures, all precautions shall be taken and all necessary barriers, shoring and bracing and other protective devices shall be erected to prevent damage to the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, protect personnel, control dust and to prevant damage to the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. Unless otherwise permitted, shown or specified, line drilling will be required in cutting existing concrete. C. Manufacturer Qualifcations: The manufacturer of the specified products shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the manufacture of such products and shall have an ongoing program of training, certifying and technically supporting the Contractor's personnel. WARRANTIES (NOT USED) DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. I. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. Deliver the speci�ed products in original, unopened containers with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification and batch numbers. FOR BIDDING 03150-2 MUDIFICATIONS AN17 REPAIR 03720-033-02 TO CuNCRL•TE ' , � ' ' ' � ' ' � � � � � � ' � 1 � C. Store and condition the specified product as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.09 QiJALTFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1..10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NQT USED) 1.11 WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) PART2 PRODUCTS I.OI MAT�RIALS A. General 1. Materials shall comply with this Section and any state or local regulations. B. Epoxy Bonding Agent ] . General FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 a. The epoxy bonding agent shall be a two-component, solvent-free, asbestas-free moisture insensitive epoxy resin material used to bond plastic cancrete to hardened concrete complying with the requirements of ASTM CSS1, Type II and the additional requirernents specified herein. 2. Material a. Properties oithe cured material: (1) Compressive Strength (ASTM D695): 8500 psi minimum at 28 days. (2) Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 4000 psi minimum at 14 days. (3) Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 — Modulus of Rupture): 6,300 psi minimum at 14 days. (4) Shear Strength (ASTM D732): 5000 psi minimum at 14 days. (5) Water Absorption (ASTM D570 — 2-haur boil): 1.0% maxirnurn at l4 days. 03150-3 MODIFICAT10N5 AND REPAIR 'TO CONCRETE (6) (�) �g) Bond Strength (ASTM C882) Hardened to Plastic: 1500 psi minimum at 14 days moist cure. Effective Shrinkage (ASTM C883): Passes Test. Color: Gray. 3. Approved manufacturersinclude: a. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, N.J.--TSikadur 32, Hi-Mod b. Master Builder's, Cleveland, O.H.—Concressive Liquid (LYL) or equal. C. Epoxy Paste 1. General 7 F'pR BIDDING 03720-033-02 a. Epaxy Paste shall be a two-component, solvent-free, asbesCos free, moisture insensitive epoxy resin rtaaterial used to bond dissimilar materials ta concrete such as setting railing posts, dowels, anchor bolts and all-threads into hardened concrete and shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C8$1, '�'ype I, Grade 3 and the additional requirements specified herein. lt may also be used to patch existing surfaces where the glue line is 1/8 inch or less. Material a. Properties of the cured material: (1) �2) (3) (4) (5) Cornpressive Properties (ASTM D695): 10,000 psi minimum at 28 days. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 3,000 psi minimum at 14 days. Elongation at Break: 0.3% minimum. Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture): 3,700 psi minimum at 14 days. Shear Strength (ASTM :D732): 2,800 psi minimum at 14 days. Water Absorption (ASTM D570): 1.0% maximum at 7 days. 03150-4 MODIF'ICA"I'IONS AND REPAIA T'q CONCRETE , ' ' ' ' � 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 � ' 1 , 1 1 r.� (b) Bond Strength (ASTM C�$2): 2,000 psi at ] 4 days maist cure. (7) Color: Concrete grey. 3. Approved manufacturersinclude: a. Overhead applications: Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, N.J.-- Sikadur Hi-mod LV 31; Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, O.H= Concressive 1438 or eyual. b. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, N.J.�Sikadur Hi-mod LV 32; Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, O.H.---Concressive 1438 or equal. Non-Shrink Precision Cement Grout, Non-Shrink Cement Grout, Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout and Palymer Modified mortar are included in Section 03600, Grout. E. Adhesive Capsule type anchor system shall be equal to the HVA adhesive Anchoring System by Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, OK. The capsule shall consist of a sealed �lass capsule containing premeasured amounts of polyester or vinylester resin, quartz sand aggregate and a hardener contained in a separate vial within the capsule. Where the adhesive anchor is under sustained tensile loading (i.e., vertically installed anchors) the anchor system shall be Hilti HIT RE-500 SD by Nilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, OK. F. Acrylic Latex Bonding Agents shall not be used for this project. G. Crack Repair Epoxy Adhesive 1. General FOR BIDDING 03720-033-U2 a. Crack Repair Epoxy Adhesive shall be a two-companent, solvent-free, moisture insensitive epoxy resin material suitable for crack grouting by injection or gravity feed. lt shall be formulated for the specific size of opening or crack being injected. b. All concrete surfaces containing potable water or water to be treated far potable use that are repaired by the epoxy adhesive injection system shall be coated with an acceptable epoxy coating approved by the FDA for use in contact with potable water. U3150-5 MU�IFICATIONS AND REPAIR l U CUNCRb'f F 2. Material 3 a. Properties of the cured material (1) �2) Compres5ive Properties (ASTM D695): 10,000 psi minimum at 28 days. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 5,300 psi minimum at 14 days. Elongation at Break: 2% to 5%. (3) Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture): 12,000 psi minimum at 14 days (gravity); �4,600 psi minimum at 14 days (injection) (4) Shear Strength (ASTM D732): 3,700 psi minimum at 14 days. (5) Water Absorption (ASTM D570 - 2 haur boil): 1.5% maximum at 7 days. (6) Sond Strength (ASTM C882): 2,400 psi at 2 days dry; 2,000 psi at 14 days dry plus 12 days moist. (7) Effective Shrinkage (ASTM 883): Passes Test. Approved rnanufacturers include: a. Far standard applications: Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, N.J.— Sikadur Hi-Mod; Master Ruilders Inc., Cleveland, O.H.— Concressive 1380 or equal. b. For very thin applications; Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, N.J.— Sikadur Hi-Mod LV; Master Builders Inc., Cleveland, 4.H.— Concressive 1�168 or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Cut, repair, reuse, demolish, excavate or otherwise modify parts of the existing structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, or necessary to permit completion of the Work. Finishes, _joints, reinforcements, sealants, etc, are specified in respective Sections. All work shall comply with other requirements of this of Section and as shown on the Drawings. FOR BIDDING 03150-6 MODIF1CATiONS AND REPAIA 03720-033-02 � U CUNCRETE ' 1 1 � ' ' 1 , 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 B. All commercial products specified in this Section shall be stored, mixed and applied in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. In all cases where concrete is repaired in the vicinity of an expansion joint or control jaint the repairs shall be made to preserve the isolation between components on either sida af the joint. D. When drilling holes for dowels/balts at new or existing concrete, drilling shall stop if rebar is encountered. As approved by the Engineer, the hole location shall be relocated to avoid rebar. Rebar shall not be cut without prior approval by the Engineer. Wliere possible, rebar locations shall t� i�lentiGecl priur lo clrilling using "rebar locators" so that drilled hole locations may be adjusted to avoid rebar interference. 3.02 CONCRETE REMOVAL A. Concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, shall be done by line drilling at limits followed by chipping or jack-hammering as appropriate in areas where concrete is to be taken out. Reanove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. Sawcutting at limits of concrete to be removed shall only be done if indicated on the Drawings, or after obtaining written approval from the Engineer. B. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, a coating or surface treatment ai epoxy paste shall be applied to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. C. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or graut and existing concrete will be expased in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, the edge of concrete removal shall be a 1-inch-deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete. D. Concrete specified to be left in place which is damaged shall be repaired by approved means to the satisfaction of the Engineer. E. The Engineer may from time to time direct the Contractor to make additional repairs to existing concrete. These repairs shall be made as speci�ed or by such other methods as may be appropriate. FpR BiDpING U3720-033-02 03150-7 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIR l'O CONCRETE 3.03 CONNECTIQN SURFACE PREPARATION A. Connection surfaces shall be prepared as specified below for concrete areas requiring patching, repairs or modifications as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, ar as directed by the Engineer. B. Remove all deteriorated rnaterials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting materials frorn the surface by dry mechanical means, i.e., sandblasting, grinding, etc., as approved by the En�ineer. Be sure the areas are not less than 1/2 inch in depth. Trregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly ernbedded into parent concrete, subject to the Engineer's final inspection. G If reinforcing steel is exposed, it must be mechanically cleaned to remove all contaminants, rust, etc, as approved by the Engineer. If half of the diameter of the reinforcing steel is expased, chip out behind the steel. The distance chipped behind the steel shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch. Reinforcing to be saved shall not be damaged during the demolition operation. D. Reinforcing from existing demolished concrete which is shown to be incorporated in new concrete shall be cleaned by mechanical means to rernove all loose material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. It shall be cut, bent or lapped to new reinforcing as shown on the Drawings and provided with a minimum cover all around as specified on the contract drawings or 2 inchES. E. The following are specific concrete surface preparation "methods" are to be used where called for an the Drawings, specified herein or as directed by the Engineer. All installation of anchors shall he according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Method A: After the existing concrete surface at connection has been roughened and cleaned, thoroughly moisten the existing surfac� with water. Brush on a 1/16-inch layer of cement and water mixed ta the consistency of a heavy paste. lmmediately after applicatian of cement paste, place new cancrete or grout mixture as detailed on the Drawings. 2. Method S: After the existing cancrete surface has been roughened and cleaned, apply epoxy bonding agent at connection surface. The freld preparation and application of the epoxy bonding agent shall comply strictly with the manufacturer's recammendations. 1'lace new concrete ar grout mixture to limits shown on the Drawings within time canstraints recommended by the manufacturer to ensure bond. �UK 131�I)ING 03150-8 MpDIFICATIONS AND RLPAIR 03720-033-02 1'O CQNCRETE ' 1 1 � ' � 1 1 L� 1 � 1 ' ' � 1 1 1 � 3. Method C: Drill a hole 1/4 inch larger than the diarneter of the dowel. The hole shall be blown clear of loose particles and dust just prior to installing epoxy. The drilled hole shall first be �lled with epoxy paste, and then dowels/bolts shall be buttered with paste then inserted by tapping. Unless otherwise shown an the Drawings, deformed bars shall be drilled and set to a depth of ten bar diameters and smooth bars shal I be drilled and set to a depth of fifteen bar diameters. If not noted on the Drawings, the Engineer will provide details regarding the size and spacing af dowels. 4. Method D: Cambination of Method B and C. 5. Method E: Capsule anchor system shall be set in existing concrete by drilling holes ta the required depth to develop the full tensile and shear strengths of the anchor material being used. The anchor bolts system shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendation in holes sized as required. The anchor stud bolt, rebar or other embedrnent item shall be tipped with a double 45 degree chamfered point, securely fastened into the chuck of all rotary percussion hammer drill and drilled inta the capsule filled hole. 3.04 GROUTING A. Grouting shall be as specified in Section 03600, Grout. 3.05 CRACK REPAIR A. Cracks on horizontal surfaces shall be repaired by gravity feeding crack sealant into cracks per manufacturer's recommendations. If cracks are less than 1/lb inch in thickness they shall be pressure injected_ B. Cracks on vertical surfaces shall be repaired by pressure injecting crack sealant through valves sealed to surface with crack repair epoxy adhesive per manufacturer's recommendations. FOR BIDDING 03�20.033-U2 END OF SECTION 03150-9 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIR TO CUNCRF7F SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install all concrete reinforcement coTraplete as shown an the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Furnish only all deformed steel reinforcement required to be entirely built into concrete masonry unit construction. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. B. Sectian 03250, Concr�te Joints and Joint Accessories. C. Section 03300, Cast-in-Flace Concrete. D. Section 03600, Grout. 1.03 SU.BMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Reinforcing steel. Placement drawings shall conforrn to the recommendations of ACC 315. All reinforcement in a concrete placement shall be included on a single placement drawing or cross referenced to the pertinent main placement drawing. The main drawing shall include the additional reinforcement (around openings, at corners, etc) shown on the standard detail sheets. Bars to have special coatings and/or to be of special steel or special yield strength are to be clearly identifed. B. Bar bending details. The bars shall be referenced to the same identification marks shown on the placement drawings. C. Schedule of all placements to contain synthetic reinforcing fibers. The amount of fibers per cubic yard to be used for each of the placements shall be noted on the schedule. The name of the manufacturer of the fibers and the product data shall be included with the submittal. � Submit Test Reports, in accordance with 5ection 01330, of each of the followin� items. FQRBIDDIIVG 0320a1 CONCItF�I'F RF:INFORCEMENT u3-/20-U3j-�Z � 2 Certified copy of mill test on each steel proposed for use shawing the physical properties of the steel and the chemical analysis. Welder's certification. The certification shall be in accordance with �1WS D1.4 when welding of reinforcement required. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) l .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such documeztt in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs fram these documents, the requirernents of this Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. POR BIDDING 03720-033-02 ASTM A82—Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM. A184—Standard Specification far liabricated lleformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM A185—Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A496----Standard Specifcation for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A497--Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A615—Standard Specification for Deformed and Flain .Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A61 f�Standard Specification far Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A617—Standard Specification for Axle-Steel Defarmed and Plain Sars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706---Standard Specification for Low-Allay Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM A767—Standard Specification for Zino-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A775—Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. ASTM A884—Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinfarcement. ASTM A934—Standard Specificatian for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars. 03200-2 CONCRETE REINFpRCEMEN"f : C 0 American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301—Standard Specification for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 315—Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ACI 318—Suilding Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 4. ACI SP--66--ACl Detailing Manual. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. Manual of Standard Practice. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.4—Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide services oi a manufacturer's representative, with at least 2 years experience in the use of the reinforcing fibers for a preconstruction meeting and assistance during the first placement of the material. 1.07 WARRANTIES (NO'T' USED) 1.08 DELI VE:RY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A I:� The Contractor shall adhere to the reyuirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. Reinforcing steel shall be substantially free from mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter. C. Reinforcing steel shall be shipped and stored with bars of the same size and shape fastened in bundles with durable tags, marked in a legible manner with waterproof markings showing the same "mark" designations as those shown on the submitt�d Placing Drawings. D. Reinforcing steel sha11 be stored off the ground and kept free from dirt, oil, or other injurious contaminants. 1.09 QUALCFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 03200.3 CUNCRETE REiNFORCEMENT 03720-033-02 1.11 WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new, of domestic manufacture and shall comply with the following material specifications. B. Deformed Concrete Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed bars. C. Concrete Reinforcing Bars required on the Drawings to be welded: ASTM A70b. D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. Provide in flat sheets. E. Welded L7eformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497. F � Welded Plain Bar Mats: ASTM A704 and ASTM A615 Grade 60 plain bars. Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A1$4 and ASTM A61.5 Grade 60 defarmed bars. H. The following alternate materials are allowed: 1. ASTM A615 Grade 60 may be used for ASTM A706 provided the following requirements are satis�ed: a. The actual yield strength of the reinforcing steel based on mill tests shall not exceed the specified yield strength by more than 1$,000 psi. Retests shall not exceed this value by rnore than an additional 3000 psi. b. C. The ratio of the actual ultimate tensile strength to the actual tensile yield strength of the reinforcement shall not be less than 1.25. The carbon equivalency (CE) of bars shall be 0.55 or less. I. Reinforcing Steel Accessories 1 2 PnR RIDI7ING 03720-033-02 Plastic Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class 1 - Maximum Protection. Stainless Steel Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class 2 - Moderate Protection. 03200-4 CONCRE77: IZ F:INPORCEMENT ' , ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 3. Precast Concrete Block Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Precast .Blocks. Blocks shall have equal or greater strength than the surrounding concrete. 4. Steel Protected Bar Supparts: #4 Steel Chairs with plastic or rubber tips. J. Tie Wire 1_ Tie Wires for Reinforcement shall be 16-gau�e or heavier, black annealed wire or stranded wire. K. Mechanical reinforcing steel butt splices shall be positive cannecting taper threaded type employing a hexagonal coupler such as Lenton rebar splices as manufactured by Erico Froducts Inc., Solon, OH or equal. They shall meet all ACI 31 S Building Code requirements. Bar ends tx�ust be taper threaded with coupler manufacturer's bar threader to ensure praper taper and thread engagement. Bar couplers shall be tarqued to manufacturer's recommended value. 1. Unless oth�rwise noted on the Drawings, mechanical tension splices shall be designed to produce a splice strength in tension or compression of not less than 125% of the ASTM specified minimum yield strength of the rebar. 2. Compression type mechanical splices shall provide concentric bearing from one bar to the other bar and shall be capable of developing the ultimate strength of the rebar in compression. L. Fiber Reinforcement 1. Synthetic reinforcing fiber for concrete shall be 100% polypropylene collated, fibrillated fibers as rnanufactured by Propex Concrete Systems Chattanooga, TN - Propex or equal. Fiber length and quantity for the concrete mix shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabrication of reinforcement shall be in campliance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Bars shall be cold bent. Bars shall not be straightened or re-bent. FOk BID�ING 03200-5 CONCRETE REiNFpRCF.,MF,.NT 03720-033-02 C. Bars shall be bent around a revolving collar having a diameter of not less than that recommended by the ACI 318. D. Bar ends that are to be butt spliced, placed through limited diameter holes in metal, or threaded, shall have the applicable end(s) saw-cut. Such ends shall terminate in flat surfaces within 1-1/2 degrees of a right angle to the axis of the bar. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 �NSTALLATION A. Surface condition, bending, spacing and tolerances of placement of reinforcernent shall comply with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing an adequate number of bars and maintaining the spacing and clearances shown on the Drawin�s. B. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the minimum concrete cover of reinforcement shall be as follows: C. � 1. 2. 3. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3 inches. Cancrete exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: 2 inches (including bottom cover of slabs over water or sewage). Concrete not exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge, and/or weather: a. Slabs (top and bottom cover), walls, joists, shells, and folded plate members: 3/4 inch. b. Beams and calurnns (principal reinforcement, ties, spirals, and stirrups): 1-1/2 inches. Reinforcement whicl� will be exposed for a considerable length of time after being placed shall be coated with a heavy coat of neat cement slurry. No reinforcing steel bars shall be welded either during fabrication or erection unless specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein, or unless priar written approval has been obtained fram the Engineer. A11 bars that have been welded, including tack welds, without such approval shal] be immediately removed from the work. When welding of reinforcement is approved or called for, it shall comply with AWS D1.�. FOR S1DDING 03200-6 CONCAL•TE REINFUIZCEMENT 03720-033-02 ' ' 1 ' � 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' E. Reinforcing steel interfering with the location of other reinforcing steel, conduits or embedded items may be moved within the specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Greater displacement of bars to avoid interference shall only be made with the approval of the Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduits, mechanical apenin�s or other items without the prior approval of the En�ineer. F. Securely support and tie reinforcing steel ta prevent movement during concrete placemerat. Secure dowels in place befare placing concrete. G. Reinforcing steel bars shall not be field bent except where shown on the Drawings or specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. If authorized, bars shall be cold-bent around the standard diameter spool specified in the CRSI. Do nat heat bars. Closely inspect the reinforcing steel for breaks. If the reinforcing steel is damaged, replace, Cadweld or otherwise repair as directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS A. Unless specific additional reinforcement around apenings is shown on the Drawings, provide additional reinforcing steel on each side of the opening eyuivalent ta one half of the cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel interrupted by an opening. The bars shall have sufficient length to develop bond at each end beyond the opening or penetration. 3.03 SPLICING OF REINFORCEM�NT A. Splices designated as compression splices on the Drawirtgs, unless otherwise noted, shall be 30 bar diameters, but nat less than 12 inches. The lap splice length for column vertical bars shall be based on the bar size in the column above. S. Tension lap splices shall be pravided at all laps in compliance with ACI 318. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered. Class A splices may be used when 50% nr less of the bars are spliced within the required lap length. Class B splices shall be used at all other lacations. C. Splicing of reinforcing steel in cancrete elements noted to be "tension members" on the Drawings shall be avoided whenever possible. However, if required for constructability, splices in the reinforcement subject to direct tension shall be welded to develop, in tension, at least 125% of the specified yield strength of the bar. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset the distance of a Class B splice. ' FOR BIDDING 03720.U33-02 1 03200-7 CONCRL'TL• RI;INF�KCEMF.N"I' D. Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Wire fabric from rolls shall be ralled flat and firmly k�eld in place. Splices in welded wire fabric shall be lapped in accardance with the requirements of ACI 318 but not less than 12 inches. The spliced fabrics shall be tied together with wirE ties spaced not rraore than 24 inches on center and laced with wire of the same diameter as the welded wire fabric. Do not position laps midway between supporting beams, or directly aver beams of continuous structures. Offset splices in adjacent widths to prevent continuous splices. E. Mechanical reinfarcing steel splicers shall be used only where shown on the Drawings. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset by at least 30 bar diameters. Mechanical reinforcing spl,ices are only tp be used for special splice and dowel conditions approved by the Engineer. 3.04 ACCESSORIES A. Deternaine, provide and install accessories such as chairs, chair bars and the like in sufficient quantities and strength to adequately support the reinforcement and prevent its displacement during the erection of the reinforcement and the placement of concrete. ' 1 ' , , ' ' , ' B. Use precast concrete blocks where the reinforcing steel is to be supported over , soil. C. Stainless steel bar supports or steel chairs with stainless steel tips shall be used where the chairs are set on forms for a concrete surface that will be exposed to weather, high humidity, or liquid (including bottom af slabs over liquid containing areas). Use of galvanized or plastic tipped metal chairs is permissib1e in all other locations unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or speci�ed herein. D. Alternate methods af supporting top steel in slabs, such as steel channels supported on the bottom steel or vertical reinforcing steel fastened to the bottom and top mats, may be used if approved by the Engineer. 3.05 INSPECTION A. In no case shall any reinforcing steel be covered with concrete unti] the installation af the reinforcement, including the size, spacing and pasition af the reinforcement has been observed by the Engineer and the Engineer's release to proceed with the concreting has been obtained. The .Engineer shall be given ample prior notice af the readiness of placed reinforcement for observation. The forms shall be kept open until the Engineer has finished his/her observations af the reinforcing stee,l. END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 03200-8 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03720-033-02 1 �J 1 ' 1 � � ' 1 , , ' ' ' ' , ' ' 1 , ' 1 1 1 1 , ' 1 1 SECTION 03250 CONGRETE JOINTS AND JO1NT ACC�SSORIES PARTI GENERAL 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install accessories for concrete joints as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORIt A. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. D. Section 03350, Concrete Finishes. E. Section 03600, Grout. 1.03 SUSMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawin�s in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Standard Waterstops: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, splicing methods and conformity to ASTM standards. B. Special Waterstops: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, location of use, storage requirernents, splicing methods, installation instructions and conformity to ASTM standards. C. Pre-molded joint fillers: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and confarmity to ASTM standards. D. Bond breaker: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. E. Expansion joint dowels: Product data on the complete assembly including dowels, coatings, lubricants, spacers, sleeves, expansion caps, installation requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. FOR BIDDiNG 03�20.033-02 03250-1 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSOR]ES F. Compressible joint filler: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. G. Bonding agents: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage rec�uirements, product life, application requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. H. Certifications 1 2 Certification that all tnaterials used within the joint system is compatible with each other. Certifications that materials used in the construction of joints are suitable for use in contact with potable water 30 days after installation. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) i��:��:��.c��r_�.i��:�:��y Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Sectian shall be the latest revision af any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs frorxa these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) l. ASTM A675—Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot- Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties. 2. ASTM C881—Standard Speci�cation for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Cancrete. 3. ASTM C l 059—Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete. 4. ASTM D1751—Standard Speci .fication for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 5. ASTM D1752-�-�Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. B. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (CRD) 1. C,RD C572---Specification for Polyvinylchloride Waterstops. FOR B1DDING 03250-2 CONCK�;'I'E JOINTS AND 03YZU-1133-OZ JOINT ACCESSORIES ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' ' C. Federal Specifications 1. FS SS-S-210A--Sealing Compound for Expansion Joints. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NQT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (N�T USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS fr�Ilt�l�1�1�1.7:�11 A. B. C. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. All materials used tagether in a given joint (bond breakers, backer rads, joint fillers, sealants, etc) shall be compatible with one another. Coordinate selection of suppliers and products to ensure compatibility. Under no circumstances shall asphaltic bond breakers or joint fillers be used in joints receiving sealant. All chemical sealant type waterstops shall be products specifically manufactured for the purpose for which they will be used and the products shall have been successfully used on sirnilar structures for more than S years. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Standard Waterstops FOR B1DDING 03720-033-02 1. PVC Waterstops: The waterstop shall be made by extruding elastomeric plastic compound with virgin polyvinylchloride as the basic resins. The compound shall contain no reprocessed materials. Minimum tensile strength of waterstop shall be 1750 psi. The waterstop shall conform to CRD-0572. The waterstop shall be Greenstreak Group, Tnc. model No. 732 or approved equal far construction jaints and Greenstreak Group Inc. Madel No. 738 for expansion joints. Provide grommets or pre-punched holes spaced at ] 2 inches on center along length of waterstop. 03250.3 CONCRETE JOlNTS AND JOIN"I- ACChSSORIES : � f�' Special Waterstops Base Seal PVC Waterstop: The waterstop shall be made by extruding elastorneric plastic compound with virgin polyvinylchloride as the basic resins. The compound shall contain no reprocessed materials. Minirnurn tensile strength of waterstop shall be 1750 psi. The waterstop shall conform to CRD-0572. Waterstops shall be style 925 for expansion joints, style 928 for control joints, and style 927 for consri'uction joints by Greenstreak Plastic Products, St. Louis, MO or equal. 2. Preformed adhesive waterstops: The waterstop shall be a rope type preformed plastic waterstop meeting the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A. The rope shall have a cross-section of approximately one square inch unless otlaerwise specified or shown on the Drawings. The waterstop shall be Synko-Flex waterstop as manufactured by Synko-Flex Products of Houston, TX, Lockstop by Greenstreak Group Inc., or equal. Primer for the material shall be as recorramended by the waterstop manufacturer. Pre-molded Joint Filler 1. Pre-molded joint fller — structures: Self�expanding cork, pre-molded joint frller shall conform to ASTM D1752, Type III. The thickness shall be 3/4 inch unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2. Pre-molded joint filler - sidewalk and roadway concrete pavements or where fiber joint filler is specifically noted on the Drawings: The joint filler shall be asphalt-impregnated fiber baard conforming to ASTM D1751. Thickness shall be 3/4 inch unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Bond Breaker 1. Sond breaker tape shall be an adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the pre-molded joint filler or concrete surface as re�uired. The tape shall be the same width as the joint. 2. Except where tape is specifically called for on the drawings, bond breaker for concrete shall be either bond breaker tape or a non-staining type bond prevention coating such as Williams Tilt-up Compound by Williams Distributors �nc.; Silcoseal 77, by SCA Construction Supply Division, Superior Concrete Accessories or equal. PUR BIDDING 03250-4 CONCRET� JOINTS AND 03720-033-U2 JU1N 1 ACCr5SU1L1�5 �� J , 1 , ' ' , C� ' 1 ' ' 1 , 1 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' E. Bonding Agent , 1. Epoxy bonding agent shall be a two-companent, solvent-free, moisture insensitive, epaxy resin material canforming to ASTM C881, Type II. The bondmg agent shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation of ' Lyndhurst, N.J.; Concresive Liquid (LPL) by Master Builders of Cleveland, OH or equal. Acrylic may be used if approved by the Engineer. �..J ' ' ' `J� ' ' ' 1 �. F. Compressible Joint Filler 1. The joint filler shall be a non-extruded watertight strip rnaterial use to fill expansion joints between structures. The rnaterial shall be capable of being compressed at least 40% for 70 hours at 68°F and subsequently recovering at least 20% of its original thickness in the first 1/2 hour after unloading. Compressible Joint filler shall be Evasote 380 E.S.P, by E-Poxy Industries, Inc., Ravena, NY, Sikaflex la by Sika or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION /_� FOR B1DDING 03720-033-02 Standard Waterstops 1. xnstall waterstops for all joints where indicated on the Drawings. Waterstops shall be continuous around all corners and intersections so that a continuous seal is provided. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications for all changes in direction, intersections and transitions leaving anly straight butt jaints splices for the field. 2. Horizontal waterstaps in slabs shall be clamped in position by the bulkhead (unless previously s�t in concrete). 3. Waterstops shall be installed so that half of the width will be embedded on each side of the joint. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the waterstop is completely embedded in void-free concrete. 4. Waterstops shall be terminated 3 inches below the exposed top of walls. Expansion joint waterstop center bulbs shall be plugged with foam rubber, 1 inch deep, at point of termination. 03250-5 CONCRETE 7QIN"fS AN1) JOINT ACCESSORIES : C�I PUR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Special Waterstops 1. Install special waterstops at joints where specifically noted on the Drawings. Waterstaps shall be continuous around all corners and intersections so that a continuous seal is provided. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications for all changes in direction, intersections and transitions leaving only straight butt joints splices for the field. 2. Each piece of the waterstap shall be of maximum practicable length to provide a minimum number of cannections or splices. Connections and splices shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and as specified herein. 3. Waterstops shall be terminated 3 inches below the exposed top of walls. Construction Joints Make construction joints only at lacatians shown on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Any additional or relocation of construction joints propased by the Contractor, must be submitted to the Engineer for written approval. 2. Additional or relocated jaints should be located where they least impair strength of the member. In general, locate joints within the middle third of spans of slabs, beams and girders. However, i,f a beam intersects a girder at the joint, offset the joint a distance equal to twice the width of the member being connected. Locate joints in walls and columns at the underside o� floors, slabs, beams or girders and at tops oF footings or floor slabs. Do not locate joints between beams, girders, colutnn capitals, or drop panels and the slabs above ttaem. Do not lacate joints between brackets or haunches and walls or columns supporting thern. 3. All joints shall be perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcing steel through the joint as indicated on the Drawings. When joints in beams are allowed, provide a shear key and inclined dowels as appraved by the Engineer. 4. Provide sealant grooves for joint sealant where indicated on the Drawings. 5. At all consCruction joints and at concrete joints designated on the Drawings to be "roughened", uniformly roughen the surface of the concrete to a full amplitude (distance between high and low points or side to side) of appraximately 1/4 inch to expose a fresh face. Thoroughly 03250-6 CONCRF.,'1'F..:IOiNTS AND JlJ1N f ACCk;55UR1ES 1 1 ' � i i ' , 1 ' ' ' � ' ' 1 ' 1 � FOR BIDDING 03 /ZO-l)33-UZ � 7. clean joint surfaces of loose or weakened materials by water-blasting or sandblasting and prepare for bonding. Provide waterstops in all wall and slab construction joints in liquid containment structures and at other locations shown on the Drawings. Keyways shall not be used in canstruction joints unless specifically shown on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 03250-7 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JUIN I ACC�55C1K1L•5 , ' � � � ' 1 1 1 � ' ' 1 � 1 ' , , 1 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PARTI G.�NERAL i � 1 I �Y K � ] � o [ � ] � �, �L �) :� ;1 A. Furnish all labar and materials reyuired and install cast-in-place concrete complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORIL A. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03250, Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. D. Section 03350, Concrete Finishes. E. Section 03600, Grout. 1.03 SUBMYTTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. B. C. Sources of cement, pozzolan and aggregates. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all concrete components and admixtures. Air-entraining admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM standards. D. Water-reducing admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM standards. E. High-range water-reducing admixture (plasticizer). Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations, retarding effect, slump range and conformity to ASTM standards. Identify proposed locations of use. F FQR B1DDiNG �3720-033-02 Concrete mix for each farmulation of concrete proposed for use including constituent quantities per cubic yard, water-cementitious materials ratio, concrete 03300-1 CA5'1'-IN-PLACE CONCRETE G. slump, type and manufacturer af cement. Provide either a. or b. below for each mix propased. l. Standard deviation data far each praposed concrete mix based on statistical records. 2. The curve of water-cementitiaus materials ratio versus concrete cylinder strength for each formulation of concrete propased based on laboratory tests. The cylinder strength shall be the average of the 28 day cylinder strength test results for each mix. Provide results of 7 and 14 day tests if available. Sheet curing material. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data and conformity to ASTM standard. H. Liquid curing compound. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, application rate and conformity to ASTM standards. Identify proposed locations of use. 1. Samples 1. Fine and coarse aggregates if requested by the Engineer. J. Test Reports 1. 2. Fine aggregates -- Sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substance. Coarse aggregates — Sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. 3. Cements — Chemical analysis and physical praperties far each type. 4. Pozzolans — Chemical analysis and physical properties. 5. Proposed concrete mixes — Compressive strength, slump and air content K. Certifications 1. 2. FOR BIpb1NG 03720-033-02 Certify admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with each other and the aggregates. Certify admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days of concrete curing. 03300-2 CA$T-IN-PI,,.A('F. CONCRE'I�E � ' � � � � 1 � ' 1 � L � � 1 ' 3. Certify curing compound is suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). 1 _p4 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1 _OS REFERENCE STANDARDS A : ' 1 FOR BIDDING 03720-033-(12 � American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. ASTM C31—Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. ASTM C33--Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. ASTM C39---Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ASTM C42--Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. ASTM C94—Standard Specifcation for Ready-M.ixed Concrete. ASTM C143—Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concr�te. ASTM C150—Standard Specification for Portland Cement. ASTM C171—Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. ASTM C 173—Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. ASTM C231—Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. ASTM C260—Standard Specification far Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. ASTM C309--Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compaunds for Curing Concrete. ASTM C494—Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. ASTM C618--Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Cancrete. ASTM C1017—Standard Speciitcation for Chemical Admixtures for use in Producing Flowing Concrete. American Cancrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACl 304--Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 2. ACI 305—Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 306.1—Standard Specification for Cold Weather Cancreting. 03300-3 CAS'I'-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. ACI 31 S—Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 5. ACI 350---Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 1..06 QUALITY ASSURA.NCE A. Reinforced concrete shall comply with ACI 318, the recommendations of ACI 350R and other stated requirernents, codes and standards. The most stringent requirement of the codes, standards and this Sectian shall apply when conflicts exist. � � 1 � � B. Only one source of cement and aggregates shall be used on any one structure. � Concrete shall be uniforrn in color and appearance. C. Well in advance of placing concrete, discuss with the Engineer the sources of individual rnaterials and batched concrete proposed for use. Discuss placement methods, waterstops and curitag. �'ropose methods of hot and cold weather concreting as required. Prior to the placement of any concrete containing a high- range water-reducing admixture (plasticizer), the Contractor, accompanied by the plasticizer manufacturer, shall discuss the properties and techniques of batching and placing plasticized concrete. D. lf, during the progress of the work, it is impossible to secure concrete of the required workability and stre�ngth with the materials being furnished, the Engineer may order such changes in proportions or materials, or both, as may be necessary to secure the desired properties. All changes so ordered shall be made at the Contractor's expense. E. If, during the progress of the work, the materials from the sources originally accepted chatage in characteristics, the Contractor shall, at his/her expense, make new acceptance tests of aggregates and establish new design mixes. F. FOR BIDDING U3720-033-02 Testing of the following materials shall be furnished by Contractor to verify conformity with this Specification Section and the stated ASTM Standards. 2 3 k'ine aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 -- Sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleteriaus substances. Coarse aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 – Sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. Cements for conformity with ASTM C150 – Chemical analysis ar�d physical properties. 03300-4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE i � 1 �� ' � !� � ' � � L_.J � !� � C; � , � � � fl � � � � l� n 5 Pazzolans for conformity with ASTM C618 — Chemical analysis and physical praperties. Proposed concrete mix designs — Compressive strength, slump and air content. G. Field testing and inspection services will be provided by the Owner. The cost of such work, except as specifically stated otherwise, shall be paid by the �wner. Testing of the following items shall be by the Owner to verify confarmity with this Specification Section. 1 2 Concrete placements -- Compressive strength (cylinders), compressive strength (cores), slump, and air content. Other materials or praducts that may come under question. H. All materials incorporated in the work shall conform to acc�pted samples. 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) ] .08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Cement: Store in weather-tight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. B. Aggregate: Arrange and use stockpiles to avoid excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. Build stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 3 feet in thickness. Complete each layer before the next is started. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregate. C. Sand: Arrange and use stockpiles to avoid cantamination. Allow sand to drain to uniform moisture content before using. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. � D. Admixtures: Stare in closed containers ta avaid contamination, evaporation ar damage. Provide suitable agitating equipment to assure uniform dispersion of ingredients in admixture solutions which tend to separate. Protect liquid ' admixtures from freezing and other temperature changes which cauld adversely affect their characteristics. , E. � FOR BIUDING 03�2(�-033-U2 � Pozzolan: Store in weather-tight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination. 03300-5 CAST-iN-PLACE CONCRE:'I�E F. Sheet Curing Materials: Store in weather-tight buildings or off the ground and under cover. G. Liquid Curing Compounds: Store in closed containers. 1.09 QUAL1k'ICATi.ONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTiNG REQUTREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) YAK"l� 2 NtZUDUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishi►�g tl�e standard of quality and general configuration desired. B. Cement: U.S.-made portland cement complying with ASTM C150. Air entraining cements shall not be used. Cement brand shall be subject to approval by the Engineer and one brand shall be used throughout the Work. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Materials shall comply witla this Section and any applicable State or local requirements. B. Cement: Domestic portland cement complying with ASTM C150. Air entraining cements shall not be used. Cement brand shall be subject to approval by the Engineer and one brand shall be used throughout the Work. The follawing cernent type(s) shall be used: 1. Class A,B,C,D Concrete - Type II with the addition of fly ash resulting in C3A being below 5% of total cementitious content, Type III limited to 5% C3A or Type V. C. Fine Aggregate: Washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. D. Coarse Aggregate: Well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading requirements shall be as listed in ASTM C33 Table 2 for the specified coarse aggregate size number. Limits af Deleterious Substances and Physical Property Requirements shall be as listed in FOR BIDDING 03300-6 CA57"-1N-.PL.ACE CONCRETE 03720-033-02 � 1 1 1 E ASTM C33 Table 3 for severe weathering regions. Size numbers �or the concrete mixes shall be as shown in Table 1 herein. Water: Potable water free from injurious amounts af oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic matter, or other deleteriaus substances. , F. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be free of chlorides and alkalis (except for those attributable to water). When it is required to use more than one admixture in a concrete mix, the admixtures shall be from the same manufacturer. Admixtures ' shall be campatible with the cancrete mix including other admixtures and shall be suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days of concrete curing. � 1. Air-Entraining Admixture: The admixture shall comply with ASTM C260. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ' L--J l� , � 1 ' � 1 ' ' � G. H. 2. Water-Reducing Agent: The admixture shall camply with ASTM C494, Type A. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. High-Range Water_Reducer (Plasticizer): The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, Type F and shall result in non-segregating plasticized concrete with little bleeding and with the physical properties of low water/cement ratio concrete. The treated concrete shall be capable of maintaining its plastic state in excess of 2 hours. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recornmendations. Where walls are l 4 inches thick or less and the wall height exceeds ] 2 feet, a mix including a plasticizer must be used. 4. Admixtures causing retarded or accelerated setting of concrete shall not be used without written approval from the Engineer. VJhen allowed, the admixtures shall be retarding or accelerating water reduGing or high range water reducing admixtures. Pozzolan (Fly Ash): Pozzolan shall be Class C or Class F fly ash complying with ASTM C618 except the Loss an lgnition (L�l) shall be limited to 3% maximum. Sheet Curing Materials. Waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting all complying with ASTM C 171. I. Liquid Curing Compound. Liquid membranE-forming curing compound shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 1-D (clear or translucent with fugitive dye) and shall contain no wax, paraf�in, or oil. Curing compound POR BIbbING 03720-033-02 03300-7 CAST-IN-PLACE; CONCKETF shall be approved for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). 2.03 M�XES A. Development of mix designs and testing shall be by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer engaged by and at the expense of the Contractor. S. Select proportians of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials limits speci.fied in Table 1 and to produce concrete having proper placability, durability, strength, appearance and other required properties. Yroportion ingredients to produce a homogenous mixture which will readily work into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without permitting materials to segregate or allowing excessive free water to collect on the surface. C. The design mix shall be based on standard deviation data of prior mixes with essentially the same proportions of the sa►ne constituents or, if such data is not available, be developed by a testing laboratory, acceptable to the Engineer, engaged by and at the expense of Che Contractor. Acceptance of mixes based on standard deviation shall be based on the modificatian factors for standard deviation tests contained in ACI 318. The water content of the concarete rraix, determined by laboratory testing, shall be based on a curve showin� the relation between water cementitious ratio and 7 and 28 day compressive strengths of concrete made using the proposed materials. The curves shall be determined by four or more points, each representing an average value of at least three test specimens at each a�e. The curv�s shall have a range of values suff cient to yield the desired data, including the specified design strengths as madified below, without extrapolation. The water content of the cancrete mixes to be used, as determined from the curve, shall correspand to strengths 16% greater than the specified design strengths. The resulting mix shall not conflict with the limiting values for maximum water cementitious ratio and net rrainitxaur� cementitious content as specified in Table 1. D. Compression Tests: Pravide testing of the proposed concrete mix or mixes to demonstrate compliance with the specifed design strength requirements in conformity with the above Paragraph. E. Entrained air, as measured by ASTM C231, shall be as shown in Table 1. 1. If the air-entraining agent proposed for use in the mix requires testing methods other than ASTM C231 to accurately determine air content, make special note of this requirement in the admixture submittal. FOR BIDDING 03300-8 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03720-033-U2 � 1 � � ' ' � , ' r , , � � ' 1 S 1 � F. Slump of the concrete as measured by ASTM C 143, shall be as shown in Table 1. Jf a high-range water-reducer (plasticizer) is used, the slump indicated shall be that measured before plasticizer is added. Alasticized concrete shall have a slump ranging fram 7 to 10 inches. G. Proportion admixtures according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Two or more admixtures specified may be used in the sarne mix provided that the admixtures in combination ret�in full efficiency and hav� no deleterious effect on the concrete or on the properties of each other. TABLE 1 CONCRETE MIX REQUIREMENTS Design Fine Coarse Cementitious Class Strength Cement Aggregate Aggregate Content �1) �2) �2) �3) �4) A B � D 2500 3000 4000 5000 C 150 Type Il C ] 50 Type II C 150 Type Yl C 150 Type Ii W/Cm AE Class Ratio Fly Ash Range (5) (6) A 0.62 max. -- 3.5 to 5 S 0.54 max. -- 3.5 to 5 C 0.44 max. 25% max 3.5 to 5 C33 57 C33 57 C33 57 C33 57 WR HRWR ��) �g) Yes * Yes * Yes * D 0.40 max. -- 3.5 to 5 Yes * NOTES: (1) Minimum compressive strength in psi at 28 days (2) ASTM designation (3) Size Number in ASTM C33 (4) Cementitious content in lbs/cu yd (5) W/Cm is WaterCementitious ratio by weight (b) AE is percent air-entrainment (7) W R is water-reducer admixture FOR BIDDING 0330(�9 03720-033-02 440 min. 4$0 min. 560 min. 600 min. Slump Range Inches 1-4 1-3 3-S 3-S CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (S) HRW'R is high-range water-reducer admixture * HRWR used at contractor's option except where walls are 14" thick or less and the wall height exceeds 12 ft a mix including a plasticizer must be used. I 7\:� ��: � x � i l � l 1 C�) \ I 3.01 MEASURING MATERIALS A. Concrete shall be composed of portland cement, fne aggregate, coarse aggregate, water and admixtures as specified and shall be produced by a plant acceptable to the Engineer. All constituents, inc1uding admixtures, shall be batched at the plant except a high-range water-reducer may also be added in the field. B. Measure materials for batching concrete by weighing in conformity with and within the tolerances given in ASTM C94 except as otherwise specified. Scales shall have been certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures within 1 year of use. C. Measure the amount of free water in fine aggregates within 0.3% with a moisture meter. Compensate for varying moisture contents of fine aggregates. Record the number of gallons of water as-batched on printed batching tickets. D. Admixtures shall be dispensed either manually using calibrated containers or measuring tanks, or by meat�s of an automatic dispenser approved by the manufacturer of the speci�c admixture_ 1 2 Charge air-entraining and chemical admixtures inta the mixer as a solution using an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. Inject i�iultiple admixtures separately during the batching sequence. 3.02 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING A. Satch plants shall have a current NRMCA Certification or equal. B. Concrete shall be ready-mixed concrete produced by equipment acceptable to the En�ineer. No hand-mixing will be permitted. Clean each transit mix truck drum and reverse drum rotation before the truck proceeds under the batching plant. Equip each transit-mix truck with a continuous, nonreversible, revolution counter showing the number of revolutians at mixing speeds. � Ready-mix concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of their rated capacities as stated on the name plate. FOR I3IDDWG 03300-10 CAS'1'-IN-NI�ACE C�NCRETE U37Z0-033-02 l� ' D. Keep the water tank valve on each transit truck locked at all times. Any addition ' of water above the appropriate W/Cm ratio rtaust be directed by the Engineer. Added water shall be incorporated by additional mixing of at least 35 revolutions. f111 added water shall be metered and the amount of water added shall be shown ' on each delivery ticket. , 1 � 1 � 1 1 1 � LJ E. All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall comply with ACI 3l 8 and ASTM C94. F. Select equipment of size and design to ensure continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end. Metal or metal-lined non-aluminum discharge chutes shall be used and shall have slopes not exceeding 1 vertical to Z horizontal and not less than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal. Chutes more than 20 feet long and chutes not meeting slope requirements may be used if concrete is discharged into a hopper before distribution. G. Retempering (mixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water) of concrete ar mortar which has reached initial set will not be permitted. H. Handle concrete from mixer to placement as quickly as practicable while providing concrete of required yuality in the placement area. Dispatch trucks from the batching plarat so they arrive at the work site just before the concrete is required, thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while waiting or delays in placing successive layers of concrete in the forms. ]. Furnish a delivery ticket for ready mixed concrete to the Engineer as each truck arrives. Each ticket shall pravide a printed record of the weight of cement and each aggregate as batched individually. Use the typ� of indicator that returns for zero punch or returns to zero after a batch is discharged. Clearly indicate the weight of frne and coarse aggregate, cement and water in each batch, the quantity delivered, the time any water is added, and the numerical sequence of the delivery. Show the time of day batched and time of dischar�e from the truck. Indicate the number af revolutions of the truck mixer. J. 1 ' � ' FOR BIDDING 03720-033-OZ r Temperature and Mixing Time Control 1. In cold weather, do not allow the as-mixed temperature of the concrete and concrete temperatures at the time of placement in the forms to drop below 40° F. 2. If water or aggregate has been heated, combine water with aggregate in the mixer before cement is added. Do not add cement to mixtures of water and aggregate when the temperature of the mixture is greater than 90° F. 03300-11 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. In hot weather, cool ingredients before mixing to maintain temperature of the concrete below the maximum placing temperature of 90° F. If necessary, substitute well-crushed ice for all or parC o�the mixing water. 4. The maximum time interval between the addition of mixing water and/or cement co the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the values shown in Table 2. �r•�:�� MAXIMUM TIME TO DISCHARGE OF CONCRETE Air or Concrete Temperature (whichever is hi�her) 80 ta 90° F(27 to 32° C) ----�---...-----�----------�-------�----- 70 to 79° F(21 to 26° C) ......................................... 40 ta 69° F(5 to 20° C) ........................................... Maximum Time .....................•-•45 ininutes ........................60 minutes ........................90 minutes If an approved high-range water-reducer (plasticizer) is used to produce plasticized concrete, the maximum time interval shall not exceed 90 minutes. 3.03 CONCRETE APPEARt1NCE A. Concrete mix showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the caarse aggregate with paste shall be remixed. If this does not correct the condition, the concrete shall be rejected. lf the slump is within the allowable lixnit, but excessive bleeding, poor workability, or poor finishability are observed, changes in the concrete mix shall be obtained only by adjusting one ar mare af the following: 1. The gradation of aggregate. 2. The proportion of fine and coarse aggregate. 3. The p�rcentage of entrained air, within the allowable limits. B. Concrete for the work shall provide a homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have the required strength, durability and appearance. Mixtures and workmanship shall be such that concrete surfaces, when exposed, will require no finishing. When concrete surfaces are stripped, the concrete, when viewed in good lighting from 10 feet away, shall be pleasing in appearance, and at 20 feet sha11 show no visible defects. FOR S1DDING 03300-12 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03720-033-02 , 1 ' , ' 1 r � ' � 1 r CJ � � 1 � [� ' 3.U4 PLACING AND COM�ACT]NG I1 FOR BIDDING 03720-033-42 Placing 1. Verify that all farmwork completely encloses concrete to be placed and is securely braced prior to concrete placement. Remove ice, excess water, dirt and other foreign materials from fornns. Confirm that reinforcement and other enabedded items are securely in place. Have a competent workman at the location af the placement who can assure that reinforcing steel and embedded items remain in designated locations while cancrete is being placed. Sprinkle semi-porous subgrades or forms to eliminate suctian of water from the mix. Seal extremely porous subgrades in an approved manner. 2. Deposit cancrete as near its final position as possible to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Alace concrete continuously at a rate which ensures the concrete is being integrated with fresh plastic concrete. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials or on cancrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If the section cannat be placed continuously, place construction joints as specified or as approved. 3. Pumping of concrete will be permitted. Use a mix design and aggregate sizes suitable for pumping and submit for approval. 4. Remove temporary spreaders from forms when the spreader is na longer useful. Temporary spreaders may remain embedded in concrete only when made of galvanized metal or concrete and if prior approval has been obtained. 5. Do not place concrete for supported elements until concrete previously placed in the supporting element (columns, slabs and/or walls) has reached adequate strength. 6. Where surface martar is to form the base oF a firtish, especially surfaces designated to be painted, work coarse ag�regate back from forms with a suitable tool to bring the full surface of the mortar against the form. Prevent the formation of excessive surface voids. fI��F1:�? a. After suitable bulkheads, screeds and jointing materials have been positioned, the concrete shall be placed continuously between 03300-13 CAST-IN-PLACE CpNCRETE : FOR B1DbING 03720-033-02 8 construction joints beginning at a bulkhead, edge form, or corner. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of the previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and se�regation. b. Avoid delays in casting. If there is a delay in casting, the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated at the edge of that previously placed to avoid cold joints. Concrete shall then be brought to correct level and struck off with a straightedge. Bullfloats or darbies shall be used to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. c. Wl�ere slabs are to be placed integrally with the walls below them, place the walls and compact as specified. Allow l hour to pass between placement of the wall and the overlying slab to permit consolidation of the wall concrete. Keep the Top surface of the wall moist so as to prevent cold joints. Formed Concrete a. Place concrete in forms using tremie tubes and taking care to prevent segregation. Bottom of tremie tubes shall preferably be in contact with the coneret� already placed. Do not permit concrete to drop freely more thar� 4 feet. Place concrete for walls in 12- to 24-inch lifts, keeping the surFace horizontal. If plasticized concrete is used, the maximum lift thickness may be increased to 7 feet and the maximum free fall of concrete shall not exceed 15 �eet. 9. Undervvater co,nereting shall be perfarmed in conformity with the recommendations of ACI 304R. The tremie system shall be used to place underwater concrete. Tremie pipes shall be in the range of 8 to 12 inches in diameter and be spaced at not more than 16 feet on centers nor rnore than 8 feet from an end form. Where concrete is being placed around a pipe, there shall be at least one tremie pipe on each side of each pipe. Where the trernie system is not practical, direct pumped concrete for underwater placement may be used subject to approval of the system including details by the Engineer. Compacting 1. Consolidate concrete by vibration, puddling, spading, rodding or forking so that concrete is thoraughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items and openings and into corners of forms. Puddling, spading, etc, shall be continuously performed along with vibration of the placement to 03300-14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE t � ' eNminate air or stone pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting or planes of weakness. ' 2. All cancrete shall be placed and compacted with mechanical vibratars. The number, type and size of the units shall be approved by the EngineEr �n advance of placmg operations. No concrete shall be ordered until ' sufficient approved vibrators (including standby units in working order) are on the job. � 3. A minimum frequency of 7000 rpm is required for mechanical vibrators. Insert vibrators and withdraw at points from 18 to 30 inches apart. At each insertion, vibrate sufiiciently ta consolidate concrete, generally from ' S ta 15 secorads. Do not over vibrate so as ta segregate. Keep a spare vibrator on the site during concrete placing operations. ' 4. Concrete Slabs: Concrete for slabs less than 8 inches thick shall be consolidated with vibrating screeds; slabs 8 to 12 inches thick shall be compacted with internal vibrators and (optionally) with vibrating screeds. , Vibrators shall always be placed into concrete vertically and shall not be laid horizontally or laid over. lJ �J ' LJ 5. Walls and Columns: Internal vibrators (rather than form vibrators) shall be used unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In general, for each vibrator needed to melt down the batch at the point of discharge, one or more additional vibratars must be used ta densify, homogenize and perfect the surface. The vibrators shall be inserted verCically at regular intervals, through the fresh concrete and slightly into the previous lift, ifany. 6_ Am�unt �f Vihratinn: Vihrators are to he used to consolidate properly placed concrete but shall not be used to move ar transport concrete in the forms. Vibration shall cantinue until: , a. b. , c. ' d. 1 1 FOR BIDDING U372U-033-02 r Frequency returns to normal. Surface appears liyuetied, flattened and glistening. Trapped air ceases to rise. Coarse aggregate has blended into surface, but has not disappeared. 03300-IS CAS7'-1N-PLACE CUNCRETE 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION n I:� Protect all concrete work against injury fronn the elements and defacements of any nature during construction operations. Curing Methods 1. Curing Methods for Concrete Surfaces: Cure cancrete to retain moisture and maintain specified tEmperature at the surface for a minimum of 7 days after placement. Curing methods to be used are as follows: a. Water Curir►g: Keep entire concrete sur�'ace wet by panding, continuous sprinkling or covered with saturated burlap. Begin wet cure as soon as concrete attains an initial set and maintain wet cure 24 hours a day. b. Sheet Material Curing: Cover entire surface with sk�eet material_ Securely anchor sheeting to prevent wind and air from lifting the sheeting or entrapping air under the sheet. Place and secure sheet as soon as initial concrete set occurs. c. Liquid Membrane Curing: Apply over the entire concrete surface except for surfaces to receive additional concrete. Curing campound shall NOT be placed on any concrete surface where additior►al concrete is to be placed, where concrete sealers or surface coatings are to be used, or where the concrete finish requires an integral floor product. Curing compound shall be applied as saon as the free water on the surface has disappeared and na water sheen is visible, but not after the concrete is dry or when the curing compound can be absorbed inta the concrete. Application shall be in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Specifaed applications of curing methods. a. b. c. Slabs for Water Containment Structures: Water curing only. Slabs on Grade and Footings (not used to contain water): Water curing, sheet material curing or liquid membrane curing. Structural Slabs (ather than water containment): Water curing or liquid membrane curing. FOR BIDDING 03300-I6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRF'I'F. 03720-033-02 r r ' 1 ' � ' 1 ' � ' � 1 � , r 1 � � ;� I� FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 d. Horizontal Surfaces which will Receive Additional Concrete, Coatings, Grout ar Other Material that Requires Bond to the substrate: Water curing. e. Formed Surfaces: Nane if nonabsorbent forms are 1e13 in place 7 days. Water cure if absorbent forms are used. Sheet cured or liquid membrane cured if forms are removed priar to 7 days. Exposed horizontal surfaces of formed walls ar calumns shall be water cured for 7 days or until next placement of concrete is made. f Concrete Joints: Water cured or sheet material cured. F'inished surfaces and slabs shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun to prevent checking and crazing. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. "Cold weather" is defined as a period when for more than 3 successive days, the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40° F. The average daily temperature shall be calculated as the average of the highest and the lowest temperature during the period from midnight to midnight. 2. Cold weather concreting shall conform to ACl 306.1 and the additional requirements specified herein. Temperatures at the concrete placement shall be recorded at 12 hour intervals (minimum). 3. Discuss a cold weather work plan with the Engineer. The discussion shall encompass the methods and procedures proposed for use during cald weather including the production, transportation, placement, protection, curing and temperature monitoring of the concrete. The procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in weather conditions ar equipment failures shall also be discussed. Cold weather cancreting shall nat begin until the work plan is acceptable to the Engineer. 4. During periods of cold weather, concrete shall be protected to provide continuous warm, moist curing (with supplementary heat when reyuired) for a total of at least 350 degree-days of curing. a. Degree-days are defrned as the total number of 24 hour periads multiplied by the weighted average daily air temperature at the surface of the concrete (e.g., 5 days at an average 70° F= 350 degree-days). 03300-17 CAST-iN-PLACE CONCRF,.TE E. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 �� b. To calculate the weigh�ted average daily air temperature, sum hourly measurements of the air temperature in the shade at the surface af the concrete taking any measurement less than 50° F as 0° F. Divide the sum thus calculated by 24 to obtain the weighted average temperature foa- that day. Salt, manure or other chemicals shall not be used for protection. 6. The protection period for concrete being water cured shall not be terminated during cold weat�er until at least 24 hours after water curing has been terminated. Hot Weather Concreting 1. "Hot weather" is defined as a�y combination of k�igh air temperatures, low relative humidity and wind velocity which produces a rate of evaporation estimated in accordar�ce with ACI 305R, approaching or exceeding 0.21bs/sq. ft/hr). 2. Concrete placed during hot weather, shal1 be batched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in compfiance with the recommendations of ACI 305R and the additional requirements specified herein. a. Temperature of concrete being placed shall not exceed 90° �' and every effort shall be made to maintain a uniform concrete mix temperature below this level. The temperature of the concrete shall be such that it will cause no diff.rculties from loss of slump, flash set ar cold joints. b. All necessary precautions shall be taken to promptly deliver, to promptly place the concrete upon its arrival at the job and ta provide vibration immediately after placemer�t. �� The Engineer may direct the Contractor to immediately cover � plastic concrete with sheet material. 3. Discuss with the Engineer a work plan describing the methods arad procedures proposed to use �or cancrete placement and curing during hot weather periods. Hot weather concreting shall not begin until the work plan is acceptable to the Engineer. 03300-18 CAST-IN-YLAC1: CONCRETE 1 � � , 1 � � �_� 1 1 ' � � r �� , -.�----� -.. �� L� 1 � 1 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms shall not be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of at least 30% of its specitied design strength, nor before reaching the following number of day-degrees of curing (whichever is the longer): TASLE 3 MINIMUM TIME TO FORM R�MOVAL Forms for De�ree Da� Beams and slabs 500 Walls and vertical surfaces 100 (See definition af degree-days in Paragraph 3.OSD.4.a above). B. Shores shall nat be removed until the concrete has attained at least 70% of its specified design strength and also sufficient strength to support safely its awn weight and construction live loads. 3.07 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING �-� " A. The batching, mixing, transporting, placing ��ng of concrete shall be subject to the inspection of th�_Eng�ear-ai airimes. The Contractor shall advise the _ En ir�r o%trt§/lier readiness to proceed at least 2� haurs prior to each concrete placement. The Engineer will inspect the preparations for concreting including the preparation of previously placed concrete, the reinforcing steel and the alignment, cleanliness and tightness of formwork. No placement shall be made without the inspection and acceptance of the Engineer. B. Sets of field control cylinder specimens will be taken by the Engineer (or inspector) during the progress of the work, in compliance with ASTM C31. The number of sets of concrete test cylinders taken of each class of concrete placed each day shall nat be less than one set per day, nor less than one set for each 150 cubic yards of concrete nor less than one set for each 5,000 square feet of surface area for slabs or walls. r FOR k31DDING 03720-033-02 r 1. A"set" of test cylinders cansists af four cylinders: ane to be tested at 7 days and two to be tested and their strengths averaged at 28 days. The fourth may be used for a special test at 3 days or to verify strength after 2$ days if 28 day test results are low. 03300-19 CAST-IN-PLACF CONCRETE• 3.08 2. When the average 28 day compressive strength of the cylinders in any set falls below the specif ed design strength or bElow proportional minimum 7' day strengths (where proper relation betr�veen seven and 2$ day strengths have been established by tests), proportions, water conterat, or temp�rature conditions shall be changed to achieve the required strengths. C. Cooperate in the making of tests by allowing free access to the work for the selection of samples, providing an insulated clased curing box for specimens, affording protection to the specimens a�ainst injury or loss through the operations and furnish material and labor required for the purpose of taking concrete cylinder sarnples. All shipping o� specimens will be paid for by the Owner. Curing boxes shall be acceptable to the Engitteer. D. Slump t�sts wi11 be made in the field iraanaediately prior to placing the concrete. Such tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 143. if the slump is greater the speci�ed range, the cancrete shall be rejected. E. Air Content: Test for air content shal,l be made on fresh concrete samples. Air content for concrete made of ordinary aggregates having low absorption shall be made in compliance with either the pressure method complying with ASTM C231 or by the volumetric method complying with ASTM C173. F. The . � er may have cores taken from any questianable area in the concrete work such as co ion joints and other locations as required for determination of concrete quality. The resu �es��. on such cores shall be the basis for acceptance, rejection or determining the continuation at�concxe�,�e�rk,. G. Coaperate in obtaining cores by allowing free access to the work and permitting the use of ladders, scaffolding and strcla incidental equipment as may be required. Repair all core holes. The work of cutting and testing the cores will be at the expense of the �wner. H. See Specification Section 03900 for leak testing. FAILURE TO MEET .R.EQUIREMENTS A. Should the strengths shown by the test specimens made and tested in compliance with the previous provisions fall below �the values given ira Table 1, the Engineer shall have the right to reyuire changes ir► proportions outlined to apply to the remainder of the work. �'urthermore, the Engineer shall have the right to require additional curing on those portions of the structure represented by the test specimens which failed. The cost of such additional curing shall be at the Contractor's expense. ln the event that such additional curing does not give the strength required, as evidenced by core and/or load tests, the Engineer shall have POR BIDDING 03300-20 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCAETE 03720-033-02 , � 1 , 1 � � , , �7 � -- � , � L � ' � , 1 1 C_� 1 the right to require strengthening or replacement of those portions of the structure ' which fail to develop the required strength. The cost of all such core borings and/or load tests and any strengthening or concrete replacement required because ' strengths of test specimens are below that specified, shall be entirely at the expense of the Contractor. In such cases of failure to meet strength requireanents the Contractor and Engmeer shall confer ta determine what adjustment, if any, ' can be made in compliance with Sections titled "Strength" and "Failure to Meet Strength Requirements" of ASTM C94. The "purchaser" referred to in AS"�'M. C94 is the Cantractor in this Section. 1 ' �J �1 B. When the tests on control specimens of concrete fall below the specified strength, the Engineer will permit check tests for strengths to be made by means of rypical cores drilled from the structure in compliance with ASTM C42 atad C39. in the case of cores not indicating adeyuate strength, the Engineer, in addition to other recourses, may require, at the Contractor's expense, load tests on any ane of the slabs, beams, piles, caps, and columns in which such concrete was used. Tests need not be made until concrete has aged 60 days. C. Should the strength of t�st cylinders fall below 60% af the required minimum 2$ day strength, the concrete shall be rejected and shall be removed and replaced. ' 3.09 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. It is the intent of this Section to require quality work including adeyuate forming, , proper mixture and pl�eement of cancrete and curing so completed concrete surfaces will require no patching. 1 1 , 1 , � � ' B. Defective concrete and haneycombed areas as determined by the Engineer shall be repaired as specified by the Engineer. C. As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete surfaces exposed, �ns and other projections shall be removed; recesses left by the rernoval of form ties shall be filled; and surface defects which do not impair structural strength shall be repaired. Clean all exposed cortcrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage af concrete, to approval of the Engineer. D. Immediately after removal of forms remove plugs and break off inetal ties as required by Sectian 03100. Promptly fill holes upon stripping as follows: Moisten the hole with water, followed by a 1/16-inch brush coat of neat cement slurry mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole with a 1 to 1.S mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch (just short of "balling"). Hammer the grout into the hole until dense, and an excess of paste appears on the surface in ihe form of a spiderweb. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. Avoid burnishing. FOR 1311)I�ING U3720-033-02 03300-21 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. When patching exposed surfaces the same source of cement and sand as used in the parent concrete shall be employed. Adjust color if necessary by addition of proper amounts of white cement. Rub lightly with a fine Carborundum stone at an age of 1 to 5 days if necessary to bring the surface down with the parent concrete. Exercise care to avoid damaging or staini�g the virgin skin of the surrounding parent concrete. Wash thoroughly to remove all rubbed matter. 3.10 SCHEDULE I_� The following (Table 4) are the general applications for the various concrete classes and design strengths: Class A 1:3 C�J 0 TABLE � CONCRETESCHEDULE Design Strength si 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 Description Concrete frll and duct encasement Concrete overlay slabs and pavements Walls, slabs on grade, suspended slab and beam systems, columns, grade beams and all other structural concrete Prestressed concrete i�.i�i��yx��c�� FOR BIDDING 03300-22 CAS'I'-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03720-033-U2 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' � 1 1 ' ' 1 , ' r ' ' ' SECTION 0335� CONCRETE FINISHES 17�.i1 lit�] �1�1 �1.7:� 11 1.01 SCOFE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and fnish cast-in-place concrete surfaces as shown an the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED W�RK A. Sectian 031 p0, Concrete Farmwork. B. Sectian 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 03600, Grout. I�Ix�Y11:3uI��r:��I.� The Cantractar shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Concrete sealer: Confirmation that the sealer is compatible with additionally applied coatings shall also be submitted. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recomrnended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid tirne. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C33—Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finishes FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 l. For conerete which will receive additional applied finishes or rnaterials, the surface finish specified is required for the proper application af the specified manufacturer's products. Where alternate products are approved 03350-1 CONCRETE FiNiSHES : for use, determine if changes in tinishes are required and provide the proper finishes to receive these products. 2. Changes in finishes made to accommodate products different from those specified shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit the proposed new finishes and their construction methods to the Engineer for approval. Services of Manufacturer's Representative 1. Make available at no extra cost to the �wner, upon 72 hours notification, the services of a qualitied field representative of the manufacturer of curing cornpound, sealer or hardener to instruct the user on the proper application of the product under prevailing job conditians. 1.07 WARR�INTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) l .l0 TESTING REQUiREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Chemical hardener shall be Lapidolith by Sonneborn; Hornolith by A.C. Horn; Penalith by W.R. Meadows or equal fluosilicate base material. B. Concrete sealer shall be "Kure-N-Seal," by Sonneborn, Minneapolis, MN or equal. PART 3 EXECiJTiON 3.01 FORMED SURFACES A. Forms shall not be removed before the requirements of Section 03300 have been satis�ed. FOR BIDDiNG 03350-2 CUNCRF'I'� FINISHF..S 03720-033-02 � 1 � ' ' 1 ' ' ' � 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 B. Exercise care to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of chamfers, rustications or corners when removing the forms ar performing any other work adjacent thereto. C. D. E. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete. Rough-Form Finish l. 2. Immediately after stripping forms and before concrete has changed color, carefully remove all fins and projections. Promptly �11 holes left by tie cones and defects as specified in Section 03300. Rubbed Finish F. Immediately upon stripping forms and before concrete has changed color, carefially remove all fins. While the wall is still damp apply a thin coat of rnedium consistency neat cement slurry by means of bristle brushes to provide a bonding coat within all pits, air holes or blemishes in the parent concrete. Avoid coating large areas with the slurry at one time. G. Befare the slurry has dried or changed color, apply a dry (almost crurnbly) grout proportioned by volurtae and consisting of 1 part cement to 1-1/2 parts of clean masonry sand having a fineness modulus of approximately 2.3 and camplying with the gradatian requirements of ASTM C33 for such a material. Grout shall be unifarmly applied by mearas of damp pads of coarse burlap approximately 6 inches square used as a float. Scrub grout into the pits and air h�les to prnvide a dense mortar in all imperfections. H. Allow the mortar to partially harden for 1 or 2 hours depending upon the weather. If the air is hot and dry, keep the wall damp during this period using a fine, fog spray. When the grout has hardened suf�ciently so it can be scraped from the surface with the edge af a steel trowel without darnaging the grout in the small pits or hales, cut off all that can be removed with a trowel. (Note: Grout allowed to remain on the wall too long will harden and will be difficult to remove.) I. Allow the surface to dry thoroughly and rub it vigorously with clean dry burlap to completely remove any dried grout. No visible film of grout shall remain after this rubbing. The entire cleaning operation for any area must be completed the day it is started. Do not leave grout an surfaces overnight. Allow sufficient time for grout to dry after it has been cutoff with the trawel so it can be wiped off clean with the burlap. FOR BIDDING U3 !1U-U3:i-�Z 03350-3 CONCKf;TE f'INISHES J. On the day following the repair of pits, air holes and blemishes, the walls shall again be wiped off clean with dry, used pieces of burlap containing old hardened mortar which will act as a mild abrasive. After this treatment, there shall be no built-up filrn remaining on the parent surface. If, however, such a Iilm is present, a fine abrasive stone shall be used to remove all such material without breaking through the surface �Im of the original concrete. Such scrubbing shall be light and sufficient only to remave excess txaaterial without changing the texture of the concrete. K. A thorough wash-down with stiff bristle brushes shall follow the final bagging or stoning operation. No extraneous materials shall remain on the surface of the wall. The wall shall be sprayed with a fine fog spray periodically to maintain a continually damp condition �or at least 3 days after the application of the repair grout. L FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Abrasive Blast Finish Coordinate with Rubbed �'inish application. Do not begin until Rubbed Finish operation is complete or before concrete has reached minimum 7-day strength. The Rubbed Finish application may be deleted by the Engineer if the unfnished concrete surface is of superior quality. Apply the abrasive blast finish only where indicated on .Drawings. 2. Prepare a sample area of minimurn 4-feet-high-by-l6-feet-wide Slast Finish as directed by Engineer on a portion of new wall construction which will not be exposed in the final work. Sarnple area shall contain a variety of finishes obtained with dii'ferent nozzles, nozzle pressures, grit rnaterials and blasting techn.iques For selection by Engineer. Final accepted sample shall remain exposed until campletion of all Blast Finish operations. 3. Blast finis}t operation shall meet all regulatory agency requirements. Blast Finish contractor shall be respansible for obtainin� all required permits and/or licenses. 4. Perform abrasive blast finishing in as continuous an operation as possible, utilizing the same work crew to maintain continuity of finish on each surface or area of work. Maintain patterns or variances in depths of blast as present on the accepted sample. 5. Use an abrasive grit of proper type and gradation as well as equipment and technique to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surfaces as follows: 03350-4 CONCRETE FINISHES ' ' � 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 , 1 , ' ' ' � 1 ' a. Medium: Generally expose coarse aggregate - 1/4-inch to 3/8-inch reveal. 6. Abrasive blast corners and edge of patterns carefully, using back-up boards, to maintain uniform corner or edge line. Determine type of nozzle, nozzle pressure and blasting techniyues required to match Architect's samples. 7. Upon completion of the Blast Finish operation, thoroughly flush finished surfaces with clean clear water to remove residual dust and grit. Allow to air dry until curing of concrete is complete. 8. After the concrete has cured for a minimum of 2$ days, apply a clear acrylic sealer as directed by manufacturer. 3.02 FLOORS AND SLABS A. Floated Finish FoK �iouiNc 03720-033-02 ] . Machine Floating a. Screed floors and slabs with straightedges to the established grades shawn an the Drawings. Immediately after fnal screeding, a dry cement/sand shake in the proportion of two sacks of portland cement to 350 lbs af coarse natural concrete sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the surface at the rate of approximately S00 lbs /1,000 sq �i of floor. Do not sprinkle neat, dry cement on the surface. b. The application of the cement/sand shake may be eliminated at the discretion of the Engineer if the base slab concrete exhibits adequate iattiness and homogeneity and the need is not indicated. When the concrete has hardened sufficiently to support the weight of a pawer float without its digging into or disrupting the level surface, thoroughly float the shake into the surface with a heavy revolving disc type pow�r compacting machine capable of providing a 200 Ib compaction force distributed over a 24-inch diameter disc. c. d Start floating along walls and around columns and then move systematically across the surface leaving a matte finish. The compacting machine shall be the "Kelly Aower �'loat with Compaction Control" as manufactured by Kelley Industries of SSP 03350-5 CONCRETE FINISHES : C. ►J 3 Construction Equipment Inc., Pomona, CA or equal. Troweling machines equipped with float (shoe) blades that are slipped over the trowel blades may be used far floating. Floating with a troweling machine equipped with normal trowel blades will not be permitted. The use of any floating or troweling machine which has a water attachment for wetting the concrete surface during finishing will not be permitted. Hand Floating a. In lieu of power filoating, small areas may be compacted by laand flaating. The dry cement/sand shake previously specified shall be used unless specifcally eliminated by the Engineer. Screed the floors and slabs with straightedges to the established grades shown on the Drawings. While the concrete is still green, but sufficiently hardened to support a finisher and kneebaards with no more than 1/4-inch indentation, wood float to a true, even plane with no coarse ag�regate visible. Use suffcient pressure on the wood floats to bring moisture to the surface. Finishing Tolerances a. Level floors and slabs to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/8 inch when checked with a 10-foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. Where drains occur, pitch floors to drains such that there are no low spots left undrained. Failure to meet either af the above requirements shall be cause for removal, grinding, or other correctian as directed by the Engineer. Broom Finish l. Screed slabs with straightedges to the established grades indicated an the Drawings. When the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to nrzaintain srnall surface indentations, draw a stiff bristle broom lightly across the surface in the direction of drainage, or, in Che case af walks and stairs, perpendicular to the direction of traffic to provide a non-slip surface. Steel Trowel Finish 1. Finish concrete as specified in Articles 3.04 and 3.05. Then, hand steel trawel to a perfectly smooth hard even finish free from high or low spots or other defects. FOR BIDDING �3350-6 CONCRETE FINISHES �3720-U33-U2 [� 1 1 LJ � 1 D. Concrete Sealer Prepare and seal surfaces indicated on the roam finish schedule to receive a sealer as follows: a. Finish concrete as specified in the preceding Paragraphs and in accordance with the Schedule in Article 3.05 below. b. Newly Placed Concrete: Surface must be sound and properly finished. Surface is application-ready when it is damp but not wet and can no longer be marred by walking workmen. ' c. Newly-Cured Bare Concrete: Level any spots gouged out by trades. Remove all dirt, dust, droppage, oil, grease, asphalt and foreign matter. Cleanse with caustics and detergents as required. ' Rinse thoroughly and allow to dry sa that surface is no more than damp, and not wet. ' d. Aged Concrete: Restore surface soundness by patching, grauting, filling cracks and holes, etc. Surface must also be free of any dust, dirt and other foreign matter. Use power tools and/or strippers to ' remove any incompatible sealers or coatings. Cleanse as required, following the procedure indicated under cured concrete. 1 1 e. Methods: Apply sealer so as to form a cantinuous, uniform film by spray, sofi-bristle push broom, long-nap roller or lambs wool applicator. Ordinary garden-type sprayers, using neoprene hose, are recommended for best results. ' f. Applications: For curing only, apply frst coat evenly and uniformly as soon as possible after final finishing at the rate of 200 to 400 syuare feet per gallon. Apply second coat when all trades � are completed and structure is ready for occupancy at the rate of 400 to 600 square feet per gallon. ' g. Ta meet guarantee and to seal and dustproof, two coats are required. Far sealing new concrete, both coats shall be applied full-strength. On aged concrete, when renovating, dustproofing ' and sealing, the first coat should be thinned 10 to 15% with reducer per manufacturer's directions. � ' � �--- FOR B1pDING 03720-033-02 03350-7 CONCRETF FTNISFIES 3.03 CONCRETE RECEIVING CHEMICAL HARDENER A. After 28 days, minimum, concrete cure, apply chemical hardener in three applications to a minimum total coverage af the undiluted chemical of 100 sq ft per gallon and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as reviewed. 3.04 APPROVAL OF �'INISHES A. All concrete surfaces, when finished, will be inspected by the Engineer. B. Suriaces which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are unsatisfactory shall be re�nished or reworked. C. After finishing horizontal surfaces, regardless of the finishing procedure specified, the conerete shall be cured in compliance with Section 03300 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES /s�l : FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Concrete shall be finished as specifed either to rernain as natural concrete to receive an additional applied finish or material under another section. Concrete for the following conditions shall be finished as noted on the Drawings and as further specified herein: ].. Concrete to Receive Dampproofing: Rough-form finish. See Paragraph 3.O1D above. 2. Concrete Not Exposed to View and Not Scheduled to Receive an Additional Applied Finish or Material: Rough-form finish. See Paragraph 3.O1D abave. 3 4 Exterior Vertical Concrete Above Grade Exposed to View: Rubbed finish. See Paragraph 3.OlE above. Interior Vertical Concrete Exposed to View Except in Water Containment Areas: Rubbed finish. See �aragraph 3.01 E above. 5. Vertical Concrete in Water Containment Areas. Rubbed finish on exposed surfaces and extending to two feet below normal operatin� water level: Rough-form finish on remainder of submerged areas. See Paragraphs 3.01 E and 3.01 D above. 03350-R CONCRETE YINISHES � � ' ' 1 � 1 ' ' ' � ' 1 � ' 1 ' 1 � FpR BIpDING 03�2D-033-U2 6. Interior and Exterior Underside of Concrete Exposed to View: Rubbed fnish. See Paragraph 3.01 E above. 7. Exterior surfaces exposed to view and indicated to have an abrasive blast fnish. See Paragraph 3.OlF above. 8. lnterior ar Exteriar Horizantal Concrete not Requiring Floor Hardener or Sealer: Floated fnish. See Paragraph 3.02A above. 9. 10 I1 12 13 Cancrete for Exterior Walks, Interior and Exterior Stairs: Broamed finish perpendicular to direction of traffic. See Paragraph 3.02B above. Concrete Slabs On Which Process Liquids Flow ar In Contact with Sludge: Steel trowel finish. See Paragraph 3.02C abave. Concrete to Receive Hardener: See Article 3.03 above. Concrete to Receive Floor Sealer: See Paragraph 3.02D above. Concrete tank battoms to be covered with grout: See Section 03600. END OF SECTION 0335Q9 CQNCRF7"[= FINISH�S ' � � � � , ' 1 1 1 1 � , SECTION 03600 GROUT 17�.��ts1�1�1�.7�11 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install grout complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 KELATED WORK A. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03250, Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. D. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractar shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Commercially manufactured nonshrink cementitious grout. The submittal shall include catalog cuts, technical data, stora�e requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature considerations, conformity to required ASTM standards and Material Safety Data Sheet. B. Commercially manufactured nonshrink epoxy grout. The submittal shall include catalog cuts, technical data, starage requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature considerations, conformity to required ASTM standards and Material Safety Data Sheet. C. Cement grout. The submittal shall include the type and brand of the cement, the gradatian of the fine aggregate, praduct data on any praposed admixtures and the proposed mix of the grout. D. Concrete grout. The submittal shall include data as required for concrete as � delineated in Section 03300 and for �ber reinforcement as delineated in Section 03200. This includes the mix design, constituent quantities per cubic yard and the water/cement ratio. � 1 F�R f31bpING 03720-033-02 1 03600-1 GRQl1T E. Laboratory Test Reports 1. Submit laboratory test data as required under Section 03300 for concrete to be used as concrete grout. F. Certifications 1. Certify that commercially manufactured grout products and concrete grout admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days curing. Cx. c�uali�cations 1. Grout manufacturers shall submit documentation that they have at least ] 0 years experience in the production and use of the proposed �routs which they will supply. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 2 3 4 ASTM C531—Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefticient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical Resistant Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes. ASTM C579--Standard Test Method for Campressive Strength of Chemical Resistant Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes. ASTM C827—Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens frorra Cementitious Mixtures_ ASTM C1107—Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink). B. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Standard (CRD) 1. CRD C-621—Corps of Engineers Specifrcation for Nonshrink Grout. FOR BIDDING 03600-2 GROUT 03720-033-02 � � 1 � 1 � 1 1 � � � � , ' � � � � 1 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Grout manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the production and use of the type of grout proposed for the work. B. Pre-installation Conference 1. Well in advance of grouting, hold a pre-installation meeting to review the reyuirements for surface preparation, mixing, placing and curing procedures for each product proposed for use. Yarties cancerned with grouting shall b� notified of the meeting at least 10 days prior ta its scheduled date. C. Services of Manufacturer's Representative 1. A qualified field technician of the nonshrink grout manufacturer, specifically trained in the installation of the products, shall attend the pre-installation conference and shall be present for the initial installation of each type of nonshrink grout. Additional services shall also be provided, as required, to correct installation problems. D. Field Testing 1. All field testing and inspection services required shall be provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall assist in the sampling of materials and shall provide any ladders, platforms, etc, for access to the work. The methods of testing shall cnmPly in detail with the applicable ASTM Standards. 2. The field testing of Concrete Grout shall be as specified for concrete in Section 03300. 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) I.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. S. Deliver materials to the jobsite in original, unopened packages, clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, product identification, batch numbers and printed instructions. FOIi BIUDING 03720-033-02 036W-3 GROUT C. Store materials in full compliance with the roanufacturer's recommendations. Total storage time from date of manufacture to date of installation shall be limited to 6 months or the manu�acturer's recommended storage time, whichever is less. D. Material which becomes damp or otherwise unacceptable shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with acceptable material at no additional expense to the Owner. E. Nonshrink cement=based grouts shall be delivered as preblended, prepackaged mixes requiring only the addition of water. r'. Nonshrink epoxy grouts shall be delivered as premeasured, prepackaged, three component systems requiring only blending as directed by the manufacturer. 1.09 QUALIFICATTONS (NOT USED) 1..10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 WEATHER CONSTR�INTS (NOT USED) 1.12 DEFINITIONS A. Nonshrink Grnut. A commercially manufactured product that does not shrink in either the plastic or hardened state, is dimensionally stable in the hardened state, and bonds to a clean base plate. PART 2 PRQDUCTS 2.01 GENERAi. A. The use of a manufacturer's name and product or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard ofquality desired. B. Like materials shall be the products of one manufacturer or supplier in order to provide standardizatian of appearance. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Nonshrink Cementitious Grout 1. Nonshrink cementitious grouts shall rneet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 1107, Grades B or C and CRD C-621. Grouts shall be portland c�ment based, contain a pre-proportioned blend of selected aggregates and shrinkage compensating agents and shall require only the additian of FOA BIbDING 03600-4 GROUT 03720-033-02 1 �J C� i � � � �. _� l .l ' � � 1:3 C� a. General purpose nonshrink cementitiaus grout shall confarm to the standards stated above and shall be SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.; Set Grout by Master Builders, Inc.; Gilco Construction Grout by Gifford Hill & Ca.; Euco NS by The Euclid Chemical Ca.; NBEC Grout by U. S. Grout Corp. or equal. b. Flowable (Precision) nonshrink cernentitious grout shall conform to the standards stated above and shall be Masterflow 928 by Master Builders, lnc.; Hi-Flow Grout by the Euclid Chemical Co.; SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.; Supreme Grout by Gifford Hill & Co.; Five Star Grout by U. S. Grout Corp. or equal. Nonshrink Epoxy Grout 1. Nonshrink epoxy-based grout shall be a pre-proportioned, three- companent, 100% solids system consisting of epoxy resin, hardener, and blended aggregate. It shall have a compressive strength of 14,000 psi in 7 days when tested in conformity with ASTM D695 and have a maximum therrnal expansion of 30 x 10"6 when tested in conformity with ASTM C531. The grout shall be Ceilcote 648 CP by Master Suilders Inc.; Five Star Epoxy Grout by U.S. Grout Corp.; Sikadur 42 Grout-Pak by Sika Corp.; High Strength Epaxy Graut by the Euclid Chemical Co. or equal. Cement Grout � 1. Cement grouts shall be a mixture of one part portland cement canforming to ASTM C 150, Types l, II, or III and 1 to 2 parts sand conforming to ASTM C33 with sufficient water to place the grout. The water content ' shall be sufficient to impart workability to the grout but not to the degree that it will allow the grout to flow. � � 1 ' 1 �� FOR BIDDING p3"/2�u33-u2 Concrete Grout 1. Concrete grout shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300 except as specified herein. It shall be proportioned with cement, coarse and �ne aggregates, water, water reducer and air entraining agent to produce a mix having an average strength of 2900 psi at 28 days, or 2500 psi nominal strength. Coarse aggregate size shall be 1/2 inch maximum. Slump shauld not exceed 5 inches and should be as low as practical yet still retain suffcient workability. 036W-5 GROUT 2. Synthetic reinforcing fibers as specified in Section 03200 shall be added to the concrete grout mix at the rate of 1.5 pounds of fibers per cubic yard of grout. Fibers shall be added from the manufacturer's premeasured bags and according to the manufacturer's recommendations in a manner which will ensure complete dispersion of the fiber bundles as single monofilaments within the concrete graut. E. Water 1. 1 � � 1 � Potable water, free frorn injurious amounts af oil, acid, alkali, organic ,� matter, or other deleteriaus substances. PART 3 EXECUTION C�l]��t7�1�_\,7_11Y[�LI � � A. Graut shall be placed over cured concrete which has attained its full design strength unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. , B. Concrete surfaces to receive grout shall be clean and sound; free af ice, frost, dirt, grease, oi1, curing cornpounds, laitance and paints and free of all loose material or foreign matter which may affect the bond or performance o�the grout. C. Roughen conerete surfaces by chipping, sandblasting, or other mechanical means to ensure bond of the grout to the concreCe. Remove loose ar broken concrete. Trregular voids or projecting coarse aggregate need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance and firmly embedded into the parent concrete. I� 1. Air compressors used to clean surfaces in contact with grout shall be the oilless type or equipped with an oil trap in the air line to prevent oil from being blown onto the surface. , �� Remove all loose rust, ail or other deleterious substances from metal embedments , or bottom of baseplates prior to the installatian of the grout. E. Concrete surfaces shall be washed clean and then kept moist for at least 24 hours prior to the placement of cementitious or cernent grout. Saturation may be achieved by covering the concrete with saturated burlap bags, use of a soaker hose, flooding the surface, or ather method acceptable to the Engineer. Upan completion of the 24-hour period, visible water shall be removed from the surface prior to grouting. The use of an adhesive bonding agent in lieu of surface saturation shall only be used when appraved by the Engineer for each specifc location of grout installation. � � ' ' FOR BIDDING 03600-6 GAOU I 03720-033-02 1 � u � � C� � � � F. Epoxy-based grouts do not require the saturation of the concrete substrate. Surfaces in contact with epoxy grout shall b� completely dry before grauting. G. Construct grout forms or other leakproof containment as required. Forms shall be lined or coated with release agents recommended by the grout manufacturer. Forms shall be of adequate strength, securely anchored in place and shored to resist the forces imposed by the grout and its placement. 1. Forms for epoxy grout shall be designed to allow the formation of a hydraulic head and shall have chamfer strips built into farms. H. Level and align the structural or equipment bearing plates in accordance with the structural requirements and the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. � I. Equipment shall be supported during alignment and installation of grout by shims, wedges, blocks or other approved means. The shims, wedges and blocking devices shall be prevented frorn bonding to the grout by appropriate bond � breaking coatings and removed after grouting unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 1 3.02 1NSTALLATION — GENERAL � � � � � � � A. Mix, apply and cure products in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and this Section. B. Nave sufficient manpower and equipment available for rapid and continuaus mixing and placing. Keep all necessary tools and materials ready and close at hand. C. Maintain temperatures of the foundation plate, supparting concrete, and grout between 40 and 90° �' during grouting and for at least 24 hours thereafter or as recommended by the grout manufacturer, whichever is longer. Take precautions to minimize differential heating or cooling of baseplates and grout during the curing period. D. Take special precautions for hot weather or cold weather grouting as recammended by the rnanufacturer when ambient temperatures and/or the temperature of the materials in cantact with the grout are outside of the 60 and 90° F range. E. Install grout in a manner which will preserve the isolation between the elements on either side of the joint where grout is placed in the vicinity of an expansion or control joint. � FOR BiDDING 03/2U-033-OZ � 03600-7 GROU7 F I� � Reflect all existing underlying expansion, control and construction joints through � the grout. 3.03 INSTALLATXON — CEMENT GROUTS AND NONSHRINK CEMENTITIOUS � GROUTS A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recortatnendations. Do not add cement, � sand, pea gravel or admixtures withouC priar approval by the Engineer. B. Avoid mixing by hand. Mixing in a mortar mixe�' (with moving blades) is recommended. Yre-wet the mixer and empty excess water. Add premeasured amount of water for mixing, followed by the grout. ,Begin with the minimum amount of water recommended by the manufacturer and then add the. minimurra additional water required to obtain wor.kability. Do not exceed the manufacturer's maximum recommended water content. C. Placeme�ts greater than 3 inches in depth shall include the addition of clean, washed pea gravel to the grout riaix when approved by the manufacturer. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for thc size and amount of aggre�ate to be added. . D. Place graut into the designated areas in a manner which will avoid segregation or entrapnnent of air. Do not vibrate grout to release air ar to consolidate the nnaterial. Placement should proceed in a manner which will ensure thE filling of all spaces and provide fu11 contact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes as necessary. E. Place grout rapidly and continuously t� av�id c�ld jnints_ T7o not place cernent grouts in layers. Da not add additional water to the mix (retemper) after initial stiffening. F. Just before the grout reaches its final set, cut back the grout to the substrate at a 45° angle from the lower edge of bearin� plate unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Finish this surface with a wood float (brush) �nish. G. Begin curing immediately after form removal, cutback, and tinishing. Keep grout moist and within its recommended placetnent temperature range for at least 24 hours after placernent or longer if recommended by the manufacturer. Saturate the grout surface by use of wet burlap, soaker hoses, ponding or other approved means. Provide sunsbades as necessary. If drying winds inhibit the ability of a given curing method to keep grout moist, erect wind breaks until wind is no Ionger a problem or curing is finished. FOR BIDDING 03600-8 GROUT 03720-033-02 � � � � lJ � � �J � �l ' � C� � LJ � � l� , i 3.04 INSTALLATION -- NONSHRINK EPDXY GROUTS A. Mix in accordance with the procedures recotxamended by the manufacturer. Do not vary the ratio of components or add solvent to chan�e the consistency of the grout mix. Do not overmix. Mix full batches only to mainCain proper proportions of resin, hardener and aggregate_ B. Monitor ambient weather conditions and contact the grout manufacturer for special placement procedures to be used for temperatures below 60 or above 90° F. C. Place grout into the designated areas in a manner which will avoid trapping air. � Placement methods shall ensure the f lling of all spaces and provide full cantact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes as necessary. � 1 � �� D. Minimize "shoulder" length (extension of grout horizontally beyond base plate). In no case shall the shoulder length of the grout be greater than the grout thickness. E. Finish grout by puddling to cover all aggregate and provide a smooth finish. Break bubbles and smooth the top surface of the grout in confarmiry with the manufacturer's recommendations. F. Epoxy grouts are self curing and do not require the application of water. Maintain the formed grout within its recommended placement temperature range �'or at least 24 hours after placing, or longer if recommended by the manufacturer. 3.05 1NSTALLATION — CONCRETE GROUT � A. Screed underlying concrete to the grade shawn on the Drawings. Provide the surface with a broomed fnish, aligned to drain. Protect and keep the surface clean unt�l placement of concrete grout. L� � � � B_ Remove the debris and clean the surface by sweeping and vacuuming of all dirt and other fareign rnaterials. Wash the tank slab using a strang jet of water. Flushing of debris into tank drain lines will not be permitCed. C. Saturate the concrete surface for at least 24 hours prior ta placement of the concrete grout. Saturation may be maintained by ponding, by the use or soaker hoses, or by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. Remove excess water just prior to placement of the concrete grout. Place a cement slurry immediately ahead of the cancrete grout so that the slurry is moist when the grout is placed. Work the slurry over the surface with a broom until it is coated with approximately 1/l6- to 1/8-inch-thick cement paste. (A bonding grout composed of 1 part portland � FOR BIDDiNG 03720-033-02 � 03600-9 GROUT cement, 1.5 parts fine sand, an approved bonding adrnixture and water, rnixed to achieve the consistency of thick paint, may be substituted for the cement slurry.) D. Place cancrete grout to final grade usin� the scraper mechanism as a guide for surface elevation ar�d to ensure high and low spots are eliminated. Unless specifically approved by the equipment manufacturer, mechanical scraper mechanisms shall not be used as a finishing machine or screed. L F Provide grout control joints as indicated on t�e Drawings. Finish and cure the concrete grout as specified for cast-in-place concrete. 3.06 SCHEDULE The following list indicates where the particular types of grout are to be used: A. General purpose nonshrink cementitious grout: Use at all locatians where non shrink grout is called far on the plans except for base plates greater in area than 3 feet wide by 3 feet long and except for the setting of anchor rads, anchor bolts or reinforcing steel in concrete. B. Flawable nanshrink cementitious grout: Use under all base plates greater in area than 3 feet by 3 feet. Use at all locations indicated to receive flowable nonshrink grout by the Drawings. The Contractor, at his/her option and convenience, rnay alsa substitute flowable nonshrink grout for general purpose nonshrink cementitious grout. C. Nonshrink epoxy grout: Use for the setting of anchor rods, anchor bolts and reittforcing steel in concrete and for all locations specifically indicated to receive epoxy grout. D. Cement grout: Cement grout may be used for grouting of incidental base plates for structural and miscellaneous steel such as post base plates for platforms, base plates for beams, etc. Tt shall not be used when nonshrink grout is specifically called for on the Drawings or for grouting of primary structural steel members such as columns and girders: E Concrete grout: Use for overlaying the base concrete under scraper mechanisrns of clarifiers to allow more control in placing the surface grade. END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 03600-10 GROUT 03720-U33-U2 � � LJ �J � 1 � � � � � 1 � , � C� �� '��J C I � ' � ' � ' � � � � � � � � � 1 � � 1 � SECTION 03900 LEAKAGE TESTING OF WATER-RETAINING STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Water tightness testing of reinforced concrete water retaining structures. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED) 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices reFerred to in this Specitication Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 350.1-01—Tightness Testing of Environrnental Engineering Concrete Structures. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 WEATHER CONSTRAINTS (NOT USED) FOR BIDDiNG 03720.033-02 03900-1 L�,AKAGG TESTING UP WATER-RETAINING 5TRUCTIJRES PART2 PRODUCTS 2.O1 GENERAL A. Provide potable water, piping, and equipment required to test concrete structures for leakage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. B. C. Hydrostatically test reinforced concrete structures which will contain water to reyuirements specifed below, and are free of detectable leaks. Do not start leak testing or cleaning of surfaces until concrete is cured and joint sealants have set and cured a minimum of 14 days. Conduct testing before backfill is placed against walls. D. Prior to testing, clean exposed surfaces by thorough hosing, and remove surface laitance and loose matter from walls and slabs. Remove wash water and debris by means other than washing through plant piping. 3.02 TEST PROCEDURE A. Fill structure to be tested to the normal operating liquid level. Filling rate shall not exceed 4 feet o� water per hour, and shall be at continuous uniform rate with continuous monitoring. S. The exterior surface of the tank shall be monitored for flowing leaks. Repair any flowing leaks which occur before continuing filling. � 17 The water shall be kept at the test level for at least three days prior to the actual test. Measure the vertical distance to the water surface from a fixed point on the tank above the water surface. Record measure�nents at 24-hour intervals. E. A drop of the water surface exceeding 1/10 of 1% of the normal volume of contained liquid will be considered failing. F. The structure will have also been considered to have failed the test if flowing or seeping water is observed, or ifmoisture can be transferred to a dry hand from the exterior surface. FOR BIDDING D3720-033-02 03900-2 1.EAKAGE TE'S'17NG OF WA7 �K-K�1A1N1NU S7 KUC7 UKES r � , 1 1 I r � r � � � � r � i � 1 � G_ Independently measure change in water volum� due to evaporation and precipitation using a 24 inch deep white, watertight container not less than 10 square feet of surface area. Position the container to experience enviranmental conditions similar to the structure being tested. The volume change of the structure shall be corrected based on the water volume change in the sample container. H. Failing tanks which exhibit no visible signs of leaking or seepage may be permitted to be immediately retested. I. Failing tanks will be drained, repaired, and retested until the tank has met the test requirements. 3.03 REPAIR METHODS A ro� aina�Nc 03720-033-02 Methods for repairing concrete are described in Section 03150. END OF SECTION 03900-3 LEAKAGE TESTING OF WATER-RETAINING STRUCTIIRES � lJ � � 1 ' , �.� 1 � 1 r � � �� r � � r I 1] \�/ (.y C�)\E•� iur�r:�� 1 � , ' � 1 ' ' � � ' � � � � � SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUSMETAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Fumisla all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install all miscellaneous metal cornplete as shown on the Drawings and as speci�ed herein. 1.02 RF.i.ATF,D WnRK A. Section 03250, Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. S. Section 0811 Q, Steel Doors and Frames. C. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. D. Section 11535, Submersible Non-Clog Centrifugal Pumps F. Division 15, Mechanical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. S. C. Shop drawings, showing sizes of inembers, method of assembly, anchorage and connectian to ather members. Samples 1_ Submit samples as requested by the Engineer during the course of canstructian. Design Data l. Submit calculations or test data demonstrating that the railings will resist the loads specified in the 2007 F'lorida Building Code at the past spacing provided. 2. Submit manufacturer's load and deflection tables for grating. D. Test Reports 1. Certified copy of mill test reports on each aluminum proposed for use showing the physical properties and chemical analysis. PUR 81DDING 05500-I MI5CL•LLANEOUS ML•TAL 03720-033-02 E. Certi�cates 1 �a Submit certification that the railing system is in campliance with OSHA requirernents and tbe 2007 Florida Building Code. Certify that welders have been qualified under AWS, within the previous 12 months, to perform the welds required under this Section. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices re�erred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of tbis Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. : Aluminum Association (AA) l. ABH�21 Aluminum Brazing Handbook. 2. ASD-1 Aluminum Standards and Data. 3. DA�'-45 Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 4. S�A-�6 Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 FOR BIDDING U3�20-033-02 ASTM A3(�Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. t�STM ��8—Standard Specification for Gray lron Castings. ASTM A53---Standard Specifcation for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. ASTM Al0$—Standard Specificatian far Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality. AST.M A 123—Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on iron and Steel Products. ASTM A153---Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on iron and Steel Hardware. ASTNI A 167—Standard Specification fibr Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet ar�d Strip. ASTM A276—Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. ASTM A307—Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 Psi Tensile Strength. ASTM A325—Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. ASTM A366—Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold- Rolled, Commercial Quality. 05500-2 MISCELLANEOUS METAL 1 r 1 I, �, LJ LJ � � , ' [-_� � � J � � � � � � � ' 1 � � 1 � ' � � � � ' � �� I�J E. 12. ASTM A500---Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 13. ASTM ASOI—Standard Specifcation for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 14. ASTM A536-----Standard Specification far Ductile Iron Castings. 15. ASTM A570----Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality. 16. ASTM B209—Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Sheet and Plate. 17. ASTM 5221—Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminurn- Alloy Extruded Bars, Rads, Wire, Profiles and Tubes. 18. ASTM 8429—Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. American Iran and Steel Institute (A1Sl). 1. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS Dl.l—Structural Welding Code Steel. 2. AWS D1.2—Structural Welding Code Aluminum. Federal Specifications 1. FS-FF-B-575C-----Bolts, Hexagonal and Square. F. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) G. 2007 Florida Building Codc. (FEC) 1 _Ob QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be completely coardinated with the wark af other Sections. Verify, at the site, both the dimensions and work of other trades adjoining items of work in this Section before fabrication and installation of items herein specified. B. Furnish to the pertinent trades all items included under this Section that are to be built into the work of other Sections. C. All welding shall be performed by qualified welders and shall conform to the applicable AWS welding cade. Welding of steel shall conform to AWS D1.1 and welding ofaluminum shall conform to AWS D1.2. FQR BIU�ING 03720-033-02 05500-3 M15CELLANEOUS METAL 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 11 m The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements speci�ed in Section 01650 for storing and protectin� the items specified in this Section. Deliver items to be incorporated into the work of other trades in sufficient time to be checked priar to installation. C. Repair items that have become damage or corroded to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to inco►porating them inta the work. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. Field measurements shall be taken at the site, prior to fabrication of items, to verify or supplement indicated dimensions and to ensure proper fitting of all items. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use oi manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard af quality and general configuration desired. B. Like items of materials shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to provide standardization for appearance, maintenance and manutacturer's service. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise noted, rnaterials for miscellaneous nnetals shall conform to the following standards: 1. Structural Steel ASTM A36 2. Structural Stee1 Tubing ASTM A500, Grade B 3. Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe ASTM A501 or ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B Schedule 40. Use standard malleable iron fittings, galvanized for exterior work FOR BIDD]NG OSSOU-4 MISCELLANEOUS METAL 03720-033-02 1 � 1 � � 1 � 1 1 ' ' , i 1 1 � � � � 4. Steel Sheets 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 /:�.��►i/sRZT� Gray Iron Castings ASTM A48, Class 35 Ductile lron Castings ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 Aluminum Extruded Pipe ASTM B429, Alloy 6063 T6 Aluminum Extruded Shapes ASTM B221, Alloy 6061 T6 Aluminum Sheet and Plate ASTM B209, Alloy 6061 T6 Stainless Steel Plates, Sheets, and Structural Shapes a. Exterior, Submerged or Industrial Use ASTM A167, Type 3l6 (Type 316L for welded) b. Interior and Architectural Use ASTM A167, Type 304 Stainless Steel Solts, Nuts, and Washers ASTM A276, Type 316 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs ASTM A3�7, Grade A(hot dip galvanized nuts and washers where noted) 13. High Strength Steel Bolts, Nuts, and Washers ASTM A325 (mechanically galvanized per ASTM B695, Class 50, where noted) a. Elevated Temperature Exposure Type I b. General Application Type I or Type II 1�1. Galvanizin� ASTM A123, Zn w/0.5% minimum Ni 15. Galvanizing, hardware ASTM A153, Zn w/p.S% minimum Ni 2.03 ANCHORS, BOLTS AND FASTENING DEVICES A. Anchar bolt material shall be ASTM A307 unless otherwise noted. F�OA i31DD1NG OSSOQS MISCELLANEUUS METAL 03720-033-02 B. Unless otherwise noted, bolts .for the connection of carban steel or iron shall be ste�l machine bolts; bolts for the connection of galvanized steel or iron shall be galvanized steel or stainless steel macbine bolts; and bolts for the connection of aluminum or stainless steel shall be stainless steel machine bolts. C. LTnless otherwise noted, expansian anchors shall be zinc plated carbon steel wedge type anchors complete with nuts and washers. Type 316 stainless steel, wedge-type anchors shall be used where they will be submerged or exposed to the weather or where stainless steel wedge type anchors are required. When the length or embedrnent of the bolt is not nated on the Drawings, provide length sufficient to place the wedge and expansion sleeve portion of the bolt at least 1 inch behind the concrete reinforcing steel. Expansion anchors shall be Hilti, Kwick-bolt III; ITW Ramset; Redhead trubolt, or equal. D. Compound rnasonry expansion anchors shall be lead expansion sleeve type anchors complete with nuts and washers. Anchors shall be precision die-cast zinc al,loy with a minimum of two lead alloy expansion sleeves. When the length or embedment of the bolt is not noted on the Drawings, provide length suffcient to place the wedge and expansion sleeve portion of the bolt at least 1 inch behind the concrete reinforcing steel. Expansion anchors shall be Star Expansion Industries, Star Slugin or equal. E. Adhesive capsule anchors shall be a two-part stud and capsule chemical resin anchoring system. Capsules shall contain prerneasured amounts of polyester or vinyl ester resin, aggregate and a hardener contained in a separate vial within the capsule. Stud assemblies shall consist o,f an all-thread anchor rod with nut and washer. Adhesive capsule anchors shall be Hi1ti, HVA Adhesive Anchor; Molly, Parabond; Rawlplug, Rawl Chem-Stud or equal. F. Adhesive anchors, for fastening to bollow concrete block or brick, shall be a three-part stud, screen and chemical dispenser anchoring system. Adhesive cartridges shall contain premeasured amounts of resin and hardener rvhich are mixed and deposited in a screen tube by a dispenser. Stud assemblies shall consist of an all-thread anchor rod with nut and washer. Anchors shall be Hilti, HIT C-20 System or �qual. G. Automatic end welded headed anchor studs shall be flux ended studs made from cold drawn steel, ASTM A108 Grades C-1010 through C-1020. Headed anchar studs shall be Nelsan, H4L Headed Concrete Anchors or equal. H. Machine bolts and nuts shall canform to Federal Specification FF-B-575C. Bolts and nuts shall be hexagon type. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers and related appurtenances shall be Type 316 stainless steel. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 05500-6 MISCELLANEOUS METAL �_� � , ' � LJ � � , � LJ � � C� � J 1 � 1 � ' ' 1 ' , 1 � r 1 1 ' , ' , � I. Toggle bolts shall be Hilti, Toggler Bolt or equal. 2.04 METAL GRATING A. Grating shall have rectangular, 3/lb-inch-thick, bearing bars spaced 1-3/16 inches on center with cross bars spaced at 4 inches on center. All grating panels shall be banded with a bar the same size as the bearing bars. 1. Grating shall not exceed the fabricator's maximum recommended span, and meet or exceed the following load and deflection criteria for the maximurn span length at the opening being covered by the grating. a. The grating shall produce a deflection of 1/360 of the span ar less under a uniform live load of 1001bs/sq ft on the maximum span. b. The grating shall produce a deflection of l/360 of the span or less under a concentrated live load of 300 lbs applied at the mid point of the maximum span. 2. Openings 2 inches or greater in diameter/dimension and grating edges shall be banded with a bar of the same depth and thickness as the bearing bars. Cut bearing bars or cross bars shall be welded to the banding bar. 3. Provide trench grating with syrnmetrical cross bar arrangement. 4. Grating clamps, nuts, bolts, washers and other fastening devices for grating and grating supports shall be Type 316 stainless steel. All grating shall be anchored to the supporting system using saddle clips. B. Aluminum grating material shall be aluminum alloy 6063-T6 with a mill finish. Cross bars shall be attached to the bearing bars with interlocked swaged joints. The grating shall be Type BS by IKG Borden, Houston, TX; Type 19 SG-4 by Ohia Gratings, Inc., Canton, �H; Type 1954 by Seidelhuber Metal Products, San Carlos, CA or equal. C. Metal fram�s and supports for grating shall be of the same material as the grating unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Where aluminum supports are used, they shall be fabricated from aluminum alloy 6061-T6. 2.05 RAILINGS � A. ' FOR BIDDING 0372Q033-02 � Handrai] and railing systems shall comply with the requirements of OSHA and FBC. 05500-7 MISCELLANEOIJS METAI. B. Aluminum railing and handrail shall be a welded or mechanically fastened, seamless, extruded aluminum pipe system. Rails shall be 6063-T6 alloy. Posts shall be 6061-T6 alloy. Splice and reinforcing sleeves, brackets, end caps, toeboards, etc, shall be aluminum alloy 6063-T6 or 6061-T6. Cast fittings shall be aluminum alloy No. 214_ Railing system fastening hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Aluminum shall have a mill �nish. After welding, aluminum shall be anodized. All railin�, posts, toeboards and exposed aluminum shall be anodized with an architectural Class I satin finish providing a minimur� coating thickness of 0.7 mils and a rninimum coating weight of 32 milligrams per square inch in compliance with AA M12C22A41. C. Railings shall be 2 rail welded railing systems, as shown on the Drawings, fabricated with 1-1/2 inches nominal diameter pipe. Posts shall be Schedule 80 pipe, minimum and rails and handrail shall be Schedule 40 pipe, minimum. Posts and top rails shall be continuous. Spacing of pasts shall not exceed 5 feet on center and shall be uniformly spaced except as otherwise shown on the Drawings. Posts will be required on each side of structure expansion joints. All railing posts shall be vertical. D. Welds shall be circumferential welds ground smooth and even to produce a railing that is neat in appearance and structurally sound. Welding methods shall be in con�ormity with AWS standards for the materials being joined. All rail-to-past connections shall be coped and fastened by continuous welds. There shall be na burrs, sharp ed�es or protrusions on any weld an any part of the handrail system. After fabrication, the welds and surrounding area shall be cleaned and hand buffed to blend with the adjacent finish. All mechanical fasteners shall be unobtrusively located in countersunk holes with the top flush with the surface of the rail. Sends in the railing shall be as indicated by the Drawings. No distortion of the circrrlar rai1ing �hape will he all�wed. Bends and terrninal sections shall be made without the use of fttings. Corner bends shall be mitered and welded bends. E. Railing shall be assembled in sections as long as practical but shall not be greater than 24 feet in length. A field splice shall be used when an assembled section is to be attached to another section. Field splices shall be used in all railing panels that cross over structure expansion joints. 2. Field splices shall use internal splice sleeves located within 8 inches of railing posts. The sleeve shall be welded to the rail on one side and fastened with a set screw to the rail on other side. The field splice shall be detailed to take the differential expansion between the railing system and the supporting structure. When the field splice occurs in a railing panel crossing a structure expansion joint, the sle�ve shall be welded to the rail on one side and be FQR BIDDING 05500-8 MISCELLANEOUS METAI. 03720-033-02 u , ' F � free to slide in the rail on other side. The field splice shall be detailed to take the same movement as the structure expansion joint. The bases or supports for railing posts and handrail shall be the types indicated on the Drawings. 1. Where non-removable railing is set in concrete, the posts shall be placed , in 2-1/2-inches-diameter formed concrete openings and firmly caulked with a nonsulphur compound, hydraulic cernent equal to Por-Rok by ' Minwax Construction Products Division Sterling Drug, Montvale, NJ. Collars shall be placed around the post bases and fastened in place with set screws on the side of the post away from the walkway. Posts shall be � placed with the centerline 4 inches from the edge oi the concrete except that posts shall be set at the centerline of concrete curbs. `J 1 1 � 2. Stainless steel and aluminum railing posts, which may collect condensation, shall have a 3/16 inch drain hole drilled immediately above the concrete encased area, the base flange, or supporting socket on the side away from the walking area. The battom of the rail post between the drain hole and the bottam of the post shall be filled with an inert material such as a compressed closed cell neoprene rod. 3. Where handrail is to be fastened to walls, the rails shall be provided with screwed wall flanges fastened to the walls with three 3/$-inch stainless steel flat head machine screws. G. Safety gates, for railing openings, shall be fabricated of matching pipe and rail , material and configuration. The gates shall be self-closing gates with approved stop, latch and stainless steel closure spring and hinges. , � ' u ' r � H. Barrier chains, for railing openings, shall be fabricated of stainless steel chains. Chain shall be l/4-inch stainless steel links, with eleven links per foot as manufactured by Eastern Chain Works, Inc., NY; Lawrence Metal Products, Inc. or equal. Chains shall be fastened to the handrail posts at the elevation of each rail. One end of each chain shall be connected to one post with a 1/4-inch diameter stainless ste�l eye bolt and the other end shall be connected to the other post by means of a heavy chromium plated bronze swivel eye slide harness snap and a similar eye bolt. 1. Toeboards shall be provided on all railing adjacent to a drop in elevation of 4 feet or more. Toeboards are not required on the inclined portion of stairway railings or where concrete or steel curbs, 4 inches ar more in height, are present. Toeboards shall be 4-inch high channels of the same material as the railing. The channels shall have a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch and have flanges of not less than 3/4 inch or more than 1-]/2 inches in width. Toeboards shall be positioned with a FOR BI1.]DING 037Z0.033-OZ 05500-9 MISCELLANEOUS METAI, maximum clearance of I/4 inch from the floor and fastened to railin� posts with 1/4-inch stainless steel U-bolts, with J-bolts at corner posts and with clip angles and two 1/4-inch stainless steel expansion bolts at walls. Toeboards shall not be welded to the posts. J. All railings shall be properly protected by paper, or by an approved coating or by both, against scratching, splashes or mortar, paint, ar other defacements during transportation and erection and until adjacent work by other trades has been campleted. After protective materials are removed, the surfaces shall be made clean and free from stains, marks, or defects of any kind. I� , � 1 1 1 ' Handrails and guardrails shall be a pre-engineered pipe railing system equal to TUFrail as provided by Tlaompson Fabricating Company. , 2.06 ACCESS HATCHES A. Access hatches shall have single ar double leaf doors as indicated by the Drawin�s. The doors shall be 1/4-inch aluminum diamond pattern plate with welded stiffeners, as necessary, to withstand a live load of 300 lbs/sq ft with a maximuxn deflection of 1/150th of the span. Hatches shall have a 1/4-inch aluminum channel frame with a perimeter anchor flange or strap anchors for concrete embedment around the perimeter. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, use pivot torsion bars for counterbalance or spring operators for easy operatian along with automatic door hold open. Hardware shall be durable and corrosion resistant with Type 316 stainless steel hardware used throughout. Provide removable lock handle. Finish shall be the factory mill finish far aluminum doors and frames with bituminous coating on the exterior of the frames in contact with concrete. Hatches shall be watertight and have a 1-1/2-inches drainage coupling to the channel frame. Access hatches shall be Types as indicated on the Drawings by Bilco Company, New Haven, CT or equal. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS ALUMINUM A. All miscellaneous tnetal work shall be formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. Holes shall be drilled or punched. Edges shall be smooth and without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified. B. Connections and accessories shall be of sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Exposed joints shall be close fitting and jointed where least canspicuous. Threaded connections shall have the threads concealed where practical. Welded connections shall have continuous welds or intermittent welds as specitied or shown. The face of welds shall be FOA BIDDING 05500-]0 MISCELLANEOUS MGTAL 03720-033-02 C� r J � ' � r � 1 1 E� � , 1 ' LJ ' dressed flush and smooth. Welding shall be on the unexposed side as much as pos5ible in order to prevent pitting or discoloration of the aluminum exposed surface. Grind smooth continuous welds that will be expased. Provide holes for temporary field connections and for attachment of the work of other trades. C. Miscellaneous aluminum items shall include: beams, angles, closure angles, grates, hatches, floor plates, stop plates, stair nosings, and any other miscellaneous aluminum called for on the Drawings and not otherwise specified. D. Angle frames for hatches, beams, grates, etc, shall be complete with welded strap anchors attached. E. Aluminum diamond plate and floor plate shall have a minimum thickness of 3/8 inch. Frames and supports shall be of aluminum construction. Fastening devices and hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Plates shall have a rnill �nish. F. Stair treads for aluminum stairs shall have abrasive non-slip nosing as approved. G. Aluminum nosing at concrete stairs shall be Wooster Products, Inc.; Alumogrit Treads, Type l 16; similar by Barry Pattern and Foundry Co.; Andco or equal. Furnish witfa wing rype anchors and flat head stainless steel machine screws, 12 inches on center. Nasing shall also be used at concrete ladder openings. Nasing shall a single piece for each step extending to within 3 inches at each side of stair or full ladder width. Set nosing flush with stair tread finish at concrete stairs. Furnish treads with heavy duty protective tape cover. H. Miscellaneous aluminum items shall have a cleaned and degreased mill frnish. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL A. All miscellaneous rnetal work shall be formed true to detail, with clean, straighc, sharply defrned profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. Holes shall be drilled or punched. Edges shall be smooth and without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specifed. B. Connections and accessories shall be of sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Exposed joints shall be close fitting and jointed where least conspicuous. Threaded connections shall have the threads concealed where practical. Welded connections shall have continuous welds or intermittent welds as specified or shown. The face of welds shall be dressed flush and smaoth. Grind smaath continuous welds that will be exposed. , FOR BID[)1NG U37ZU-033-OZ , 05500-i l MISC.ELLANEOUS METAL Provide holes for temporary .field connections and for attachment of the work of other trades. C. Miscellaneous steel items shall include: beams, angles, lintels, metal stairs, support brackets, base plates far other than structural steel or equipment, closure angles, bridge crane rails, monorail hoist beams, holddown straps and lugs, door frames, splice plates, subframing at roof openings and any other rraiscellaneous steel called for on the Drawings and not otherwise specifed. �� [� L__1 � , D. Structural steel angle and channel door frames shall be shop coated with primer. , Frarnes sha11 be fabricated with not less than three anchors on each jamb. E. Steel pipe pieces for sleeves, lifting attachments and other functions shall be Schedule 4Q pipe unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Wall and floor sleeves, of stee1 pipe, shall have welded circumferential steel waterstaps at mid- length. , 1 F. Lintels, relief angles or other steel supporting masonry or embedded in masonry shall be shop caated with primer. ' G. All steel finish work shall be thoroughly cleaned, by effective means, of all laose mill scale, rust and foreign matter and shall be given one shop coat of primer compatible with the finish coat after fabricatian but before shipnnent. Paint shall be omitted within 3 inches of proposed field welds. Paint shall be applied to dry surfaces and shall be thoroughly and evenly spread and well worked into joints and other open spaces. 1 � H. Galvanizing, where required, shall be the hot-dip zinc process a1�er fabrication. � Coating shall be not less than 2 oz/sc� ft of st►riace. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS STAINLESS STEEL A. All miscellaneous metal work shall be formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined pro .files and smoath surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. Holes shall be drilled or punched. Edges shall be smooth and without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified. B. Connections and accessories shall be of suffrcient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to which tk�ey will be subjected. Exposed joints shall be close ftting and jointed where least conspicuous. Threaded connections skaall have the threads concealed where practical. Welded connections shall have continuous welds or intermittent welds as speci�ed or shown. The face of welds shall be dressed flush and smooth. Grind smooth continuous welds that will be exposed. FOR BIDDING 05500-12 MISCCLLAN�.OUS METAL 03720-033-02 1 � r ' r 1 ' _ 1 � ' Provide holes for temporary field connections and for attachment af the work of other trades. . C. Miscellaneous stainless steel items shall include: beams, angles, bar racks and any � ather miscellaneaus stainless steel called for on the Drawings and not otherwise specified. , L_ J 1 ' 1 1 ' , ' CJ , C. � [_ I ' C� PART 3 EX�CiJTION 3.01 1NSTALLATION A_ Install all items except those to be embedded in concrete or other masonry, which shall be installed under Division 3. Items to be attached to concrete or masonry after such work is completed shall be installed in accordance with the details shown. Fastening to wood plugs in masonry will not be permitted. B. Abrasions in the shop primer shall be touched up immediately after erection. Areas left unprimed for welding shall be painted with primer after welding. C. Zinc coating which has been burned by welding, abraded, or otherwise damaged shall be cleaned and repaired after installation. The damage area shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brushing and all traces of welding flux and loose or cracked zinc coating removed prior to painting. The cleaned area shall be painted with two coats of zinc axide-zinc dust paint conforming to the requirements of Military Speci�cations M1L-1'-15145. The paint shall be properly compounded with a suitable vehicle in the ratio of one part zinc oxide to four parts zinc dust by weight. n E F G H Specialty pr�ducts shall he installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Expansion bolts shall be checked for ti�htness a minimum of 24 hours after initial installation. Install adhesive capsule anchors using manufacture's recommended drive units and adapters and in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Headed anchor studs shall be welded in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All railings shall be erected to line and plumb. I. All steel surfaces that come into contact with expased concrete or masonry shall receive a protective coating of an approved heavy bitumastic troweling mastic applied in accardance with the manufacturer's instructions prior to installation. }(lR Rli)171N(� 0372(�033-02 05500-13 MISCELLANEOUS METAL J. Where aluminum contacts a dissimilar metal, apply a heavy brush coat of zinc- chromate prinner followed by two coats of aluminum metal and masonry paint t� the dissinnilar rnetal. K. Where aluminurn contacts masonry or concrete, apply a heavy coat of approved alkali resistant paint to the masonry ar cancrete. L. I�� Where aluminum contacts wood, apply two coats of aluminum metal and masanry paint to the wood. Between aluminum grating, aluminum stair treads, or aluminum handrail brackets and steel supports, insert 1/4-inch-thick neoprene isolator pads, 85 plus or minus 5 Shore A durorxaeter, sized for full width and length of bracket or support. END OF SECTION FOR B1�bING 05500-14 MISCEL.LANEOUS ME'TAI.. 03720-033-02 �� 1 [] 1 i 1 f 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 C_J C� 1 1 DlvlsroN s WINDOWS AND DOORS 1 ' � , , 1 � ' ' , ' � 1 ' � 1 1 1 1 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRA,MES PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, rnaterials, equipment and incidentals required and deliver the following as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Steel hollow-metal doors. 2. Pressed-metal door frames. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Show elevations and details of each frame type, schedule of doors and frames, door elevations and details, conditions at op�nings with various wall thicknesses and materials, location and installation requirements for hardware, thickness of materials, joints and connections and trim. B. Hardware templates shall be furnished to the daar manufacturer by the Contractor for correct hardware alignment and reinforcing. C. Provide manufacturer's certification that products comply with referenced standards as applicable. 1.04 WORK SEQU.ENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section dif�ers from these documents, the requirements ofthis Section shall apply. C'OR I3IDDING 03720-033-02 08110-1 S rF.EI. DCH]RS AND FRAMES n I:� C American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A591—Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc- Coated, for Light Coating Weight Applications. 2. ASTM A653—Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zi;nc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron, Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM E924—Standard Specification for General Requirements far Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated Sy the Hot Dip Methad. American National Standards Institute (ANSi) 1 2 3 4 ANSI/SDI A250.4—Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for �hysical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frame Anchors and Hardware Reinforcings. ANSi/SDI A250.6—Recommended Practice for .Hardware Reinfarcing on Standard Steel Daors and Frames. ANSI/SDI A250.8---Recommended Specitications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. ANSI/SDI A250.11—Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. Building Materials Directory. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Doors and frames shall conform to the requirements ofANSI A250.8-1998 and other specifcations named. 1.07 WARRANTCES (N�T USED) 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver �materials in manufacturer's original unopened and undamaged packages with labels legible and intact. Daors and panels shall be individually wrapped in corrugated cardboard with wood strips on vertical edges and banded with metal straps. Store materials in unopened packages in a manner to prevent damage from the environment and construction operations. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) FOR BII?DING 08110-2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 03720-033-02 � � , ' 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 , PART 2 P.RODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. B. C. The material used in manufacturing doors, frames, frame attchors, and hardware reinforcings shall comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. Hardware Reinforcing on daors and frames shall comply with ANSI/SDI A250.6. Physical performance levels shall be in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. D. The material used in manufacturing doors, frames, frame anchors, and hardware reinforcings shall be hot dipped zinc coated steel complying with ASTM A924 and A653. 2.02 FRAMES A. Provide pressed metal frames Level 3 for doar model2. B. Fabricate frames of full-welded unit construction, with corners mitered, rein Forced, continuously welded ful l depth and width of frame. C. Form frames of .053-inch minimum thickness galvanized steel sheets. I r7 E F. F(lR RII�nINC� 03720-033-02 Finish hardware reinforcement - Reinforce frames usin� galvanized steel for required finish. Comply with Table 4 of ANSI/SDI A250.8. Jamb anchors - Furnish jamb anchors as reyuired to secure Frames to adjacent construction, formed of not less than 18 gauge galvanized stcel. 1. Masonry construction - Adjustable, flat, corrugated, or perforated, t-shaped to suit frame size, with leg not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long. Provide UL approved fixed anchors at labeled openings. Furnish at least three anchors per jamb up to 7 feet, 6 inches height; four anchors up to 8 feet, 0 inches jamb height; one additional anchor for each 24 inches or fraction thereof over 8 feet, 0 inches height. Floor anchors - Pravide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion which extends to floor, formed of not less than 14 gauge galvanized steel sheet, as follows: 1. Monolithic concrete slabs - Clip type anchors, with twa holes to receive fasteners, welded to bottam of jambs. OA110-3 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMGS G. �-1 1 Spreader bars - Provide removable spreader bar across bottom offrames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. , H. Plaster guards - Provide 26 gauge galvanized steel plaster guards or dust cover baxes, welded to frame, at back af tinish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials rnight obstruct hardware installation. 2.03 STANDARD STEEL D�ORS A. General I: 1 ' � � Provide SDl A250.$, Leve13, Mode12, 1-3/4 inches thick, seamless hollow construction. , 2. Fabricate doors of two outer, galvanized, stretcher-leveled steel sheets not less than .053-inch thickness. Construct doors with smooth, flush surfaces without visible joints or seams an expased faces or stile edges, except around glazed or louvered panel inserts. Provide weep hole openings in the bottom of doors to permit escape of entrapped moisture. 3. Provide filler o�mineral wool or other approved insulating material solidly packed full door height to fill voids between inner core reinforcing members. No asbestos products will be allowed. Provide a"U" factor of O.:l 5 maximum for exterior doors. 4. The door tops and bottoms shall be closed with flush channels or closures having a minimum material thickness of .042 inch. The closures shall be set with the back face of the channel web flush with the door top/bottom. Finish Hardware Reinforcement: Comply with Table 4 of ANSI/SDI A250.8. Provide vision lites as indicated on the drawings in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors and frames in accordance with ANSI/SDl A250.8. B. Doors and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned and chemically treated ta insure maximum paint adhesion. All surfaces ofthe door and frame exposed to view shall receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibiting primer. The finish shall meet the requirements for acceptance stated in ANSI/SDI A250.10 "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria For Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." FOR BIDDING 081 10-4 STE�L DOORS AND FAAM�S 03720-033-U2 � � 1 ' ' ' ' ' � � , ' � � 1 ' � ' ' C. Design Clearances: Fabricate doors and frarnes to rnaintain tollowing clearances, r 2 3 Clearance between door and frame: 1/8 inch Clearance between face of daor and the stop: 1/1 G inch All clearances shall be to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/32 inch PART 3 EXECUT70N 3.01 INSTALLAT.ION A. lnstall frarnes plumb, level, rigid, and in true alignment in accordance with ANSI A250.11 and DHI A 115.1 G. B. Install fire rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80. C. Frames in Masonry openings: coordinate frame setting with and prior to the building of masonry walls. Provide the required anchors for building in place. 1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. ia 3 Fill welded frames solid with grout. Brace frame to prevent grout pressure from deforming frarne. Grout shall be mixed to a maximum 4-inch slurrap, and hand troweled into place. D. Remove spreader bars only after frames or bucks have been praperly set and secured. 3.02 ADJUSTMENT AND TOUCH-UP A. Adjust doors for proper operation, free from binding or other defects. Remove and replace defective work, including daors or frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise unacceptable. B. Clean and restore soiled surfaces. Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted ar damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up af compatible air-drying primer. C. Protect installed products until completion of the project. POA BIDDING 03720-D33-02 END OF SECTCON 08110-5 STEEL DpQRS AND FRAMES ! � ' 1 1 ' 1 � 1 1 � 1 1 1 � � 1 1 1 � nTVisYON 9 FINISHES ' ' ' ' � ' 1 1 � 1 � 1 , � 1 1 ' 1 i SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes materials for and application of painting and coating systems for the following surfaces: 1. Submerged metal. 2. Exposed metal. 3. Suried metal. 4. Concrete 5. PVC 6. Metal in contact with concrete. B. It does not include coating steel water tanks and reservoirs. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Section 03350, Concrete Finishes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Cantractor shall shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and llcceptance. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: 1. Percent solids by volume. 2. Minimum and maximurn recommended dry-film thickness per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats. 3. Recommended surface preparation. 4. Recammended thinners. 5. Statement verifying that the specitied prime coat is recammended by the manufacturer for use with the specified intermediate and finish coats. �OR BI�DING 09900-1 PA1N7'ING AN17 COATING 03720-035-01 G� 7 Application instructions including recommended equipment and temperaturc limitations. Curing requirements and instructions. C. Submit color swatches. D. Submit certificate identifying the type and gradation of abrasives used for surface preparation. E. Submit material safety data sheets for each coating. l .04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) l .OS REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) l .06 QUALJTY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALTFXCAT�ONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MOCK-UP (NOT USED) 1.12 PROJECT REQUJREMENTS (NOT USED) PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 PAINTING AND COATING SYSTEMS The following index lists the various painting and coating systems by service and generic type: FOR BIDDING 09900-2 PAINTiNG AND CQATING 03720-035-01 1 ' 1 �� li ' � ' 1 ' �� , ' 1 ' PAINT COATINGS SYSTEM INDEX No. Title Generic Coating Submer ed Metal Coatin S stems 2. Submerged Metal, Raw Water (Nanpotable), Raw Sewage, or Chemical Waste Immersion Ex osed or Submer ed Metal Coatin S stems NOT USED Ex osed Metal Coatin S stems 15. Ex osed Metal, Atmos heric Weatherin Environment Alkyd/Ac lic 18. Exposed Metal, Organic Zinc Frimer for Shop Coating and Organic zinc r�ield "l�ouch-U Suried Metal Coatin S stems 2l . Buried Metal E ox 24. Buried Metal Corrosion-resisting rease 25. Buried Metal Piping and Tubing Coal-tar, wax, and polyethylene tape wrap or extruded ol eth lene Concrete and Mason Coatin S stems 31. Ex osed Concrete and Masanr , Corrosive Environment E ox PVC, CPVC, and FRP Coatin S stems 41. PVC for Ultraviolet Ex osure and Color Codin Pol urethane Coatin S stems far Nonferrous Metals 51. Aluminum Insulation from Cancrete and Carbon Steel Bituminous Plaster, Wood, Mason , and D all Coatin S stems NOT USED Coatin S stem for Fusion E ox -Coated Steel Surfaces NOT USED Exterior Architectural Coatin s and Finishes 72. Senrai-Gloss Finish on Exterior Metal Ac lic latex Interior Architectural Coatin s and Finishes NOT USED Hi h-Tem erature Coatin s NOT USED ' These systems are specified in detail in the following Paragraphs. For each coating, the required surface preparation, prime coat, intermediate coat (if required), topcoat, and coating thicknesses are described. Mil thicknesses shown are minimum dry-film thicknesses. ' , FOR RIDDINC �99�-3 PAINTING AND CUATING ' 03720-035-D1 A. L�'•_ Submerged Metal Coating Systems System No. 2—Subrraerged Metal, Raw Water (Nonpotable) Raw Sewage, or Chernical Waste Tmmersion: a. Type: Polyamide-cured epoxy prime, intermediate, and finish coats. Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU Modi�ed Aromatic Polyeruthane at 8.�10.0 rnils per coat and with a minimum 71% sbv. b. Service Conditions: For use with metal pipes or structures (such as tanks, clarifier mechanisms, scum troughs, slide gates) immersed in raw water (nonpotable), raw sewage, or alkaline wastes or acidic wastes having a pH range of 5 to 11. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP-1 ta remove contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSPC-S�'-10, Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. d. Prime Coat: Ameron 400, 7 mils; Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, 7 mils; Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU 1Vlodified �lromatic Polyurethane at 5.0-10.0 mils per coat at 6.0-5.0 mils; International Interline 785HS, 5 mils; Carboline 890, 5 mils; PPG P�TT-GUARD� Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 Series, 5 mils; or eyual. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 B58-600 SeriesB58VX600 at 5.0-10.0 mils DFT. e. Intermediate/Finish Coats: One coat of Ameron 400, $ mils; .Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, 8 mils; Tnemec Series 446 Pertna-Shield MCU Modified Aromatic Polyurethane at 8.Q-10.0 mils per coat; two coats of Tnternational Interline 785HS, 5 mils per caat; two coats af Carboline 890LT, 5 mils per coat; two coats ofPPG PITT-GUARD� Direct-to-Rust Epaxy Mastic Coating 97-145 Series, 5 mils dry-film thickness per coat; Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 B58-600 Series/B58VX600 at 5.0-10.0 rnils DFT; or equal. 1 1 1 � ' ' , 1 ' ' ' ' � 1 f. Total system thickness of prime, intermediate, and finish coats shall ' be 15 mils minimum. Exposed Metal Coating Systerns 1. System No. 1 S—Exposed Metal, Atznospheric Weathering Environrnent: a. Type: Gloss alkyd enamel having a minirnurn volume solids cantent of 46% with alkyd primer. FOA BIDDING 09900-4 PAINTING AND COATING 03720-035-0) 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 � 1 1 1 ' , � L ' ' ' 1 1 1 FOR BIDDING ' 03720-035-01 2. b. Service Conditians: For use on exterior metal and piping subject to sunlight and weathering. c. Surface i'reparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP-1 to rernove contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. d. Prime Coat: Carboline Shop PrimerNo. 1; ICI Devoe �140; Ameron 5105; International Interlac 2bOHS; Sherwin-Williams Kem-Bond HS BSONZ Series at 2.0-4.0 mils DFT; PFG SPEEDHIDE� IntlExt Rust Inhibitxve Steel Primer 6-208 Series; or eyual, applied Co minimum dry-film thickness of 2 mils. Tnemec Series 10 primer at 2.0-3.5 mils DFT with 56% sbv. e. Finish Coat: Two coats of Carboline Carbocoat 139; two coats of ICI Devoe 4348; two coats of Tnemec Series 2H; two coats of Ameron 5401 HS; two coats of International Interlac 820; two coats of Sherwin-Williams Industrial Enamel BS�Z Series at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT/coat; two coats of PPG MetalMax Int/Ext Gloss Alkyd 7-914 Series, ar equal. Apply to a minimum dry-t71m thickness of 1.5-3.5 mils DFT/coat. System No. 1$—Exposed Metal Organic Zinc Primer for Shop Coating and Field Touch-Up: � L� Type: Organic zinc primer having a minimum zinc content of 14 pounds per gallon. Service Conditions: For use as a shop-applied primer or �eld touch- up primer over inorganic zinc prime caatings an exposed metal. c. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPGSP-1 to remave contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSFC-SP-10, Near White Metal Blast Cleaning_ d. Coating: Coating shall be ofthe two- or three-component converted epoxy, epoxy phenalic, or urethane type. Products: Tnemec 90-97; International Intercinc 308; Ameron 68HS; ICi Devoe 313; Carboline 859; Sherwin-WilliamsZino-Cladlll HS B69A100B69D11B69D11 at 3.�5.0 mils DFT; PPG DurethaneTM MCZ 97-679; or equal. Applied to a minimum dry-�Im thickness of 3 mils. Organic zinc primer shall be manufactured by the prime coat manuFacturer. 09900-5 PAINTING AND COATING C. Buried Metal Coating Systems 1. System No. 21—Buried Metal: FOR BIDDING 037Z0-035-01 a. Type: High solids Cyclaaliphatic Amine epoxy or phenolic epoxy having minimum volume solids of $0% (ASTM D2697). b. Service Conditions: Buried rr�etal, such as valves, flanges, bolts, nuts, structural steel, and fittings. c. Surface Preparatian: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP-1 to remove contaminants from the surface. Abrasive blast per SSPC-SP-10, Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. d. Coating System: Apply three or more coats of Ameron 400; Tnemec 104 HS (6.Q-8.0 mils per caat);1C1 Devoe Bar=Rust 233H; Carboline 890LT; Sherwin-Williams Tank Clad HS B62-80 Series/S60V80 Series at 5.�8.0 rnils/coat or equal; 30 rnils total. Maxirnurn thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendatian. 2. System No. 24--Buried Metal: a. Type: Corrasion-resisting grease. b. Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as bolts, bolt threads, tie rods, and nuts. c. C� Surface Preparation: Solvenc clean per SS�'C-SP-1 to remove contaminants from the surface. Power Tool Clean per SSPC-SP-3 as a minimum. Abrasive blasting per SSPC-SP-6, Comm�rcial Blast Cleaning is preferred. Coating: NO-OX-ID GG-2 as rnanufactured by Sanchem, Inc. Apply to a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch. 3. System No. 25—Suried Metal Piping and Tubing: a. Type: Cold-applied coal-tar tape or hot-applied coal-tar tape. b. Service Conditions: Buried ferrous and nonferrous piping and tubing. 09900-6 pA]NTING AND COA7'ING , ' ' � ' , ' , 1 � 1 � , 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 c. Coat with one of the following systems: (1) Wrap with cold-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWA C209. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 35 mils. Apply tape with manufacturer's prime coat. Tape shall be Tapecoat CT, Protecto-Wrap 200, or equal. � e. f. (2) Wrap with hot-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWA C203, Section 4.6. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 50 rnils. Apply tape with manufacturer's recommended prime caat. Tape shall be Tapecoat 20, Protecto-Wrap 110, or equal. Use chloride-free primers with the above caatings when applying to stainless steel piping or tubing. Coat f eld joints of buried piping that has a shap-applied coating with primer and tape conforming to AWWA C209. Use Type 1 tape of35- mil thickness. Products: Protection Engineering Co. Protectowrap 200 GT, Tapecoat CT10/40W, Polyken 930-35, or equal. Perform electrical inspection of shop and feld coating in accordance with Section 5 of AWWA C209. g. Install buried pipes with wrapped coatings by extending the wrapping to the first joint after entering a building, penetrating a slab, or 6 inches above finished grade. Wrap joints spirally with a minimum overlap of 50% of the tape width. D. Concrete and Masonry Coating Systems l. System No. 31—Exposed Concrete and Masonry, Corrosive Environment (For Irnmersion Service): FOR �31PDING 03720-035-01 a. Type: Hydrophobic Aromatic Polyurethane having a minimum valume solids of 70%. b. Service Conditions: Concrete and masonry immersed in water or exposed to corrosive atmospheres, such as hydrogen sulfide gas, chlorine gas, or chlorinated effluent sprays in wastewater treatment plants. c. Surface .Preparation: In accordance with Part 3.04. Clean to an ICRI CSP 5 standard. 09900-7 PAINTINC AND COATING E. FOR BiDDiNG 03720-035-01 d. Frime Coat: Epoxy modi.fied cementitious filler compound or epoxy masonry fller havin� a minimum solids volume of 1 QO%. Apply one coat to .fill voids, pores, and cracks. Products: Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad applied to 1/4-inch, or equal. e. f. lntermediate Caat: One coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU for immersion service (b-$ mils per coat); ar equal. Finish Coat: One coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perrna-Shield MCU for immersion service (use 6.U—$.0 mils per coat); or equal. PVC Coating System 1. System No. 41---PVC for Ultraviolet Exposure and Color Coding: a. Type: Epoxy primer with minimum volume solids of 54% and a pigmented polyurethane enamel having a minimum valume solids o:f 66%. b. Service Conditions: Color coding of PVC exposed to sunlight. c. Surface Preparation: Clean the surface p�r SSPC-SP-1, Solvent Cleaning. Then, lightly abrade the surface with medium-grain sandpaper. d. Prime Coat: One coat of Tnemec Series N69 Epoxoline; Tnternational 7S 10; Ameron 385; TCI Devoe Devran 224 HS; Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 646 B58 SeriesB58V600 at 5.�8.0 mils DFT; Carboline 888 or 890; PPG PITT-GUARD� Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 Series; or equal. Apply to a rr�iniz�aum dry-film thickness of 4 rnils. e. Finish Coat: One coat of Tnemec Series 1075; International Interthane 990HS; Ameron 450 HS; ICI Devoe Devran 379; Carboline 134 HG; Sherwin-Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65- 300 Series/B60V30 at 3.0--4.0 mils DFT; PPG PITTHANE� Ultra- Gloss Urethane Ename195-812 Series; or equal. Apply to a minimum dry-film thickness of 3 mils 09900-8 PAINTING AND CQATiNG 1 1 1 � i ' , l_ J , � 1 , ' ' 1 , ' 1 , _ , ' 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' F � FOR BIDDING 03720-035-01 Coating Systems for Nonferrous Metals 1. System No. S 1—Aluminum insulation from Concrete and Carbon Steel: a. b. c. Type: Bituminous paint having a minimum volume solids af 68% coal-tar pitch based. Service Conditions: Caat areas of aluminum gratin�, stairs, structural members or alurninu►n fabrications, in contact with concrete or carbon steel with this system. Surface Preparation: Solvent or steam clean in accordance with SSPC-SP-1; do not use alkali cleaning. Then dust blast. d. Prime Coat: Apply synthetic resin or epoxy primer to metal surface before finish coats. Products: International Intervinux VTA528/529, or equaL Na primer required for Carboline or Tnemec. e. Finish Coat: Carboline Super Service Black; Tnemec 46-465; Internatianal Intertuf 100; or eyual. Apply two coats to a minimum dry-f.tlm thickness of 8.0--12.0 mils/coat. Exterior Architectural Coatings and Finishes 1. System No. 72----Semi-Gloss Finish on Exterior Metal: a. L7 c. � Type: Acrylic-latex semi-gloss enamel with minimum volume salids of 35% with an alkyd metal primer. Surface Preparation: Clean the substrate per SSPC-SP-1, Solvent Cleaning, to remove contaminants. Prepare the substrate per SSPC-SP-3, Power Tool Cleaning. Acid-etch gla�ed surfaces. Prime Coat: Dunn-Edwards 43-5, Frazee 664 (ferrous) or 661 (galvanized steel or aluminum); International Intercryl S 10WB; iC1 Devoe 4020; Tnemec Series 18; Sherwin-Williams Kem Sond HS BSONZ (ferrous) at 2.5�.0 mils DFT; and Galvite HS BSOWZ30 (nonferraus) at 2.0--3.0 mils DFT; or equal; 3 mils. Finish Coat: Two coats, l.5 rnils dry each, ofDunn-Edwards W-901, Frazee 351; International Intercry1530WB;1C1 Devoe 2406; Tnemec Series 1029; Sherwin-Williams Metalatex B42-1 QO Series at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT; or equal. 09900-9 PAINTING AND COATINC; H. Abrasives for Surface Preparation 1. Abrasives used for preparation of ferrous (excluding stainless steel) surfaces shall be one of the followin�: a. 16- to 30- or 16- to 40-mesh silica sand or mineral grit. b. 20- to 40-mesh �arnet. c. Crushed iron slag, 100% retained on No. SO mesh. d. SAE Grade G-40 or G-50 iron or steel grit. 2. Abrasives used for preparation of copper and aluminum surfaces shall be one of the following: a. Crushed slag, SO to 100 mesh. b. Very fine silica sand, 80 to 100 mesh. 3. 4 Abrasives used for preparation of concrete and masonry surfaces shall be 16- to 30- or 16- to 40-mesh silica sand. In the above gradations, 100% of the material shall pass through the first stated sieve size and 100% shall be retained on the second stated sieve size. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.�1 WEATHEK COND(TIONS A. Do not paint in the rain, wind, snow, mist, or fog or when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point. B. Do not apply paint when the relative humidity is above 85%. C. Do not paint when temperature of inetal to be painted is above 120°F. D. Do not apply alkyd, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints if air or surface temperature is below 40°F or expected to be below 40°F within 24 hours. E. Do not apply epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints on an exteriar or interiar surface if air or surface temperature is below 60°F or expected to drop below 60°F in 24 hours. POR BIDDING 09900-10 PAINTING ANC7 CUATING U372U-035-01 ' r ' 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION PROCEDURES A. Remove oil and grease from metal suriaces in accordance with SSl'C-SP-I. Use ' clean cloths and cleaning solvents and wipe dry with clean cloths. Do not leave a film or greasy residue on the cleaned surfaces before abrasive blasting. Powerwashing with a biodegradable degreaser is also acceptable_ 1 , �J C_J ' 1 1 1 C.� ' �J ' 1 1 B. Remove weld spatter and weld slag from metal surfaces and grind smoothly rough welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs in accordance with SSPC-SP-2 and SSPC-SP-3. Grind 0.020 inch (minimum) off the weld caps on pipe weld seams. Grind outside sharp corners, such as the outside edges of flanges, to a minimum radius of 1/4 inch. C. Do not abrasive blast or prepare more surface area in one day than can be cvated in one day; prepare surfaces and apply coatings the same day. Remove sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter. Prime all areas before rust bloom forms and within the same day. D. Do not abrasive blast PVC, CPVC, or FRP piping ar equipment. Da not abrasive blast epoxy- or enamel-coated pipe that has already been factory coated, except to repair scratched or damaged coatings. �. For carbon steel, da not touch the surface between the time of abrasive blasting and the time the coating is applied. Apply coatings within 2 hours of blasting or before any rust bloom forms. F. Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC specifrcations as follows: Solvent Cleaning SP-1 Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2 Power Tool Cleaning SP-3 White Metal Blast Cleaning SF-5 Commercial B1ast Cleaning SP-6 Brush-OffSlast Cleaning SP-7 Pickling S:P-8 Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10 Power Taal Cleaning to Sare Metal SP-1 l 5urface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other SP-12 Hard Materials by High- and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water Jetting Before Recoating Surface Preparation of Concrete 5P-13 F�R 61DD1NG 099(N1-11 PAINTING ANd COATING ' 03720-035-01 G. Wherev�r the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning," "wire brushing," or "blast cleanin�" ar similar words are used in these Specifications or in the paint manufacturer's specifcations, they shall be understaad to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structure Painting Council), surface preparation specifications listed above. H. Dust blasting is defined as cleaning the surface through the use of very fine abrasives, such as siliceous or m,ineral abrasives, 80 to 100 mesh. Apply a�ne etch to the metal suriace to clean the surface of any contamination or oxide and to provide a surface profile for the coating. ' 1 ' C� ' 1 I. Brush-of �blasting of concrete and masanry surfaces is defined as opening subsurface holes and voids and etching the surface for a coating to bond. ' J. For carbon steel surfaces, after abrasive blast cleaning, the height of the surface profile shall be 2-3 mils. Verify the surface profile by measuring with an impresser tape acceptable to the Owner's Representative. Perform a minimum of one test per 1D0 square feet of surface area. Testing shall be witnessed by the Owner's Representative. The impresser tape used in the test shall be perman�ntly marked with the date, time, and locations where the test was made. Test results shall be promptly presented to the Owner's Representative. K. Do not apply any part of a coating system before the Owner's Representative has reviewed the surface preparation. If coating has been applied without this review, if directed by the Owner's Representative, remove the applied coating by abrasive blasting and reapply the coat in accordance with this Specification. 3.03 ABRASTVE S:LAST CLEANING A. Use dry abrasive blast cleaning for metal surfaces. Do not use abrasives in automatic equipment thaC have become contarrtinated. When shop or field blast cleaning with handheld nozzles, do not recycle or reuse blast particles. B. After abrasive blast cleaning and before coating is applied, dry-clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuurning to remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified prirner or touch-up coating within an 8-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Re-clean any blast-cleaned surface not coated within the 8-haur period before applying primer or touch-up coating. �� Keep the area oftlae work in a clean condition and do not permit blasting particles to accumulate and constitute a nuisance or hazard. FUR BIDDING 09900-12 PAINT]NG AND CqATiNG 03720-035-01 1 , �� ' ' , ' 1 1 , ' 1 [� [� 1 ' 1 ' 1 C� ' Cl 1 � ' 1 C� 1 ' ' D. During abrasive blast cleaning, prevent damage to adjacent coatings. Schedule blast cleaning and coating so that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces. 3.04 FREPARATION OF CONCRETE AND MASONRY SURFACES TO BE C�ATED /:1 1.3 Surface preparation of concrete and masanry surfaces shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 and the following. Do not apply coating until concrete has cured at least 30 days at 75°F and a minimum 50%. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with Section 03350, Concrete Finishes. Do not use curing compound an surfaces that are ta be coated. G Concrete and masonry surfaces on which caatings are to be applied shall be of even color, gray or gray-white. The surface shall have no pits, pockets, holes, or sharp changes of surface elevation. Scrubbing with a stiff-bristle fiber brush shall produce no dusting or dislodging af cement or sand. Sprinkling water on the surface shall produce no water beads or standing droplets. Concrete and masonry shall be free of laitance and slick surfaces. � Detergent clean the concrete or masanry surface with trisadium phosphate in accordance with ASTM D425$. Then sandblast surfaces (brush-off blast). Floor slabs may be acid etched as specified in ASTM D4260 in lieu of sandblasting. After sandblasting, wash surfaces with water to remove dust and salts in accordance with ASTM D4258 or D4261. The grain of the concrete surface to touch shall not be rougher than that of No. 10 mesh sand. Use international Concrete Repair Institute (iCRI) standards for concrete and masanry surface preparation. E. Before coating concrete, plaster, and masonry with Systam No. 33 determine the presence ofcapillary nnoisture in accardance with ASTM D4263, except as madified below. Tape a�1-foot-by-4-foot sheet of polyethylene plastic to the concrete surface ta be coated. Allow the plastic sheet to remain in place at least 24 haurs. After the specified time has elapsed, remove the plastic sheet and visually examine both the underside ofthe plastic sheet and the concrete surface beneath it. There shall be no indication of moisture on either surface. If maisture is indicated, allow additional curing time for the cancrete and then retest. Provide one test sheet for every 300 square feet afcancrete surface to be coated. For walls, provide one test sheet for each 10 feet (or fraction thereo fl of vertical rise in all elevations starting within 12 inches of the floor or base slab. F Acceptance criteria far concrete surfaces shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP-13, Table l, "Severe Service." FOR E3IDDING 04900-13 ' 03720-035-01 PAINTING AND COATING G. Do not apply coatings to concrete when the concrete is outgassing. Apply coatings only when the concrete surface ternperature is stable, not rising. Apply concrete coatings when the temperature is falling to reduce the potential of outgassing. 3.05 PROCEDURES FOR ITEMS HAVTNG SHOP-A�PL.IED PRIME COATS ' , � , A. After applying primer to surfaces, allow coating to cure for a minimum of 2 hours ' before handling ta minimize damage. S. When loading for shipment to the project site, use spacers and other protective devices to separate items to prevent damaging the shop-primed surfaces during transit and unloading. Ifwood spacers are used, remove wood splinters and particles from the shop-primed surfaces after separation. Use padded chains or ribbon binders to secure the loaded items and minimize damage to the shop-primed surfaces. , ' C. Cover shop-prirned items 100% with protective caverings or tarpaulins to prevent ' deposition of road salts, fuel residue, and other contaminants in transit. D. Handle shop-primed items with care during unloading, installation, and erection operations to minimize damage. Do not place or store shop-prirned items on the ground or on top of other work unless tk�e ground or work is covered with a protective covering or tarpaulin. Place shop-primed items above the ground upon platforms, skids, or other supports. 3.06 FIELD TOUCH-UP OF SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS A. Remove oil and grease sur,face contaminants an metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-1. Use clean rags wetted with a degreasing solution, rinse witkt clean water, and wipe dry. B. Remove dust, dirt, salts, moisture, chalking primers, or other surface conCaminants that will affect the adhesion or durability of the coating system. Us� a high-pressure water blaster or scrub surfaces with a braom or brush wetted with a solution of tri- sodiurn phosphate, detergent, and water. Before applying intermediate or finish coats to inorganic zinc primers, remove any soluble zinc salts that have formed by scrubbing with a stiff bristle brush. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water. C. Remove loose or peeling primer and other surface contaminants not easily removed by the previous cleanin� methods in accordance with SSPC-SP-7. Take care that the remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. The remaining primers shall be �rmly bonded to the steel surfaces with blast-cleaned edges feathered. FOR BIDDiNG 09900-1 A PAINTING AND COATING U37ZU-035-01 ' L� 1 � 1 1 , , 1 CJ 1 ' 1 ' D. Remove rust, scaling, or primer damaged by welding or during shipment, storage, and erection in accordance with SSPC-SP-10. Take care that the remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Areas smaller than 1 square inch ' may be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP-11. The remaining primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with cleaned edges feathered. ' , L._J 1 [� ' ' 1 E. Use repair procedures on damaged primer that protect adjacent primer. Blast cleaning may require the use of lower air pressure, smaller nozzles and abrasive particle sizes, short blast nozzle distance from surface, shielding, and/or masking. F. After abrasive blast cleaning of damaged and defective areas, remove dust, blast particles, and other debris by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming; then apply the specifed touch-up coating. G. Surfaces that are shop primed with inarganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch- up of organic zinc primer as specified in System No. 18 to cover scratches ar abraded areas. H. Other surfaces that are shop primed shall receive a field touch-up of the same primer used in the original prirne coat. 3.07 AAINTING SYSTEMS A. All materials of a specified painting system, including primer, intermediate, and finish coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the particular coating system. B. Deliver paints to the jobsite in the original, unapened containers. I3.U8 PA.INT STORAGE AND MIXING ' A. Store and mix materials only in areas designated for that purpose by the Owner's Representative. The area shall be well ventilated, with precautionary measures taken to prevent iire hazards. Post "No Smoking" signs. Storage and mixing areas shall be ' clean and free of rags, waste, and scrapings. Tightly close cantainers after each use. Store paint at an ambient temperature from 50°F to 10�°F. ' B. Prepare multiple-component coatings using all of the contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Do not use partial batches. Do not use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. ' Pravide small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas. Mix only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer. Da not ' FOR BIDDING 0�-� 5 PAINTINC AND COATING ' 03720-035-01 intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating. 3.09 PROCEDURES ,FOR THE AP.PL.ICATION OF COATiNGS A. Conform to the requirernents of SSPC-PA-1. Fallow the recommendations of the coating manufacturer, includin� the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, dtying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions. B. Stir, strain, and keep coating rnaterials at a uniform consistency during application. Power rnix camponents. For multiple component materials, premix each component befare combini�g. Apply each coating evenly, free ofbrush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of paor workmanship. Use a different shade or tint on succeeding coating appl ications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces sha11 be free from defects or blemishes. C. Do not use thinners unless recoax►mended by the coating manufacturer. lfthinning is allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. SCir coating materials at all times when adding thinner. Do not �lood the coating rnaterial surface with thinner before mixing. Do not reduce coating materials more than is absolutely necessary to obtain the proper appGcation characteristics and to obtain the specified dry-film thicknesses. D. Remove dust, blast particles, and other debris from blast cleaned surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming. Allow ventilator fans to clean airborne dust to provide good visibility in working area before applying coating. Remove dust from coated surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming before app1ying succeeding coats. ' , 1 � �� ' 1 ' 1 L' J 1 ' E. Apply coating systems to the specified minimum dry-flm thicknesses as determined ' in accordance with SSPC-PA-2. F. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Before applying coating, re- clean surfaces that have surface colored or become moist by blast cleanin�. G. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, rauts, bolts, and irregular surfaces before applying the primer and �nish coat. Apply the brush coat before and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat. H. Before applying subsequent coats, allaw the primer and intermediate coats to dry for the minimum curing tirne recornmended by the manufacturer. ln na case shall the time between coats exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. F�R BIDDING 09900-16 PAINTING AND COATING 037ZD-035-01 ' ' 1 1 ' , ' ' ' 'J � ' ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' , 1 ' ' I� � i. Each coat shall cover the surface of the preceding coat completely and there shall be a visually perceptible difference in applied shade or tint o�colors. J. Applied coating systems shall be cured at 75°F or higher for 48 hours. Mftemperature is lower than 75°F, curing time shall be in accordance with printed recommendations ofthe manufacturer, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner's Representative. K. Assembled parts shall be disassembled sufficiently before painting or coating to ensure complete coverage by the required caating. 3.10 SURFACES NOT TO SE COATED A. Do not paint the surfaces listed below unless otherwise noted in the drawings or in other Specification Sections. Protect the f'ollowing surfaces during the painting of adjacent areas: 1. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Concrete walkways. Martar-coated pipe and fittings. Stainless steel. Metal letters. Glass. Roofing. Fencing. Copper tubing, red brass piping, and PVC piping except where such piping occurs in rooms where the walls are painted, or required for color coding_ Electrical fixtures except for factory coatings. Nameplates. Grease fittings. Brass and capper, submerged. Buried pipe, unless specifically required in the piping specifications. Fiberglass items, unless specifically reyuired in the FI�F specifications. Aluminum handrail, stairs, and grating. Insulated pipe. 3.11 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO SE PAINTED A. Remave, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Frovide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect working parts of inechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. FOR Ll1UDING ��1� PAINTINC AND COA77NG ' 03720-035-01 3.12 SURFACES TO SE COATED A. The exact coating Co be applied in any location is not designated by the descriptive phrases in the coating system titles such as "carrosive environment," "buried metal," or "submerged metal." Coat surfaces with the specific coating systems as described below: 1 2 3 4 Coat rraechanical equipment, such as pumps as described below. The color of the fnish coat shall selected by the Owner during submittal review. Coat concrete sur�aces where shown in the drawings. Coat aluminum surfaces in .contact with concrete as specifed in System No 51. Coating Schedule: Coating Surface or Item System No. Pumps 2 tiser Pipe in Wetwell 2 Exposed Pipe, Fittings, attd Valves 15 Buried Pipe, Fittings, and Valves 21 or 25 Junction Box PVC Drain Pipe Doors and Exterior Architectural Metal Finishes 3.13 DRY-F1LM THICKNESS TESTING 31 41 72 A. Measure coating thickness specified for carbon steel surfaces with a magnetic-type dty-film thickness gauge in accordance with SSPC-l?A-2. Provide certification that the gauge has been calibrated by a certi�ed labaratory within the past 6 months. Provide dry-flm thickness gauge as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. B. Test the finish coat of inetal surfaces (eaccept zinc primer and galvanizing) for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low-voltage, wet- sponge type. Provide measuring equipment. Pravide certification that the gauge has been calibrated by a certified laboratory within the past 6 months. Provide detector as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor or K-D Bird Dog. � POR BIDDING 03720-035-01 1 ' , ' , , , , ' Measure coating thickness specified for cancrete or masonry surfaces in accordance with ASTM D4138. Test the frnish coat of concrete and masonry surfaces in � 09900-18 AA1N'1'ING AN D COA7ING � � ' � 1 1 ' L� � I�a accordance with NACE RP-0188-90 or ASTM D4787. Patch coatings at the points of thickness measurement ar holiday detection. Check eac:h coat far the correct dry-film thickness. Do not measure within 8 hours after applicatian of the coating. E. For metal surfaces, make five separate spot measurements (average ofthree readings) spaced evenly over each pump to be measured. Make three readings for each spot measurement of either the substrate or the paint. Move the probe or detector a distance of 1 to 3 inches for each new gauge reading. Discard any unusually high or low reading that cannot be repeated consistently. Take the average (mean) of the three readings as the spot measurement. The average of five spot measurements for each pump shall not be less than the specified thickness. No single spat measurement on any pump shall be less than $0% or more than 120% of the specified thickness. One of three readings which are averaged to produce each spot measurement may underrun by a greater amount as defined by SSI'C-PA-2. F. For concrete surfaces, make five separate spot measurements spaced evenly over ' each 100 square feet of area (or fraction thereo� to be measured. The average of five spot measurements for each such 100-square-foot area shall not be less than the ' specified thickness. No single spot measurement in any 100-square-foot area shall be less than 80% or more than 120% of the specified thickness. ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 G. Perform tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative. 3.14 REPAIR O�' 1MpROPERLY COATED SURFACES A. If the item has an improper finish color or insufficient filrn thickness, clean and topcoat the surface with the specified paint matcrial to obtain thc specified color and coverage. Sandblast or power-sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, feathering the edges. Then prime and finish the coat in accordance with the Specifications. The work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. 3.15 CLEANiNG A. B. C. FOR L�IDDING 03720-035-Ot During the work, remove discarded materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at the end of each day's work. Thorough ly clean brushes and other application equipment at the end of each period of use and when changing to another paint or color. Upon completion of painting work, remove masking tape, tarps, and other protective materials, using care not ta damage finished surfaces. 09900-19 PAiNT1NG AND COATING I � 1►1 �Z � ] �.9 � L � 111 I [ � ] � I FOIZ BIDUING 09900-20 PAINTING AND COATING 03720-035-0] � , ' , , 1 ' 1 1 1 ' � �� 1 1 1 [� 1 CJ 1 � 1 ' � ' ' �J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �� EQUIPMENT ' LJ 1 1 � sECT�orr � r s3s SUBMERSXBLE NON-CLOG CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, new materials, eyuipment, and incidentals ' necessary for the complete installation of 5ix subtnersible nan-clog centrifugal pumps, ,including but not limited to pumps, pump bases, and guide rail as shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. 1 1 � 1 1 ' � 1 � 1 � � B. The pumps, motors, base elbow, guide rails, and access cover shall be furnished by a single supplier. The pump supplier shall be responsible for averall supply and quality of these items and shall be responsible for testing, start-up, troubleshooting, and persannel training for the submersib1e non-clog centrifugal pumps and lift station. I � 1 3 r.� . � � 11 /_r Y � I �� JL � ) t7 :� A. Related Sp�cifications for work required for this Section: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment. Section 01780, Warranties and Bands. Section 01755, Equipment Testing and Startup. Section 01820, Training. Section O1$30, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Section 13�4�0, Remote InpudOutput Unit. Division 16, Electrical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: I:1 The Contractor shall submit written certification from the pump supplier that the wet well size and layout are acceptable for the pump installation. F[lR RIn111NC; 11515-1 SI IRMF•.RSIRI.Ii NON-Cl.n(i , 03720-U33-02 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS B. Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit integrated shop drawings for the pumping system illustrating the mechar�ical and electrical equipment and components specified in this Section and including the following: POR F31DPiNG 03720-033-02 l. Product Data: For each mechanical, structural, and electrical component include the manufacturer's descriptive literature, product specifications, published details, technical bulletins, performance, and capacity-rating curves with prirnary and secondary design conditions clearly nated, charts, and schedules, catalo� data sheets, and other submittal materials as required to verify that the proposed products conform to the quality and fanction of the speci�ed products. a. Identification: Clearly indicate by an arrow on submissions covering more than one product type or style exactly which product is being submitted for approval. b. Equipment Characteristics: Pravide bearing ratings, complete motor data, service factors, shaft diameters, coupling type, and weights of principal parts and assembled equipment. c. Manufacturer: Include the catalog name, campany name, address, and telephone number for the manufacturer of each product submitted. 2. Equipment Drawir�gs: Submit completely dimensioned plar�, elevations, ' and cross-sections of system eyuipment and sub-assemblies. 3. Layout Drawing: Submit completely dimensioned drawing of pump, pump base, anchor bolt size and patterns, complete guide rails systern, installation notes, recommended grout confguration of wetwell bottom, discharge elbow mounting instructions, and other pertine»t seCting details. 4. Product L,ist_ Provide a list of �quipment and companents on each drawing with each product identifred by legend reference. Tnclude product name, �rraanufacturer, and model number. 5. Wiring Diagrarns: Submit complete interconnecting wiring diagrams and schedules for electrical apparatus showing numbered wiring terminals in the pump control panel conforming to NEMA ICS-1-101. Identify field device terminals, wire number, wire sizes, control and power wire types, and interfaced elements. 11535-2 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG C6N'I'RIFUGAL I'UMPS , � 1 � ' � � 1 ' � 1 � � � 1 1 1 � 1 1 � 1 1 ' , ' ' C 6. Additional Requirements: See Division 13, for additional submittal requirements for the control panel furnished under this Section and specified below. Pump Test Report: Submit certified copies of factory-run pump performance test curves. Factory-certif ed performance test curves shall indicate the following: 1. Flow in gallons per minute at maximum speed. 2. Tatal head in feet of water at maximum speed. 3. Flow in gallons per minute at minimum speed. 4. Total head in �eet of water at minimum speed. 5. Horsepower. 6. Pump efficiency in percent of input shaft horsepower. 7. �'ump data: 8. a. Model number. b. Serial number. c. Impeller diameter and type. d. Impeller speed. Test condition data: a. Date of test_ b_ Mean water temperature. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REF'ERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specifcation Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements af this Section shall apply. A. American Concrete lnstitute (ACI) 1. ACI 318/318R Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete �()R RII7DING 0372�-033-02 11535-3 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG CENTRIFUGAI� PUMPS B. Atxaerican Iron and Steel Institute (AISl) C. Arnerican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A36/A36M--Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A48—Standard Specification for Gray �ron Castings. 3. ASTM A105/AlOSM--�Standard Specifrcatian for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications. 4. ASTNI A123—Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM C47$—Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. ASME B16.1—Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. E. American Waterworks Association (AWWA) l. AWWA C207—Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service- Sizes 4 Cra. tk�rough 144 In. F. American National Standards Institute�Hydraulic Institute (ANSI/HI) 1. ANSI/HI 1.1-1.2�entrifugal Nomenclature. 2. ANSI/HI1.4—CentrifugalOperations. G. It�ternational Standards Organization (ISO) H. I 1. TSO 2858—End Suction Centrifugal Pump (Rating 16 Bar) Designation, Nominal Duty Point and Dimensions. 2. ISO 5199---Technical Specifications for Centrifixgal Pumps, Class II. 3. ISO 7005-2�--Metallic Flanges Part 2: Cast l.ron Flanges. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA 250----Enclosures for Electric Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 1. UL 508---Industrial Control Equipment. FOR BIDDING 11535-4 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG 03720-U33-02 CENTRiFUGAL PllMPS 1 � � � , ' � 1 � � ' , � � , ' ' , ' J. National Fire Protecti�n Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The pumps shall be shipped ta the jobsite cornplete with the mator, local wiring, cantrol, equipment base, and anchor balts and other appurtenances as specified pre-installed. Spare parts shall be shipped loase and ready for installation at the location shown on the Drawings. B. Modifications to the manufacturer's standard design may be required to meet these Specifications. Equipment not complying with the mechanical, electrical, and material integrity established by these Specifications shall be identified by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review. 1.�7 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Specificatian Section 01780, Warranties and Bands. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere ta the requirements speci�ed in Section 01650, Delivery, Starage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items speci�ed in this Section. 1.09 QUALTFICATIONS A. The manufacturer(s) of the equipment specified shall meet the following reyuirements: 1. Shall have been in business for at least the 10 years before the Sid Date. 2. Shall have a record of operating, manufacturing, and servicing the types of items specitied for a minimum of 10 years before the Bid Date. 3. Shall have a minimum of five installations af equipment similar to and meeting the requirements specified in this Section at municipal wastewater treatment facilities in Florida before the bid date. l .10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) FQR BIDDING 03720-033-02 IIS3S_S SI IRMFRSIRI.F. NfIN-CI.(�G C£NTRIFUGAL PUMPS 1.12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The pump station shall have submersible centrifugal non-clog pumps as specifred in this Sectian with controls capable of operating the pumps either individually, alternately, and/or simultaneously, depending on the load condition. The purnp station shall purnp clarified effluent into the flter feed channel. The purnps will be powered and controlled by Variable �'requency Drives (VFD)s as specified in Division 16. The pump speed will be controlled by an existing Programnaable Logic Controller (PLC) through a proposed Remote Input/Ouput unit (RIO) that is controlled and nnonitored by the existing PLC to maintain constant level in the wetwell. One or more pumps will run to maintain the desired level by adjusting the pump speed. The lead pump shall turn on and ramp up to full speed before the next pump (lag 1) is called to start. This pump shall ramp up as required to maintain wetwell level until it reaches fixll speed, at which the next pump (lag 2) is called to start and ramp up as required. This process repeats until all pumps are running. The pumps shall ramp down and turn off in reverse order as needed to maintain the set paint liquid level. All pumps shall shutdown when an operator selectable low level set point is reached. An ultrasonic level detector will pravide the level signal. A high level float switch shall be provided in case of a level sensor or PLC/RIO failure. When the hi�h level float switch is triggered, the PLC shall call all idle pumps to start with an operator selectable time lag between each pump start. A low level flaat switch backup shall be provided to shutdown all pumps in case o� a level sensar or PLC/RIO failure. B. The pump station shall be complete units with necessary appurtenances installed � within the pump intake basin. 1.13 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, and shall include, at a rninirnum, the following: A. B. C. D. FOR BIDI7ING 03720-033-02 Installation instructions. Functional description of the purnping cantrol system for each mode of operation of equipment. Automatic and manual operation. Alarms and fail-safe features. 11535-6 SUBM�RSIBLE NON-CLUG CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS � J � �_1 1 ' r 1 �I 1 � ' i ' � LJ � ' � , � � E. F Interlocked and/or interfaced equipment operation and control. Exploded view drawings and illustrations with descriptions for assembly and disassembly of equipment. G. Comprehensive parts and materials maintenance and repair list for each equipment element indicating the manufacturer and the manufacturer's identification number. Include the name, address, and telephone number of lacal sales and service office for major equipment items. H. I. J. K. Schedules of recommended spare parts to be stocked, including part number, inventory quantity, and ordering information. Performance rating and nameplate data for each major system component. Procedures for starting, operating, adjusting, calibrating, testin�, and shutting down system equipment. Emergency operating instructions and trouble-shooting guide. L. Schedule of routine maintenance requirements and procedures and preventative maintenance instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and equipment longevity. M. I�� Maintenance instructions for extended out-of-service periods. Schedule of lubrication requirements, including lubricant type, service interval, and lubrication points. O. Field-verified power and contral wiring schematics. Submit the approved schematics in each manual. After initial start-up and operation, correct these schematics to reflect any required field changes and submit the required copies for inclusion in the manuals. � P. Four preliminary copies of the O&M manuals shall be submitted before the equipment arrives at the site. The Contractor shall not be compensated for the puxnping equipment until the preliminary O&M manuals are received. Four , copies of the final O&M Manuals shall incorporate the Engineer's comments and be submitted with copies of the approved shop drawings and test reports. ' LJ Q. lnstallation Certi�cate: Submit a certificate from the manufacturer or from the manufacturer's qualified, factory-authorized representative for each pump furnished and installed and specified in this Section stating that the equipment has FUR E31l7DING 11535-7 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG ' 03720-033-02 CENTRIFl1GAL PLIMPS been installed, inspected, atad adjusted as required in accordance with the manufacturer's written installation proc�dures and operating instructions and is ready for acceptance by the Owner. 1.14 PATENTS AND LICENS:ES (NOT USED) 1.15 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A. All of the equipment, accessories, and controls specified in this Section shall be furnished by a single manufacturer and shall be standard units of proven ability as manu�actured by a competent organization that is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the equipment to be furnished. T'ART 2 PRODUCTS Materials and equipment shall conform to the referenced publications or as specified and indicated and shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. 2.01 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL NON-CLOG PUMPS A. Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 35B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities. All exposed nuts or bolts shall be A�Si type 316 stainless steel construction. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumpage, other than stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump. S. Sealing design shall incorporate metal-to-metal contact bet�veen nnachined surfaces. Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is re�uired shall be machined and �tted with Viton rubber O-rings. Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of rubber O-rings in two planes and O-ring contact of four sides without the requirer»ent of a specific torque limit. C. Rectangular cross-sectioned gaskets requiring specific torque litnits to achieve compression shall not be considered as adequate or equal. No secondary sealing compounds, elliptical O-rings, grease or other devices shall be used. D. Each unit shall be provided with an integral motor cooling system. A motor cooling jacket shall encircle the stator housing, providing for dissipation of motor heat regardless of the type of pump installation. An impeller, integral to the cooling system and driven by the pump shaft, shall provide the necessary circulation oF the cooling liquid throu�h the jacket. The cooling liquid shall pass about the stator housing in the closed loop system in turbulent flow providing for POR BIDDING 11535-8 SUBM�R51�31,E: NON-CLOG 03720-033-02 CENTR]FUGAL PUMPS ' 1 ' superior heat transfer. The cooling system shall have one fil) pvrt and one drain port integral to the cooling jacket. The cooling system shall provide for continuous pump operation in liquid or aznbient temperatures of up to 104°F. ' (40°C.). Operational restrictions at temperatures below 104°F are nat acceptable. Fans, blowers or auxiliary cooling systems that are mounted external ta the pump motor are not acceptable. � � 1 ' � LJ ' 1 � , `J ' L'� LJ E. The cable entry seal design shall preclude specif.rc torque requirEments to insure a watertight and subrnersible seal. The cable entry shall consist of dual cylindrical elastamer grommets, flanked by washers, all having a close tolerance �t against the cable outsid� diameter and the entry inside diameter. The grommets shall be compressed by the cable entry unit, thus providing a strain relief function. Tfae assembly shall provide ease of changing the cable when necessary using the same entry seal. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be sealed from each other, which shall isolate the stator housing from foreign material gaining access through the pump top. Epoxies, silicones, or other secondary sealing systems shall not be considered equal. F. The impeller shall be of gray cast iron, ASTM A48 Class 3SB, dynamically balanced, semi-open, multi-vane, back swept, screw-shaped, non-clog design. 'I'he impeller leading edges shall be mechanically self-cleaned automatically upon each ratation as they pass across a spiral groove located on the volute suction. The screw-shaped leading edges of the impeller shall be hardened to Rc 45 and shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter normally found in wastewatec. The screw shape of the impeller inlet shal I provide an inducing effect for the handling af up to 6% sludge and rag-laden wastewater. The impeller to volute clearance shall be readily adjustable by the means of a single trirn screw. The Impeller shall be locked to the shaft and held by an impeller bolt. G. The pump and motor shaft shall be a single piece unit. The pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Shafts using mechanical couplings shall not be acceptable. The shaft shall be stainless steel, ASTM A479 543100-T. Shaft sleeves will not be acceptable. H_ The pump volute shall be a single piece gray cast iron, ASTM A�48, Class 35B, non-concentric design with smooth passages of suffrcient size to pass any solids that may enter the impeller. Minimum inlet and discharge size shall be as specified. The volute shall have a replaceable volute insert ring containing spiral- shaped, sharp-edged groove(s). The spiral groove(s) shall provide the relief path and sharp edge(s) across which each impeller vane leading edge shall cross during rotation so to remain unobstructed. The internal volute bottom shall provide effective sealing between the multi-vane semi-open impeller and the valute. The F�R Ti1DDING 11535-9 SUBMERSIBLE NQN-CLQG ' 03720-033-02 CEN7AIFUGAL PUMPS insert ring shall be cast of (ASTM A48 Class 35B cast iron or ASTM A532 (Alloy 1)I A), 25% chrome cast iron) I. Each pump shall be provided with a pasitively driven dual, tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of rivo seal sets, each having an independent spring. The lower primary seal, located between the pump and seal chamber, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrasion resistant tungsten-carbide ring. The upper secondary seal, located between the seal chamber and the seal inspection chamber, shall contain one stationary and ane positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten-carbide seal ring. All seal rings shall be individual solid sintered rings. Each seal interface shall be held in place by its own spring system. The seals shall not depend upon direction of rotation for sealing. Mounting of the lower seal on the impeller hub is not acceptable. Shaft seals without positively driven rotating members or conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or double spring acting between the upper and lower seal faces are not acceptable. The seal springs shall be isolated from the pumped media to prevent materials from packing around them, limiting their performance. J. Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overflling and shall provide capacity for lubricant expansion. The seal lubricant chamber shall have one drain and one inspection plug that are accessible from the exterior of the motor unit. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media far lubrication. K. The area about the exterior of the lower mechanical seal in the cast iron housing shall have cast in an integral concentric spiral groove. This groove shall protect the seals by causing abrasive particulate entering the seal cavity ta be forced out away from the seal due to centrifu�al action. L. Each pump motor stator shall incorporate three thermal switches, one per stator phase winding and be connected in series, to monitor the temperature of the motor. Should the therrxaal switches open, the motor shall stop and activate an alarm. A f�oat switch shall be installed in the seal leakage charnber and will activate if leakage into the chamber reaches 50% chamber capacity, signaling the need to schedule an inspection. lu� "1'he thermal switches and float switch shall be connected to a Mini CAS lX control and status monitoring unit. The Mini CAS TI unit shall be mounted in each individual VFD. The pumps shall be automatically and fiirmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by no less than two �uide bars extending fi'rom the top of the FdR BIDDING 11535-10 SUf3ME:RSIBLE NON-CI..OG 0372U-033-DZ C�N 1Il Ir UUAL YUMYS 1 � �.� L� [� � ' �J ' 1 1 ' ' , I i ' 1 1 basin wall to the discharge connection. There shall be no need far personnel to enter the basin. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the sump floor. N. Coatin�s: All metal surfaces in cantact with the pumped media, other that stainless steel, shall be coated in the factary with a zinc primer and polyester resin or high solids epoxy finish. 0 P Discharge Base: 1. The manufacturer shall furnish a discharge base and discharge elbow for each pumping unit. The base shall be sufficiently rigid to firmly support the guiderails, discharge piping, and purnping unit under all operating conditions. The base shall be provided with one or more integral support legs or pads suitable for balting to the floor af the pump intake basin. The face of the discharge elbow inlet flange shall be perpendicular to the floor and shall make contact with the face of the pump discharge nozzle flange. The diameter and drilling of the elbow autlet flange shall conform to ANSi 516.1, Class 125. 2. The pump and motor assembly shall be automatically cannected to and supported by the discharge base and guiderails sa that the unit can be removed from the wet well and replaced without the need for operating personnel to enter the pump intake basin. Pump Characteristics: Unit designation Full Speed Minimum Conditians Speed C�nditic�ns Number of Units 6 6 Ca acit GPM 3500 10�F2 Total D namic Head TDH 30.0 24.0 Maximum Pum S eed RPM 1,170 845 Minimum Efficienc % 65 40 Shut-off Head ft 53 - Maximum Brake HF 42.5 ] 6 Maximum Motor HP 45 45 Volts, Phases, Hertz 460V, 3 ph, 460V, 3 ph, 60 Hz 60 Hz Dischar e Connection 12-inch 12-inch Solid Handlin NA NA Minimum Hydrostatic Test 1.S time shutoff head Fressure FOR BIDDING 11535-] 1 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG � 03720-�33-02 CFNTRIFUGAL PLJMPS 2 Pump performance shall be stable and free trom cavitation and noise through the specified operating head ran�e at minimum suction submergences. Each pumping unit shall be designed so that reverse rotation at rated head will not cause damage to any component. Q. Acceptable Pump Manufacturer/Model: New Filter Feed Pump Station a. Flygt Nlodel NP3202.090 b. Approved equal. 2.02 ELECTRIC MOT�RS Electric rnotors shall be in accQrdance with Division ] b unless nated otherwise in this Section: A. The pump motor shall be a NEMA B design, induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber_ The stator windings shall b� insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for l$0°C (356°F). The stator shall be insulated by the trickle impregnation method using Class H monomer-free polyester resin resulting in a winding fill factor of at least 9S%. The motor shall be invert�r duty rated in accordance with NEMA MG1, Part 31.The stator shall be heat-shrink fitted into the cast iron stator housing. The use of multiple step dip and bake-type stator insulation process is not acceptable. The use of pins, bolts, screws or other fastening devices used to locate or hold the stator and that penetrate the stator housing are not acceptable. The motor shall be designed for continuous duty while handling pumped media of up to 104°F. The motor shall be capable of withstanding at least 15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of aluminum. Three thermal switches shall be embedded in the stator end coils, one per phase winding, to monitor the stator temperature. These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental ta external matar overload protection and shall be connected to the individual VFD. B. The junction chamber shall be sealed off from the stator housing and shall contain a terminal board for connection af power and pilot sensor cables using threaded cornpression type terminals. The use of wire nuts or crimp-type connectors is not acceptable. The motor and the pump shall be produced by the same manufacturer. C. The motor service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be l.l 5. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of +/- 10%. The motor shall be designed for continuous operation in up to a 40° C ambient and FOR BIDDING 11535-12 SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG U372U-033-U2 C�N7 K1Y UUAL 1'UMYS �! � r LI shall have a NEMA Class B maximurn operating temperature rise of 80° C. A motor performance chart shall be provided upon request exhibiting curves for motor torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. The chart shall also include data on motor starting and no-load characteristics. D_ Motar horsepower shall be sufficient sa that the pump is non-overloading , throughout its entire performance curve, fram shut-off to run-out. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet or greater. ' � � 1 ,. LJ E. The integral pump/motor shaft shall rotate on two bearings. Tl�e motor bearings shall be sealed and permanently grease lubricated with high temperature grease. The upper motor bearing shall be a single ball type bearing to h�ndle radial loads. The lower bearing shall be a two row angular cantact ball bearing to handle the thrust and radial forces. The minimum Llp bearing life shall be 50,000 hours at any usable portion of the pump curve. F. The pump and motor shaft shall be a single piece unit. The pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Shafts using mechanical couplings shall not be acceptable. The shaft shall be stainless steel — ASTM A479 5431�0-T. Shaft sleeves will not be acceptable. G. Variable Frequency Drive units are discussed in Section 16342 Low Voltage Industrial Motor Control Center. H. Each mator shall be capable of continuous operation in air (unsubmerged) for at , least 24 hours under pump full laad conditions without exceeding the temperature rise limits for the mator insulation system. ' l� LJ ' �� I. Each pump shall be equipped with one or more multiconductor cable assemblies for power and control. Each multiconductor assembly containin� power cables shall be provided with a separate grounding conductor. Each cable assembly shall bear a permanently embossed code or legend indicating that the cable is suitable for submerged use. Cable sizing shall canform to NEC and ICEA requirements. All cables shall be of sufficient length to terminate at the control panel or as atherwise indicated in the Drawings, with 10 feet of slack which will be coiled in the pump intake basin. �ach cable shall be supported by AiSI Series 300 corrosion-resistant stainless steel Kellems or woven grips to prevent damage to the cable insulation. Mounting of cable supports in the basin shall be coordinated by the supplier to prevent damage to the cable. No splicing of cables shall be allowed. J The cable entry water seal shall be water tight and include a strain relief. F(1R RInI71N(i 11535-13 � 03720-033-02 SUBMERSIBLE NUN-CLOG CF.NTRIFUGAL PUMPS 2.03 CONTROLS A. There will be six submersible pumps in the new filter feed pump station that will transfer clari.fied effluent to the filter feed channcl. The pumps will be equipped with VFDs. The pump speed will be controlled by the PLC to maintain constant level in the wetwell. One or more pumps will run to maintain the desired level by adjusting the purnp speed. The lead pump shall turra on and ramp up to full speed before the next pump (lag l) is called to start. This pump shall rarnp up as required to maintain wetwell level until it reaches full speed, at which the next pump (lag 2) is called to start and ramp up as required. This process repeats until all pumps are running. The pumps shall ramp down and turn aff in reverse order as needed to maintain the set point liquid level. After shutdown of all pumps the pump starting sequence s}aall automatically alternate. Sequences shall be: 1-2-3-4-5-6; 2-3-4-5-6�1; 3-4-5-6-1-2; 4-5-6-1-2-3; 5-6-1-2-3-4; G-1-2-3-4-5 A11 pumps shall shutdown when an operator selectable low level set point is reached. An ultrasonic level detector will pravide the level signal. A hi�h level float switch shall be pravided in case of a level sensor or PLC/RIO failure. When the high level float switch is triggered, the PLC shall call all idle pumps ta start with an operator selectable time lag between cach purnp start. A low level float switch backup shall be provided to shutdown all purnps in case of a level sensor or PLC/RIO failure. A common alarm shall indicate rnotor overload, high motor temperature, high water level, and law water level. The operator shall be able to manually select pumps to operate and adjust ihe pump speed at SCADA. Pump run times shall be recorded. SCADA shall display the pump run status and pump VFD speed. SCADA shall display the followin� alarms: motor overload, high motor ternperature, hi�h water level, and low water level. B. Local HOA controls shall be available at the wetwell. 2.04 FLOAT S WITCHES A. Float switches shall be of the suspended type witla polypropylene or PVC body. Units shall have an integral electrical cable with two #l9 AWG stranded conductors. Switches shall be pilot duty, normally open or normally closed, as required for the application. � FOK BIDDING U:f /Zll-�:3:3-U2 Float switches shall be a direct-acting float switch which contains a rnercury switch. Float switches shall be as specified below. The RIO panel shall have 11535-14 SURME;RSIBLE NON-CLOG C�NTRIFUGAL PUMPS C� C1 1 1 ' ' � �� ' , 1 1 ' �� 1 ' � LI LJ adjustable time delay switches (0 seconds to 300 seconds) so that the pump daes not "chatter." No splicing of the flaat switch cable shall be allowed. An extra 6 feet of looped float switch cable shall be looped and neatly tied in the basin with plastic ties. 2.05 P].PES, FITTINGS, AND VALVES A. Piping, fittings, and valves shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings and conform to the requirements of relevant sections. 2.06 GUIDE RAIL AND LIFTING SYSTEM A. Sliding Sracket: Each pumping unit shall be provided with an integral non- sparking, self-aligning guiderail sliding bracket. The bracket shall be designed to obtain a wedging action between flange faces as final alignment of the purt�p occurs in the connected position. The entire weight of the pump unit shall be wedged tightly against the inlet flange, making metal-to-metal cantact with the pump discharge forming a seal without the use of bolts, gaskets, or o-rin�s. The bracket shall maintain proper contact and a suitably sealed connection between flange faces under all operating conditions. B. Guide Rails: Each pumping unit shall be equipped with two 31 b stainless-steel guide rails. Guide rails shall be sized by the pump manufacturer to fit the discharge base and the sliding bracket and shall extend upwards from the discharge base to the access open at the top af the pump basin. An upper guide rail bracket of AISI Type 316 stainless steel shall be provided. C. Lifting Chain. The pump manufacturer shall select and provide a 316 stainless- steel lifting chain suitable for removing and installinb each pump. The liftin� chain shall be connected to a 3l b SS lifting bail that is an integral part of the pump. A suitable 316 stainless-steel chain hook shall be provided at the top of the wetwell. 2.07 ACCESS HATCH COVER A. The pump manufacturer shall furnish new access hatch covers. All coordination shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Access covers and accessories shall be as specified in Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal, except as otherwise specified in this Section. The cover shall be of all-aluminum construction and suitable for a live load of 300 pounds per square faot with a maximum deflection of L/240. The cover shall be a reinforced diamond pattern checkered plate. Structural shapes and plates shall be at least '/4-inch thick. Each leaf shall be provided with two hinges, torsion bars, or other devices ta help open an automatic hold-open arm, a retractable handle, and a padlock hasp. The frame shall be provided with strap FOR BIDDING 11535-I S SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG ' 03720-033-02 C'ENTRIFUGAI.. PUMPS anchors bolted or welded to the exterior and shall be provided with a liftin� chain kaook and a guiderail support bracket. All aluminum surfaces to be in contact wilh concrete or mortar shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900, .I'ainting and Caating_ 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS A. Al.l nnetal fabrications, hangers, and hardware in the lift station shall be 316 SS. 2.09 JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS I-1 ' ' 1 , 1 , Jaints and lift station penetrations shall be as speci�ied and detailed on the Drawings. � f►.�U�\�[y: [�].i:��)MKy A. Discl�arge connection anchor bolts shall be 316 stainless-steel epoxy anchors, not less than 3/4-inch diameter, designed for embedment in the concrete wet well floor. The anchor balts and positioning templates shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer. All other anchor bolts shall be 316 SS epoxy anchors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERA.L A. Pumps, guide rails, and appurtenances shall be installed as indicated, in accordance with the Drawings and the manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall provide services required to install the pumps, piping, panel, and acce�sories and perfc►rm wiring t� c�nnect pumps, level sensnrs, etc., with the control panel and the control panel with power as r�quired to place the pumping system in service in accordance with requirements of the Contract Docutnents, all local codes, and NFPA 70. B. Each discharge base shall be leveled, plumbed, aligned, and wedged into position to fit connecting piping. Installation procedures shall be as recommended by the purnp manufacturer and Hydraulic InsCitute Standards. 3.02 PAINTING /:1 FOR 131DDING 0372�-033-02 All painting and associated work sha11 be performed in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations for the particular application. 11535-16 SlIBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG CENTRIFl1GAL PUMPS ' ' , 3.03 TESTS [-� 1 C� Commercial testing shall be required and include the following: I:� I:� C The pump shall be visually inspected to canfirm that it is built in accordance with the specification as ta HP, valtage, phase, and hertz. The motor and seal housing chambers shall be hi-potted to test for moisture content and/or insulatian defects. The pump shall be allowed ta run dry to check for proper ratation. ' D. Discharge piping shall be attached, the purnp submerged in water, and amp readings shall be taken in each leg to check for an imbalanced stator winding. if there is a significant difference in readings, the stator windings shall be checked ' with a bridge to determine if an unbalanced resistance exists. If so, the stator will be replaced. ' � ' C� , 1 , L� ' 1 Complete acceptance testing in accordance with Section O1755, Equipment Testing and Startup. 3.04 �'IELD REPRESENTATIVE A. A representative af the submersible centrifugal non-clog pump manufacturer hired by the Contractor shall inspect the pump installation and direct the startup of the station and shall instruct representatives of the Owner in startup and aperation procedures. The Contractor shall procure the services of a representative of the submersible centrifugal non-clog pump manufacturer for the following 1 ra �1 rninimum of 1 full day on sitE to inspect, adjust, and test the pump station installations and provide certification as specifred. A minimum of l full day on site to place the pump station in operation to demonstrate compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. A minimum of 1 full day on site to train representatives of the Owner in the operation, maintenance, and repair of the pumps, control panel, and related appurtenances. B. The manufacturer's services specified represent an absolute minimum acceptable level of service and are not intended to limit the respansibilities of the Contractor to comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall pracure, at na additional cost to the Owner, all services required, including additional or extended trips to the job site by the manufacturer's representative to comply with these requirements. FOR BIDDINC 11535-]7 5Uf3ME.RSIF3Lk: NON-CI�OG ' 03720-033-02 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 11535-18 SiJBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG 037Z0-033-02 CENTRIFUGAL PLTMPS , LJ ' ' ' ' ' , ' � ' � � � � l__J ' � 1 , 1 , 1 u II `� [� �_� �� 1 ' ' ' ' 1 r � � � DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 1 �� 1 1 ' �� `..� C� SECTION 13401 PROCESS 1NSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS I�:\t��tef�l�I�It7:\11 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section requires the Contractor to perform all work necessary to furnish, install, commission, test, docurnent, and start-up the instrurnentation and control system, including modifications to existing instrumentation and control systems. The Contractor shall provide all rnAterials, labor, equipment, incidentuls, €►nd services required for a complete and operational system. S. The Contractor shall provide a Filter Feed Pump Remote Input/Output (RIO) control ' panel as shown in the contract drawings. Oversight of the control panel design, fabrication, startup and commissioning shall fall under the responsibility of the Systern lntegrator. 1 ' 1 ' L. J ' ' ' 1 ' 1. The primary function of the R10 is to provide input and autput data to/from the proposed Motor Control Center (MCC) Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) in order to control, regulate and monitor the operation of the VFDs. G The Contractor shall acquire the services of an experienced System Integrator specifically trained in the type of equipment to be provided. The System Integrator shall assume respansibility for satisfactary aperation ofthe process instrumentation and controls as an integrated system. Responsibility of the System Integrator shall include: familiarization with the existing facility electrical and control systems to be modified, physical identification and labeling of existing circuits to be modified undcr this contract, dcvclopmcnt of cquipmcnt rcmoval, rcplaccmcnt, and installation plan and schedule, close coordination with facility operations, equipment manufacturers, other construction trades (especially electrical), oversight of controls and instrumentation equipment installation, wiring, configuration, and commissioning, production of control system as-built drawings and operation and maintenance manuals. The System Integrator shall be responsible for Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) and Human Machine Interface (HMI) programming of the existing PLC, including the proposed RiQ; The System Integrator shall assume responsibility for satisfactory operation ofthe process instrumentation and controls as an integrated system. Refer also to paragraph 3.02 - Responsibilities. D. The System Integrator shall perform all programming and configuration services for the Owners existing PLC and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System (SCADA) components. FOR BIDDING 0372�-033-02 13401-I PRC10E55 IN STRUMENTATipN AND CON1'KOl.S E. The System Integrator shall be: 1. Company Name: McKim & Creed Contact person: Gerae Robinson Phone:727-442-7196 2. Company Name: Rocha Controls Contact person: Rayrnond Rocha Phone:813-628-5584 3. Company Name: Revere Controls Contact person: Sean Gucken Phone: 727-431-2011 4. Company Name: Southern Flow Tnc. Contact person: Larry Sears Phone: 770-667-5169 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS The specification sections listed below are an integral part ofthis equipnnent specifcation, and the Contractor shall be responsible for providing these sections to the equipment suppliers. A. Section 01330 — Submittals and Acceptance B. Section O1�F00 — Quality Requirements C. Section 01600 — Materials and Equipment D. Section 01755 — Equipment Testing and Startup E. Section 01770 — Project Closeout F. Sectian 01780 — Warranties and Sonds G. Section 01820 — Training H. Section 01830 — Operations and Maintenance Manuals I. Sectiot� 13420 — Level Instrumentation J. Section 13440 — Remote Input/Output Unit K. Section 1 b050 - Common Work Results for Electrical 1.03 DEFCNITIONS A. AI: Analog Input B. AO: Analog �utput C. Fixed: A PLC style consisting of a fixed number of I/O, a processor, and a power supply all in one enclosure. Some fixed PLC have limited expansion ability. D. CPU: Central Processing Unit FOR B1DDiNG 03720-033-02 13401-2 PItDCESS IN$TRLIMENTATION AND CUNTKOLS , ' , , , 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' , ' ' ' ' � � E. DI: Digital Input F. Distributed I/O: Hardware that has been specially designed to function as Remote I/O. G. DO: DigitalOutput H. HMI: Human-Machine Interface I. I/O Input and/or Output J. Modular: A PLC style consisting of cards that are assembled to comprise a complete unit. All I/O, CFU, and Power Supply are dedicated cards. Typically, these cards are inserted into a chassis. K. Master/Slave: Communication between devices in which one device, the master, controls all communicatians. The other devices, the slaves, respond only when queried by the master. Typically used in a Remote T/O application. L. Peer to Peer: Communication between two or more devices, typically PLC's, in which each device can control the communication exchange. M. PID: Control action, proportional plus integral plus derivative. N. PLC: Programmable Logic Controller O. Remote I/O: Remote I/O is any and all I/O that is located remotely fram the processor. Remote I/O can be over a variety of communication protocols and can use standard rack based I/O, or special Remote I/O hardware referred to as Distributed UO. P. SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Q. MCC: Motor Control Center R_ VFD: Variable Frequency Drive S. SMTF: Sirnple Mail Transfer Protocol T. NTP: Network Time Protocol FOR B]DDING 03720-033-02 13401-3 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES The Cantractar shall obtain al I necessary permits, licenses and inspections required for the work of this section and pay all charges incidental thereto. The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer all certificates of inspection and licenses issued by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 REFERENCES The work shall conform ta applicable provisions ofthe latest edition or revision of the following standards, except as modifed in this Section. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. American National Standards irastitute (ANSI) C. Nativnal Electrical Manufacturers Associatiori (NEMA) D. Instrument Society of America (ISA) E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Materials and Equipment: The Contractar shall submit a complete list of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work to the Engineer within 30 days after Award of Contract. : FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1. The list shall include catalog numbers, cut sheets, diagrams, and other descriptive data required to demonstrate conformance to the speci�cations. Partial lists shall not be acceptable. 2_ The basis of acceptance shall be the manufacturer's published ratings for the equipment. Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in manufacture of products specified. Testing and Training 1. The Coratractor shall submit testing procedures, test reports and a training program. 2. Provide a test procedure outline, example operational report, and exannple functional test procedures and schedules. 3. Provide a factory test report. PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION 13401-4 ANI7 CONTROLS ' ' ' 1 1 � i ' ' 1 � ' , ' ' , 1 ' ' C�J n E. POR BIDDING 03720-033-02 4. Provide an operational acceptance report. The report shall contain a completed status sheet for each control loop. The report shall be reviewed, verified, and signed off by the System Integrator. 5. Training shall be provided by the System Integrator Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings for equipment and enclosure. 1. As a minimum, the drawings shall show the fabrication design, internal eyuipment arrangement, internal wiring, and external wiring connections. 2. Provide enclosure elementary diagrams. The diagrams shall show all control functions, power distribution, switched analog signals, and auxiliary devices such as relays, alarms, fuses, lights, fans, etc. 3 4 5 Arovide a power reyuirement (voltages, currents, phases) and heat dissipation (maximum Btu/hr) summary for all panels. Panel connection drawings shall show ISA wire tags. Frovide any needed installation details to adequately define the installation of panels and field components. Loop Diagrams Provide loop diagrams %r each specified loop. The loop diagrams shall m�et the minimum requirements of ISA 55.4. A diagram(s) shall show the wiring and/or plumbing for all major components, resistors, diodes, DC power supplies, shield terminations, tubing, piping, valving, test taps, and other appurtenances for pracess connections. Each analog diagram shall tabulate loop impedances. An individual loop shall be shown on a diagram divided into three areas for identification of element locations: panel face, back-of-panel, and field. Loop diagrams shall be on S'/z x 1 l-inch or 11 x 17-inch drawings. Provide a description of operation for each loap. lnterconnection Diagrams Provide electrical and plumbing interconnection diagrams showing all component and panel connection/terminal identification numbers and external wire numbers. These diagrams shall include all intermediate terminations (e.g., at terminal junction blocks and motor control centers). PROCESS INSTRUMENTATIUN ] 3401-5 AND CONTRpLS F. G. ! 1 l. The interconnection diagrams shall be coordinated with other suppliers and the electrical subcontractor. The electrical subcontractor shall review and ' approve the diagrams prior to any submissian to the Engineer. 2. The diagrams, device designations, and symbols shall be in accordance with , NEMA ICS 1-101. General Submittal Requirements �� Each submittal shall be cornplete, neat, orderly, and bound with a table of contents and sectian divider tabs. 1 C� Each submittal shall include, but not be limited Co, the z'equirements described in this Section. � 3. Equal znaterials or products may be subrnitted for approval. Submissions shall be accompanied with adequate data to d�monstrate equality. Equality of materials or products shall be the decision of the Engineer. 4. Each subrnittal sball be accompanied by a cover letter describing any exceptions or deviations from the specifrcatians. Cover letters addressin� resubmitted materials shall also describe any changes which have been made since the previous submittal and include a brief response to the Engineer's comments. Modbus TCPNFD Interface 1 �� Provide Modbus TCP protocol register numbers for each VFD to the Owners System Integrator. Provide VFD/Modbus TCP switch settings of each VFD. 1.07 MANUFACTURER' S LITERATURE A. Provide descriptive literature for all equipment provided under this section. The literature shall include major components, electrical devices, panel materials, panel components, panel paints and calars, mechanical devices, equipment tags, tubing, valves, fittings, fasteners, and appurtenances. This descriptive literature shall include catalog information, external wiring information, dirnensional data, and mounting requirements. B. Provide data (specification) sheets for all equipment and components. Provide a separate data sheet for each major component. The data sheets shall show the "comporient name", tag numbers, quantities, specific catalog/ordering numbers, specific features, and special options. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 PROCESS INSTAUMENTATION 13401-6 AND CONTROLS ' ' 1 , , , 1 � ' 1 � , �I �� ' ' 1 � ' ' 1 C. Provide components parts list with exact and complete (including options and accessories) manufacturer's part number. Group the list by the component name used in these specifications. Group each component type by tag number used in these specifications. Components without ta� numbers shall be �rouped by the manufacturer's part number. 0 E. Provide a list ofrecommended spares, spare parts, and expendables with tag number, part number, unit pricing, and total purchase cost. Provide storage reyuirements for all companents provided under this section. 1.08 CERTIFICATION/DOCUMENTATION A. The System Integrator shall verify the calibration and operation of all control and instrumentation components and shall present written certification of the systems readiness for operation. 1.09 OPERATION AND MATNTENANCE MANUAL A. Prior to final acceptance ofthis project, the ContracCor shall submit an Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual to the Engineer for all components provided under this section. The manual shall comply with the following: 1. The literature shall have sufficiently detailed descriptions and figures to facilitate the operation, removal, installation, adjustrnent, calibration, and maintenance of each component to the printed circuit board level. 2. The manual shall include internal wiring and piping diagrams. Termination � designations and wire and pipe numbers shall be clearly shown. Diagrams, device designations, and symbols shall be in accordance with NEMA ICS 1- 101. ' 1 ' 1 , $. roR sia��rvc 03720-033-02 � 3. The manual shall include an updated set of manufacturer's literature, data sheets,loop descriptions of operations, drawings corrected per shop drawing review cotnments and as-built madifications and components parts list. 4. Instructians and parts lists shall have been prepared for the specific equipment furnished. 5. List of suppliers and/or service shops that can provid� parts and accessories and equipment repair for the components pravided under this section. The list shall include a contact name, telephone number and address. The Contractor shall provide one as-built set of Record Drawings on CD ROM diskettes in Autocad "DWG" or "DXF" format, consisting of the following: PROCESS INSTRUMI:NTATTUN 13401-7 AND CONTRqLS 4 Process and instrumentation diagrams. Loop diagrams. Panel elementary diagrarns. Interconnecting wiring diagrarns. 1.10 SYSTEM OVERVIEW A. The general arrangement of the instruments, controls and rraoraitoring systems are shown on the drawings and specified in this Section. The location of all sensors, transmitters, indicators, etc., shall be as shown on the plans and/or as indicated in this Section. The ConCractor shall be responsible for all detail installation drawings showing wiring, tubing, piping, etc., and shall be responsible for furnishing all devices required for a complete and functioning systetn. B. All electrical and control system work requires the careful coordination of the electrical contractor and Systerrx Integrator to assure seamless system inte�ration and overall system functionality in order to maintain operations ofthe treatment facility during the construction and commissioning phase of the project. C. Several system parameters shall be rnonitored an the existing plant-wide SCADA system. The System Integrator shall be responsible for delivery of this data to the existing plant Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) and to the Plant SCADA. The Contractor shall provide a11 necessary hardware including wiring, terminal blocks, relays, PLC modules, power supplies, surge arrestors, or any other electrical equipment necessary for connection of these systems to the existing plant .Filter Building PLG The interfaces shall include: � . Mcc ra iuo 2. RIO to PLC 3. PLC to SCADA D. The work requires the Cantractar to provide and install the RIO control panel, RIO equipment, terminal blocks and interposing relays, conduit, cable and conductors and make wiring terminations in MCC as outlined in the drawings. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORf1GE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver rnaterials and equiprnent with manufacturer's tags and labels and UL labels intact. Deliver packaged material in manufacturer's original, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, brand, and UL label. : FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Throughout this Contract, the Contractor shall provide suitable protection for materials and equipment against loss or damage and the effects of weather and the I'ROCESS INSI�RUMFiN'fAl'ION ] 3401-8 AND CONTROLS �'� J t 1 1 LJ 1 1 � 1 1 1 LJ 1 � � L_� 1 CJ � 1 e ' 1 ' ' � ' ' ' ' L � ' 1 construction environment. The Contractor shall be r�sponsible for the condition of materials and equipment until the acceptance of equipment by the Owner. C. Sefore to installation, store material and equipment indoors in a dry, clean location. Handle and store so as to avoid damage. Heat storage areas which contain items subject to corrosion under damp conditions. D. Turn off power to panels and equipment and close and cover control panels and eyuipment during any dusty construction ta prevent degradation of operation or service life. E. Follow manufacturers' installation instructions explicitly, unless otherwise indicated. Wherever any conflict arises between the manufacturers' instructions and these Contract Documents, follow the Engineer's decision at no additional cost to the Owner. Keep a capy of the rnanufacturers' installation instructions an the job site and available for review at all times. F. Keep the premises free fram accumulation of waste material or rubbish. Before to final inspection and testing and upon completion of the work, remove materials, scraps, and debris from the premises and from the interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. G. Touch up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type, color, and consistency of the original f nish. 1.12 WARRANTY A. All work, equipment, and materials supplied shall be warranted against defective design, materials and workmanship for a period of one year. The warranty period shall begin at the time of project completion and acceptance by the Owner. B. The warranty shall caver replacement equipment and/or repair, including labor, travel time and miscellaneous expenses, at no cost to the Owner for the Full warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The manu�acturer(s) and/or supplier(s) shall have regularly engaged in the ' manufacture of major components and/or assembly or instrumentaCion and control systems of the type and scope required for this project for a minimum of five years. ' B. , POR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1 It is recognized that one manufacturer may not make all the equipment required and specified under this section. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure PRUCESS INSTRUMENTATION 13401-9 AND CONTRULS � that the various manufacturers and equipment suppliers are coordinated in providing th� equiprraent needed to perfarm the specified functions. The Coratractor shall ensure that they are fully aware and understand the requirernents of the system. The existing Filter Building PLC is an Allen-Bradley PLC-5. The Remote I/O unit shall be of the same type and manufacture as the existing PLC. Tk�e Modbus TCP protacol modules shal l be by Allen-Bradley or PraSoft Technologies. 2.02 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide the functio»s described under paragraph 1.10, Systeraa Overview and Section 13440 - Remote Input/Output Unit, paragraph 3.02. Major components and equipment items to implement these functions are specified under paragraph 2.03, Component Specifications. All cornponents and items of equipmer�t that are necessary, whether indicated or not, to effect the required functions and performance skaall be provided. Working pressures, spans, and other ratings shall be selected to best fit the application. All like equipment shall be of the sa�ne manu�acture. S. Whenever any material ar product is indicated by patent or proprietary name, by name ofmanufacturer, or by catalog number, such specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality and expanding the descripCion of the material or product desired. Materials and praducts equal to named material or product may be provided with Engineer's approval. C. Equipment f urnished under this section ofthe specifications shall be new and unused and shal1 be the standard product of a manufactur�r having a minimum of five years successful experience in the manufacture of the equipment. Wherever possible, equipment having the same or similar rated capacity or function shall be identical. Equipment shall be of the manufacturer's most current and proven design. D. The design ofthe instrurtaentation and control system is based on the equipment and components specified in this Section. If more than one manufacturer is noted, the first named is the basis for design where there are differences. Should the Contractar select equiprr�ent which changes the design basis, the Contractor sh.all. obtain approval from the Engineer and make all approved changes at no additio,nal cost to the Owner. E. Electrical Transient Protectian: All instrumentation and control equipment shall be equipped with suitable surge-arresting devices to protect the equipment �rom damage due to electrical transients induced in the interconnecting lines by lightning dischar�es or by nearby electrical devices. F. POR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Signal Characteristics Analog signals shall be 4 to 20 mA DC and shall conform to the compatibility requirements of ISA Standard 550. ].. Unless otherwise noted, circuits shall be Type 2 two-wire. Transmitters shall have a load resistance 13401-10 1 � � ' � � � ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' � � PROCESSINSTAUML•NTATION ' AND CQNTRQLS ' � 1 ' � � ' � ' 1 , ' � � � 1 � 1 G capability canforming to Class L. Transmitters and receivers shall be fully isolated. 2. Discrete signals at'e two-state logic signals of two types. Control signals shall use 120 VAC sources. Alarm signals that interface directly with an annunciator shall use less than 30 VDC sources. All alarm signals shall be "normally open, close to alarm" isolated contacts rated for S amperes at 120 VAC and 2 amperes at 30 VDC. Environrnental Conditions 1. 2. Unconditioned air: 20 to 105 °F, 1 � to I UO% humidity, subject to wash dawn or rain, and nonhazardous. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X. Other conditions as noted or approved. H. Nameplates, Name Tags and Service Legends: All field and panel mounted components provided under this section shall be provided with permanently mounted name tags indicating the entire ISA tag number of the companent. Panel maunted tags shall be engraved plastic. Field mounted tags shall be stamped 16-gauge 316 stainless steel with 3/16-inch high characters. 2. Nameplates shall be inscribed to identify tk�e component listed and mounted near a panel face mounted instrument. Service legends shall be integrally mounted on a panel mounted instrument. Unless otherwise noted, service legends shall be engraved with the functional explanation. 4_ Nameplates and service legends shall be engraved, rigid, laminated plastic plates attached to enclosure with stainless steel screws maintaining NEMA rating of enclosure. Unless otherwise noted, plate color shall be black with 3/16-inch high white lettering. Panel nameplates shall have 1/2-inch high lettering. I. Colors and Inscriptions: Unless otherwise noted, the following inscription and color code shall be used for all push buttons and indicating li�ht lenses: ON, green; OFF, red; OPEN, green; CLOSED, red; AUTO, white; MANUAL, yellow; START, red; STOP, green; RESET, xed; TEST, black; ACKNOWLEDGE, green; and READY, blue. All unused or noninscribed buttons shall be black. ' FOR BiDDiNG 03720-033-02 � Lettering shall be black on white, amber, or yellow. Lettering shall be white on black, red, blue, or green. PROCESS 1NSTRUMENTATION 13401-11 AND CONTROLS E. L. FOR BIDDING U3720-033-02 Relays Digital signal switching relays shall be provided for switchin� AC or DC based on application need. The relays shall have double-throw dry circuit contacts in a break-before-make configuration rated for 15 VA minimum. The relays shall be sealed to prevent dust, dirt, or moisture contamination. Re1ays shall be UL recognized and shall be Potter and Brumiield KUP or KUL Series or Struthers-Dunta Series 219. Contral circuit switching relays shall be rated �or not less than 2 amperes at 120 VAC or 28 VDC. All relay connections shall have a screw terminal inter�ace with the wiring. Terminals shall have a perman�nt, legible identification and shall be mounted such that terminal identi�tcations are clearly visible and the terminals are readily accessible. Power Supplies: Provide .DC power supplies as required to power instruments requiring external DC power. 1. Power supplies shall convert 120 VAC power to DC power ofthe appropriate voltage(s) with sufficient valtage regulation and ripple control to assure that the instruments being supplied can operate within their required tolerances. Output overvoltage and overcurrent protective devices shall be provided with the power supply ta protect the instru�ments from damage due to power supply failure and to protect the power supply from damage due to external failure. Each power supply shall be provided with a NEMA 1 enclosure for mounting within other enclosures. Power supplies shall be mounted such that dissipated heat does not adversely affect other components. Wiring: All electrical wiring and wiring identi .fication shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of Division 16. 1. Wires shall be 600-volC class, THHN insulated stranded copper. 2. Wiring for 120 volt circuits, artd signals shall be sized as required for the current to be carried, but not smaller than l 4 AWG if enclosed in sheet metal raceway or plastic wiring duct. Wiring for signal circuits shall be twisted shielded pairs (TS.P) not smaller than 16 AWG. Analog signals shall be separated from any power wiring by at least 6 inches. All interconnectirag wires to other enclosures shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. All external connections shall be to number�d terminal PROCESS INS"PRUM�,N'TATION 13401-12 ANC) CON'I'ROLS ' ' � � 1 � � , ' � ' � � � ' � ' ' � 1 i � i ' � ' 1 1 ' I�J � blocks. All connections for future functions shall be wired to numbered terminal blocks. a. Terminal blocks shall be grouped to keep circuits of different voltages separate. Provide sufficient terminal blocks for all functions required, all spare annunciator points, and all spare conductors plus 15 percent spare. b. Terminal blocks shall be one-piece molded plastic blocks with screw- type terminals and barriers rated for 300 volts. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with rernovable covers which prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with protective caver removed. c. Wires shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp-type, preinsulated, ring-tangue lugs. Lugs shal I be the appropriate size for size of the terminal block screws and the size and number of wires terminated. 4. All analog signal wiring shall be twisted, shielded pair, # 16 minimum with tie points at terminal blocks. Provide external dropping resistors or diodes to allow removal of an instrument from the loop without opening the circuit. 5. Shield connections shall only be made at terminal blocks. No splicing shall be permitted. Shield wires shall be dressed with heat-shrink tubing. Ground signal shields at control panels only (not �eld devices). 2.03 ADDITIONS TO THE EXISTING 1N-PLANT SCADA SYSTEM A. Hardware Requirements: 1 1. The contractor is to provide a Remote I/O Unit to interface with the existing Filter PLC control panel. Refer to Specifications Section ] 3�}40 - Remate Input/Output Unit. � I:� � � 1 ' FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 ' Configuration and Programming Requirements: The existing plant PLC shall be configured to accept the proposed I/O modules being added to the Remote PLC I/O rack. a. Remove any PLC I/O database descriptions and madify PLC ladder logic far any equipment that may become obsolete as a result of Chis project. b. Configuration of the ALC associated with each modified I/O rack must be completed in order for the 1/O to be recognized by the control system. PRpCESS 1NSTRUMENTATION 1340]-13 AND CONTROLS c. The PLC memory register addresses shall be modified to reflect the status or alarm condition being monitored. d. All necessary ladder logic to scale analog points and/or convey electronic signals to the Human Machine Interface (HMI) computer shall be included. e. Provide documentation of all new and modified PLC files (database listing, ladder logic listing, I/O siructure listing). 2. The existing plant HMI system shall be mvdifred to include the new 1/O points being added to the plant-wide SCADA system. HMI databases shall be modified to include the new I/O points. Database entries shall include eyuipment descriptions to match PLC point descriptions and shall utilize P&TD drawing equiprnent nurnbers for data point identification tags. a. HMI screens shall be created to reflect the status and alarm data for the filter feed systems. In addition, existing HMI screens shall be modified to include data and alarms from the new equipment. b. Modify any existing HMl screens depicting the equipment removed under this contract. c. A new HMI screen, titled "Filter Feed Pump StaCion", shall be created depicting a system overview simi lar to the P&lD drawings of that system. Include on this screen Submersible Pumps (Run-Off- Fail, Sequence, Speed), Wetwell Level, and pump and alarm status. d. Provide an additional scrcen indicating the MCC with V�D operational and alarm status. As a minimum the HMI screen shall indicate VFD Run, Standby and Alarm status; VFD speed (calibrated �or RPM). e. Graphics on the new HMI screens shall match existing HMI screens in type, background, font, icon color conventions, and interface functionality. Provide shortcuts (or links) to these screens irom any system overview screens, menu bar buttons, or other pertinent locations within the HMI syscern. f. Modify existing alarm database points, alarm summary screens, and alarm event logs to display alarm events indicated on project plans. g. Modify existing event logs ta record operations data; to include as a minimum: pump run times, levels, motor starts and speed, and equipment states such as hand ar auta, VFD faults and high and 1ow level alarms. h. Provide documentation of all new and moditied HMI files (database listing, screen captures, and program code listings). r- L- ' 1 1 � � , , � 1 1 � � , � 3. Refer to Specification Section 13440, paragraph 3.02 - Remote Input/Output � Unit for system operational requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION FOA B]DDING 03720-033-02 ]3401-14 ' PRQCESS INSTRIJMENTATION � AND CONTROLS , ' ' � 1 l_J l� � 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall lay out the work and be responsible for necessary lines, levels, elevations and rneasurements. Installations shall comply with the applicable requirements of Division 16. The drawings indicate extent and general arrangement of the components. The Contractar shall familiarize himself with work of other trades engaged in the construction. Exact routing of raceways, piping and locations of equipment may be governed by structural conditions and obstructions. The Contractor shall coordinate with the details of equipment shop drawings for connections to eyuipment furnished by others. This is not to be construed to permit redesigning systems. 3.02 iNSTALLATION A. Comply with referenced standards, National Electrical Code (NEC), National ' Electrical Safety Code, local codes and rules and regulations of local agencies having jurisdiction_ Size of conductors, circuit breakers, motor controllers and protective devices indicated or specified shall meet all requiremerats af the NEC. I3.Q3 1NSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS � ' , � � � � ' ' � A. The installer shall be acceptable to the manufacturer and/or supplier of the instrumentation and control systems. The installer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience installing instrumentation and control systems of a similar type and scope. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A. General I:� FOA BIUDING 03720-033-02 Install znaterials and equipment in a workmanlike manner utilizing craftsmen skilled in the particular trade. Provide work which has a neat and finished appearance. 2. Coordinate the work with the Owner, the Contractar, and the work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference. Electrical Power and Signal Wiring 1. Control and signal wiring in enclasures and racks shall be restrained hy plastic ties or ducts. Hinge wiring shall be secured at each end so that any bending or twisting shall to be around the longitudinal axis of the wire and the bend area shall be protected with a sleeve. fK�9I�F� PROCESS 1N5TRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 2. Arrange wiring neatly, cut to proper length, and remove surplus wire. Provide abrasion protection for any wire bundles which pass through holes or across edges of sheet metal. Use the manufacturer's recommended tool with the proper sized anvil, for all crimp terminations. No more than one wire shall be terminated in a single crimp lu� and no more than two lugs shall be installed on a single-screw terminal. 4. Wiring shall not be spliced or tapped except at device terminals or terminal blocks. All devices with pig-tail wiring shall terminate an terminal blocks within or near the device. All materials, equipment, and warkmanship shall be subject to inspection at any time by the Engineer. Correct any work, materials, or equipment nat in accordance with these ContracC Documents or found to be deficient or defective. Corrections shall be made in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. f t� 1 I��.` � Y.` � 1 Y� I u[� 7�� 1.711 Y[�]� I A. Purnp starting, stopping and speeds shall be controlled by an existing Programmable Logic Controller through the proposed Remote Input/Ouput unit that is controlled and monitored by the existing PLC to maintain constant level in the wetwell. One or more pumps shall run to mair►tain the desired level by adjusting the pump speed. The lead purnp shall turn on and ramp up to full speed before the next pump (lag 1) is called to start. This pump shal l ramp up as required to maintain level until it reaches full speed, at wh,ich the next pump (lag 2) is called to start and ramp up as required. This process repeats until all pumps are running. The pumps shall ramp down and turn off in reverse order as needed to maintain the set point level. All pumps shall shutdawn when an operator selectable low level set point is reached. An ultrasonic level detector shall provide the level signal. A high level float switch shall be provided in case of a level sensor or PLC/RIO failure. When the high level float switch is triggered, the PLC shall call all idle pumps to start with an operator selectable time lag between each purnp start. A low level float switch backup shall be provided to slautdown all pumps in case of a level sensor or PLC/RIO failure. : FOR BIDUING 03720-033-02 After shutdown of all pumps the pump starting sequence shall automatically alternate. Sequences shall be: 1-2-3-4-5-6 2-3-4-5-6-1 3-4-5-6-1-2 4-5-6-1-2-3 5-6-1-2-3-4 6-1-2-3-4-5 13401-16 1 ' � � ' �. � � t � 1 1 � � � � , PRQCF:SS INSTIZUMGNTATION ' AND CONTROLS ' i 1 � � 1 C� ' � ' � 1 ' , � , 1 � ' 1 fc�17��x.��1►[e� A. General: All elements of the instrumentation and control system shall be tested to demonstrate that the total system satisfes all of the requirements of this specification. 1. All testing materials and equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, the Contractor shall provide a suitable means of simulation. These simulation techniques shall be acceptable to the Engineer. � C. rok [�►n�iN� 03720-033-02 2. The Contractor shall have an updated set of drawings and specifications, a master copy of approved test procedures, and the master copy of current test failures and solutions to test failures. 3. Testing shall not to be considered complete until all portions ofthe test have been approved by the Engineer. If a t�st or a portion of a test fails to the point where it needs to be rescheduled at a later date, the additional testing cost shall be borne by the Contractor. Factory Testing: The campan�nts shall be tested with simulated inputs and outputs at the factory. Factory tests shall generally conform to the applicable sections of ISA RP55.1. Operational Acceptance Testing: The objective ofthese tests is to demonstrate that each portion of the instrumentation and control system is ready for operation. Camponents of the system shall be checked for proper installation, adjusted, and calibrated on a loop-by-loop basis. 2. Elements shall be checked to verify that they have been installed properly and that all terminations have been made correctly. All Pneumatic tubing shall be tested in accordance with ISA procedure RP7.1. 3. Discrete elements and systems shall have their set points adjusted and shall be checked %r proper operation. 4. Continuous elements and systems shall have three-point calibrations performed. All controller tuning constants shall be adjusted to preliminary settings. 5. The Contractor shall prepare operational acceptance test status report sheets for each loop listing the checks and adjustments performed and the calibration points actually set. Copies ofcompleted status report sheets shall be submitted before to final acceptance. PROCESS 1NSTRUMENTATION 13401-17 AND CONTROLS D. �unctional Acceptance Testing: The objective of these tests is to demonstrate that the instrumentation and control system is operating and cotxaplying with the specified performance requirements. 1. Each loop function shall be dennonstrated to the Engineer in accordance with approved test procedures. Each loop shall be signed off by both the Contractor and the Engineer upon satisfactary completion. 2. A test date may be set after the testing submittal has been approved and pre- test training has been completed. 3. No modifications shall be made to the system during the functianal acceptance test period except as required to maintain Owner operations. The test shall not interrupt normal operations unless approved by the Owner. 4. If a test fails to produce the expected results, minimal time shal I be spent Co determine the cause and take cot-rective actian. Construction shall not interfere with the tests unless approved by the Engineer. , 1 , � 1 ' � � 5. All failed tests shall be retested until the result complies with the , specifications and/or is acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. 6. At the end of the test, a punch list shall be provided to the Contractor. The Cantractor shall then determine the cause of the failur�, correct the deficiency, and report to the Engin�er why the test failed and the corrective action taken. The Engineer shall then deterrnine if the function needs to be retested and determine any other tests which may be required. 7. Within 1 p working days from the etad of a test period or retest period, a formal punch list shall be transmitted to the Contractor. The Contractor shall subrnit a single test report for the test period and reschedule retesting. Retesting shall be scheduled for not less than one week after the Engineer receives the test report and the retest dates shall be acceptable ta all. 3.07 ON-SITE SUPERVISION A. The System Integrator shall supervise and coordinate installation, adjustment, testing, training, and startup of the instrumentation and control system. B. The Systern integrator shall provide additional startup and testing assistance by engineers and programmers as required to thorough ly ckaeck all of the equipment and perform all operational and functional tests required. C. The System Integrator shall be specifically trained on the type of equipment specified and shall advise the Co�atractor in the location and method of installing special cable, rnounting, pipe and wiring of each type of device utilized on the FO1Z BIDDING 03720-033-02 13401-18 � ' ' ' � , � I-] PROCESS INSTRUMF,NTATION ' AND CONTROLS � , , , � � � I ' � , 1 , , � 1 � 1 , � project. The System integrator shall supervise the calibration, commissioning and initial start-up of the instrumentation and control system. A signed and dated calibration sticker shall be affixed to each new and re-calibrated instrument. 3.0$ TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of one 8-hour day on-site training for the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel at the job site before to functional acceptance testing. B. The training program shall include classroam and field instruction by the System Integrator or other experienced and knowledgeable technicians/engineers on the operation and maintenance ofthe instrumentation and control elements, components, and systems provided. PUR I31DD1NG 03720-033-02 END OF SECTION 13401-19 PKOCESS INSTRl1MENTATION AND CUNTKOLS 1 ' � ' , 1 � � ' , ' 1 ' � ' 1 1 1 ' SECTION ] 3420 LEVEL TNSTRUMENTATION PART] GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF W�RK A. This Section includes provisions for the supply and installation of instrumentation used to measure and monitor parameters shown on the cantract drawings and specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 1, General Requirements. B. Section 13401, Process Instrumentation and Controls. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specit7cations, and identificatians of rnaterial of construction. B. Installation manual C. Detailed drawings and schematics showing the equipment dimensions, size, and locations of connections. D. Power and control wiring diagrams, including terminal numbers. E. Manufacturer's certificates F. Operation and maintenance manuals and manufacturer's instructions in accordance with Sectian 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. G. Warranty information for each item. 1.04 WOR.K SEQUENCE (NOT USED) I.OS REFERENCES STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred ta in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a FfIR FiInnING 13420-1 LEVEL INSTRUMENTATION 03720-033-02 part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) C. American National Standards Institute (ANS�) 1 _06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.0$ DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HA,NDLiNG (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.1 p TEST.ING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) 1.,13 SYSTE.M :DESCR.IPTION A. This Section covers the level instrumentation used to measure and monitor parameters at the Filter Feed Pumps. l.14 O.1'ERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS (NOT USED) 1.1 S PATENTS AND LICENSES 1.16 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The equipment and approved manufacturer or approved equal shall be listed. The system shall be cornplete with all necessary components for a functional system, including sensor, sensor mounting hardware, instrument meter, meter rnounting hardware, and all manufacturer recommended cables and spare parts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NON-CONTACT SONIC TYPE LEVEL MEASUREM..ENT A. FOR BIDDING 0372U-U33-02 Where non-contact sonic Types are indicated, sonic level measuring systems shall consist of an electronic controller-transmitter, a non-contact sonic transducer, and interconnecting cables. The controller-transmitter shall generate the sonic signal to drive the transducer, detect the return echo and convert the elapsed time to a 13A20-2 LEVEL fNS'1'RUMF.N`I'ATION ' 1 ' level signal. The controller-transmitter shall have the follawing features; solid state design, integral level indicator, l/4 thermostatically controlled heaters, 1/2, 1/�F isolated, 1/2 4-20 mA output signal linearly proportional to level, and ' transducer temperature compensatian. Input power shall be 120 VAC 60 Hz. The sonic transducer shall be housed in a NEMA 4 watertight enclosure and be constructed of corrosion resistant materials and shall be suitable for use in a Class , 1 Division 1 hazardous area. Sonic level measuring systems shall be Milltronics, Inc. Model Hydro Ranger. LJ 1 C� , 1 �! � � , 1 , �J � ' 2.02 FLOAT TYPE L�QUID LEVEL SWTTCHES A. Liquid level switches shall ba the side mounted tloat actuated type. r�loat switches shall be SPDT and shall consist of a fixed sealed reed switch actuated by a floating magnet. Level switches shall be flange or plug mounted to suit tield requirements. Mercury switches shall not be allowed. Process wetted materials shall be T�flon. Liquid level switches shall be as manufactured by Kobold, Compac Engineering, or Harwil Corporation. PART 3 EXECUTiON 3.01 INSTALLATION I:1 : The equipment shall be installed in accordance with Specification O] 600, the instructions of the manufacturer, and the Contract Documents. All fitting connections shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 TESTING A. Field tests shall be made in conformance with SecCion 014p0, Quality Requirements, Section 01600, Materials and Equipment, and Section 01755, Equipment Testing and Startup. B. Preliminary �eld tests shall be made after installation of the unit analyzing and monitoring equipment. Final field tests shall demonstrate the following: 1_ That the units have been properly installed, are in proper alignment. 2. That there are no mechanical defects in any of the parts. C. Should any defects becorne evident during inspectian, testing, or within the guarantee period, the Contractor shall repair or replace the defective unit or component at no additional cost to the Owner. D. FOR BIUC)ING 03720.033-02 Final acceptance shall be dependent upan the satisfactory operation attd performance after installation 13420-3 LEVEL INSTAUMGNTA'I ION 3_03 MANU.F'ACTURER'S SERVICE AND CERTIFICATES � � ' A. Provide manufacturer's (or supplier's) services according to Section 01600, , Materials and Equipment. Additional manufacturer's services include: B. Thc Contractor shal] anange for the manufacturer to furnish the services of a qualifed representative as necessary to check and supervise the ec�uipment installation; to supervise the final acceptance test and the initial operation; and to instruct the Owner's operator in operations, proper maintenance and repairs. C. Equipment rnanufacturer shall provide a written report covering his �ndings and installation approval. The report shall include description of all inspections and any defciencies noted and shall be mailed directly to the Engineer. 3.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. The ultrasonic sensor manufacturer shall have quality control procedures adequate to ensure that the equipment complies with these Speci .frcations. Quality control shall include in-process inspections, �nal inspection by the manufacturer, and a written record of these inspections. B. Inspection records shall be made for the unit. Inspection records shall be available to the Engineer. Upon request, manufacturer shall send a capy of his inspection records to the Engineer for review prior to equipment installation. C. FdA BIDDING U3720-033-U2 Final acceptance of the level instrumentation by the Engineer shall be contingent upon satisfactory delivery, installatian, and performance ofthe entire system. END OF SECTxON 13420-4 LEVEL iNSTRiJMENTATION , ' 1 ' � � ' � 1 � ' � 1 1 ' 1 , ' r SECTiON 13440 REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes a Remate InpudOutput Unit (RIO) for control of process equipment, and process systems. B. The RIO shall be capable oicommunicating to each VFll via Modbus �1�CY. C. The RIO shall have the ability to communicate to the existing Allen Bradley FLC- 5 Programmable Logic Controller located in the Filter Building electrical room. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section liI, General Conditions. B. Division 1, General Requirements. C. Specification 13401, Process Instrumentation and Controls. D. Specifrcation 16050, Common Work Results far Electrical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Cantractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Praduct Data: lnclude dimensions, mounting arrangements, and weights. Also include manufacturer's technical data on features, performanc�, electrical ratings, characteristics, terminal connections, and finishes. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide companent literature detailing routine maintenance requirements (if any). 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1..05 REFER�NCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specificatian Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A_ RFI/EMI Susceptibility: MIL STD 461B CS02 FOR BIDDING ] 3440-1 REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT LTNIT 03720-033-02 l .05 1.07 1.0$ B. D. E. G. H. I. J. K. L. Showering Arc Test: NEMA Pub No ICS2-230.42 Surge Withstand: ANSI C37.90a IEEE 472 NFPA 70 (NEC) ULS08 RFI Immunity: IEC SO1-3 Ground Continuity: IEC 801-5 Electrostatic Discharge: IEC 801-2 Electromagnetic Field (IEC 61000-4-3) Fast trans,ients (IEC 61000-4-4) Programming Languages IEC 61131-3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer shall maintain, within 50 miles of Project site, a facility, system, instrumentation and cantrols subcontractor and panel shop capable of providing training, parts, and coordination of emergency maintenance and repairs. B. Source Limitations: The RIO shall be a PLC-5 unit furnished by Allen-Bradley. If the PLC manufacturer has authorized third party vendors to provide modules that are compatible with their platforms, then products manufactured by these authorized third party vendors shall be acceptable as native products unless otherwise specified below. WARRANTIES (NOT USED) DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING I:� : The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specif ed in Section 01650 for storin� and protecting the items specified in this Section. Deliver RIO components in packaging designed to prevent damage from static electricity, and physical damage. C. Store ,RIO according to manufacturers' requirements. As a minimum, store indoors in clean, dry space with uniforna temperature to preverat condensatian. Protect RIO from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical datnage. Also, protect the RIO from all forms of electrical and magnetic energy that could reasonably cause damage. � FQR BIDDING 03720-033-02 In additian, camply with requirements of Specification Section 13401, Process lnstrumentation and Controls, Article 1.01. 13440-2 AEMOTL- INPU'I70U"I'PUT LTN1T �� 1 1 , 1 � 1 LJ L_J � IJ , 1 1 1 1 ' � �� 1 , ' ' 1 � 1 r ' r 1 1 ' � � , , � � 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUiREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 M�1INTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS (NOT USED) 1.13 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (NOT USED) 1.14 OFERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS (NOT USED) 1.15 PATENTS AND LICENSES (NOT USED) 1.16 PROJECT CONDTTiONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment far continuous operation, capable of driving full load without derating, under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: 20 to 131 F. 2. Humidity: Less than 95% (non-cvndensing). 1.17 PRODUCT PROTECTION A. Control panel designer shall provide independent line fuses or circuit breakers, per the manufacturer's recommendation, for each power Supply, lnput Module, Output Module, and other modules with separately derived power reyuirements. S. Control panel designer shall ensure that communication signals are properly conditioned for the RIO and protected from all sources of radiated energy or harmonics. 1.18 SPARE PARTS A. Furnish spare parts. Material shall be packaged for long term storage and identified with labels describing contents. Coordinate with control panel vendor to optimize the amount of spares that are provided. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 1 2 1/O Cards: Provide as a minimum a spare of each type of card identified. RIO Adapter: Provide one spare. 13440-3 REMOTE 1NPUT/OUTPUT UNIT 3. 4. Power Supplies: Provide as a minimum a spare of each type of pawer supply identified Specialty Modules: Provide as a minimum a spare of each type of module identified. I 7s\ :7 11 f�� :i �] rl � I� I I K� 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Vendor: Allen-Bradley, no substitute. 2.02 REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT A. The ItIO shall collect data, communicate with the existing PLC and distribute process information. 1. The executive firmware of al1 intelligent modules shall be stored in Flash memory and shall be able to be updated in the field using standard programming tools. Executive f.rrmware �les shall be readily available via a public web site. 2. Each component shall include a clearly visible faceplate with appropriate data such as the ►nanu�'acturer's model number and a brief description of the component's function. 3. Cables and connectors shall be as specified by the manufacturer. Cables shall be assembled and installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Each discrete point shall have a light emitting diode on the face of the module to indicate point status. Green shall indicate that the point is logic level "1," also referred to as "on" or "high." 5. The RIO shall utilize Modbus TCP protocol for communicating to the VFDs. B. PLC programming requirements: l. The PLC shall be pragrammed by others. 2. Provide all register information from the VFD and Modbus TCP I/O cards. � Graphics interfaces shall be by others. FOR f31bDING ]3440� REMOTE 1NPUT/OUTPUT UNIT 03720-033-02 1 1 1 � � 1 1 ' ' , ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' , C I-�a FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 4. SCADA interface to the Devicenet and plant computer shall be by others. 5. Refer to Article 3.02 for programming application requirements. RIO Environmental Requirements: 1. The RIO shall rneet or exceed the following environmental requirements: a. Minimum temperature range: (1) Operating: 0-55° C (+32 to +131°F) (2) Storage: -25 to +70° C (-13 to +158°F) b. Relative humidity: 30 to 95% non-condensing. c. Altitude: (l ) Operation 0-6,500 feet minimum (2) Storage 0-9,800 feet minimum d. Degree of protection: NEMA I(IP20) e. Vibration resistance in accordance with at least ane of the following: (1) lnstalled rating: Panel or plate mounted RIO: 2-25 Hz, amplitude 1.bmm, acceleration 25-200 Hz. (?) In compliance with IEC 60068 and IEC 61131. f. Shock resistance: 147m/s2 for 11 ms. General I/ O Cards: The RIO shall have a series of general 1/O cards. They shall be as follows: 1. Analog Inputs: Analog input cards shall be 4-20 ma and offer isolation between channels. 2. Analog Outputs: Analog output cards shall be4-20 ma and offer isolation between channels. 3. Discrete Inputs: Shall be sixteen (lb) channel 120VAC. 13440-5 REMQTE 1NPUT/OUTPUT UIVJT 4. Discrete Outputs: Shall be sixteen (16) channel 48-240VAC (lA/channel) protected triac output card. E. Communication Capabilities: The RIO shall support Modbus TC�', utilizing Prosoft Technology's Modbus TCP protocol modules. F '� Modbus TCP Connector cables: Compliant with Modbus TCP standard. Equipped to handle �lobal data, peer-to-peer, and peer cop. RTO Enclosure: I'rovide a NEMA 12 enclosure with 3-point door operating rnechanism. 2.03 ENCLOSURE A_ The enclosure shall be NEMA 12, hinged door and 3-point doar operating rnechanism. Exterior door shall be titted with keyed lack. : � � E. The enclosure shall be 14 USS gauge sized to accommodate specified RIO equipment. The enclosure shall be constructed so that no screws or bolt heads are visible when viewed fram the front. _Punch cut-outs for instruments and other devices shall be cut, punched, or drilled and smoothly finished with rouged edges. The ternperature inside each enclosure containing an RTU shall be continuously monitored and shall generate an alarm input to the associated RTU input-output subsystem if the temperature rises to an adjustable, preset high temperature. A tamper switch shall be included to report the status of the access door to the associated RTU input/output subsystem. 1. The alarm canditions shall be reported back to the SCADA system. Programzning shall be by the Owner's System Inte�rator. Enclosures shall be furnished with integral grounded RFI shielding. F. R�fer to Section 13401, �rocess Instrumentation and Contrals, Article 2.02 for additional requirements. 2.04 ELECTRiCAL TRANSIENT PROTECTION A. Electrical and electronic elernents shall be protected a�ainst damage due to electrical transient induced in interconnecting lines from lightning discharges and nearby electrical systems. FdR BIDDING ] 3440=6 REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT 03720-033-02 , ' ' B. Manufacturer's Requirements: Surge suppressor devices shall b� manufactured by a company that has been engaged in the desi�n, development, and manufacture of such devices for at least 5 years. 1 , ' , r � , 1 �� ' ' 1 , ' L� C I�J Suppressor Locations: As a minimum, provide surge suppressors at th� following locations: 1. At any connections between ac power and electrical and electronic equipment, including panels, assemblies, and .field mounted analog transmitters. 2. At the field, panel, or assembly connections of all analog signal circuits that have any portion of the circuit extending outside of a pratecting building. Surge Suppressor Assemblies for 120-Volt ac 1'ower Supply Connectors: Surge suppressors for connections to ac power supply circuits shall be assemblies that: 1. Have been provided with twa-3-terminal barrier terminal strips capable of accepting No. 12 AWG solid or stranded copper wire. One terminal strip shall be located on each end of the suppressor unit. 2. Are epoxy encapsulated within a nonflammable phenolic enclosure with provisions for mounting to interior of equipment racks, cabinets, or to the exterior of freestanding equipment. Epoxy encapsulation shall be flame retardant. 3. Are constructed as multistage devices. The first stage shall be a high energy metal oxide varistor element. The second stage shall consist of fast-acting high power bipolar silicon avalanche devices. First and second stages shall be interconnected through a series air core inductor of su�fiicient current-carrying capacity to permit a continuous operating current of 15 amperes. Inductars having ferrous or other high permeability core materials are not acceptable. Suppressor assemblies shall be the automatic recovery type. 4. Meet ar exceed the following performance criteria based on a test surge wave shape with an $-microsecond rise time and a 20-microsecond exponential decay time: a. Minimum Operating Voltage: 130V ac b. Maximum Sreakdown Voltage: 150V ac c. Maximum Operating Current: 15 amps d. Peak First Stage Surge Current: 20,000 amps e. Maximum First Stage Clamping Voltage: 350 volts FpR BIDDWG 13440-7 ' 03720-033-02 REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT f Maximum Second Stage Clamping Voltage: 210 volts g. Ambient Temperature Range: -200 C to +850 C E. Surge Suppressors for Analog Signal Connection: Surge suppressors for analog signal circuits shall: l. Have four lead devices with a threaded mounting/grounding stud. 2. Have a circuit consisting of a 3-electrode gas tube and silicone avalanche devices to clamp each line to ground. A series impedance shall separate high energy gas tube and silicone avalanche devices. 3 !� Se epoxy encapsulated with a nonflammable phenolic enclosure. Epoxy encapsulation shall be flarne retardant. Limit line-to-ground and line-to-line voltage to 30 volts on 24V dc circuits. 5. Meet ar exceed the following performance criteria based on a test surge , wave witk� 8-rz�icrosecond rise tinoe and 20-rnicrosecand exponential decay time: a. b. c. d. e. f. �• h. i. Recavery: Automatic Peak Source Current: 10,000 amps Pulse Li$ Before Failure: 100 occurrences Minimum Voltage Clamp Rating: 30 volts Series lmpedance: 24 ahnns total Ternperature Range: -200 C to +g50 C Operating Voltage: Less than 30V dc Uperating Current: 4 ta 20 mA dc Resistance Line-to-Ground: Greater than 1 megohm 2.05 CORROSION PROTECTION A. The enclosure shall be �tted with vapor phase corrosion inhibitor capsules; ZERUST Model VC-6-2, or equal. Capsules shall be labeled with the date of activation. Six spare capsules shall be furnished. 2.06 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY A. A 20�VA capacity UPS shall be supplied. It shall offer lighting and surge protection and employ EMI/RFI filters for power line conditioning UPS battery packs shall be user replaceable and shall not require the unit load be powered down when batteries are to be replaced. The unit shall be capable of operating in FOR BI�DING 13440-8 REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT UN1T 03720-033-UZ ' � ' � 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 , 1 ' ' ' an enviranment with at least 95% humidity and 1100 F and shall not exceed 17" in length and 8" in width. The UPS shall be manuiactured by ANC or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. B. Examine areas, surfaces, and substrates to receive RIO for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been carrected. 3.02 APPLICATIONS A. The pump station shall have submersible centrifugal non-clog pumps as specified in this Section with cantrols capable of operating the pumps either individually, alternately, and/or simultaneously, depending on the load condition. The pump station shall pump clarifed effluent into the filter feed channel. The pumps shall be equipped with VFDs. The pump speed shall be contralled by the PLC/RIO via the VFD's ta maintain constant level in the wetwell. One or more pumps shall run to maintain the desired level by adjusting the pump speed. If the pump(s) is at full speed and more capacity is reyuired to maintain level, the PLC shall call another pump to start. All purnps shall shutdown when an operator selectable low level set point is reached. Aumps shall be programmed to ramp down to minimum speed and then shutdawn to minimize pressure sur�es in the pipeline. An ultrasonic level detector shall provide the level signal. A high level float switch shall be provided in case of a level sensar or PLC failure. When the high level float switch is triggered, the PLC shall call all idle purnps to start with an operator selectaUle tirne lag between each pump start. A low level float switch backup shall be provided to shutdown all pumps in case of a level sensor or PLC failure. ��x�i��r_��w:��.i A. Provide spacing around RIO as required by the RIO manufacturer to ensure adequate cooling. Ensure that the air surrounding and penetrating the RIO has been ambiently conditioned to maintain the required temperature and humidity range of the R10. S. Wires entering and exiting RIO components shall be sized to comply with the R10 manufacturers requirements. Doors an all components shall be able to be fully closed when all the wires are installed. C� FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Ventilation slots shall nat be blocked, or obstructed by any means. t aaaa4 REMQTE 1NPlIT/QLITPIJT LJNIT D. No wiring, wire ducts, or other devices shall obstruct the removal of cards from the rack. E. RIO lights, keys, communication ports, and memory card slots shall be accessible at all times. Lights shall be visible at all times when enclosure door is opened. F. Refer to Section 13401, Process lnstrumentation and Controls, Part 3, Executian, for additional requirements. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify RIO components, and wiring according to all applicable codes, standards and contract document sections. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. �'ield Service: The PLC based control panel supplier shall provide a qualified service representative to perform the following: 1. Inspect RIO, wiring, components, connections, and equipment installation. Test and adjust supplied programmable controllers, components, and equipment. 2. Assist in freld testing of equipment including pre-testing and adjusting of controllers and its associated application program if necessary. 3. Report results in writing. END OF SECTION POR IIIDDING 13440-10 REMOTE iNPUTlOUTPiJT LTNIT 03720-033-02 1 ' I� I � � �J I� � 1 1 � � nlvlsroN 1 s � MECHANICAL 1 1 �� 1 1 � �� 1 L 1 ' ' 1 ' � 1 ' 1 �� 1 1 ' ' ' , ' ' ' SECTION l SO55 PIPING SYSTEMS—GENERAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE O�' WOKK A. This Specification describes responsibilities and requirements for Piping Systems including the following: l. Labor, materials, tools, equipnnent, and services to be furnished in accordance with the provisions af the Contract Docuznents. The materials to be used for the piping systems shown in the Drawings. 2. Coordinatian of work with other trades. 3. The furnishing and installation of all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation, although such work is not specifically indicated. 4. The furnishing of Record Drawings and documents for piping systems. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and /\cceptance: A. If the Contractor deviates from the piping layout as shown on the Contract Drawings, then the Contractor shall submit scaled piping drawings showing locations and dimensions to and from fittings, valves, tanks, equipment, structures, and related appurtenances. Provide scaled drawings to a minimum scale of 1/8 inch equals 1 foat. Provide details to minimum scale oF l/8 inch equals 1 foot. Elevations shall carrespond to reference vertical elevatian datum shown or provided for this project. B. Copies of any manufacturer's written directions regarding material handling, delivery, storage, and installation. C. Record piping drawings shall meet the requirements of Section 01300, Contract Administration, or Section 017$5, Record Documents. During the pragress of the work and when the work is finally completed and accepted by the Owner and the FOR BIDDING 15055-1 1'IPING SYSTEMS�'iENERAL 0372p-033-02 ' � E Engineer, Record Drawings of installed piping systems in project including pre- existing piping discovered, relocated, or at locations other than as originally shown in the Drawings. The Contractor shall identify complete location, elevations, and description of piping systems. Piping systems and fittings are to be identified fram three points on structures and/or stationary appurtenances. Submit copies of forms documenting required field pressure testing work and results_ Submit welding certificate copies. ! i ' 1 , �� F. Submit certified copies of mill test reports for bolts and nuts, including coatings if speci�ed. Provide recertification by an independent domestic testing laboratory , for materials originating outside of the United States. G. Submit manufacturer's data sheet for gaskets supplied showing dimensions and , bolting recommendations. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.DS REF.E.RENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recammended practices referred to in this Speci�cation Section shall be the latest revision of atty such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. I:l FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI A21.11—Rubber Gasket 7oin�is �or Cast iron and Ductile Pressure Pipe and Fittin�s. 2. ANSI B1.1—Unified Inch Screw Threads. 3. ANSI B2.1—Pipe Threads. 4. ANSI B 16.21—Nonmetallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 5. ANSI .S18.2.1—Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Including Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Lag Screws. 6. ANSI B 18.2.2.—Square and FIex Nuts. 7. ANSI B31.1—Power Piping (Pressure Piping). 8. ANSI B31.3—Process Piping. American Saciety for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A183—Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 15055-2 PIPING SYSTEMS�iBNERAI. , 1 1 ' ' i i �_ � , , �] , �J 1 1 1 1 � � 1 2. 3. 4. 5. b. ASTM A193—Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel; and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and other Special Purpose Applications. ASTM A194---Specification for Carbon and Allay Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service. ASTM A307—Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. ASTM D1330---Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Gaskets. ASTM F467—Standard Specification for Nonferrous Nuts far General Use. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) AWWA C207—Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Sizes 4 inch through 144 inch. ' 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT US�D) ' 1.07 WARRANTIES ' 1 �I 1 � 1 ' 1 � A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Canditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storage and protection of the items specif ed in this Section. B. The Contractor shall take care ta pratect the pipe from kinks, cuts, end damage, and other defects when transparting ali pipe. Sinding and tie-down methods shall not damage or deflect the pipes in any way. Pipe datnaged during shipment shall be rejected. C. Pipe shall be stared on level graund, preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objects which could damage the pipe. Stacking af any pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause excessive deformation af the lower layers of pipe under anticipated temperature conditions. When necessary due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be stored on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such widths to not allow deformatian of the pipe at the paint of contact with the sleeper or b�tween supports. Pipe shall not be removed from storage until bedding or sub-grade work is complete and ready to receive the pip�. FUR BIDDING 15055-3 PIPING SYSTEMS-GENERAL � 03720-033-02 D. The joined pipe shall be handled in such a manner that the pipe is not dama�ed by dragging it over sharp and cutting objects. Kopes, fabric, or rubber-protected slings and straps shall be used when handling pipe. Chains, cables, or hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not be drapped. Slings for handling joined pipe shall not be positioned at socket-welded joints. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges shall be removed and the ends ofthe pipe rejoined. The Contractor shall repair all pipe coatings which have been damaged before the pipe is installed. � 1 � , C_� E. The Contractor shall cover all pipe stored on the site with canvas or other opaque , material to protect it frorn sunlight. Provide air circulation under the covering. F. The Contractor shall inspect all pipe, fittings, and other accessories upon delivery and during the work. Any defective or damaged materials found during field inspection or during tests shall be removed from the site and replaced by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. G. The interior of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter at all times. Fittings shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage by freezing. H. Gaskets shall be placed in a cool location out of`direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first- delivered-to-site and first-ta-be-installed rotation basis. Mechanical joint glands, balts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and si�es. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) f �[I] 1.11 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operatians and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 1.13 DEFINITIONS OF BURIED, EXPOSED, AND SUSMERGED PIPING I:� Buried piping is piping buried in the sail be�inning at the wall or beneath the slab oF a structure. Where a coating is specified, the Contractor shall provide the POA B1DDING 15055� P1P1NG SYSTEMS-�--GENERAL 037Z0-033-02 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 � ' ' � 1 � 1 1 � 1 , ' 1 B. Expos�d piping is piping in any of the fallowing conditians or locations: 1. 2. 3. Abave ground. Inside buildings, vaults, or other structures. In underground concrete trenches or galleries. C. Submerged piping is considered to be all piping inside the tank. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING SYSTEM GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE A. Unless noted otherwise in the Drawings, piping system rnaterials, fttings, and appurtenances are subject to requirements of the individual Specifications for the piping systems. 2.02 PIPING SCHEDULE (NOT USED) 2.03 THREAD FORMING FOR STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS A. Form threads for stainless steel bolts by rolling, not by cutting or grinding. 2.04 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Solts and nuts for Class 150 flanges (including AWWA C207, C1ass D) located indoars, autdoors above and below graund, and in vaults and structures shall be carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade B. B. Bolts and nuts for submerged Class 150 flanges shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193 (Grade B8) for bolts and ASTM A194 (Grade S) for nuts. Fit shall be Classes 2A confornaing to ANSI B 1.1 when connecting to cast- iron valves having body bolt holes. 2.05 BQLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES �'OR STAINLESS STEEL PIPE I:1 POR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Bolts and nuts for flanges shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming ta ASTM A 193, Grade B8, for bolts and ASTM A 194, Grade 8, for nuts. 15055-5 l'li'W(i SYSTEMS---GENERAL 2.06 SOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES FOR PVC, CPVC AND PVDF PIPE A. Bolts for piping in sodium hypochlorite service shall be made of titanium, in accordance with ASTM F467, Grade Ti1, Ti2, or Ti7. Nuts shall conform to ASTM F457, same material as the bolts. B. Bolts and nuts in chemical service other than sodium hypochlorite shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8, for boJts and ASTM A194, Grade S, for nuts. C. Bolts and nuts for buried and submerged flanges and flanges located outdaors above ground or in vaults and structures shall be "l�ype 3U4 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade S8, for bolts and ASTM A19�, Grade $, for nuts. � ' 1 1 ' ' ' D. The Contractor shall provide a washer under each nut and under each bolthead. ' Washers shall be oithe same material as the nuts. 2.07 BOLTS AND Ni1TS FOR FLANGES FOR STEEL PIPE A. Bolts and nuts for Class 150 flanges (including �WWA C207, Class D) located indoors, outdoors above ground, in vaults, and in structures shall be carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade B. Bolts and nuts for buried service shall also be hot-dipped galvanized. S. Bolts and nuts for submerged Class 150 flanges shall be Type 304 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193 (Grade B8) for bolts and ASTM A194 (Grade 8) for nuts. Fit shall be Classes 2A per ANSI B1.1 when connecting to cast-iron valves having body bolt holes. 2.08 LUBRXCANT FOR STAINLESS STEEL B(7LTS AND NUTS 1 � ' � 1 A. Anti-Seize Lubricant shall be chloride free and shall be nongalling NSF approved. ' 2.09 GASKETS FOR FLANGES FOR STEEL, DUCTILE IRON, AND STAiNLESS STEEL pIPE ' A. Flange gaskets shall be in accordance with AWWA C207, except as moditied herein. Gaskets shall be ring type. All gasket material shall be suitable for the fluid being conveyed and shall be resistant to free chlorine concentrations up to 10 mg/L. All gasket material shall be rated to the surge pressures listed in the pipe schedule. Gaskets shall be EPDM, Viton, or an approved equal. FOA BIDDING 03720-033-02 15055-6 P1PING SYSTEMS---GENERAL ' 1 � , 1 1 ' 2.10 GASKETS FOR FLANGES FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1N RAW SEWAGE , A. Gaskets shall be full face, 1/8 inch thick, Buna-N having a Brinell �Iardness of 55 to 65 durometer. Gaskets shall be suitable for a water pressure oi 200 psi at a temperature of 250°F. Gaskets shall have "nominal" pipe size inside diameters, ' not the inside diameters per ANSI B16.21. Pravide Garlock Style 9122 or equal. Contractar shall verify gaskets are compatible with all chemicals being used. 1 1 ' 1 LJ ' 1 ' 2.11 GASKETS F�R �'LANGES FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE A. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full faced, 1/8 inch thick, having a Brinell Hardness of S� to 70 durometer A. Gasket material for other than sodium hypochlorite service shall be EPR. Gasket material for sodium hypochlarite service shall be Viton ETP. Gaskets shall be compatible with the chemicals being canveyed. 2.12 GASKETS FOR FLANGES FOR PVDF PIPE A.. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full faced, 5/64 inch thick (minimum), made of Teflon-bonded EPDM or PVDF-bonded EPDM. The �FDM shall have a Brinell Hardness of 65 to 70 Durometer "A". Gaskets shall be suitable for a fluid temperature range of -40°F to +210°F and compatible with the chemicals being conveyed. 2.13 GASKETS FOR FLANGES FOR STAINLESS STEEL PIAE 1.N CHEMICAL SERVICE A. Gaskets shall be suitable for a maximum pressure of 300 psi and a maximum temperature of 500°�'. Contractor shall verify gaskets are compatible with all chemicals being used. Gaskets for chemical service shall be one of the following materials: ' 1. Teflon envelope type, full face, 1/8 inch thick, with compressed nonasbestos fller. Provide free-flow design in which the Teflon is machined or milled between leaves to provide a space for the filler. 1 , 1 L� 2. Teflon (PTFE) with inert filler, 1/8-inch thick. Product: Garlock "Gylon 3510" shall be used for potassium hydroxide, sodium hypochlorite, and ammonium hydroxide. Garlock "Gylon 3545" shall be used %r sulfuric acid, corrosion inhibitor, and hydrofluosilicic acid. FOR BIDDING 15055-7 PIPING SYSTEMS-GENERAL ' 03720-033-02 2.14 POTAS.LE WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. All potable water piping systems including pipe, valves, fittings, weld-solvents, linings, gaskets, lubricants, grout disinfection agents, etc. and surfaces in contact with potable water shall meet all local and State of Florida regulations and requirements including National San�itation �oundation (NSk') Standards b 1. Contractor shall coordinate color of patable water system piping color with Owner's color standard and shall provide color as approved by the Ownar. 2_15 LOCATOR WIRE (OR DETECTABLE PIPELINE MARKING TAPE) (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A FOR BIbDING 0372U-U33-U2 Field Alignment: 1. The piping shown on the Contract Drawings is generally indicative of the work, with syrnbols and notations provided for clarity. However, the Contract Drawings are not an exact representation of all conditions involved; therefore, install piping to suit actual field conditions and measurements as approved by the Engineer. No extra comp�nsation will be made for work due to differences between indicated and actual dimensions. 2. The Contractor shall install all adapters, fittings, flanged connections, closures, restrained joints, etc. not specified but necessary for a complete installation acceptable to the Enginee;r. 3. The Contract Drawings do not indicate all adapters, fittings, spool pieces, bushings, unions, supports, hangers, and ather items required to accommodate the installation and connection of pipe, �ttings, valves, and equipment of various joint designs and sizes. Provide such required items of appropriate designs, materials, coatings, and linings. 4. An extensive nerivork of underground piping, duct, conduit, direct-buried conductors, and related structures of various sizes, materials, alignments, age, and function rnay exisC within the project site. Conclusive information concerning these facilities is not available. Consequently, the design of new piping indicated on the Contract Drawings is approximate. Adjust alignment, fitting, valve, and joint locations as required and as approved by the Engineer to accommodate and protect existing facilities and provide the intended functionality of new piping. I5055-8 PIPING SYS'fEM$�ENERAL 1 1 ' 1 ' ' �J ' 1 1 � 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 3.02 FIELD LAY�UT AND MOD.IFICATIONS A. The Contractor, unless directed otherwise, shall be responsible far setting construction layout stakes and/or offsets required to complete the designated work. The Contractor shall ensure that those stakes and/or offsets are protected and any re-staking required for any reason including work stoppage shall be included in the bid price and no additional compensation to the Contractor will be rnade. B. The Engineer has the right to make any moditications the Engineer deems necessary due to field conditions, conflicts with other utilities, or to protect other properties. 3.03 PIPE PRODUCTS 1NSPECTI�N A. The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturer a certificate of inspection to the effect that the pipe, fittings, gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts supplied for Chis Cantract have baen inspected at the plant and that they meet the requirements of these specifications. The Contractor shall submit these certificates to the Engineer before installing the pipe materials. The Contractor shall visually inspect all pipe and fittings at delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be installed. Pipe ar fittings that do not conform to these specifications ar have been damaged in any manner will be rejected and the Contractor must remove them immediately. The entire product of any plant may be rejected when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the methods or quality assurance and uniformity of rnanufacturer fail to secure acceptable and uniform pipe products or where the materials used produce inferior pipe products. 3.04 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPE /\ND FITTINGS A. Pipe that is to be removed or replaced from service will have to be physically taken out of the ground. The limits of pipe to be remaved shall be specifcally called for in the plans ar shall be approved in writing by the �ngineer. Any other removal not specifically called for shall be considered incidental to construction af other items in the contract and the Contractor will not receive compensation for such work. B. When removing pipe the Contractor shall excavate a trench wide enough to dislodge the pipe from the surrounding sail and long enough to be able to handle the pipe without causing any damage to nearby utilities, structures, or adjacent property. FOR BIDDING 15055-9 PIPING SYSTEM5�iENGRAL ' 03720-q33-02 C. The rernoved pipe, fittin�, and appurtenances will become the Contractor's property and the Cotttractor sha,ll be responsible far proper disposal and any required permits thereof. D. Regarding pipe ,remairaing in the ground subsequent to removal of connected pipe ar pipe fittings, the remaining pipes and fittings shall be plugged or capped as approved by the Engineer. C� 1 , 1 ' E. Pipe that will be abandoned in place shall be plugged or capped as approved by the Engineer. � 3.05 BURIED PIPTNG AND FIPE FITTINGS I_� : FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Trenching and backfilling for all pipe and �ttings shall also be in accordance with Section 02305, Earthwork for Utilities, of these Specifications. lnstallation: 1. Inspect all piping for defects and remove all lumps or excess coatings before installatian. The inside of the mechanical joint and outside of plain- end pipe shall be cleaned before joining pipe. Caution shall be taken to prevent damage to the pipe during lowering into the Crench. No foreign matter shall enter the pipe during installation. The Contractor shall cover the pip� ends during installation to prevent debris from entering the pipe. No debris, tools, clothing, or other material shall be placed in the pipe. 2. After being placed in the trench, the pipe shall be brought to the proper line and grade by compacting the approved backfll material under it, except at the bell end. Joint deflection shall not exceed 75% of the manufacturer's limit. 3. The Contractor shall install temporary water-tigk�t plugs an the pipe ends during the time that the pipe is in the trench but no work is in progress. If there is water in the trench upon beginning work, this plug shall remain in place until the trench has been pumped dry, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Engineer's Representative, or the Owner's Representative. 4 5 Buried carbon steel bolts and nuts shall receive one coat of heavy-bodied biturninous mastic. Coat threaded portions of stainless steel bolts and nuts with lubricant before assembly. 15055-10 PIPINC SYST�MS�;ENERAL ' ' ' 1 , ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 , ' ' ' ' � 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' � 1 1 ' ' 1 6. Restrained plugs or caps shall be inserted into all buried dead end pipes, tees, or crosses. Provide blind flanges for all flanged exposed pipin�. Restrained plugs and caps installed for pressure testing shall be fully secured and blacked to withstand the test pressurE. 7. Where plugging is required because of contract division or phasing for later connection, the ends of such lines shall be equipped with a suitable cast iron or ductile iron plug/cap or blind flange with ar without a blowoff cock, as shown on the Drawings. Jnstallatian or removal of such plugging shall be considered incidental to the work and the Contractor shall not be compensated by the Owner for perfarming this work. 3.06 FLANGED JOINTS FOR EXPOSED PIPE AND FITT.INGS A. When bolting flanged joints, the Contractor shall take care to avoid restraint on the opposite end of the pipe or fitting, which would prevent uniform gasket compression or which would cause unnecessary stress in the flanges. One �lange shall be free to move in any direction while the flange bolts are being tightened. Bolts shall be tightened gradually and at a uniform rate to ensure uniform compression of the gasket, in accordance with pipe and fitting manufacturer's recommendations. B. Coat threaded portions of stainless steel bolts and nuts with lubricant before assembly. C. Connecting to Pumping Equipment: The Contractor shall take special care when connecting to pumping equipment to ensure that piping stresses are not transmitted to the pump flanges. All connecting pipe shall be permanently supported so that accurata matching of bolt holes and uniform contact over the entire surface of flanges are obtained before any bolts are installed in the flanges. In addition, pump connection piping shall be free to move parallel to its longitudinal center line while the bolts are being tightened. FOR BIDPING ' 03720-033-02 Each pump shall be leveled, aligned, and wedged into a position which will fit the correcting pipe, but shall not be grouted until the initial fitting and alignment of the pipe so that the pump may be shifted on its foundation if necessary to properly install the connecting pipe. Each pump shall, however, be grouted before final bolting of the connectin� piping. 2. After final alignment and bolting, the pump connections shall be tested far applied piping stresses by loosening the flange bolts which, if the piping is properly installed, should result in no movement of the piping relative to the pump or opening of the pump connection joints. If any movement is observed, the piping shall be loosened and re-aligned as required and then 15055-11 PIPING SYSI F:MS�'iFNFRAI. 3 the flanges balted back together. The flange bolts then shall be loosened and the process repeated until no movement is observed. All carbon steel bolts and nuts shall be coated with the same coating as the piping system they are used on. 3.07 ANCHORING AND RESTRA]NING A. The use of thrust blocks in new lines is prohibited and shall only be limited to areas in which a new .fitting has been installed in an existing line and field restraining joints are not feasible or when directed by the Engineer. 3.08 FLUSHING, CLEANING, TEST.XNG AND 1NSPECTION OF PIPING A. See Section 15144, Pressure Testing of Piping, for the requirements of pipe flushing, cleaning, pressure testing and inspection requirements. 3.09 DISINFECTION (NOT USED) 3.10 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND PIPING SPECiALTIES A. Welding: 1. Use only certified welders meeting procedures and performance outlined in Section 9 of the ASME and other codes and requirements in accordance with local building and utility requirements. Submit Welder's certificates to the Engineer for review before beginning any welding on the project. Welder must be certifed for all positions (flat, vertical, and overhead). 2. Have all welds conforna to highest industrial practice in accordance with ANSI B31.3 and ANSI B31.1 or other codes and requirements in accordance with local building and utility reyuirements. 3.11 PIPE COLOR CODING A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer and the Owner to generate a list of acceptable pipe colors for exposed piping systems. Where color-coding is achieved by painting exterior surfaces of the piping systems, painting shall be provided in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. END O�' SECTTON FOR BIDDING 15055-12 P]PINC SYST�MS�'iENE.RAL D37Z0-033-OZ ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' [� �� SECTION 150b0 PtPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART l GEN�RA,L 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes requirements for materials and installation of pipe hangers and supports, including accessory items such as anchor bolts and screws, pipe spiders, neoprene isalation pads, cable trays for hoses, and drip guards. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUSMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Provide line drawings of each piping system to the scale shown in the Drawings, locating each support or hanger. ldentify each type of hanger or support by the manufacturer's catalag number or figure. ' B. Provide installation drawings and manufacturer's catalog information on each type of hanger and support used. Clearly indicate the actual pipe outside diamet�r (not just nominal pipe size) that is used for the hangers and supports. ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' D. Submit layout drawings far the drip guards, showing dimensions and thicknesses. Show design of seam or joint where field connectians will be made between sections and pieces of drip guards. E. Submit a certificate listing the type of resin to be used, describing the manufacturer's brand name or designation, composition, and characteristics. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Sectian differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. FOIZ E311)bING 15060-1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 03720.033-02 I_1 L C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI B31.1—Power Piping. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A36—Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A307—Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. Manufacturer's Standardization Society 1. MSS SP-58—Pipe Hangers and Supports – Materials, Design, and Manufacture. 2. MSS S�'-69—Pipe Hangers and Supports �- Selection and Application. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All hangers, supports, and appurtenances shall conform to t�e latest applicable requirements of ANSI B31.1.0, except as supplemented or modified by the requirements o�'this Section. B. All hangers, supports, and appurtenances shall be of approved standard design where possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. The minimum warking factor of safety for all supporting equipment, with the exception af springs, shall be five times Che ultimate tensile strettgth of the material, assuming 10 feet of water-filled pipe being supported. C. All pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment shall be supported so as to prevent any strain being imposed an the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated requirements that piping loads shall not be transrnitted to their equipment, the Contractor shall submit certif cation stating that such requirements have been complied with. 1.07 WARRANTIES I:� FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01 �80, Warranties and Bonds. 1 SU60-2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPUR 1'S ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1.08 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements speci�ed in Section O1 GSO, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. : C. All supports and hangers shall be crated, delivered, and uncrated to protect against any damage. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration shall occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed. D. Finished iron or steel surfaces not galvanized or painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrasion. 1.�9 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OFERATlON5 AND MAINTENANCE (�&M) MANUALS A. Operatians and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals_ PART 2 PRODUCTS h�lltei�l►1�lc7\11 A. Not all pipe supports or hangers reyuired are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide pipe supports for every piping system installed. Support piping by pipe support where it connects to purnps or other mechanical equipment. B. The Contractor shall ensure that pipe suppart and hanger components shall withstand the dead loads imposed by the weight of the pipes, fittings, and valves (all filled with water) plus valve actuators and any insulation and shall have a minimum safety factor of S based on the material's ultimate strength. C. FQR Rl�f]INf_� 03720-033-02 All of the equipment specified in this Section is intended to support the various types of pipe and piping systems. The details shown on the Drawings are intended 1506p-3 P1P� FIANGERS ANL7 Sl lpP(1Rl:S D. A11 pipe and tubing shall be supported as required to prevent signifcant stresses in the pipe of tubing material, valves, fittings, and other pipe appurtenances and to support and secure the pipe in the intended position and alignment. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the pipe a�ainst excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction, internal flaw forces, and all probable external forces such as equipment, pipe, and personnel contact. Any structural steel mernbers required to brace any pipfng trom excessive dfslocation shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal, and shall be furnished and installed under this Section. E. Hangers and supports shall be spaced in accordance with ANSI 531.1 except that the maximum unsupported span shall not exceed 10 feet unless otherwise specified in this Section. F G. Where flexible couplings are required at equipment, tanks, etc., the end opposite Co the piece of equipment, tank, etc. shall be rigidly supported. All pipe and appurtenances connected to the eyuipment shall be supported so as to prevent any strain from being imposed on the eyuipment or piping system. H. All rods, clamps, hangers, inserts, anchor balts, brackets, and companents for interior pipe supports shall be furnished with galvanized finish, hot-dipped, or electro-galvanized coated, except where field welding is required. Xnterior clamps �n plastic pipe shall he plastic coated. Supports for co�per pipe shall be copper plated or shall have a 1/16-inch plastic coating. All rods, clamps, hangers, inserts, anchor bolts, brackets, and components for exteriar pipe and pipe within outdoor structures shall be of Type 316 stainless steel. I. Supports shall be sufficiently clase together so that the sag of the pipe is within limits that will permit drainage and avoid excessive bending stresses from concentrated loads between supports. J. Al] un-insulated non-metallic pipin� such as PVC, CPVC, etc., shall be protected from local stress concentrations at each support point. Protection shall be provided by galvanized steel protection shields or other method as approved by tlae Engineer. Where pipes are bottom supported 180°, are shields shall be furnished. Where 360° are support is required, such as U bolts, protection shields shall be provided for the entire pipe circumference. Protection shields shall have an 1 S-gauge minimum thickness, not be less than 12 inches in length, arad be FQR B1DDiNG ] 5060-4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS U3720-033-02 [-� [� ' 1 1 securely fastened to pipe with stainless steel ar galvanized metal straps not less than a'/z-inch wide. K. All insulated pipe shall be furnished with a rigid foam insulatin� saddle at each pipe support location as speci�ed under respective pipe insulation. Provide galvanized protection shields as specified in I'aragraph 2.017 above at each location. L. Where pipe hangers and supports come in contact with copper piping, provide ' protection frorn galvanic corrosion by wrapping pipe with l/16-inch-thick neoprene sheet material and galvanized protection shield or copper-plated or PVC-coated hangers and supports. C9 C C� 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' lu•I Pipe supports shall be pravided as follows: 1. Cast-iron and ductile-iron piping shall be supported at a roaximum support spacing of 10 feet with a minimum of one support per pipe section at th� jaints. 2. Steel and stainless steel piping 2-1/2 inches or larger diameter shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10 feet with a minimum of one support per pipe section at the joints. 3. Support spacing for steel and stainless pipin� 2 inches and smaller diameter and copper tubing shall not exceed 5 feet. 4. Supports for multiple PVC plastic piping shall be continuous wherever possible. Individually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recommended by the manufacturer except that support-spacin� shall not exceed 3 feet. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic PVC pipe runs shall, where possible, be supported by ladder-type cable trays such as the Electray Ladder by Husky-Burndy; Cable Tray by Enduro Composite Systems; the Glabetray by the Metal Products Division of United States Gypsum or equal. Ladder shall be of FRP construction. Rung spacing shall be 12 inches. Tray width shall be approximately 6 inches for single runs and 12 inches for double runs. Ladder-type cable trays shall be iiarnished complete with all hanger rods, rod couplings, concrete inserts, hanger clips, etc., required for a camplete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs af the cable tray by strap clamps, or fasteners similar to Globe, Model M-CAC; Husky-Burndy, Model SCR; or equal. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 feet. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. lndividual clamps, hangers, and supports in contact with plastic PVC pipe shall FOR BID[IING 15060-5 PIPE HANGERS AND SIJPPQRTS ' 03720-033-02 � , 1 5. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals af not rnore than 12 feet by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests , and at all points necessary to ensure rigid construction. 6. Pipe supports shall not induce point loadings, but shall distribute pipe ' loads evenly along the pipe circumference. 7. Supports shall be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or as speci�ed .in this Section. No piping shall be supparted from other pipin� or from metal stairs, ladders, and walkways, unless specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. 8. Pipe supports shall be provided to minimize lateral forces through valves, both sides of split-type couplings, and sleeve-type couplings and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump housings shall not be used to support connecting pipes. ' 1 1 , 9. Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe shall be accounted for in the pipe support selection and installation. ' N. Any required pipe support for which the supports specified in this Section are not applicable shall be fabricated or constructed from standard structural steel shapes and concrete and anchor hardware similar to items previously specified in this Section and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 2.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS , , A. �ipe hangers and supports shall be as manufactured by Anvil, Unistrut, Cooper B- i Line, Aikinstrut, Superstrut, ar equal. B. Pipe hangers and supports shall comply with MSS SP-58 for the standard types referenced on the Drawings. The Contractor shall construct special hangers and supports if detailed in the Drawings. Type numbers for standard han�ers and supports shall be in accordance with MSS SP-58 as listed below: FOR B]DDING 03724-033-OZ Type Manufacturer and Model Number Descri tion or E ual 1 Adjustable steel clevis Anvil Fig. 590 or 260, S-Line B3100 or B31 �2 3 Steel double-bolt pipe clamp Anvi] Fig. 295A or 295H, S-Line 83144 or B3144A 15060-C PIPE I IANGFRS AND SUPP�1t7'S ' ' , ' , ' ' 1 ' ' ' � � 1 1 , �. J ' � ' ' ' , �I ' Type Manufacturer and Model Number Descri tion or E ual 4 Steel pipe clamp (pipes smaller than 3 Anvil Fig. 2] 2, B-Line B3140 inches 4 Steel pipe clamp (pipes 3 inches and Anvil Fig. 216, B-Line 3142 lar er 5 Pi e han er B-Line B6690 6 Ad'ustable swivel i e rin Anvil Su erstrut 714, Anvil Fi . 104 7 Ad�ustable steel band han er S-I,ine B3172 8 Extension i e or riser clam Anvil Fi . 261, B-Line B5573 9 Ad'ustable band han er Anvil Fi . 97 10 Ad'ustable swivel rin band han er Anvil Fi . 70, B-Line B3170 NF 11 Split pipe ring with adjustable Anvil Fig. 108, B-Line B317� turnbuckle 13 Steel turnbuckle Anvil Fi . 23�, B-Line 83202 14 Steel clevis Anvil Fi . 299, B-Line 53201 15 Swivel turnbuckle Anvil Fi . 114, S-Line B3224 16 Malleable iron socket Anvil Fi . 110R, S-Line B3222 17 Steel weldless e e nut B-Line 83200 1$ Steel or malleable iron concrete insert Anvil Fi . 281, Su erstrut 452 19 Ta beam C-clam Anvil Fi . 92, B-Line B3033 20 Side I-beam or channel clam Anvil Fi . 14 or 217 21 Center I-beam clam Anvil Fi ure 134 22 Welded attachment t e Anvil Fi . 66 B-Line B3083 23 C-clam Anvil Fi . 86, B-Line B3036L 24 U-bolt Anvi] Fi .] 37, B-L�ine B3188 26 Cli Anvi1 Fi . 262, B-Line B3180 28 Steel I-beam clam with e e nut Anvil Fi . 228 29 Steel wide flan e Anvil Fi . 228 dam with e e nut 3� Malleable iron beam clamp with Superstrut CM-754, B-Line B3054 extension iece 31 Li ht welded steel bracket Anvil Fi J. 194, B-Line B3063 32 Medium welded steel bracket Anvil Fi . 195, B-Line B3066 33 Heav welded steel bracket Anvil Fi . 199, B-Line 83067 34 Side beam bracket Anvil Fi . 2Q2, B-Line B3062 36 Pi e saddle su ort Anvil �'i . 258, S-Line B3095 37 Pi e stanchian saddle Anvil Fi . 259, B-Line 83090 38 Ad'ustable i e saddle su ort Anvil Fi . 264, B-Line B3093B3089 39 Steel pipe covering Anvil Fig. 160, 161, 1G2, 163, 164, or 165; Superstrut A 789; B-Line B3160/B3]65 40 Insulation rotection shield Anvil Fi . 167, B-Lin� B31 S l 41 Sin le i roll Anvil Fi . 171, B-Line B3114 43 Ad'ustable roller han er with swivel Anvil Fi . 181, B-Line 83110 44 Pi e roll, com lete Anvil Fi . 271, B-Line 83117SL C. Pipe hangers and supports shall be hot-dipped galvanized according to ASTM A153 carbon steel (ASTM A36, A575, or A57b). Bases, rollers, and anchors shall be steel as described above or may be cast iron (ASTM A48). Pipe clamps shall be steel as described above or may be malleable iron (ASTM A47). FOR BIDDING 15060-7 P1PE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 03720-033-02 w��x:��xy��i��r�w_��i� �l 1 �� A. Anvil Figure 1 p3, Cooper B-Line 53148, or equal. Material shall be Type 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted. ' 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. �ipe Anchor Chair: Anvil Figure 198 or equal. B. One Hole Clamp: Anvil Figure ] 26 or e�ual. C. Roller Chair: Anvil Figure 175 or equal. 2.05 STEEL CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEM A. Steel channel frames shall be 1-5/8 inches wide by 1-5/S or 3-1/�F inches high by 12-gauge metal thickness, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Material shall conform to ASTM A36, A570 (Grade 33 minimum), or A653 unless stainless steel is indicated in the Drawings. Stainless steel shall be Type 304. One side of the channel shall have a continuous open slot with inturned clamping ridges. Maximum allowable stress under any combination of applied uniformly distributed loads and concentrated loads shall nat exceed those recommended in the AISC or AISI. Deflection shall not exceed 1/240 of span. The Cotttractor shall use multiple back-to-back channels to achieve these criteria if single channels are not sufficient. Products: Unistrut P1000 or PS000 Series, B-Line B11 or S22 Series, or equal. B. Steel channels shall be hot-dipped galvanized according to ASTM A153. C. Nuts shall be machined and c�se hardened. The Contr�ctor shall provide rectangular nuts with the ends shaped to permit a quarter turn crosswise in the framing channel. Provide two serrated grooves in the nut to engage the inturned edges of the channel. D. Pipe clamps (including attachment screws and nuts) shall be Unistrut P1100 or P2000 Series, B-Line B2000 Series, or equal. Material shall be Type 304 stainless steel. E. Hanger rods for trapezes shall be carbon steel (ASTM A36, A575, or A576) unless stainless steel is indicated an the Drawings. Stainless-steel hanger rod material shall comply with ASTM A276, Type 304. F. Accessory tittings and brackets shall be the same material as the channel or trapeze. Provide coating on carbon steel fittings and brackets as specified for the channels and frames. FUA B]DDING 15060-8 P1PE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 03720-033-02 1 ' 1 , 1 1 , ' , 1 I� ' ' 1 � ' 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' , ' 1 1 1 ' l. Flat Plate Fittings: Unistrut P1065, P1066, A1925; Superstrut AB-206, AB-207; or equal. 2. Post Bases: Unistrut P2072A, Superstrut AP-232, or equal. 3. 90° Srackets: Unistrut P1326, P1346; Superstrut AB-203; or equal. 4. Rounded-End Flat Plate Fittings: Unistrut P2325, Superstrut X-240, or equal. G. Parallel pipe clamps shall be Unistrut P1563 through P1573, Superstrut AB-719, or equaL Material shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.06 F�BERGLASS-REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEM A. FRP pipe hangers and supports shall be Aickinstrut, inc. or equal. B. Material properties shall be as follows: C. ro� sinniNG 03720.033-02 Lon itudinal Direction Ultimate Tensile si �7,500 minimum Ultimate Com ressive si 35,000 minimum Ultimate Flexural si 37,500 minimum Tensile Modulus si x 10**6 3.00 minimum Flexural Modulus si x 10**6 2.00 minimum Ultimate Shear Stren th si 6,000 minimum Ultimate Bearin Stress si 35,000 minimum Izod Im act ASTM D25G ft-lb/inch notch 30 minimum Transverse Direction Ultimate Tensile si 10,000 minimum Ultimate Com ressive si 20,000 minimum Ultimate Flexural si 14,000 minimum Tensile Madulus si x 10**6 l.p minimum Com ressive Modulus si x 10**6 ].4 minimum Flexural Modulus si x 10**6 1.0 minimum Ultimate Shear Stren th si 5,500 minimum Ultimate Bearin Stress si 35,000 minimum Izod Im act, ft-]b notch 5 minimum Hardness Barcol Test 50 minimum Glass-fiber-reinforced composites and plastic products shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 15060-9 NIPC•. FIANGE;RS ANI] SUPPOATS D. Channel framing shall be 1-5/8 inches de�p by 1-5/$ inches wide and shall be made using vinylester resin equal to Ashland Derakane 411, Ashland Hetron 922, or Reichhold Dion 9800. �t shall have a nexus polyester surfacing veil over 100% of the surface which, along with a filler system, will protect against degradation from ultraviolet light. Channel shall be supplied with integral notches 1 inch on center. Notches shall be located on the interior flange to prevent slippage of pipe clamps and fittings after installation. In place of notched channel, unnotched channel rnay be used if the vertical channel sections supporting the horizontal piping are provided with stop lock hardware at each pipe clamp to prevent slippage. Channel framing shall be Aickinstrut G.R.P. Type V 2000 series or equal. E. Channel framing connections shall be made with vinylester glass fiber composite nuts, bolts, all threaded rods, chanr�el fittings, bases, and hanger assemblies. Nut, bolts, and rods shall be Aickinstrut 4204 series, Strut Tech PVCG, or equal. Channel fittings shall be Aickinstrut 2800 style or equal. F. Load-bearing pipe clamps and nonload-bearing pipe straps shall be nonmetallic and nonconductive and shall be made by the injectio�-naolding process using polyurethane-base resin. Pipe clamps and straps shall be Aickinstrut 3100 series or equal. G. Clevis hangers shall be made with vinylester glass f ber and be Aickinstrut 1500 series or equal. H. Hanger rods for trapezes shall be carbon steel (ASTM A36, A575, or A576) unless stainless steel or FRP is indicated on the Drawings. Stainless steel hanger rod material shall cornply with ASTM A2"76, Type 304. FItP hanger rod shall be by Aickinstrut, StrutTech, or equal. 2.07 PiPE SPIDERS A. Cooper B-Line B3281 to 3286, Superstrut 5-794 or equal. 2.0$ WAFFLE 150LATION PADS I:1 Mason Type "W;" Machinery Installation Systems "Unisorb" Type S, SB, F, or � FB; or equal. Provide minimum 1/4-inch thickness. 2.09 NEOPRENE ISOLATING SLEEVES FOR METAL PIPE 6 INCHES AND SMALLER I I1 Unistrut P2600, B-Line "Vibrocushion," or equal. FOR BIDDING 15060-10 P1P� HANGERS AND SUPPORTS U3Y10-U33-U2 1 ' � ' ' ' 1 ' 1 � 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' 2.1 Q ANCHOR BOLTS AND SCREWS A. Anchor bolts and screws for attaching pipe supports and hangers to walls, floors, ceilings, and roof beams shall be Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A276 or F593. Nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A194, Grade 8M, or ASTM F594, Type 316 stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTTON 3.01 PIPE HANGER AND WALL SUPPORT SPACING A. The Contractor shall install pipe hangers and wall supports on horizontal and vertical runs at the spacing shown or detailed on the Drawings. I'rovide hanger rods (for horizontal runs) and wall supports of the sizes shown or detailed on the Drawings. If no spacing or rod sizes are given on the Drawings ar in the Specifications for a particular piping system, use the following: 1. Pipe Hanger and Wall Support Spacing for Steel and Ductile-Iron Pipe: Pipe Size Maximum Support or Hanger Minimum Rod Size inches S acin feet inches 3/$ and smaller 4 ;/8 1/2 throu h 1 6 3/$ 1-1/4 throu h 2 8 3/8 2-1 /2 and 3 10 ] /2 3-1/2 and 4 10 5/8 6 l2 3/4 8 12 7/8 10 and 12 l4 7/8 14 and 16 16 1 1$ ]5 1 20 throu h 24 9 1 30 6 I B. Pipe Hanger or Wall Support Spacing far PVC Pipe: FOA BIDDING 03720.033-02 Maximum Support or Hanger Pipe Size Spacing Minimum Rod Size inches feet inches 3/4 4 3/8 1 4 3/8 1-]/2 5 3/8 2 5 ;/8 2-I/2 S 1/2 3 6 1/2 15060-I] P1PE HANGGRS AND SUPPORTS C. Pipe Han�er or Wall Suppart Spacing for PVDF Piping: Maximum Hanger or Support i'ipe Size Spacing Minimum Rod Size inches feet inches 3-1/4 2 3/8 1 2 �/8 1-1/2 3 3/$ 2 3 3/S ; 6 1/2 D. For piping services not described, the Contractor shall provide hangers and supports according to MSS SP-58 and SP-69. E. The Contractor shall provide bracing f`or piping 8 inches and sxiaaller that is installed on hangers or trapezes according to MSS SP-127, except provide lateral bracing at maximum 10-foot center-to-center spacings. Provide sway bracing for hangers �or piping larger than S inches as detailed on the Drawings. 3.02 PIPE SUPPORT SPACING FOR SUPPORTS ON TOP OF SLABS OR GRADE A. The Contractor shall install pipe supports on horizontal runs at the spacing shown or detailed an the Drawings. 1'ravide supports of the type shown or detailed on the Drawings. If no spacings are given on the .Drawings or in the Sp�cifications for a particular pipin� system, use the following: : J.. Pipe Support Spacing for Steel and Ductile-Iron Pipe (Section 15155, Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings): Pipe Si�e Maximmn Support Spacing inches Feet 3/8 and smaller 4 1/2 throu h ] 6 1- ]/4 throu h 2 8 2-1/2 and � 10 3-1/2 and 4 10 6 12 $ 12 10 and 12 ] 4 14 and 16 16 ]8 16 20 throu h 24 18 30 18 Pipe support spacing for other pipe materials shall be the same as described in Article 3.01, Pipe Hanger and Wall Support Spacing, above. FOA f31DbING I506�-12 PIPE HANGEKS AN17 SUPPORTS 03720-033-OZ L� 1 ' 1 ' 3.03 INSTALLING PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS The Cantractor shall do the following: A. Provide separate hangers or supports at each valve. Provide one hanger or support around each end of the valve body or on the adjacent connecting pipe within one pipe diameter of the valve end. Provide additional hangers or supports to relieve eccentric loadings imposed by offset valve actuators. , B. Provide separate hangers or supports at each pipe elbow, tee, or fitting. Provide separate hangers or supports on both sides of each nonrigid joint or flexible pipe coupling. � ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' 1 ' I� C � E. Adjust pipe hangers according ta MSS SP-89, Paragraph ] 0.6. Install leveling bolts beneath support baseplates. Provide 3/4-inch-thick grout pad beneath each base. Install piping without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any connecting valves, pumps, and other equipment to which the pipe is connected. 3.04 1NSTALLING STEEL AND FRP CHANNEL FRAMES A. The Contractor shall use 1-5/8-inch-high channel frames, unless 3-1/� inch is needed, to provide clearance from walls. Use multiple back-to-back channels if additional clearance is needed. 3.05 1NSTALLING NEOPRENE ISOLATING SLEEVES A. The Contractor shall install a sleeve around each metal pipe ( inches and smaller at the point of bearing or contact with the pipe hanger or support. 3.06 PAINTING AN.D COATING The Contractor shall do the following regarding painting and caating: A. Grind the welds of fabricated steel pipe supports smooth, prepare surface by sandblasting, and apply coating system. B. Paint exposed metallic pipe hangers and supports to match the color of the adjacent wall using System No. S 1 in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. If the adjacent wall is not painted, paint the hangers and supports to match color code of the largest pipe on the supporC. FpR BIDDING 15060-13 PIPL•, FIANG�RS ANP SUPF�OR"fS � 03720.033-02 C�J Coat submerged pipe hangers and supports in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 2. I � 1► I �I � ] Y.9 � [ � 11 Y [ � ] ► I FOR BIDDING 15060-14 PIPF IIANGERS AND SUPPQRTS 03720-033-02 1 1 1 1 ' 1 � ' � 1 ' 1 ' ' ' � 1 1 1 SECTION 15105 WALL P1PES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE O�' WORK A. This Section describes reyuirements for materials, installatian, and testing of steel, cast-iron, and ductile-iron wall pipes and sleeves (including wall collars and seepage rings) and penetratians. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 3, Concrete. B. Section 0990�, Painting and Coating. C. Section 15060, Pipe Hangers and Supports. D. Division 15, mechanical piping and valves. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section OI330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Submit detailed drawings for fabricated steel or cast-iron wall and floor pipes and sleeves, wall flanges, seep rings, and sealing materials. Show dimensions and wall thicknesses. S C D E F, FOR BIDdING q3720-033-02 Show flange sizes and the appropriate ANSi or AWWA flange dimensional standard where flanged end wall pipes or penetrations are used. Show grooved-end dimensions and AWWA groaved-end dimensional standard where grooved-end wall pipes or penetrations are used. List caating systems ta be applied, their manufacturer, and the dry thickness of coatings. Call out coatings where coatings are to be applied. List materials of construction with ASTM material reference and grade. Submit the manufacturer's instructians for installing rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices: 15105-1 WALL PIPES, SF,.FP RING$, AND PENETRATIONS 1. Submit six copies of the results of the leakage test for cast-iron sleeves havin� shrink-fit steel collars or collar halves bottomed in a groove and steel sleeves having welded steel collars. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REF'ERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommerided practices referred to in ihis Section shall be the latest revision af any such document in ei%ct at the bid tirne. The following docuznents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these docuraaents, the reyuirements of� this Section shall apply. A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C. American Waterworks Association (AWWA) D. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper execution and performance of the work described in this Section. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting all installation conditions and bringit�g to the attention of the Engineer any conditions that may adversely affect the Contractor's work. Before be�inning any portion pf this work, the Contractor shall report any conditions unsuitable for the installation of their portion of the work to the Engineer. R. The locatinn of �11 equipment, fixtures, and piping shall be considered as approximate only and the Engineer reserves the right to change these locations at any time before the work is installed. The pasitions of such equipment and piping to rneet structural conditions and to provide proper headraom clearance or for other suF�cient causes shall be changed without additional experase to the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTIES /:� 1 1 � ' ' , � 1 � ' � CI � 1 Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary ! Canditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bands. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. FOR SIDDING 15105-2 WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, 03720-033-02 AND PENE"fRATIONS � ' � 1 1 1 � 1 ' ' ' � 1 ' 1 � 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS ANU MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specitication Section 01830, Operatians and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 FRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall use cast-iron, ductile-iron, or fabricated-steel wall sleeves when containing rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices through which piping passes: 1. Use only cast-iron or ductile-iron wall pipes when connecting to cast-iron and ductile-iron pipe. Use only fabricated steel or stainless steel wall pipes when cannecting to steel or stainless steel pipe, respectively. 2. Cast-iron flanges shall conform ta ANSI B16.1, Class 125 or 250, to match the flange on the connecting pipe. 3. Class 150 steel flan�es shall conform to AWWA C207, Class D. Class 300 steel flanges 48 inches and smaller shall conform to AWWA C207, Class �'. Class 300 flanges larger than 4$ inches shall conform to the dimensions of ANSI B16.1 Class 2S0 flanges. Flanges shall be flat face. Flanges shall match the flange on the cannecting pipe. 4. See Section 15055, .Piping Systems---General, for flange bolts and gaskets. 2.02 CAST-IRON OR DUCTILE-1RON WALL PIPES AND SLEEVES A. The Contractor shall provide cast- or ductile-iron wall pipes with ends as shown in the Drawings for connection ta adjacent cast-iron and ductile-iron pipe or for containing pipes where they pass through concrete walls, ceilings, and floor slabs. Provide seepage ring on wall pipes and sleeves passing through concrete walls F'OR BIDDING IS105-3 WALL PIPES, SEEPRINGS, 03720-033-02 AND NL;NE"1'ItA1�lONS and slabs that are to be watertight. Locate collars so that the collar is at the center of the wall or floar slab, unless otherwise shawn on the Drawings. B. Wall pipes and sleeves shall be of the following types: l. Pipe or sleeve with integrally cast seep ring. 2. Pipe or sleeve with shrink-fit steel collar attached. C ' ' � 1 , 3. Pipe or sleeve with steel col1ar halves bottomed in a groove provided in , the pipe or sleeve. Minimuin wall thickness for pipes and sleeves having integrally cast seep rings ' shall be as shown in the following table: Pipe or Sleeve Size Minimum Wall Thickness inches inches 3 0.48 4 0.52 6 0.55 8 0.60 10 0.68 12 0.75 14 0.66 16 0.70 1 S 0.75 20 0.80 24 0.89 1. Minimum wall thickness of pipes or sleeves having shrink-�t collars shall be special Class 52. Cut shrink-�it collars from a 1/4-inch-thick steel ring. Attach the collar to a cast-iron or ductile-iron pipe or sleeve by heating the steel collar and allowing it to shrink over the pipe at the necessary location. Pravide an epoxy bond (Keysite 740 or 742 or Scotchkote 302) between the pipe and collar. Sandblast the area of the pipe to be epoxy coated in accordance with SSPC SP-10. 2. Wall pipes or sleeves havin� steel collar halves bottomed in a groove shall be ductile iron Special Class 54 rninimurn unless otherwise shown. Wall flanges shall consist of 1/4-inch-thick steel seep ring halves for pipes through 24 inches and 3/8-inch-thick 1�alves for pipe 30 inches and larger, bottomed in a groove provided on the pipe. The pipe groove shall be machine cut to a depth of 1/16- to 5/64-inch to provide a press fit for the seep ring. Seep ring halves shall be welded together after being ft into the groove but shall not be welded to pipe. Seep rings shall be sealed FOR BIDDING I5105-4 WALL PIPES, SEEP R1NG5, 037Z0-033-02 ANU YENtTF(ATIONS � 1 1 I� � 1 , � ' � � ' ' � 1 � � 1 1 i�a ' 1 ' ' � 1 ' , ' � ' FQR BIDDING ' 03720-033-02 campletely around the pipe with silicon sealant manufactured by Dow- Carning No. 790, General Electric Silpruf, or eyual. 3. The material used in cast- or ductile-iron wall tlanges, wall sleeves, and wall penetrations shall conform to ASTM A395, A436, A536, A48 (Class 35), or A 12b (Class B). 4. Pressure test at least one of each size of cast-iron pipes or sleeves having shrink-ft steel collars or collar halves installed in a groove in the pipe at the place of fabrication to demonstrate watertightness of the seal between the collar and the sleeve. The test shall be at a pressure oi 20 psig for 4 hours and shall show zero leakage. Fabricated Steel Wall Pipes and Sleeves: 1. The Contractor shall provide fabricated steel wall pipes and sleeves with ends as shown on the Drawings for connection to adjacent steel pipes or for cantaining pipes where they pass through concrete walls. Provide seepage ring or wall flange on wall pipes and sleeves passing through concrete walls and slabs that are to be watertight. Wall thickness shall be the same as the pipe wall thickness when cannecting to steel pipe. Minimum wall thickness for sleeves containing pipes shall be standard weight in accordance with ANSI B36.1 Q far sleeves 72 inches and smaller and 1/2 inch for sleeves greater than 72 inches through 96 inches. 2. Wall flanges shall be in the form of a steel wall collar welded to the steel sleeve ar penetration. Cut welded wall collars from a 1/4-inch steel ring. Attach the collar to a steel wall pipe or sleeve with full-circle, 3/16-inch fillet welds. Welding procedures shall be in accordance with ANSI B31.3, Chapter V. 3. Steel pipe used in fabricating wall sleeves containing pipes shall comply with ASTM 53 (Type E or S), Grade B; ASTM A135, Grade S; ASTM A139, Grade B; or APl SL or SLX. Wall pipes connecting ta steel pipe shall be of the same rnaterial as the connectin� pipe. Wall collar material shall comply with ASTM A36, A105, A1$1, or A182. 4. Stainless steel pipe used in fabricating wall pipes shall be of the same material as the connectin� pipe. Wall collar material shall comply with ASTM A240. 5. The Contractar shall pressure test at least one of each size of fabricated steel wall sleeve or penetration and collar assemblies at the place of fabrication to demonstrate watertightness of the seal between the collar 15105-5 WAI_L PIPES, SEEP R]NGS, ANb PFNFTRATIONS E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 1. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule �0. F. 2. Molded PE: Reusable PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. Rubber Annular Hydrastatic Sealing Devices: 1. Rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices shall be o� the madular mechanical type, using interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously f ll the annular space between the pipe sleeve and the passing pipe. Assemble links to form a continuous rubber belt arou�d the pipe, with a pressure plate under each bolthead and nut. 2. Materials of construction shall be as follows: Com ound Material Pressura plate Composite glass-reinforced nylon Balts and nuts for links Type 303 or 316 stainless steel Sealing element EPDM rubber 3 :� The size of the wall sleeve needed to accommodate the passing pipe shall be as recommended by the rubber annular seal rnanufacturer. Provide centering blocks in 25% of the sealing elements on pipelines larger than 12 inches in diameter. 5. The rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices shall be Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation; Innerlynx as manufactured by Advance Products & Systems, Inc. or equal. G. Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets for Flanged-End Wall Pipes: 1. See Sectian 15055, Piping Systems—General. H. Polyethylene Foam Filler for Pipe �'enetrations: 1. Packing foam shall be an �xtruded closed-cell polyethylene foam rod, such as Minicel backer rod, manufactured by Industrial Systems Department, Plastic Products Group of Hercules, lnc., Middletown, f'OK BIDb1NG I 51 �5-6 WALL PIPES, SEEP RiNGS, 03720-033-02 AND PENETRnT10NS � � 1 , � 1 1 1 ' 1 � , ' 1 1 1 , ' 1 Delaware; Ethafoarn, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan or equal. The rod shall be 1/2 inch larger in diameter than the annular space. T. Escutcheons: Escutcheons shall be as follows: J FOR BIDDING 03720�033-02 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an iD to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping, and an OD that completely covers opening. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish. One-�'iece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. a. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. SpliC-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. a. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated finish. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome-plated finish. One-Piec�, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate_ Split-Casting, Floor-Alate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. Polyurethane Sealant for Pipe Penetratipns: 1. Sealant shall be multipart, palyurethane sealant, to cure at ambient temperature for continuous immersion in water. Install as recommended by the manufacturer. Products: SIKA Sikaflex 2C or equal. 2. Sealants at firewalls shall be a two-part foamed silicone elastomer by llow Corning Co., Product No. 3-6548 silicone R.T.V.; 3M brand fire barrier products caulk C.P. 25 and 3M brartd putty 303; or Flame-Safe fires stop systems Fig. No. FS-50� by Thomas & Betts Corp. Sealant bead confguration, depth, and width shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recammendations. 15105-7 WALL PIPES, SEEP R1NG5, AND PENETRATIQN$ K. Painting and Coating: l. Line and coat sleeves and pipes (except stainless steel) with NSF 61 listed fusion-bonded epoxy. Fusion-bonded epoxy shall be 1.00°/a solids, thermosetting, fusion bonded, dry-powder epoxy resin; Scotchcoat 134 or 206N, Lilly Powder Coatings Pipeclad 1500 Red, or equal. Apply fixsion- bonded epoxy in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to a minimum thickness of 15 rnils. L. Grout: Grout shall be as fbllows: ]. Description: ASTM C1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout: a. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended far interior and exterior applications. l7 c PART 3 EXECUTION Design Mix: 50�0-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. I'ackaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 3.01 LOCATTON OF PIPES AND SLEEVES The Contractor shall do the following to ensure proper pipe installation: A. Provide a wall or floor pipe where shown in the Drawings and wherever piping passes through walls or floors of tanks or channels in which the water surface is above the pipe penetration. B. Provide a floor sleeve where shown on the Drawings and wherever plastic pipe, steel, or stainless steel pipe 3 inches and smaller or stainless steel or copper tubing passes through a floor or slab. Provide a rubber annular sealing device in the annular space between the sleeve and the passing pipe or tubing. C. Provide wall sleeves where shown on the Drawings arad wherever plastic, steel, or stainless steel pipe 3 inches and smaller or stainless steel or copper tubing passes through a wall. Provide a single rubber annular seal when the wall is 8 inches thick or less. Provide two rubber annular seals (one at each end af the sleeve) when the wall is more than S inches thick. Pack the annular space with FOR �31bD1NG ] 5105-5 WALL PIP�S, SEEP R1NGS, 037Z0-033-OZ ANL7 pEN�TRATiONS 1 , ' ' 1 1 r� � polyethylene foam filler and fill the ends of the penetration with 2 inches of elastomeric sealant on both sides of the structure. D. Where wall sleeves are installed in which water or soil is on one or both sides of the channel or wall, pravide two rubber annular seals (one at each end of the sleeve). E. Where pipes pass through walls or slabs and no sleeves ar wall or floor pipe with seep ring is provided, pack the annular space with polyethylene foam filler and fill the ends of ttae penetration with 2 inches of elastomeric sealant on both sides of the structure. F. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum- board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. ' 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with concrete flaors and roof slabs. �xtend sleeves installed in the floors af rnechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above the finished floor level. Extend cast-iron � sleeve fittings below the floor slab as required to secure a clamping ring if a ring is specified. ' ' 1 1 � � 1 ' ' FOR BIbPING 03720.033-02 ' 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are canstructEd. 3. lnstall sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: �:� L2 Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6(DN 150). Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6(DN 150) and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions. c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetratirtg floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install a section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend the sleeve to 2 inches above the finished floor level. (1) Seal the space outside of the sleeve fittings with grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal the annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for the size, depth, and location of joint. 15105-9 WAI.I. 1'IPF.S, SF.EP R1NGS, AND P�NGTRATIONS 3.02 1NST�LLATION 1N EXISTING CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS A. The Contractor shall core drill holes 1 to 2 inches larger in diameter than the autside diameter of the wall flan�e or collar. Install wall pipe and collar assembly axially aligned with the piping to which it will be connected or which it will contain. Pack the void space between the sleeve and concrete with grout. See Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete, for �routing specifcation. t C. 0 Installation in New Concrete Walls and Slabs: 1. Install wall pipes and sleeves in walls before placing concrete. Do not allow any portion of the pipe or sleeve to tauch any of the reinforcin� steel. Install wall pipe or sleeve and collar assembly axially aligned with the piping to which it will be attached or will contain. Provide supports to prevent the pipe or sleeve from displacing or deforming while the concrete is being poured and is curing. Installation in Dry Floors and Slabs: lnstall pipe sleeves and spools in concrete floors and slabs which do not have water over them such that the sleeve or pipe extends from the bottom of the floor or slab to 2 inches above the floor or slab unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Installation of Wall Pipes Having Flanged End Connectians: Check alignment before grouting in place or pouring concrete. Realign if the sleeve is not properly aligned. 1 , 1 , ' � 'J 1 , 1 �I i� J 2. Install flanged end wall sleeves or penetrations with boltholes of the end ' flanges straddling the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the sleeve. E. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for a 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals: Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than b inches in diameter. , � 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. ' 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Selact the typ� and number of sealing elements required for the pipe material and size. Position the pipe in the center of the sleeve. Asse�nble mechanical sleeve seals and install in the annular space between the pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against FOR BIUDING 15105-10 WALL PIPF5, SEk;P RINGS, 03720-033-02 AND PENL•TRATIONS ' 1 , 1 ' ' 1 � 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 , ' 1 pressure plates that cause sealing �lements to expand and make watertight seal. F. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: lnstall cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allaw for a 1-inch annular clear space between the pipe and sleeve for install.ing mechanical sleeve seals: 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installatian: Select the type and number of sealing elements required for the pip� material and size. Posiiion the pipe in the center of the sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in the annular space between the pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. G. Fire-Sarrier Penetrations: Maintain the indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. H. install escutcheons for the penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: l . New Piping: a. Piping with �itting or Sleeve Protruding frorn Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Flated Piping: On�-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Fenetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. e. Sare 1'iping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: �ne-piec�, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated iinish. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 I S I Q5-11 WALL P1PE5, SEEP R]NGS, AND PENETRAT10N5 h. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One- piece, floar-plate type. I. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. J. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requiremettts. K. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Welder yualifcations shall be in accordance with AWS Dl.l. L. Field Testing: 1. The Contractor sl�all check each wall penetration for leakage at the time the hydraulic structure is tested for leakage; see Section 03300, Cast-in- Place Concrete. Penetrations shall show zero leakage. END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 15105-12 WALL P1PES, SEEP R1NGS, 03720-033-02 AN]] P�NP.TRATIONS ' ' 1 ' 1 ' � ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 , ' SECTION l51 l0 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equiprraent, and incidentals required and install camplete and ready far operation all valves as shown in the Drawings and as sp�ci�ed in this Section. All valves shall be complete with all necessary manual actuators, valve boxes, extension stetns, and floor stands, which are required for proper valve operation and completion of the wark. 1. All valves shall be of the sizes shown in the Drawittgs. All equipm�nt of the same type shall be fram one manufacturer, unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. 2. The valves shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Check valves b. ]'lug valves 1.02 RELATED WORK B. C. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Section 15055, Piping Systems---General. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following in accordance with the requirements of Sectian 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Product technical submittal data shall contain the following information and data: FOR BIDDING 0372Q033-02 1. Acknowledgment that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3 Manufacturer's aperation and maintenance manuals. 15110.1 MANUAL, CHECK, ANll PROCESS VALVFS 4. Data of valves, actuators, and acc�ssories: a. b: d. e. f. g• Pressure and temperature rating. Materials of construction, with ASTM reference and grade. Linings and coaCings. Dirnensions and weight. Flow coefficient_ Actuators and accessories details. M.anufacturer's product brochure, cut-sheets, and parts diagrams. S. Dimensions and orientation of valve actuators as installed on the valves. Show location of internal stops for gear actuators. State differential pressure and fluid velocity used to size actuators. For worm-gear actuators, state the radius of the gear sectar in contact with the worm and state the handwheel diameter. C � ' , 1 , , � The following test reports: Performance Tests; Leakage Tests; Hydrostatic Tests; ' and Proof of.-Design Tests as applicable or required. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WAR.RANTIES ' , 1 A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary � Conditions, and Specificatian Section 0178Q, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section Q1650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storage arad protection of the items specified in this Section. B. All valves, unless otherwise directed, shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting, and under no circumstances shall valves be dropped, skidded, or rolled. Valves shall not be stacked or placed under pipe, fittings, or other valves in such a manner that dama�e could result. C. Slings, hooks, or tongs used for lifting shall be padded in such a manner as to prevent damage to exterior surface or interior linings and valve components. T� any part of the coating, lining, or components is damaged, the repairs or FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 151 ]0-2 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES ' 1 � 1 1 I , � ' 1 1 ' 1 ' � ' 1 ' 1 , 1 ' ' ' , � ' replacement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before attempting installation of such valves. D. Only new valves will be allowed for installation and shal1 be stored in a manner to prevent damage and be kept free ofdirt, mud, or other debris. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the valves shall be products of well-established firms which are fully experienced, reputable, have been selling this product for a minimum of 10 years, and are qualified in the rnanufacture of the particular product furnished. The valves shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the requirements and procedures of applicable AWWA standards and shall comply with these Specificatians as applicable. 1.10 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) l.l 1 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MFINUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Martuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 1.12 VALVE TYPE CLASSIFICATIONS A. Check Valves (Type 400 series): 1. Type 490—Silent Check Valves, 3 Inches and Larger. B. Plug Valves (Type 900 series): 1. Type 920: Cast-Iron Non-lubricated Eccentric Plug Valves, 4 Inches and Larger. I 7�.711 i►. �� K�] �I I t� [.9 2.01 GENERAL A. Valves are identified in the Drawings by size and type number. For example, a callout of 36V300 refers to a 36-in-diameter Type 300 valve. A Type 300 valve is a flanged, rubber-seated butterfly valve that is 4 inches through 72 inches for exposed service. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 I5110-3 MANUAL, CFIECK, ANU PRCK'ESS VALVES B. All valves shall be complete with all necessary geared actuatars, chainwheels and chains, handwheels, levers, valve bonnets, valve boxes, extension stems, operating nuts, and T-handle wrenches, which are required for proper valve operating and completing of the work included under this Section. Ret�ewable parts including discs, packing, and seats shall be of types specified in this Section and acceptable by valve manufacturer for the intended service. All units shall have the name of the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast on the body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached stainless steel plate in raised embossed letters. All isolation valves shall be suitable for the intended service with bubble-tight shutaff to flow in either direction. C. Bronze or brass components in contact with water shall comply with the following requirements: Constituent Content Zinc 7% maximum Aluminum 2% maximum Lead 8% maximum Co er + Nickel + Silicon 83% minimum D. Valves and valve operators shall be factory prepared and primed and field finish coated in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. , 2.02 VALVE ACTUATORS A. The valve actuator shall be an integral part of a valve. The valve actuator shall be provided, installed, and adjusted by the valve manufacturer. Actuator mounting arrangements shall facilitate operatioz� and ►naintenance and shall be determined by the valve rnanufacturer unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. B. All valves shall open counter clockwise as viewed from the top. Unless otherwise required by the Owner, the direction of rotation of the wheel or wrench nut to open each valve shall be to the left (counterclockwise). Each valve body or actuator shall have the word "Open" cast on it and an arraw indicating the direction to open. C. Actuators shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing tarque. All exposed nuts, bolts, and washers shall be AISi Type 304 stainless steel. Unless noted otherwise, valves shall be equipped with the following manual actuators: 1. Exposed valves 6 inches and srnaller: removable lever or handwheel actuators. FOR E31DD1NC I51 10-4 MANUAL, CH�CK, AND PAOC�SS VALVES 03720-033-02 ' ' 1 ' ' 1 C� C� �J ' 1 1 2. Exposed valves 8 inches and larger: geared actuators with handwheels. 3. Buried or Submerged Valves 6 inches and smaller: 2-inch-square operating nuts (with valve bonnets, valve boxes, and extension stems as reyuired) and T-handle wrench. 4. Buried or Submerged Valves S inches and larger: Geared actuators with 2- inch-square operating nuts (with valve bonnets, valve boxes, and extension stems as required) and wrench. D. Levers or handwheels shall be provided to actuate the valves where the valves are located within 6 feet and 7 inches from tinished grade or the operating floor. Handwheels shall be constructed of ductile iron. Levers and handwheels shall be coated in accordance with Section 099�0, Aainting and Coating. Handwheel diameters for traveling nut actuators shall not exceed 8 inches for valves 12 inches and smaller and shall not exceed 12 inches for valves 20 inches and smaller. E. Chainwheel and guide actuators shall be provided far all exposed valves installed with their centerlines more than b feet and 9 inches above finished grade. Chainwheels shall be cast iron with stainless steel stem, clip, and pins. The actuating chain shall be AISI Type 304 SS. Stainless steel chain baskets shall also be provided with these units. Chainwheels shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. Chainwheels and guides shall be Clow Figure F-5680, DeZurik Series W or LWG, Stockham, or equal. F. Gear actuators for valves 8 inches through 20 inches shall he �f the worm-and- ' gear or of the traveling-nut type. Gear actuatars for valves 2� inches and larger shall be of the worm-and-gear type. Gear actuators for motorized valves shall be of the worm-and-gear type, regardless of size. ' 1 1. Gear actuators should be designed assuming that the dif%rential pressure across the valves is equal to the test pressure of the connecting piping and assuming a line fluid temperature range of 33°F to 125°F unless otherwise required in the detailed valve specifications. , 2. Gear actuators shall be enclosed and oil lubricated with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. Gear actuators for valves located aboveground or in vaults and structures shall have 'handwheels. The actuators for valves in exposed service shall contain a - dial indicating the position of the valve disc or plug. ' FOR BIDDING ] 5110-5 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCFSS VALVES ' 03720-033-02 3. Traveling n�ut and worm-and-gear actuators shall be of the totally enclosed design and proportianed to pernnit operation of the valve under full differential pressure rating of the valve with a maximum pul I of 8Q pounds on the handwheel or crank. Stop-limiting devices sha.11 be provided in the actuators in the open and closed positions. �lctuators shall be of the self- lockit�g type ta prevent the disc or plug from creeping. Design actuator components between the input and the stop-limiting devices to withstand without damage a pull of 200 pounds for handwheel ar chainwheel actuators and an input torque of 300 foot-pounds �'or operating nuts when operating against the stops. 4. Self-locking worm gear shall be a one-piece design of gear bronze material (ASTM B427; or ASTIVI B584, Alloy C86200) that is accurately machine cut. Actuators for eccentric and lubricated plug valves may use ductile-iron gears provided the gearing is totally enclosed with spring- loaded rubber lip seals on the shafts. The worm shall be hardened alloy steel (ASTM A322, Grade G41500 or G41400; or ASTM A148, Grade 105-85) with thread ground and polished. Support worm-gear shafts at each end by ball or tapered roller bearings. The reduction gearing shall run in a proper lubricant. The handwheel diameter shall be no more than twice the radius of the gear sector in contact with the worm. Worm-gear actuators shall be Limitorque Model HBC, EIM Series W, or equal. G. For buried or submerged se�rvice, pravide watertight shaft seals and watertight valve and actuator cover gaskets. Provide totally enclosed actuators desigt�ed for buried or submerged service. H. All buried valves shall have non-rising stems. All buried valves located 3 feet below grade or deeper as measured at the valve centerline shall be furnished with an operator sCem extension to extend the operating nut within 6 inches from the top of the valve box cover: 2.03 VALVE END CONNECTIONS A. Provide valve end connections conforming to connected piping and as shown in the Drawin�s. Generally, all buried valves shall be mechanical joint type end connectors. Exposed valves shall be screwed-end, socket-weld end, or flanged to conform to adjacent exposed cannected piping system. : Comply with the following standards: 1. Threaded: ANSi B 1.20.1 2. Flanged: ANSI S 16.1 Class 125 unless otherwise noted or AW WA C207. 3. Mechanical (gland) Type: AWWA Cl ]]. 4. Soldered: ANSI B 16.1$. POK BIDDING 15110-6 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 03720-033-02 , �J 1 ' � 1 , , , , ' 1 1 ' � l_J , ' , , , 1 ' ' I� � ' 1 ' 1 �� ' 1 ' � ' ' 1 C. Nuts, Bolts, and Washers: Wetted ar internal to be bronze or stainless steel. Exposed to be zinc or cadmium-plated. D. Epoxy Interior Coating: Pravide epoxy coating for all interiors of ferrous valve body surfaces in accordance with AWWA C550. Coatings shall be NSF-approved for valves in all potable water piping services. Coatings shall not be required for stainless steel valve interiors. 2.04 VALVE BOXES A. All buried valves, 2-inch size and larger, shall be eyuipped with a standard cast iron roadway valve box. Valve boxes shall be of the slip or sliding type with a round lid marked "Water" for potable water valves or "Sewer" for wastewater and a square lid marked "Reclairned Water" for reclaimed water valves. The box shall be designed to prevent transfer of the surface loads directly to the valve ar piping. Valve boxes must have a minimum adjustable range of 12 inches and a minimum inner diameter of 6 inches. All valve boxes and lids shall be produced from grey cast iron conforming to the latest revision of specification for grey iron castings, ASTM designatian A48, Class 20A-2SA. All castings shall be true and free o,f hales and shall be cleaned according to �ood foundry practice, chipped and ground as needed to remove fins and rough places an castings. Valve boxes have to be rated to sustain FDOT H-20 loadings and have a minimum depth of S inches. The valve box lid shall fit flush in the top af the box without forcing and shall not rock, tip, or rattle. : C � Provide debris cap as required in the Drawings. Coat buried cast-iron pieces as specifed in Section 09900, Paintin� and Coating, System Na. 21 ar with fusion-bonded epoxy. Valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Tyler Pipe, Geneco, Star Pipe Products, or equal. 2.05 EXTENSCON STEMS A. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is mare than 4 feet below grade, provide operating extension stems ta bring the operating nut to a point 6 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cover. Where th� valve is submerged, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to 6 inches above the water surface. Extension stems shall be Type 316 stainless steel, solid core, and shall be compl�te with 2-inch-square operating nut. The connections af the extension stems to the operating nuts and to the valves shall withstand without damage a pull of 300 faot-pounds. FOR BIDDING 15110-7 MANUAL, CI IF:CK, AND PR(7CES5 VALVES ' 03720-033-02 B. Extension stem diameters shall be as tabulated below: Minimum Extension Valve Size Stem Diatneter inches inches 2 3/a 3, 4 7/8 6 1 8 1-]/8 io, ra i-iia i a 1-3/8 16 18 1-1/2 20, 24, 30, 36 1-3/4 42, 48, 54 2 C. Provide buried valves or valves located ,inside maraholes or vaults with valve boxes cast in the manhole or vault roof with a valve position indicator designed to fit standard 5-1/4-inch valve boxes. The indicators shall show valvc position arad the direction and number of turns requir�d to fully open (or close). All internal gearing shall be sealed. Ship each unit ready for field installation complete with valv� box cast-iron adapter, capscrews, guide bushing, position indicator, flexible washer, centering plate, and 2-inch AWWA nut. Valve box and indicator shall be provided by the valve manufacturer. Indicators shall be Westran Position lndicator, Pratt Diviner, or equal. �� r � � � c � z � � : �� r_� � i �� A. When required by the installations, provide floor stands for t�e operation of valves. Floor stands shall be of the non-rising stem, indicating type, complete with steel extension stems, couplings, handwheels, stern guide brackets, and special yoke attachments as required by the valves and recommended and supplied by the stand rnanufacturer. Floor stands shall be cast-iron base type: Clow, Figure F-5515; Bingham and Taylor; Stockham; or equal. Handwheels shall turn counterclockwise to open the valves. : C Provide Type 315 stainless steel anchor bolts. Provide Type 316 stainless steel extension stems for valves in exposed service. Provide Type 316 stainless steel stems for valves in submerged service. D. Provide adjustable stem guide brackets for extension stems. The bracket shall allow valve stems to be set over a range of 2 to 36 inches from walls. Provide bushings drilled to accept up to 2-inch-diameter stems. Base, arm, and clamp shall be Type 3 I6 stainless steel. Sushing shall be bronze (ASTM B58�, Alloy C86400 or C$3600). Bolts, nuts, screws, and washers (including wall anchor bolts) shall FOR BIDDING 15] ] 0-8 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PRQCESS VALVES 03720-033-02 ' , , , � , � , , ' � C� ' ' , ' , ' 1 � ' ' be Type 316 stainless steel. Pr�vide slots in the bracket to accept 3/4-inch bolts , for rnounting the bracket to the wall. Products: Trumbull Industries, Inc., Adjustable Stem Guide or eyual. ' 2.07 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS FOR FLANGED VALVES � �� 1 ' � � 1 ' 1 A. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanged valves shall be as described in Section 15055, Piping Systems—General. 2.08 PAINTING AND COATING A. Coat metal valves located aboveground or in vaults and structures the same as the adjacent piping. If the adjacent piping is not coated, then coat valves as specified in Section 09900, Painting and Caating, System No. 15. Apply the specified prime and finish coat at the place of manufacture. The �nish coat shall match the calor of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels the same as the valves. B. Coat buried metal valves at the place of manufacture as specified in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 21. C. Coat submerged metal valves, stem guides, extension stems, and bonnets at the place of manufacture as specified in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, Systern No. 2. D. Line the interior metal parts of inetal valves 4 inches and larger, excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless steel pieces, as speci�ed in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 2. Apply lining at the place of rnanufacture. E. Coat floor stands us specified in Section 04900, Painting and Coating, System No. 15. F. Test the valve interior linings and exterior coatings at the factory with a low- ' voltage (22.5 to 80 volts, with approximately 80,000-ohrn resistance) holiday detector, using a sponge saturated with a �.5% sodium chloride solution. The lining shall be holiday free. C� �J CJ 1 � G. Measure the thickness of the valve interior linings as specified in Section 09900, Paintin� and Coating. Repair areas having insufficient film thickness as specified in Sectian 09900, Painting and Coating. 2.09 CHECK VALVES (TYPE 400 SERIES) Check valves for the filter feed pump station shall be Type 490 as specified belaw. FOR BIDDING 15] ]0-9 MANIIAL. CHECK. AND PRO(:ESS VALVES 03720.033-02 Design and construct valves to accommodate the following service conditions: Maximum Minimum Maximum Normal Pump Pu►np Shutoff Pump Fluid Operating and Head Operating and Velocity System Head (fps) (upstrearn of ��'eet) System Head valve, feet feet 11 65 30 24 A_ Type 490—Silent Check Valves, 3 Inches and Larger: 1. Valves shall be stainless steel mounted globe style. The seat and plug shall be hand replaceable in the field. Provide resilient seat. The flow area through the valve shall be equal to or greater than the cross sectional area of the equivalent pipe size. The valve plug shall be center guided with a through integral shaft and spring loaded for silent shutoff operation. Ends shall be flanged, Class 125, in accordance with ANSI B16.1. Minimum pressure rating shall be 250 psi. Materials of construction shall be as follows: Com onent Material S ecification Body Ductile-iron ASTM A4$, Class 30, or ASTM A 126, Class B ASTM A536, Grade 60- 45-10 ASTM A215, Grade WCB Plu and seal Stainless Steel 'I' e 316 stainless S rin Stainless-steel T e 316 stainless Seatin Buna-N --- 2. Valve shall be APCO Series 600, Val-Matic Series l$00, or approved equal. 2.10 PLUG (TYPE 900 SERTES) A. Plug and Seating Desi�n for Eccentric Plug Valves (Types 900, 910, 915, 920, and 925): Eccentric plug valves shall comply with MSS SP-108 and the follawing. Provide a rectangular or circular plug design, with an associated rectangular or round seat. Provide bidirectional seating design. The valve shall seat with the rated pressure both upstream and downstream of the closed plug. Pravide geared actuators sized for bidirectional operation. FOR BIDDING ]5110-]0 MANUAI., CHECK, ANU PROC�SS VAi,VES 0372�-033-02 ! ' � � r 1 1 1 B. For Types 900, 910, 915, 920, and 925 eccentric plug valves, the metallic portion of the plug shall be one-piece design and shall be without external reinforcing ribs which result in a space between the rib and the main body af the plug through which water can pass. Valves shall be re-packable withouC any disassembly oi valve or actuator. The valve shall be capable af being repacked while under the design pressure in the open position. Nowhere in the valve or actuators shall the valve shaft be exposed to iron on iron contact. Sleeve bearings shall be stainless steel in valve sizes 20 inches and smaller and bronze or stainless steel in valve sizes 24 inches and larger. Provide enclosed worm-gear actuators far valves 6 inches and larger. C. Rubber compounds shall have less than 2% volume increase when tested in accordance with ASTM D471 after being immersed in distilled water at a temperature of 73.4°F �2°F %r 70 hours. ' D. Lubricated Plug Valves (Types 930, 935, 940, 945, 950, 955, 970, and 980): Plug coating shall be Teflon or nylon, permanently bonded to the plug. Body, gland, and cover capscrews and bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel, high- � strength alloy steel (ASTM A193, Grade B7). Provide operating and sealant extensions for buried valves. � r ' ' ' L � ' L! � E FOR BIDDING 0372D-033-02 Type 920---Cast-Iron Non-Lubricated Eccentric Plug Valve 4 Tnches and Larger: Plug valves 4 inches and larger shall be of the non-lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with flanges or mechanical joint end connections to match connecting piping and as shown in the Drawings. Flanged valves shall be 125-1b flanges and faced and drilled to the ANSI B16.1, 125-]b standard. Mechanical joint ends shall conform to AWWA Standard C 111_ Valve bodies shall be ofASTM A126 Class B cast iron. Valves shall b� furnished witn a welded overlay seat of not less than 90% pure nickel. Seat area shall be raised, with raised surface cornpletely covered with weld to ensure that the plug face contacts only nickel. Screwed-in seats shall not be acceptable. The plug shall have a cylindrical seating surface eccentrically offset from the center of the plug shaft. The interference between the plug face and body seat, with the plug in the closed positian, shall be externally adjustable in the field with the valve in the line under pressure. Plugs shall be resilient faced with Hycar (Acrylanitrile-Butadiene) or Buna N, forrraulated and constructed to be suitable for use with wastewater, Minimum port areas shall be 80°/a of full pipe flow area. Valves shall have sleeve-type metal bearings and shall be of sintered, ail-impregnated, permanently lubricated Type 316 ASTM. Nonmetallic bearings shall not be acceptable. Valve shaft seals shall be of the multiple V-ring type or U-cup type and shall be externally adjustable and replaceable withaut removing the bonnet or actuator from the valve 15110-11 MANUAL, CHE;CK, AND PROCESS VALVES under pressure. Valves using O-ring seals or non-adjustable packing shall not be acceptable. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, and other fasteners shall be 300-series stainless steel. Valve working pressure ratings shall be a minimum of 150 psi. Each valve shall be given a hydrostatic and seat test with certified copies of proof-of-design test reporCs as outlined in AWWA C 504, Section 5.5. Plug valves shall be manufactured by DeZurik Water Controls, PEC Series; Bulletin 12.00-1D; Henry Pratt Company, Ballcentric Series; or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUT�ON 3.01 JOINTS A. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe run to which the valves are attached. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing �langed valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight. B. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Tefilon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight. [� f� Install lug-type valves with separate hex head machine bolts at each bolt hole and each flange (two bolts per valve bolt hole). lnstall grooved-end couplings for valves in accordance with Section 15055, Piping Systems—General. 3.02 INSTALLING EXPOSED VALVES A. Unless otherwise indicated in the drawings, install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less abave the floor with their op�rating stems vertical. �nstall valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the f�loor with their ope►'ating stems horizontal. B. lnstall valves on vertical runs of pipe that are next to walls wiCh Cheir stems horizontal, away from the wall. Valves on vertical runs of pipe that are not located next to walls shall be installed with their stems horizontal, orient�d to facilitate valve operation. FOR B1DDiNG 03720-033-02 IS] 10-]2 MANUAL CHECK AND PROCESS VALVES � � 1 ' 1 � 1 L , 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 3.03 INSTALLING BURIED VALVES A. Connect the valve, coat the flanges, apply tape wrapping or polyethylene encasement as required on the Drawings, and place and compact the backfill to the height of the valve stem. B. Place block pads under the extension pipe to maintain the valve box vertical during back�lling and repaving and to prevent the extensiora pipe from contacting the valve bonnet. C. Mount the upper slip pipe of the extension in midposition and secure with backfill around the extension pipe. Pour the cancrete ring allowing a depression so the valve box cap will be flush with the pavement surface. D. In streets without concrete curbs and in open areas, install the valve box as for a paved area with concrete curb except include a marker post. Cut the nnarker past from 4-inch-by-4-inch dense structural grade Dauglas fir No. 2 or Southern Pine No. 2 surfaced on four sides to a length of 5 feet. Chamfer the top. Set the post in concrete, 2 feet into the ground, away from traffic, and to the side of the pipeline. Coat with a seal and finish coat of white alkyd exterior paint. On the side facing the valve, letter in black the word "VALVE" and the distance in feet from the marker post to the valve box cap. E. Install debris cap as close as possible under the cast-iron cover without interfering with the cover operation. Trim flexible skirt to provide a smooth contact with the interior or the extension pipe. 3.04 1NSTALI.]NG EXTENSION STEM GUIDE BRACKETS A. Install extension stem guide brackets at 6- to 8-foot centers. Provide at least two support brackets for stems longer than 10 feet, with one support near the bottom of the stem and one near the top. 3.05 FIELD COATTNG SURIED VALVES ' A. Coat flanges of buried valves and the flanges of the adjacent piping and the bolts and nuts of flanges and mechanical joints, as specified in Section 09900, Painting and Coating, System No. 24. � ' 1 1:3 Wrap buried metal valves 6 inches and larger with polyethylene sheet as specitied in Section 15155, Ductile Iron Pipe and �'ittings. FOR BII)I�ING IS] ]0-13 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES , 03720-033-02 1 1 3.06 VALVE LEAKAGE AND FIELD TESTING A. Test valves for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are tested. ' See Section 1 S 144, :Pressure Testing of Piping, for pressure testing requirements. Protect or isolate any parts of valves, actuators, or control and instrumentation , systems whose pressure ratin� is less than the pressure test. Valves shall show zero leakage. Repair or replace any leaking valves and retest. ' B. Operate manual valves through three full cycles of opening and closing. Valves shall operate fronn full open to full close without sticking or binding. Do not ' backfill buried valves until after verifying that valves operate from full open to full closed. If valves stick or bind, or do not operate from full open to full clased, repair or replace the valve and repeat the tests. , C. Test gear actuators through three from full-open to full-close cycles without binding or sticking. The pull required to aperate handwheel- or chainwheel- ' operated valves shall not exceed 80 pounds. The torque required to operate valves having 2-inch AWWA nuts shall not exceed 1 SO foot-pounds. lf actuators stick or bind or if pulling forces and torques exceed the values stated previously, repair or , replace the actuators and repeat the tests. Operators shall be lubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations before operating. ' END OF SECT�ON FQR BiDDiNG I5110-14 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PRQCESS VALVES 03720-033-02 LJ � ' 1 ' � � 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 , ' 1 � � , 1 ' 1 1 1 SECTION 15144 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOFE OF WORK A. This Section specifies the hydrostatic, pneumatic, and leakage testing of pressure piping for pumping stations, wastewater treatment plants, water treatment plants, and other facilities; water distribution and transmissian mains; and raw sewage force mains and lift stations. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01500, Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Test bulkhead locatians and design calculations, pipe attachment details, and methods to prevent excessive pipe wall stresses. B. Six copies of the test records to the Engineer upon completion of the testing. 1.04 WORK SEQUF'NCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section diifers from these documents, the requirements of this Sectian shall apply. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards: 1. AWWA C6U�Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains. 2. AWWA C605—Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings %r Water. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 15144-1 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 03720-033-02 1.07 WARRANTiES A. Warranties shall be in accardance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Speciftcation Section 017$0, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (N�T USED) 1.10 TEST PRESSURES A. Test pressures for the various services and types of piping are shown in the table below. At a minimum the Contractor shall perform pressure and leakage test at 1.5 tirnes the maximum system pressure or 100 psi, whichever is greater (based on the elevation or the lowest point of the section under test and corrected for gage location) unless otherwise indicated in the table below. Description Location Pipe Pipe Type of Working Test Pressure Size Material Service Pressure (psig) (psig) Purnp Filter feed pump 12" Dl'P Pressure 20 psi 100 psi discharge station �'ilter feed Filter feed pump 30" DIP Pressure . 20 psi 100 psi main line station to filter feed channel Clarifier Suried, next to 48" DIP Gravity 10 psi 20 psi effluent filter feed wetwell 1.11 TESTING RECORDS A. The Contractor shall provide records of each piping installation during the testing. These records shall include the following information: 1. Date and times of test. 2. Identification of process, pipeline, or pipeline section tested or retested. 3. identificatian of pipeline material. 4. Identification af pipe specification. 5. Test fluid. 6. Test duration. B. Test pressure at low point in process, pipeline, or pipeline section. FOR BIppING 15144-2 PR�SSURE TESTING OF PIPING 03720-033-02 ' l� 1 � � ' ' 1 � 1 ' ' � ' � ' ' ' C � Remarks: Leaks identified (type and location), types of repairs, or corrections made. Certification by Contractor that the leakage rate measured conformed to the Specifications. r. r 2 MAINTENANCE (NOT IJSED) 1.13 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VENTS AND D.R.AINS FOR ABOVEGROUND PIPING A. The Contractor shall install vents on the high paints of aboveground piping, whether shown in the Drawings or not. Install drains on low points of aboveground piping, whether shown in the Drawings or not. Frovide a valve at each vent or drain point. Valves shall be 3/4 inch for piping 3 inches and larger and 1/2 inch for piping smaller than 3 inches. Valves shall be ball or gate valves unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Valves shall be rated for the pressure of the adjacent piping and shall be suitable far use with the adjacent pipe material. 2.02 MANUAL AIR-RELEASE VALVES FOR SURIED PIPING A. The Contractor shall provide temporary manual air-release valves at test bulkheads for pipeline test. Construct the pipe autlet in the same manner as for a permanent air valve and, after use, seal with a blind flange, pipe cap, or plug and coat the same as the adjacent pipe. 2.03 TEST BULKHEADS A. The Contractor shall design and fabricate test bulkheads in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Materials shall comply with Part UCS of the code. Design pressure shall be at least 2.0 times the specified test pressure for the section of pipe containing the bulkhead. Limit stresses to 70% of yield strength of the bulkhead material at the bulkhead design pressure. Include air-release and water drainage connectians. FpR BIDDING ] 5144-3 1'RESSIIRE TESTING OF PIPING ' 03720-033-02 2.04 TESTJNG FLUID A. The Owner will provide a source of supply from the existing treated water distribution system for the Contractor's use in filling the lines. An air break shall be maintained at all times between the Owner's distribution systern and the Contractor's e�uiptnent to prevent cross-cannection. The line shall be slowly filled witla water and the specified test pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a pump furnished by the Contractor. Provide accurate means for measuring the quantity of water required to maintain this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. : C Testing fluid shall be reclaimed water unless a pneumatic test is indicated on the Piping Schedule. For fuel oil piping, use potable water for hydrostatic testing and flushing. D. For potable water pipelines, abtain and use only potable water for hydrostatic testing. E. Submit request for use of water from waterlines of Owner 48 hours in advance. F. The Contractor shall provide back flow prevention control for ternporary connections to existing water mains. 2.05 TESTING EQUI.PMENT A. The Contractor shall provide calibrated pressure gauges, pipes, bulkheads, pumps, compressors, chart recorder, and meters to perform the hydrostatic testing. The Contractor shall provide any necessary assistance required for testing. PART 3 EXECUTTON 3.01 TESTTNG PREFA.RATION A Pipes shall be in place, backfilled, and anchored before beginning pressure testing. � B. The Contractor shall conduct pressure tests on exposed and aboveground pipirag after the piping has been installed and attached to the pipe supports, hangers, anchors, exparision joints, valves, and meters. C. For buried piping, the pipe rnay be partially backfrlled and the joints left exposed for inspection during an initial leakage test. However, perfornn the final pressure test after completely backfilling and compacting the trench. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 15144-4 PRESSURE "fESTING Ow' P1P1NG ' , � 1 ' �� ' � ' ' � ' ' ' D. Provide any temporary piping needed to carry the test fluid to the piping that is to be tested. After the test has been completed and demonstrated to comply with the Specifications, disconnect and remove temporary piping. Do not remove exposed vent and drain valves at the high and low points in the tested piping; remove any temporary buried valves and cap the associated outlets. .Plug taps or connections to the existing piping from which the test fluid was obtained. E. Provide temporary drain lines needed to carry testing fluid away from the pipe being tested. Remove such temporary drain lines after completing the pressure testing. F. Before starting the test, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner's Representative. 3.02 CLEANiNG A. Befare conducting hydrostatic tests, the Contractor shall flush pipes with water to remove dirt and debris. For pneumatic tests, blow air throu�h the pipes. Maintain a flushing velocity of at least 3 fps for water testing and at l�ast 2,000 fpm for pneumatic testing. �'lush pipes for the period given by the formula 2L - T= — ' � __Y -_--- 1 1 ' � ' _ _.._. _ ��t:�"_ T = flushing time (seconds) L = pipe length (feet). B. For pipelines 24 inches or larger in diameter, acceptable alternatives to flushing are use of high-pressure water jet, sweeping, or scrubbing. Water, sediment, dirt, and foreign material accumulated during this cleaning operation shall be discharged, vacuumed, or otherwise removed from the pipe. 3.03 TESTING AND DISINFECTION SEQUENCE FOR POTASLE WATER PIPING (NOT USED) 3.04 LENGTH OF TEST SECTION FOR BURIED PIPING ' A. The maximum length of test section for buried pipe of 12 inches or smaller in diameter is 3,500 feet; for buried pipe larger than 12 inches, 1 mile. Provide intermediate test bulkheads where the pipeline length exceeds these limits. 1 FOR BII)PING 15144-5 I'RESSURE TESTING OF PIPiNG ' 03720-033-02 3.05 INITIAL PIPELINE FILLING FOR HYDROSTnTIC TESTING A. The maximum rate of filling shall not cause the water velocity in the pipeline to exceed 1 fps. Filling may be facilitated by removing autornatic air valves and releasing air manually. 3.06 TESTING NEW PIPE WHICH CONNECTS TO EXISTING PIPE A. Before testing new pipelines that are to be connected to existing pipelines, the Contractor shall isolate the new line from the existing line by test bulkheads, spectacle flanges, or blind flanges. After the new line has been successfully tested, remove test bulkheads or flanges and connect to the existing piping. 3.07 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF ABOVEGROUND OR EXPOSED PIPING A. Open vents at high paints of the piping system to purge air while the pipe is being filled with water. Venting during system filling may also be provided by temporarily loosening flanges. B. Subject the piping system ta the test pressure indicated on the Piping Schedule in the Drawings. Maintain the test pressure for a minimum of 2 hours. Examine joints, fittings, valves, and connections for leaks. The piping system shall shaw zero leakage_or weeping. Correct leaks and retest until zero leakage is obtained. 3.0$ HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF B-dRIED PIPING A. Where any section of the piping contains cancrete this�67ocks or er�casement, � the Contractor shall not make the pressure test until at least 10 days after the concrete has been placed. When testing nnortar-lined or PVC pipin�, fll the pipe to be tested with water and allow it ta soak for at least 24 hours to absorb water befare conducting the pressure test. L C. Apply and maintain the test pressure by a positive displacement hydraulic force pump. Maintain the test pressure for the 2 hours by restoring the pressure whenever it falls 5 psi. D. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage for this pipe installatian shall be zero. E The leakage test shall be a separate test following the pressure test and shall not be less than 2 hours long. All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and FOR B1DDING 15144-6 PRESSUR� TL• STING OF PIPING 03720-033-OZ 1 , ' �J ' � � 1 , , C� ' 1 , ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' L ' 1 ' , 1 ' LJ F G I�� 1 leakage elitninated regardless af the total leakage as shown by test. Lines that Fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until test requirements are complied with. Defective materials, pipes, valves, and accessories shall be removed and replaced. The allowable leakage far buried piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including salvent welded) joints shall b� zero. Submit plan for testing to the Engineer for review at least 10 days before starting the test. Peening shall not be used to repair pinhole leaks in welded pipes. Any leakage in welded pipes shall be repaired by apprapriate welding techniques. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allawed in the criteria above. 3.09 HYDROSTATIC F.LUSHING AND TESTING OF FU.EL OiL PiPING A. Flush pipes with water to remove dirt and debris. Remove loose foreign material such as scale, sand, weld spatter particles, and cutting chips from the inside of piping assemblies. Hammer on the outside of steel piping with a nonmarring hammer to aid in fre�ing weld spatter, scale, and dirt. B. Perform hydrostatic pressure testing as described previously. ' C. After successfully completing the pressure testing, blow out the piping with clean, dry air having a dewpoint of at least -40°F. Circulate the air through the piping system until the exiting air h�s the same dewpoint as the applied air. ' 3.10 PRESSURE TESTING �F DOUSLE-WALLED CONTAINMENT PIPTNG 1 1 , 1 , A. Test the primary pipe as described for buried and above-ground or exposed piping. B. Test the secondary containment piping by performing a pneumatic test as described above of the annular space between the primary and secondary pipes at a pressure af 5 psi. 3.11 REPETITION ��' TEST A. If the actual leakage exceeds the allowable l�akage, locate and correct the faulty work and repeat the test. Restore the work and all damage resulting from the leak and its repair. Eliminate visible leakage. FOR BIDDING 15144-7 PRESSURE TL•5T1NG OF PIPING ' 03720-033-02 3.12 BULKHEAD AND TEST FACILITY REMOVAL /:1 After a satisfactory test, the Contractor shall remove the testing filuid, rerxtove test bulkheads and other test facilities, and restore the pipe coatings/linings. END OF SECT�ON FOR BIDDING 15144-8 03720-033-02 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING � � , 1 ' ' � , 1 1 1 ' � 1 � 1 ' , , SECTION 15155 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 17�c��tel�►1�:7:�11 1.01 SCOFE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide all materials and incidentals including piping, fittings, flanged joints, mechanical joints, retainer glands, polyethylene bagging for buried ductile iron piping, fittings, valves, and appurtenances for the ductile iron piping systems reyuired for the work, shown on the Drawings, in the Drawing---1'iping Schedule, and described in Section 15060, Pipe Hangers and Supports. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01330, Subzr�ittals and Acceptance. B. Section 02240, Dewatering. C. Section 02305, Earthwork for Utilities. D. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. E. Section 15055, Piping Systems----General. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. All ductile iron pipe und fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the foundry where the material for this project is manufactured. The Contractor shall submit sworn certifcates of such tests and their results. B. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be submitted as specified in Section 1 SO55, Piping Systems—General. C. The Cantractor shall submit the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 15155-1 VUC'T'ILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.06 QUALITY ASSL7RANCE A. Source Quality Control: l. The ductile iron pipe manufacturer shall submit certification that the pipe and fitting products meet all tests required by AWWA C151-76. 2. All materials shall be new and have a manufacturer's certificate verifying compliance to all tests and inspections as required in this Section. The weight, class, and casting period shall be shown on each piece of pipe. The manufacturer's "mark," the year produced, and the word "Ductile" or the letters "DI" shall be cast or stamped on all pipe. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and Handling, for storing and protecting the iCems specif.red in this SecCion. 1.09 QUALIFIC�TIONS (NOT USED) 1.:1 Q TEST�NG REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT i7SED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Speci�cation Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. FART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All ductile iron piping shall be designcd and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C150 and AWWA C151 for the following minimum operating conditions: POA BIDDING 15] 55-2 DUCTILE 1RON P1P� AND FITTING5 03720-033-02 � ' l. The minimum internal design pressure shall be 1 SO psi with a 100-psi 1 surge allowance, with a safety factor of 2, for a total internal design pressure of S00 psi. , 1 1 �� ' � � ' �� C_� 1 2. The external loads design criteria shall be far the minimum cover indicated on the Drawings at 120 lb per cubic feet soil weight and live load based on one AASHTO H-20 truck load. The thickness design of ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C150. 3. The horizontal deflection of cement-mortar-lined ductile iron pipe resulting fram external load canditions shall not exceed 3% of the pipe diameter based on the trench design shown on the Drawings. 4 2.02 JOINTS Pressure Class: All ductile iron piping shall meet the following minimum pressure classes: (a) 4 inch through 12 inch: 350 psi (b) pipe greater than 12 inch: 250 psi A. Ductile iron fittings shall be furnished with mechanical joints and flanged joint �nds as shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section: l. Mechanical Joints: All buried ductile iron fittings shall be furnished with mechanical joint ends unless noted otherwise. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Glands shall be constructed of ductile iron. 2. Flanged Joints: Pipe for threaded flange fabrication shall be Special 'Thickness Class 53 in accordance with AWWA C110, AWWA C111, and AWWA C115. Bolt circle and bolt holes shall match those ofANSI B16.1 Class 125 flanges. The flanges shall be rated for a maximum warking pressure of 250 psi. Threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on the pipe ends. Flange facing shall be smooth or with shallow serrations in accordance with AWWA C115. 1 2.03 F1TTINGS ' A. General: Gray or ductile iron, cement lined and seal coated, glass lined, or epoxy lined. Lining of fitting shall conform to lining specified for piping and service as specified in the Drawing—Piping Schedule. Fittings shall be manufactured in ' accordance with ANSI/AWWA C11Q. Where taps are shown on fittings, tapping bosses shall be provided. 1 FOR �31Df.71NG 15155-3 Dl]CTILE IRON PIPE AND �ITTINGS ' 03720-033-02 1 2 Flanged: ANS1/AWWA C110/21.10 and ANSI 816.1, faced and drilled 125-pound ANSI standard. Mechanical Joint: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 a. e.7 Provide mechanical joints for all buried piping and .fittings as shown in the Drawings, unless noted otherwise. Provide gaskets of material recommended by the manufacturer for the specific service. 2.04 L1N1NCi ANU CUATING A. The Contractor shall provide lined ductile aron pipin� and fittings in accordance with the Drawings. The Contractor shall perform all field measurements can%trming the accuracy of the piping sizes and lengths shown an the Drawings. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately before deviating from or alterin� the lining of ductile iron piping shown an the approved layout schedule. B. Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy Lined Pipe and Fittings: The Contractor shall notify the En�ineer immediately before cutt.ing the epoxy-lined ductile iron piping in the field. The Contractor shall repair the cut end in accordance with the manufacturer's written procedures. General: The lining shall be an amine-cured novalac epoxy containing at least 20% by volume of ceramic quarrz pigment. The lining material shall be as manufactured by the Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy. The lining shall be applied by a competent firm with a successful history of applying linings t� the interi�r �f ductile iron pipe �nd fittings. All lining application must be performed at the pipe manufacturer's facility. Linings applied by individuals other than the pipe manufacturer shall not be acceptable. , ' 1 � LJ � 1 1 1 � , C_� ' 2. Lining Materials: Lining material shall meet the following requirements , on the properties: a l:� FOR BIDDING U372D-q33-02 A permeability rating of 0.00 when tested according to Method A of ASTM E96-66, Procedure A with a test duration af 30 days. The following test shal] be run on coupons from factory-lined ductile pipe: 15155-4 L7l1CTILE 1RON PIPF AND FITTINGS , , 1 ' IJ 1 C� 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 LJ � ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' Test Parameter ASTM Test Typical Value Method Salt S ra S 117 0_0 undercuttin after 2 ears Cathodic disbondment 1.5 volts G9$ No more than 0.5 mm ��o F undercutting after 30 days N� ef.fect after 2 years for Immersion D714-87 20% sulfuric acid, 140°F �25°/a sodium hydroxide, 160 F distilled water lmmersion D714-87 0.0 undercutting after 2 years for l20°F ta water 3. Application: The lining applicator shall apply lining according to the requirements of Protecto 401 Specification. G Cement-Lined Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Interior surfaces of all cement-lined ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with a standard thickness cement-mortar lining applied in conformity with AWWA C104, Portland cement mortar. �very precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining, If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery site, the Contractor shall repair or replace damaged or unsatisfactory portions with lining confarming to these Specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. Pipe linings for potable water lines shall be NSF approved. I �J All ductile iron pipe and �ttings cement-mortar linings shall be surface sealed with an asphaltic seal coating, l mil, in accordance with AWWA C1�4. Glass Lined Pipes and Fittings: l. General: The lining shall be applied by a competent firm with a successful history of applying linings to the interior af ductile iron pipe and fttings. All lining application must be performed at the pipe manufacturer's facility. Linings applied by individuals other than the pipe manufacturer shall not be acceptable. 2. Lining Materials: The linin� material shall be vitreous and inorganic and the lirted pipe shall meet the following requirements on the properties: FOR BIDDING I5155-5 DUC'1ILF IRON PIPF AND FITTINGS ' 03720-033-02 Test Parameter Test Method Ty ical Value Minitnum density ASTM D792 Z•5 ta 3.0 grams per cubic centimeter Thermal shock of Without crazing, blistering, or 350°F s allin ].mnnersion in 8% sulfuric acid at 125°F ASTM C2$3 A weight loss of no more than for 1 S minutes 3 milligrams per square inch The line pipe shall be resistant to corrosion in a pH range of 3 to ] 0 at 125°F. It shall have a hardness of S to 6 on the 1Vlohs scale. 3. Application: The lining shall be applied by an ISO-9002 certified firm with a successful history of applying linings ta the interior of ductile iron pipe and frtCings. 2.05 BOLTS A. General: The Contractor shall provide carban steel, ASTM A307, Grade A hex head bolts and ASTM A563, Grade A hex head nuts. Threads shall be as specified in ANSI B1.1 coarse thread series, Class 2A external and Class 2B internal. Nuts, bolts, and gaskets for flanged ittings and blind flanges shall be designed to withsta�td the design and test pressure ratings for the pipe. 2.06 GASKETS A. Gaskets for mechanical joints shall be compatible with sewage and reclaimed water pipe service. Utaless noted otherwise, gaskets shall be Styrene Butadiene (SB.R) rubber, conforming ta ANSI A21.11, AWWA C111. S. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be 1/8-inch-thick, cloth-inserted rubber con�orming to applicable parts of ANSI B165.21 and AWWA C207. Gasket material shall be free from corrosive alkali or acid ingredients and suitable for use in sewage and reclaimed water lines. Gaskets shall be full-face type for 125- pound flanges. 2.07 RETAINER GLANDS A. Retainer glands shall be provided for all buried mechanical joints. Retainer glands shall be designed for joint retaining through the use of a follower gland and set screw-anchoring devices which impart multiple wedging action against the pipe. The mechanical joint restraint device shall be UL listed and shall have a working pressure of at least 250 psi with a minimum safety factor of 2. POI� BIDDING 15] 55-6 DUCTILE ]AON PIPE AND FITTINGS 03720-033-02 , �J ' , 1 1 1 , , , ' 1 ' , � 1 ' , � ' 1 ' Gland: Manufactured of ductile iron con%rming ta A5TM A536. Gland dimensions shall match ANSI A21.11 and A21.53. ' 2. Restraining Devices: Manufactured of ductile iron heat treated to a minimum hardness of 370 SHN. Restraining devices shall incorporate a set screw/twist-off nut bolt to ensure the proper actuating of the ' restraining device. The twist-ofi� nut shall be designed to come off at the torque limit desired to anchor the restraining device in place on the pipe. LJ ' ' 1 ' 1 ' L� C� i ' ' 1 3. Joint Deflection: Retainer gland joint deflection shall be limited to manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection angle. Jaint deflection shall be applied before the set screws are torqued. 4. Acceptabl� Manufacturers: a. ESAA Iron, inc.; Megalug I l00 5eries. b. Or approved equal. 2.08 RESTRAINING HARNESS A. Ductile iron pipe push-on (bell and spigot) joint restraint shall be provided by a restraining harness consisting of a restraint ring, connecting tie-rads, and split- ring assembly installed at all push-an joints. The restraint ring shall consist of wedging components made from 60-42-12 ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 and wedges heat treated to minimum 370 BHN. Tarque limiting twist-off nuts shall be provided an each wedge to ensure proper applied installation torque. The split ring shall be made from 60-42-12 ductile iron conforming to A5TM A536. The connecting rods shall be made of steel conforming to ANSI/AWWA CI 11/Al2.11. Sizes 4- to 16-inch-diameter restraining harnesses shall have 35�- psi maximum working pressure rating and .18- to 36-inch-diameter restraining harnesses shall have 250-psi maximum working pressure rating. All harnesses shall be designed with a 2-to-1 safety factor applied to the maximum working pressure rating. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. EBAA Iron, inc., Series 1700 2. Or approved equal. 2A9 POLYETHYLENE BAGGING A. Polyethylene bagging for buried ductile iron pipe, fittings, and valves shall be S mils thickness minimum, manufactured in accordance with ASTM D1238, Type I, Class C, Grade E1. FOR BiDDING 15155-7 DUCTILE IRUN PIPL• ANll FITTINGS ' 03720-033-02 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLiNG PI.PE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defectiv�. Any damage to the pipe caatings shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the coating cannot be repaired, the Contractar shall replace the pipe at no additional compensation. , 1 1 ' 1 ' B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test , just before being installed. C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to tk�e Owner. D. Protecto 401 lined pipe and .frttings shall be handled only from the outside of the pipe and ..frttings. No forks, chains, straps, hooks, etc. shall be placed inside the pipe and fttings for liftin�, positioning, or laying. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLAT,ION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances shall be lowered carefully into the trench a hoist so as ta prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coaCings, linings, and polyethylene bagging. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench shall be dewatered before the pipe is installed. B. All pipe fittings, valves, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation and before bagging. The Contractor shall mark and hold defective materials for inspection by the Engineer who may prescribe carrective repairs or reject the rnaterials. C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be rernoved from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid. FOR BIDDING 151 SS-8 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 03720-033-02 1 1 ' ' 1 , , 1 1 , ' , ' ' D. The Cantractor shall pr�vent foreign material from entering the pipe while the ' pipe is being placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. ' C� E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be asserrabled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. F. When pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends af pipe shall be closed by a ' watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench frll with water. ' ' 1 1 , ' 1 ' G � Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded. 7oint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accardance with the manufacturer's instructions and the reyuirements afANSI/AWWA C600. 1. Flanged Joint: Before connecting flanged pipe the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all faces of the flanges of all oil, grease, and foreign material. The rubber gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and thoroughly cleaned. Care shall be taken to ensure proper sealing of the flange gasket. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the gasket is uniform. Torque-limiting wrenches shall be used to ensure uniform bearing insofar as possible. If jaints leak when the hydrostatic test is applied, the gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts retightened. 2. �'ush-On, Restrained Joint, or Mechanical Joint: The Contractor shall joint piping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Provide all special tools and devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required for proper installation. Lubricant for the pipe gaskets shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and no substitutes will be permitted under any circumstance. ' I. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflectian shall not exceed that shown in ANSI/AWWA C600 and that ' recommended by the retainer gland manufacturer for mechanical joint pipe and fittings. CJ �� J. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel FnR BIDDING 15155-9 DUC'I7Ll IRON PIPF. AND FITTINGS ' 03720-033-02 cutter, guillotine pipe saw, xnilling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth, and for push-on joint connections the cut end shall be beveled. 3.03 ASOVEGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. SupporC pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves, and equipment. 7nsta1l flanged jaints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING A. All exposed pipe and fittings shall be painted as speci .fied in Sectian 09900, Painting and Coating. 3.05 INSPECTION, TESTING, AND DISINFECTION A See Section 15055, Piping Systems—General, and Section 15144, Pressure Testing of Piping. END OF SECTI�N FOR B1DDiNG I S] 55-10 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 03720-033-�2 ' ' ' 1 � ' , ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' SECTION 15220 SLUICE GATES PART1 GENERAL 1.O1 SCOPE OF WORK This Section includes provisions for the complete installation of one fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) sluice gate, including frame, slides, seals, wear strips, operator with stem and appurtenances as shown in the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. A. Manufacturer to furnish and deliver, F.O.B., self-contained sluice gates, as shawn on the Contract Drawings. B. Like items of equipment speci�ed herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. C. A manufacturer's representative far the equipment speciired herein shall provide three (3) days of service for measurement of bolt locations, installation assistance, inspection, and certification of the installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D, E. F. G, H, I. J. Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Section 01400, Quality Reyuirements. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment. Section 01770, Praject Closeout. Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. Sectian O182U, Training. Section 01830, Operatians and Maintenance Manuals. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. Section OSS00, Miscellaneous Metal. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. 1.03 SUSMiTTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance. Submittals shall include at least the following: A. Shop drawings FOR BIDDiNG 0372(�033-02 1. Make, model, and weight of each equipment assembly. � szzo-� si.uics cnTEs 2. Manufacturer's catalog in�'ormation, descriptive literature, specifiications, and identification of materials of constructiort. 3. Detailed Structural and Mechanical Drawings showing the equipment fabricatians and interface with other items. Include dimensions, size, and locations of connections to other work, and vveights of associated equipment associated therewith. 4. 5. 6. Gate operator and stem calculations for each gate and service condition. Gate opening and closing thrust forces thaC will be transmitted to the support structure with operator at extreme positions and load. Ferfottnance Test Procedures. B. Information Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 2. Special shipping, storage and protection, and handling instructians. 3. Manufacturer's written/printed installation instructions. 4. Rautine maintenance reyuirements prior to plant startup. 5. Manufacturer's Certi�cate of �'roper Installation in accordance with Section O1600, Materials and Equipment. 6. Operation and Maintenance manuals: As specified in Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 7. Service records for maintenance performed during cartstruction. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be the latest revision of any such docurnent in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. FOR BIDDING ],5220-2 SLUICE GATES 03�2q-033-02 ' ' ' 1 � � ' 1.06 ' ' ' L_� � ' ' A. : C. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTIVI A48—Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A2'i�Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C563—Fabricated Composite Slide Gates. Hydraulic Institute Standards QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All the equipment specified under this Section shall be furnished by a single manufacturer, and shall be standard units of praven ability as manufactured by a competent organization that is fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the equipnnent to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practice and methods, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed. B. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be new and unused and shall be the standard products of manufacturers having a successful record of manufacturing and servicing the equipment and systems specified herein for a minimum of ten (1 U) years. C. These Specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but da not cover all details which tnay vary in accordance with the exact requirements of the equipment as offered. They are, however, intended to cover the furnishing, delivery, installation, �eld testing and field calibration of all materials and apparatus as required. Any additianal equipment necessary far the proper operation of the proposed installation not specifically mentioned in these Specifications ar shawn on the Drawings shall be furnished arad installed at no change in Contract Price or Time. ' 1.07 WARRANTIES A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the products to be free from defects in materials ' and warkmanship for 2 years and failure due to carrosion of materials for 25 years starting after final acceptance. 1 �� B. During the warranty period, the ManufacturEr shall provide the services of a trained technician to make all adjustments and repairs and replace all defective equipment at no cost to the Owner. FOR BIDDING 1522U-3 SLUICE CATES ' 0372Q033-02 1.08 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements speci�ed in Section 01650, Delivery, Storage, and �Iandlin�, for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. B. All equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with protection from the weather, humidity, and temperature variations; dirt and dust; or other contaminants in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.09 (ZUALIk.ICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQU.IREMENTS (N�T USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUEILS (NOT USED) 1.13 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OR CONDITIONS A. The sluice gates shall be substantially watertight under the design head conditions. 1. The leakage shall not exceed 0.10 gallon per minute per fooC af periphery for the rated seating and unseating head at the maximum seating pressure specified, in accordance with AWWA C563. R_ For the purpnse of these specific�tians, gate types listed in the schedule shall be defined as meeting the leakage reyuirements under the head conditions an the table shown on the contract drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Slide gates and accessories shall be as manufactured by the following, ar approved eyual: 1. Plasti-Fab, inc., Tualatin, Oregon. FOR BIDDING 15220-4 SLUICE GATES 03720-033-02 ' � ' ' � ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' � 1 2.02 GENERAL A. Wherever the term "stainless steel" is used in this specif cation, Type 304 stainless steel is to be used, unless otherwise noted. B. The slide gates shall be complete, including all gates, guides, extended guide frames, yokes, bench stands, baseplates, brackets, anchor bolts, stems, and all ather necessary appurtenances. C. Gate manufacturer shall provide proof of at least ten (10) years of experience manufacturing the type of slide gates specified herein. 2.03 EQUIPMENT .DESIGN AND FABRICATION A. Sluice Gates 1. General sluice gates shal] be FRP and shall be designed to withstand the design head shown in the schedule. �� The sluice gate shall consist of a reinforcing structure encapsulated in FRP covered with l/$" laminate. (l) Sluice gates shall be manufactured ofreinforced thermoset plastic containing ultraviolet absorbers. The surface shall be resin rich to a depth of 0.010 inches to 0.020 inches and reinforced with C-glass or polymeric frber surfacing material. The surface shall be free of exposed reinforcing fibers. The cornposition of these layers shall be approximately 95% (by weight) resin. (2) The laminate shall be made up of copolyrner composite not less than 1/4" thick on each side to insure against any permeation by water to the core areas. Th� laminate shall meet the specification for Type 1, Grade 1 � laminates. b. Liberal safety factors shall be used in the design of all the equipment. The sluice gate shall be designed so that maximum fiber stress does not exceed 2.5 times the working stress. c. Gates shall be suitably reinforced to withstand the maximum seating head with a deflection af L/360 of the gate width or 1/4" whichever is less. Gates with unseating heads shall be designed for a maximum deflection of L/360 of the �ate width or 1/16" whichever is less at the maximum operating head. FOR BIDDING 15220-5 SLi110E GATES � 03720-033-02 d. The allowable warpage shall not exceed 1/16" in any direction. e. The sluice gate shall be free of defects including cracks, dry spots, burned areas, pinholes, exposed �lass, and foreign matter. Scratches shall not exceed 0.002" deep. Wrinkles and blisters shall not exceed 1/8" or l 0% af gate thickness. f. The stainless steel stem mauntin� bracket shall fasten to the gate with through bolts. The throu�h holes shall not pass tkarough or contact the internal steel reinforcing. g. The sluice gates and aperators shall be completely shop assembled, inspected and tested to ensure proper fit and adjustment of all parts. 2. Frarne — The gate frame shall be of stainless steel and shall be constructed of structural mernbers ar formed plate welded to form a rigid one-piece frame. The frame shall be of the inte�ral flange back design suiCable for mounting on a concrete wall as indicated herein or on the Drawings. No wall thimbles shall be required for installation. a. The frame configuration shall be of the �lush-bottorta Cype and shall allow the replacement of the top and side seals without removing the gate frame from the wall. b. Guide frames for all self-contained gates shall be designed and adequately stiffened for the maximum thrust that the operator can exert on the frame. 1 � 1 1 � ' � ' 1 1 1 1 c. The head rail shall be aftixed so as to allow the gate to be removed t fram the guide without disassembly. 3. Slide — The slide shall consist af a flat plate reinforced with formed plates or structural members to limit its deflection to 1/720 of the gate's span under the design head. 4. Guides and Seals — The guides shall be made of stainless steel and shall be of such length as to retain and support at least two thirds (2/3) of the vertical height ofthe slide in the fully open position. a. Side and top seals shall be made of extruded neoprene with bonded corners per ASTM D-2000, have a specific gravity of 1.25 and a hardness range of SS to 65. Wear strips shall be made of FOR BIDDING 15220-6 SLUICE GATES 03720-033-U2 1 1 1 � C� � 1 ' 1 1 L ' UHMWPE (ultra high molecular w�ight polyethylene) and only absorb 0.01 % of water in a 24-hour duration. The sealing system shall maintain efficient sealing in any position of the slide and allow the water to flow only below the slide plate. The flush bottom wedge seal shall be made of resilient neoprene set into the bottom member of the frame. S. Stem and Couplings — The operating stem shall be of stainless steel ' designed to transmit in compression at least 2 times the rated output of the operating manual mechanism with a 40 lb ( l 78 N) effort on the crank or handwheel. ' � ' , ' , 1 �:�I 1 1 1 1 1 a. The stem shall have a slenderness ratio (L/R) less than 200. The threaded portion af the stem shall have machine cut threads of the Acme type. b. The stem shall connect to the stem bracket with two stainless steel bolts, sized to manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Stem Guides — Stem guides shall be equipped with a bronze or FRP bushing. Guides shall be adjustable and spaced in accordance with the manufactur�r's recommendation. The L/R ratio shall not be �reater than 200. 7. Stem Covers — Rising stem gates shall be provided with a clear polycarbonate stem cover. The stem cover shall have a cap and condensation vents and a clear mylar position indicating tap�. The tape shall be field applied to the stem cover after the gate has been installed and positioned. Standard Sluice Gate Options Flush Bottom Seal — The gate so scheduled or detailed on the Drawings shall be provided with a slide or frame mounted flush bottom seal. a. The solid bulb, compressible, resilient seal shall b� attached and held in place by stainless steel or retainers having stainless steel fasteners. b. The full length of the bottom edge of the disc shall be machined for maunting of the seal or for making uniform contact with the seal when it is mounted on the frame. FOR BIDDING 15220-7 SLUiCF. GATES ' 03720-033-02 2. Self-Contained Gates — Self-contained sluice gates shall have extended side guides to allow the gate to fully open. a. The stainless steel yoke, attached to machined pads on the side guides, shall have a machined bearing surface for the stem thrust collar or a mounting plate for the hoist. b. The gate operating thrust shall be transferred to the yoke by the stem thrust collar or hoist. c. The stem shall nat project into the clear opening of the sluice gate. A cold rolled carbon steel extension stem coupled to the operating stem shall be provided when the aperating floor is above the gate. d. On gates arranged for rising stenra operation, the threaded operating nut shall be at the gate yoke. e. iJnless otherwise scheduled or detailed on the Drawings, all self- contained sluice gates shall be of the rising stem type. C. Sluice Gate Operators 1. Handwheel or Crank Operated -- Unless otherwise scheduled or shown on the Drawings, all gates shall have handwheel or crank-operated floorstands or benchstands. a b. c Handwheel operated type shall be without gear reduction and crank operated type shall be geared. Both types shall have weatherproof cast iron housings with a solid broraze operating nut mounted on high-strength cast iron pedestals or base plates. The operating nut for each type shall be internally tlareaded with threads corresponding to stem threading. d. Tapered roller or ball bearings shall be provided for both types, above and below a flange on the operating nut to support both opening and closing thrusts. e. All gears shall be constructed �f steel and shall be accurately machine cut and of proper design to provide smooth operation and to support load conditions. Lubrication fittings shall be provided in the gear housing to permit lubrication of all gears and bearings. FOR BIDD]NG 15220-8 SLLTICE GATES 03720-033-02 , , ' 1 1 ' 1 � 1 � ' 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 f. All reduction gear cases shall be precision machined and equipped with tapered roller or needle bearings and sealed about all reduction shafts. g. Geared hoists shal) have a 4:.1 ratio and handwheel hoists shall have 1:1 ratio. h. Each hoist shall be supplied with a 2-inch square operating nut, and either a removable cast iron crank arm with revolving brass grip or a removable cast iron ar steel handwheel as required. i. Floorstands shall include a cast iron pedestal designed to position the input shaft approximately 36 inches above the operating �loor. j. An arrow with the word "Open" will be permanently attached or cast on the floorstand indicating the direction of rotation to open the gate. k. All geared and handwheel floorstands shall operate with a maximum effort not to exceed 40 pounds on the crank or handwheel. 2.04 DATA NOT SPECIFIED A. Data not specified in this Section shall be the manufacturer's standard for the size equipment sp�cified. 2.05 APPURTENANCES A I:� Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A193, Type 316 stainless steel sized by equipment manufacturer at least '/z inch in diameter, or as shown, and as specified in Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal. 2.06 SHOP/FACTORY FTNiSHiNG A. Coat all surfaces in cantact with concrete with an unthinned bitumastic paint. Prepare surface with cleaning solvent per manufacturer's recommendations or insulate with suitable protective neoprene gasket material. FOR BIDDING 15220-9 SLUICC GATES 03720-033-02 2.07 PAINTiNG AND COATINGS A. Surface preparation, shop painting, field painting and other pertinent detailed painting specifications shall be in accordance with Section 09900 Painting and Coating. PART 3 EXECUTION ft�ll�i.��r_\Ill/_r�[�l�l A. Mounting of Sluice Gates —The gate shall be mounted to the channel wall with stainless steel anchor brackets and minimum of'/2 inch diameter anchor bolts and shall be provided by the manufacturer. B. The sluice gate equiprnent and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the installation manual furnished by the gate manufacturer. 1. Care should be used in the handling, storage and installation of this equipment to prevent damage or distortion to the equipment and to ensure proper performance. C. All bolts, studs and nuts, required for the setting of the sluice gates and operating stands shall be stainless steel, except for the adjusting bolts which shall be silicon bronze. 1. Bolts shall be at least 1/2-inch in diameter. 3.02 TESTING A. The completely assembled sluice gate, in the vertical position, shall be shop inspected for proper seating. 1. The Engineer shall be notified 10 days in advance of this shop inspection so that he may witness the shop inspection, if desired. �� 3. � Seat facings shall be machined and wedges adjusted to meet equipment design tolerances previously specified. The disc shall be fully opened and closed in its guide systern to ensure that it operates freely and that the required clearance between the disc tongue and gate �uide groove maintained at all times. Field test shall be canducted an all gates to verify compliance with all seating tolerances and leakage requirements. FOR BIDDING 15220-]0 5LU1CF GATF,S 03720-033-OZ 1 , 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' � � 1 1 1 ' ' 1 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES AND CERTIFICATE(S) A. The Cantractor shall arrange for the equipment manufacturer to furnish the services of a quali�ed representative in accordance with Section 01600. B. The Contractor shall arrange thre� days for the manufacturer to furnish the services of a quali�ed representative as necessary to check and supervise the equipment installation; to supervise the final acceptance test and the initial operation; and to instruct the Owner's operator in operations, proper maintenance and repairs. C. A written report covering the representative's findings and installatian approval shall be mailed directly to the Engineer covering all inspections and outlining in detail any deficiencies noted. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 END OF SECTION 15220-11 SLUICE GATES 1 1 ' ' ' LJ L 1 i DIVISION ].6 1 ELECTRICAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 �� 1 ' CJ �� ' 1 1 � r C' 1 L� ' � ' � ' 1 L� SECTION 16050 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL FARTI GENERAL 1.O1 THE REQUIREMENT A. B. The Contractor shall provide electrical work, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Section apply to all sections in Division 16, except as indicated otherwise. C. The Work of this SecCion is required for operation of electrically-driven equipment provided under specifications in other Divisions. The Contractor's attention is directed to the requirement for proper coordination of the Work of this Section with the Work of other specifications and the drawings. D. The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: FQR BIDDING 03720-033-02 2. 4. S : � 7 Provide the required Motor Control Center, Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) to monitar and cantrol the operation of 6 submersible pumps. Provide building power and lighting in the remodeled Generator Building. Provide conduit, wire and boxes as required and specified. Record drawings of the existing underground conduit and duct bank locations are unavailable. Existing duct bank locations are approximate based on site visits. Contractor shall route a new duct bank immediately above the existing as shown on the drawings. Use caution during excavation to assure that active conduits and conductors are not disturbed. Contractor shall route duct bank and conduits in the most feasible manner, including the use of pull boxes where necessary, complying with requirements of the National Electric Code. Coordinate duct bank and conduit excavation and installation with the Engineer. Provide a proposed conduit/duct bank routing plan priar to excavation and installation. Pravide lighting and wiring devices in renovated Generator Building as specified and indicated. Provide a Remote Input/Output Unit for communication to the existing Filter Building PLC-5 as specifed and indicated. Include required adapters, pawer supplies I/O cards and communication as specified and indicated. Refer to Sectian 13440 Remote Input-Output Unit. Provide Modbus TCP communication between VFDs and Remote input Output Unit. COMMON WORK RESULTS 16050-1 FOR ELECTRICAL � � � y. � :� � r � � :� � , c � �� r_, , i .�, :� .�� A. The Work of this Section and all sections in Division 16 shall comply with the following as applicable: NEC (NFPA 70) National Electrical Code NETA International Electrical Testing Association NEMA 250 Enclosure for Electrical Equipment (1000 Valts M.aximum) B. All electrical equipment shall be listed by and shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or an independent testirag laboratory acceptable to the local cade enforcement agency having jurisdiction. C. Installation of electrical equipment and materials shall comply with OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR 1910 and 29 FR 1926, as applicable), state building standards, and applicable local codes and regulations. 1 a �I II �� II �� D. Where the requirements af the specifications canflict with UL, N�MA, NFPA, � ar other applicable standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 1.03 PERMITS AND INSPEC"I'ION �� A. 1'ermits shall be obtained and inspection fees shall be paid according to Section II III. 1.04 C�NTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. B. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Division 1- Contractor Subrnittals. Shap Drawings: Shop drawings shall include the following: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7. 8. 9. l0 ll 12 Complete material lists stating manufacturer and brand name of each item or class of material. Shop drawings far all grounding work not specifically indicated. Front, side, rear elevations and top views with dimensional data. Location of conduit entrances and access plates. Component data. Connection diagrarns, terminal numbers, internal wiring diagrams, conductar size, and cable numbers. Method of anchoring, weight. Types of materials and finish. Nameplates. Temperature limitations, as applicable. Voltage requirement, phase, and current, as applicable. Front and rear access requirements. FOR BIDDING COMMON WORK RESULTS 03720-033-02 16050-2 PUR FI.FCTRICAL 1 1 1 1 L_J ' 1 ' ' � 1 �� ' 1 1 ' ' ' �J ] 3. Test reports 14. Grounding requirements 15. Catalog cuts or photacopies of applicable pages of bulletins or brachures for mass produced, non-custom manufactured material. Catalog data sheets shall be stamped to indicate the project name, applicable Section atad paragraph, model number, and options. This information shall be marked in spaces designated for such data in the Engineer's stamp. C. Shop drawings shall be custom prepared. Drawings or data indicating "optional" ar "as required" equipment are not acceptable. Optians not proposed shall be crossed out or deleted from shop drarvings. D. Materials and Equipment Schedules: The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer within 30 days, a complete list of all materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures proposed for use. The list shall include type, sizes, names of manufacturers, catalog numbers, and such other information required to identify the items. E. Owner's Manuals: Complete information in accordance with Division 1. F. Record Drawings: The Cantractor shall show inverC and top elevatians and routing of all duct banks and concealed below-grade electrical installations. Record drawings shall be prepared, be available to the Engineer, and be submitted according to Division 1. 1.05 AR.EA D�,SIGNATIONS A. General I:? 1.06 TESTS 11 FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 � 2. Electric Work specifically indicated in sections within any Division of the Specificatians shall comply with those requirements. installations in hazardous locations shall conform strictly to the requirements of the Class, Group, and Division indicated. Material Requirements 1. NEMA 12 enclosures shall be steel coated with ANSI 61 grey paint. Conduits must have a prime coat and a finish coat. Painting shall conform ta the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall be responsible for all factory and field tests required by specifications in Division 1 b and by the Engineer or other authorities having 16050-3 COMMON WORK RESUL'1'S FOR FLI:C'i-RICAL jurisdiction. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary testing equipment and pay all costs of tests, including all replacement parts and labor, due to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from testing and correction of faulty installation. B. Where test reports are indicated, proof of design test reports for r�nass-produced equipment shall be submitted with the shap drawings, and factary performance test repo�rts �or custom-manufactured equipment shall be submitted and be approved prior to shipment. Field test reports shall be submitted for review prior to Substantial Completion. C. Any equipment or material which fails a test shall be removed and replaced. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING A. Continuance of plant operation is critical. Therefore, Contractor shall carefully examine all work to be done in, on, or adjacent to existing equipment. Work shall be sckteduled, subject to Owner's approval, to minimize requir�d plant shutdown time. The Contractor shall submit a written request, including sequence and duration of activities to be performed during plant shutdown. B. The Contractor shall visit the site before submitting a bid to better acquaint itself with the Work of this Contract. Lack of knowledge shall nat be accepted as a reason for grantirag extra compensation to perform the Wark. C. Xnstallation of Temporary Equipment � To facilitate continuous operation of existing equipment, the Contractor shall be required to provide temporary equipment shown on the Drawit�gs. The Contractor shall submit installation and connection details for review and acceptarace by the Engineer. All costs associated with these temporary installations shall be part of the original .Bid. Temporary wiring and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor unless indicated otherwise. D. The electrical installation as shown on th� DRAWINGS is schematic in nature and shows approximate location and diaa�ensions of equipment. In most cases these are based upon preliminary data from a si,ngle nnanufacturer, information from the Owner concerning Owner furnished equipment and standard catalog cuts. Tf the ConCractor determines that the equipment that he proposes cannot be located as shown, it shall be installed as close as possible to that shown at no additional cost. In the same context, if the electrical connections of the equipment he proposes to provide vary in detail from the diagrams shown on the DRAWING, the Contractor shall provide a complete installation at no FOA AIDDING 03720-033-02 16050-4 COMMON WORK AESULTS ' FOR ELECTRICAL � ' 1 ' additional cost. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 1 1 1 , ' �� 1 , � ' ' h�lltel�►l�lc7:�11 A. All equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listed by UL, and shall bear the UL label where UL requirements apply. All eyuipment and rnaterials shall be the products of experienced and reputable manufacturers in the industry. Similar items in the Work shall be products of the same manufacturer. All eyuipment and nnaterials shall be of industrial grade standard of construction. t3. Where a N�MA enclosure type is indicated in a non-hazardous location, the Contractor shall utilize that type of enclosure, despite the fact that certain modifications such as cutouts for cantrol devices may negate the NEMA rating. h. � l Y• � � [ � l � L Y I l I � [ s' l : /_� : i �14 �/\ :7 � 1 A. Miscellaneous Hardware 1. A I1 nuts, bolts, and washers shall be of the same material as the fastened or mounted device. 2. Threaded rods for trapeze supports shall be continuous threaded, galvanized steel, 3/$" diameter minimum. 3. Where struts contact with concrete or dissimilar metals may cause galvanic corrosion, suitable non-metallic insulators shall be utilized to prevent such corrosion. Strut shall be as manufactured by Unistrut, B- Line, or equal. 4. Anchors for attaching eyuipment to concrete walls, floors and ceilings shall be stainless steel expansion anchors, such as "Rawl-Bolt," "Rawl- Stud" or "Lok-Bolt" as manufactured by Rawl; similar by Star, or equal. Wood plugs shall not be permitted. 2.p3 ELECTRICAL TDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates: In general, nameplates shall be fabricated fram white-letter, black- face laminated plastic engraving stock, Formica type ES-1, or equal. Each shall be fastened securely, using fasteners of brass, cadmium plated steel, or stainless steel, screwed into inserts or tapped holes, as required. Engraved characters shall be block style with no characters smaller than 1/8-inch high. ' ' B. ' FOR BIDDING 03720-033d12 ' 1. Nameplates used on existing panels or equipment shall be of identical material, colar and engraving as the existing. Conductor and �quipment Identification: Conductor and equipment identification devices shall be either imprinted plastic-coated cloth marking I 6050-5 COMMQN WQRK RESULTS FOR ELECTR]CAL 17�.711itj devices such as rt�anufactured by Brady, Thomas & Betts, or equal, or shall be heat-shrink plastic tubing, imprinted split�sleeve markers cemented in place, or equal. I�R��[�1�11Y[�1►1 ��17tef�1�1�1.7_\11 A. Zncidentals: The Contractor shall provide all rnaterials and incidentals required far a cornplete and operable system, even if not required explicitly by the Specifications or the Drawings. Typical incidentals are terminal lugs not �urnished with VCIl(�UT SUPPI1CCl CC1U1pII1CIIL, cu�x�pressiu►� cunnectoi's for caUles, splices, junction and terminal boxes, and control wiring required by vendor furnished equiprnent to connect with other equipment indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Field Control of Location and Arrangement: The Drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Exact lacations shall be determined by the Contractor in the field based on the physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and other obsCructions. Locations shown on the Drawings, hawever, shall be followed as closely as possible. 1. Where conduit development drawings or "home runs" are shown, the Contractor shall route the conduits in accordance with the indicated installation requirernents. Routings shall be exposed or encased as indicated. Conduits encased in a slab shall be sized for conduit OD to not exceed one-third of the slab thickness and be laid out and spaced to not impede concrete flow. 2. All conduit and equipment shall be installed in such a rnanner as to avoid all obstructions and to preserve head roorn and �eep openings and passageways clear. Lighting fixtures, switches, conver�ience outlets, and similar items shall be located witl�in f.rnished raorns as indicated. Where the Drawings do not indicate exact locations, such locations shall be determined by the Engineer. If equipment is installed without instruction and rnust be moved, it shall be maved without additional cost to the Owner. Lighting fixture locations shall be adjusted slightly to avoid obstructions and to minimize shadows. C. Workmanship: All materials and equipnaent shall b� installed in strict accordance with printed recommendations of the rnanufacturer. I,nstallation shall be accornplished by workers skilled in the work. Installation shall be coordinated in the field with other trades to avoid interferences. D. 1'OR BIDDiNG U3720-033-02 Pratection of Equipment and Materials: The Contractor shall fully pratect all COMMON WORK RESIJLTS ' 16050-6 FOR ELECTRICAL C� , � 1 , � ' ' ' ' , ' materials and equipment against damage from any cause. All materials and equipment, both in storage and during constructian, shall be covered in such a manner that no fnished surfaces shall be damaged, marred, or splattered with water, foam, plaster, or paint. All moving parts shall be kept clean and dry. The Contractor shall replace or refinish all damaged rtaaterials or equipment, including face plates of panels and switchboard sections, at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.02 CORE DRILLING A. The Contractor shall perform core drilling required for installation of raceways through concrete walls and floors. Locations of �loor penetrations are approximate. Verify all exact core drilling locations based on equipment actually furnished as well as exact field placement. To the extent passible, identify the existence and locations of encased raceways and other piping in existing walls and floors with the Owner prior to any core drilNng activities. Damage ta any encased conduits, wiring, and piping shall be repair�d at no extra cast to the Owner. 3.03 CONCRETE HOUSEKEEFING PADS A. Concrete housekeeping pads shall be provided for all indoor floor standing electrical equipment. Housekeeping pads for all equipment, including Future units, shall be 4 inches above surrounding frnished floor or grade and 2 inches larger in both dimensions than the equipment, unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete housekeeping curb shall be provided far all conduit stub-up in indoor ' lacations Chat are not concealed by equipment enclosures. Such curb shall be 3 inches above finished floor or grade. � 1 �I ' ' �J ' 3.04 EQUIPMENT ANCHORING A. Flaor supported, wall, or ceiling hung equipment and conductars shall be anchored in place by methods that shall meet seismic requirements in the area where project is located. Wall-�mounted panels that weigh more than 500 pounds or which are within 18 inches of the floor shall be provided with fabricated steel support pedestals. if the supported equipment is a panel or cabinet enclosed within removable side plates, it shall match supparted equipment in physical appaarance and dimensions. �C"ransformers hung from 4- inch stud walls and weighing more than 300 pounds shall have auxiliary floor : FO►Z FSIUDING 03720-033-02 supports. Leveling channels anchored to the concrete pad shall be provided for all switchgear and pad-mounted transformer installations. I 6050-7 caMMC�N wokx xESULTs FOR ELECTRJCAL C. Anchoring methods and leveling criteria specified in the printed recommendations of the equipment manufacturers are a part of the Work of this Contract. Such recommendations shall be submitted as shop drawings in Division 1. 3.05 EQUIPM.ENT 1DENTIFICATION A. General: Equipment and devices shall be identified as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3.06 CLEANING Nameplates shall be provided for all par►elboards, control and instrumentation pAnels, starters, switches, and pushbutton stations. In addition to name plates, control devices shall be equipped with standard callar-type legend plates. Control devices within enclosures shall be identified as indicated. Identification shall b� similar to Che subparagraph above. Empty conduits shall be tagged at both ends to indicate the destination at the far end. Where it is not possible to tag the conduit, destination shall be identified by marking an adjacent surface. Equipment names and tag nwnbers, where indicated on the Drawings, shall be utilized on all nameplates. The Contractor shall furnish typewritten circuit directories for panelboards; circuit directory shall accurately reflect the outlets connected to each circuit. A. Before final acceptance, all parts of the Work shall be thoroughly cleaned. Exposed parts shall be thoroughly clean of cement, plaster, and other materials. All oil and grease spots shall be removed with a non-flammable cleaning solvent. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out. Faint touch-up shall be applied ta all scratches on panels and cabinets. Electrical cabinets or enclosures shall be vacuum-cleaned. FOA BIDDING 03720-033-02 END OF SECTION 16050-8 C� i 1 , � ' � ' , � ' ' � � ' , � COMMON WORK RESULTS , FOR ELECTRiCAL ' � ' ' 1 1 � ' , i ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' ' SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.O.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install the conduits, fttings, devices and appurtenances as hereinafter specified and/or as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.U2 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUSMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 0133Q, Subrtaittals and Acceptance: A_ The requirernents of Division 1 and Section 16050, Common Work Results for Electrical, shall apply. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USE.D) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTJES (NOT USED) 1.08 DE.LiVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TESTING REQUTREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAiNTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS (NOT USED) 1.13 CODES, INSPECTIONS, AND �'EES (NOT USED) FOR BIUDING 03720-033-02 16110-1 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYS"I'FMS 1.14 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) I � f .�_\ » I I [ N:r 1 [ � ] ► 6` ! A. Except where otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings, or hereinafter specified, all wiring shall be run in rigid conduits_ B. Rigid aluminum conduits shall be used at all locations aboveground and within structures and buildings except where otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Rigid aluminum conduits shall be used at all locations for shielded instrumentation and shielded control wiring except where otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. D. Schedule 40 PVC conduits shall be used for all underground, under-slab and in- slab applicatians except where otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings, and in Hazardous locations. E. F. G. H. All conduits of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. Except where otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings, or hereinafter specified, all boxes shall be metal. Devices designated as NEMA Type 4X shall be 3l 6 Aluminum, gasketed. Combinatian expansion-deflection fittings shall be used where canduits cross structural expansion joints. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rigid Conduit 1. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be manufactured by the Wheatland, Indalex, or equal. 2. Rigid PVC conduit shall be Carlon Plus 40 rigid PVC non-metallic conduit as manufactured by Carlon, or approved equal. B. Liquidtight, Flexible Conduit 1. Liquidtight, flexible metal conduits shall be Sealtite, Type UA, as manufactured by Anaconda, American Flexible Conduit Co., inc., or approved equal. FOR BIDDING 16110-2 RACEWAYS AND B03CE5 03720-033-02 h[1K F'.I,k:C'I'f(1CAL SYSTEMS 2. Liquidtight, flexible nan-rnetallic conduits shall be Carflex l�iquidtight Flexible Non-Metallic Conduit as manufactur�d by Carlon, ar approved equal. C. Rigid Conduit Fittings 1. �a Rigid Aluminum Conduit Fittings: a. Aluminum, bends, swe�ps, nipples, couplings, etc., shall be hat- dipped galvanized as manufactured by Cal Pipe, Wheatland, or approved equal. b. Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by Meyers Electric Products, Inc., or approved equal. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit Fittings: a. PVC elbows, bends, sweeps, nipples, couplings, device boxes, etc., shall be Plus 40 fittings as manufactured by Carlon, or approved equal. D. Flexible Conduit Fittings 1. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: a. Fittings used with flexible metal conduit shall be of the screw-in type as manufactured by Thomas and Betts Company, or approved equal. 2. Flexible Non-Metallic Conduit Fittings: a. Fittings used with flexible non-metallic conduit shall be Carflex Liquidtight Non-metallic Fittings as manufactured by Carlon, or approved equal. E. Flexible Couplings 1. Flexible couplings shall be as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton Flectric Company, or approved equal. F. Wall Seals � ro�z �iu►�tr�� 03720-033-02 Conduit wall seals shall be type "WSK" as manufactured by the O.Z. Electrical Manufacturing Company, or approved equal. 1611 D-3 RAC�WAYS AND BO?CES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS G. Expansion Fittings 1. Combination expansion-deflection �ttings shall be type "XD" as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, or approved equal. H. Boxes I J 1. Terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull baxes, etc., except as otherwise speci�ed and/or shown on the Cantract Drawings, shall be stainless steel, or as indicated an the drawings. a. The box covers shall be not less than 12-gauge metal, shall be gasketed, and shall be fastened to the box bodies with stainless steel screws. b. The boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company, or approved equal. 2. Underground pullbaxes shall be Carson Industries "H-series" Heavy Duty, polymer concrete, sized per NEC requirements. Conduit Mounting Devices 1. Hangers, rods, channel, backplates, clips, straps, beam clamps, etc., shall be the same material as the boxes/enclosures as manufactured by Appleton Electric Campany, T�omas and Betts Cornpany, Unistrut Corp., or approved equal. Fixture Support System I. The fixture support system shall be the channel type and shall be furnished complete with all requisite mountin� hardware and appurtenances. 2. The channel, mounting hardware and relatEd appurtenances shall be of the sarne material as the supported device. 3. The fixture suppart system shall be as manufactured by the Unistrut Corp., or approved equal. FOR BIDDING 16110-4 RACEWAYS AND BpXES 03720-033-02 FUR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ' 1 , 1 1 1 1 , � 1 1 , ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. No conduit smaller than 3/4-inch electrical trade size shall be used nor shall either 1-1/4-inch conduit or 3-1/2-inch conduit be used. Minimum size underground, under slab or in-slab shall be 1-inch. B. No wires shall be pulled until the individual conduit runs are complete in all details. Additionally, each conduit shall be cleaned and reamed and certified clear of all burrs and obstructions before any wire is pulled. 7 I�J E � C� The ends of all conduits shall be tightly capped to exclude dust and moisture during construction. For all aluminum conduits, the field-cut threads shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with a cold galvanizing compound which contains 95% pure zinc metal. The galvanizing compound shall be as manufactured by ZRC Praducts Company, or approved equal. This treatment shall also be used on any nipples, elbows, etc., that are not supplied with galvanized threads. Canduits shall be supported at intervals of 8-feet or less, as required to abtain a rigid installation. Exposed conduits shall be run parallel with and/or perpendicular to the surrounding surface(s). No diagonal runs shall be allowed. Single conduits shall be supported by one-hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw backplates to provide space between the conduits and the mounting surface. H. Multiple horizantal runs af conduits shall be supported by trapeze type hangers (channel) suspended by threaded rod, 3/8-inch minimu►x� diameter. I. Multiple vertical runs af conduits shall be supparted by structurally mounted channel in combination with canduit clamps. J � FOR BIDDING 0372U-033-02 Conduit support devices shall be attached to concrete surfaces by "spot type" concrete inserts. Conduits terminating in pressed steel boxes shall have dauble lacknuts and insulated bushings. 16110-5 RAC�:WAYS AN1� BOXES POR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS L. Conduits terminating in gasketed enclosures shall be terminated with conduit hubs. M. Conduit wall seals, waterproof type, shall be used at all locations where conduits penetrate walls. N. Liquidtight, flexible conduit—metal or non-metallic as shown on the Contract Drawings—shall be used for all motor terminations and for all connections/terminations where vibration is anticipated. C P L� Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and for all connections/tez7minations where vibration is anticipated. Conduit stubouts for future constructian shall be capped at both ends with threaded PVC conduit caps. The cement used for PVC conduit it�stallations shall be as manufactured by Carlon, or approved equal. R. �1luminum canduits entering manholes and/or below grade pull boxes shall be terminated with grounding type bushings which shall be connect�d to a 5/8-inch by 10-foot long driven ground rod with No. 6 AWG bare copper wire. S. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be used for all risers. The underground portion of the riser and a 12-inch section of the riser immediately above the ground or slab/floor level shall be painted with a bitumastic coating. T. The use of electrical metallic tubing shall not be permitted. 3.02 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. The Contractor shall guarantee and warrant all materials and labor provided under this Section in accordance with Section 16050, Common Work Results for Electrical, and Division 1 of these Specifications. END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 16110-6 RACEWAYS AND BOXES 03720-033-02 FOR ELECTR]CAL SYSTEMS SECTION 16120 WiRES AND CABLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install all wires, cables and appurtenances as described hereinafter and/or as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A I: C� The requirements of Division 1 and Section 16050, Common Work Results for Electrical, shall be met. Samples of the actual wires and cables proposed far use shall be submitted for approval. There shall be a sample for each size and type of wire and cable proposed for use. The samples shall be of suffrcient length ta show the maximurn rated voltage, insulation type and class, conductor size, the manufacturer's name, trademark or identifying logo, and the U.L. listing number. The wires and cables as approved for use shall be compared with the wires and cables actually installed. If any unapproved wires and cables are installed, they shall be removed and replaced solely at the Contractor's expense with no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) I.07 WARRANTIES I:� FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. 16120-I WIRF.S AND CABLES B. T�e Contractor shall guarantee and warrant all materials and labor provided under this Section in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16050, Common Work Results for Electrical, of these Speci�cations. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HA,NDLING (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) 1.10 TEST,ING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINT'ENANCE (NOT USED) ]..12 OPERATTONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS (NOT USED) 1.13 CODES, �NSPECTIONS, AND FEES (NOT USED) 1.14 PROJECT REQUiREMENTS (NOT C1SED) 1.15 APPLICATIONS A. B. C. D. E. The wire for lighting and receptacle circuits shall be type THHN/THWN, solid or stranded. The wire for all power circuits and rnator leads shall be type THHN/THWN, stranded. Single conductor wires for control, indication and metering shall be type TH�IN/THWN, No. 14 AWG, stranded. Multiconductor control cable shall be No. 14 AWG, stranded. The cable for pracess instrumentation shall be two conductor (minimum), No. 16 AWG, stranded, shielded. F. Cable for Modbus TCP protocol shall be as directed by the Motor Control center supplier. G. Cable for Variable Frequency Drives shall be cable designed for use on Variable Frequency Drives 1.16 MINIMUM SIZES I1 Except for control and signal leads, no conductor smaller than No. 12 AWG shall be used. FOR BiDDiNG 16120-2 WIR�S AND CABLES 03720-�33-02 , ' 1 1 , ' 1 � � ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Wire and cables shall be made of annealed, 98% conductivity, soft drawn copper conductors. B. All conductors shall be stranded except that the uninsulated copper grounding conductors shall be solid. However, the Contractor may, at his aption, install solid conductors for the lighting and receptacle circuits. 2.02 600-VOLT W1RE AN.D CA.BLE A. Type THHN/THWN insulation shall be used for all 600 Volt wires and cables. The insulation shall be a flame-retardant, heat-resistant thermoplastic, and shall have a nylon, or equivalent, jacket. B. The 600 Volt wires and cables shall be as manufactured by Anixter, Rome Cable, Southwire, or approved equal. 2.03 iNSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL WIRING A. Process instrumentation wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded twisted pair, 600 Volt, cross-linked polyethylene insulated, alurninum tape shielded, PVC jacketed. Multiconductor cables with individually twisted pairs shall be installed where shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Multicanductor control cables shall be No. 14 AWG, stranded, 600 Volt, cross- linked polyethylene insulated, PVC jacketed. C. Instrumentation and control wiring shall be as manufactured by Belden, Alpha, or approved equal. 2.04 VAR]ABLE SPE�D DR1VE POWER CABLES A. Cable shall be three conductor, stranded, insulated with heat and moisture resistant cross-linked polyethylene, phase identitied, cabled together wiCh suitable fillers and three symmetrical bare copper ground conductors. The cable core shall be covered with 5-mil helical copper tape shield, and overall flarne and sunlight resistant black PVC jacket. B_ Cable shall be by Service Wire Company, or equal. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-D2 ] 6 ] 20-3 WlAE5 AND CABI.ES I'ART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 IN STALLATION A. Wires and cables shall be sized as shown an the Contract Drawings and/or, where applicable, sized to match existing wiring. B. All conductors shall be carefully handled to avaid kinks or damage to the insulation. � f�' E. F Csi Lubricants or pulling compounds shall be used to facilitate wire pulling. Such lubricants/compounds shall be U.L. listed for use with the insulation specified. Use pulling means - fish-tape, cable, rope, basket weave wire/cable �rips, etc. - which shall not damage the wire/cable insulation or the raceway. Shielded instrumentation wire shall be installed trom terminal to terminal with no splicing at any intermediate point. Shielded instrumetttation wire shall be installed in rigid metal conduit and pull boxes that contain only instrumentation cables. Instrumentation cables shall be separated fram contral cables in manholes. Shielding an instrumentation cables shall be grounded at the transmitter end only. H. New wires and cables shall be continuous and without splices between points of connectian to equipment terminals. I. 600 volt wire and cable connections shall be made using compression type connectors. Insulated connectors shall be used for all terminations. The connections shall be made so that both the conductivity and the irasulation resistance shall be not less than that of the uncuc conductor. J. An authorized representative(s) of the Owner shall witness all testing. The Owner shall be notified at least two (2) days in advance of the testing. K. Any faulty conditions and/or shortcomings found during the testing shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner. However, a retest to demonstrate compliance slaall be conducted before any haok-ups or terminations are made. Any such requisite retesting shall be witnessed by an authorized representative(s) of the Owner. END OF SECTION FOR BIDDING 16120-4 WIRFS AND CABLE$ 03720-033-02 1 ' 1 , ' ' ' 1 ' , � ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16342 LOW-VOLTAGE INDUSTRIAL MOTOR CONTROL CENTER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes requirements for a motor control center (MCC) and all required control devices as shown on the drawing and speci�ed to be part of the MCC equipment. The MCC shall be 480 V, 3-Phase, 60 Hz. $. The MCC shall house Variable Frequency Drives (V�'D) in addition to other components. The MCC shall be capable of Modbus TCP communicatians to Allen-Bradley PLC-S Remote I/O utilizing Modbus TCP. C. The MCC shall: I. Provide variable frequency speed control Co six Filter Wetwell submersible pumps. The starting/stopping and speed control shall be based on a level sensor providing a 4-20 mA signal to a Remote Cnpu�/Output Unit communicating to an existing Programmable Logic Controller. Monitoring, data gathering, and cantrol to and from the drives shall be by means of Modbus TCP protocol. I� 3 Provide line surge protection for the MCC. Provide a power meter to display all electrical parameters of the MCC. �. Provide feeder breakers as indicated. 5. Provide overcurrent protection for the V�'Ds. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Subrnit with the delivery of the MCC an Installation and Maintenance Manual and one copy of the manufacturer's drawings per shipping block. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) FOR BIDDING ] 6342-1 I,OW-VOLTAGE INDIJSTRIAL 03920-033-02 MOTOR CONTROL CCNTER 1.05 REFEItENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specitication Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. The MCC shall conform ta Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 8�5, current revision, CSA, .EEMAC, NEMA ICS-18, the latest versior� of the National Electrical Code, and the Canadian Electrical Code. The MCC shall be manufactured in an ISO 9001 certified facility. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.�7 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. , B. The M.CC shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship %r a period of 1 S months from date of delivery or 12 znonths frorn Owner acceptance, whichever is greater. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' ' A. The Contractor shall adhere ta the requirements specified in Section Ol GSO for , sCoring at�d protecting the items specified in this Section. B. The MCC shall be separated into shipping blocks no rnore than three vertical sections each. Shipping blocks shall be shipped on their sides to permit easier handling at the jobsite. Each shipping block shall include a removable lifting a�agle, which shall allow an easy means of attaching an averhead crane or other suitable lifting equipment. C. If the MCC cannot be placed into service reasonably soon after its receipt, store it in a clean, dry and ventilated building free fram temperature extremes. Acceptable storage temperatures are from 0° C(32° F) to 40° C(] 04° F). 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) l.l 0 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) FOR Bll]DING 03720-033-02 16342-2 LOW-VOL'I'AGF 1Nl7US`I'RIAL,. MOTUR CONTROL CL•NTER 1 ' ' ' I � , ' ' LJ 1 1 ' 1 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS (NOT USED) 1.13 CODES, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES (NOT USED) 1.14 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS (N�T USED) PART 2 P.RODi.1CTS 2.01 MANU.FACTURERS A. Motor Control Centers shall be 5iemens with Yaskawa VFU's only or equal by Square D. B. Modifications and additions to existing MCCs shall be the same as the original , manufacturer (General Electric). The Contractor shall engage the services o� a qualified factory service engineer to make required modifications to the existing MCC. ' 2.Q2 MATERIALS ' , L� � LJ' ' ' 1 1 A. Steel material shall comply with UL $45 and CSA requirements. B. Each MCC shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gau�e steel bolted together to form a rigid, free-standing assembly. A removable '7-gauge structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the MCC shipping block at the top. Removable 7-gauge battorn channel sills shall be mounted underneath front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of the shipping block_ Vertical sections made of welded side-frame assembly formed from a minimum of 1�-gauge steel. Internal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 12- and 14-gauge steel to provide a strong, ri�id assembly. The entire asseanbly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand normal stresses included in transit and during installation. 2.03 MCC FINISH A. All steel parts shall be provided with UL and CSA listed acrylic/alkyd baked enamel paint finish or TGIC Powder Coat, except plated parts used for ground connections. All painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatrnent process, follawed by the finishing paint coat. B. Pre-treatrnent shall include: � Hot alkaline cleaner to remave grease and oil. FOR B1DDiNG 16342-3 LOW-VOLTAGE INDUSTRIAL ' 03720-033-U2 MOTOR CUNTRUI.. C�N'f�K C � 2. Iron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosion resistance. The paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to ensure a uniform paint coat with high adhesion. The standard paint finish shall be tested to UL 50 per AS'TM 81.17 (S% ASTM Salt Spray) with no greater than 0.125 in (3 mm) loss of paint from a scribed line. E. Paint color shall be #49 medium light gray per ANSI standard Z55.1-967 (60-70 gloss) on all surfaces unless specified otherwise. Control station plates and escutcheon plates shall be painted a contrasting gray. All unit interior saddles shall be painted white for better visibility inside the unit. Z.o4 STRiJCTURES ' , ' ' ' 1 C� A. Structures shall be totally enclosed, dead-front, free-standing assemblies. ' Structures shall be capable of being bolted together to form a single assembly. S. The averall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90 in (2286 mm) (not including base channel or lifting angle). Base channels, of 1.5 in (38 mm) in height, and lifting angles, of 3 in (76 mm) in height, shall be removable. The total width of one section shall be 2Q in (508 mm); (widCl�s of 25 in (630 mm), 30 in (760 mm), and 35 in (890 mm) can be used for larger devices). C. Structures shall be NEMA/EEMAC 12 industrial duty. D. Each sectiora shall have all ihe necessary hardware and bussing for modular plug- on units to be added and moved around. All unused space shall be covered by hinged blank doors or appr�priate cover plate and equipped t� accept fi�ture units. Vertical bus openings shall be covered by manual bus shutters. E. Each section shall include a top plate (single piece or t�vo-piece). NEMA/EEMAC type 12 shall also include a bottom plate. Top and bottom plates shall be removable for ease in cutting conduit entry openings. 2.05 WiREWAYS A. Structures shall contain a minimum 12 in (305 mm) high horizontal wireway at the top ofeach section and a minimum 6 in (152 mm) high horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section. These wireways shall run the full length of MCC to allow raom for power and control cable to connect between units in different sections. POR BIDDJNG 16342-4 LOW-VOLTAGL INDUS1lZIAL 03720-U33-UZ MOTOR CUNTROL CL-NTER , ' 1 ' � 1 � ' , , C� ' LJ �J , ' LI 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 B. A full-depth vertical wireway shall be provided in each MCC section that accepts modular plug-on units. The vertical wireway shall connect with both the top and bottom horizontal wireway. The vertical wireway shall be 4 in. (102 mm) wide minimum with a separate hinged doar. There should be a minimum of 60 in2 (387 cm2) of cabling space available for 15-inch-deep sections and 80 inz (S 16 cm2) of cabling space available for 20-inch-deep sections. Access to the wireways shall not require opening control unit doors. Structures that house a single, full section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways. Those control units shall open directly into the MCC horizontal wireways. 2.06 BARRIERS A. Power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted onto a glass filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a two-piece rigid non-conductive barrier. The barrier design shall allow quali.fied persannel to slide the barriers both left and right, to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance without having to rennove the barrier. Barrier sliding shall occur via an upper and lower track system. B. The vertical bus shall be housed in a molded glass-frlled polyester support that provides bus insulation and braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. These supports shall have openings every 3 in (75 mm) for unit stab- on connections. Each opening shall be provided with a manual shutter to close off the stab opening. These shutters shall be attached to the structure so that when they are removed (to allow a stab connection) they are retained in the structure and are readily accessible for use should a plug-in unit be rernoved from the MCC. 2.07 BUSSING A. Bussing and connectars shall be tin-plated copp�r. B. The main horizontal bus shall be rated at 800 Amp continuous and shall extend ' the full length of the MCC. Bus ratings shall be based on 65° C maximum temperature rise in a 40° C ambient. Provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either end of the MCC. C� ' C� C. The horizontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled into a captive bus stack. This bus stack is installed into the end of the MCC pawer bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice shall utilize four bolts, two on each side of the bus split, for each phase. Additional bolts shall not be required when splicing higher amperage bus. The splice bolts shall secure to self clenching F'OR �31�UING 16342-5 I.OW-VQI.TAGE INDUSTRIAL , 0372�-033-02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER nuts installed rn the bus assembly. It shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a single tool. D. Each section that accepts plug-in units shall be provided with a verCical bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug-in starter units. This bus shall be of the same rraaterial and plating as the main bus, and shall be rated at 300 Amp continuous. The vertical bus shall be connected directly to the horizontal bus stack without the use af risers or other interv�ning connectors. It shall be possible to maintain the vertical to horizontal bus connection with a single tool. "Nut and bolt" bus connections to the power bus shall not be pernaitted. When a back-to-back unit arrangement is utilized, separate vertical bus shall be provided for both the front and rear ur�its. E. A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided that ruras the entire length of the MCC. The ground bus shall be 0.25 in (6.0 mrra) x 1.0 in (25 mm) and be rated for 600 Amp. A compression ]ug shall be provided in the MCC for a 4/0-250 kcmil ground cable. The ground bus shall be pz'ovided with (6) 0.38 in (10 mm) holes for each vertical section to accept customer-supplied ground lugs for any loads requiring a ground conductor. F. Each vertical section shall have a coppe,r verCical graund bus that is connected to the horizontal ground bus. This vertical ground bus shall be installed so that the plug-in units engage the ground bus prior to en�ag�ment of the pawer stabs and shall disengage only after the power stabs are disconnected upon removal of the plug-in unit. ' , ' ' 1 1 �J ' ' ' , G. The system shall be rated for an available short circuit capacity of 65,000 rms ' amperes. 2.08 TYPICAL UN.[T CONSTRUCTION A. Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 400 A frame shall connect to the vertical bus through a spring reinfarced stab-on connector. Units with larger disconnects sha11 be connected directly ta the main horizontal bus with appropriately sized cable or riser bus. L�J 1 B. All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a ' suitable insulating material to prevent accidental contact with those parts. C. Unit mounting shelves shall include hanger brackets to support the unit weight during installatior► and removal. �111 plu�-on units shall use a twin-handle camming lever located at the top of the bucket to rack in and out the plug-on unit. The caxn lever shall work in conjunction with the hanger brackets to ensure positive stab alignment. FOR SIDDING ] 6342-6 LpW-VOL'fAGF: INT)US`I'ItIAL 03720-033-OZ M(J7 UK C'(JN7 Kl)L C�N7 Y;K � , �� ' L_J ' 1 ' 1 ' [� ' ' ' 1 L� ' ' ' ' LJ D. A lever handle operator shall be provided on each disconnect. With the unit stabs engaged anto the vertical phase bus and the unit door closed, the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control af the unit. Circuit breaker operatars shall include a separate TRIFFED position to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker withaut opening the control unit door. Clear indication of disconnect status shall be provided, by adhering to the following operator handle positions: 1 ra 3 Handle "On" position shall be up or to the left and within 45 degrees o� being parallel to the face of the equipment. Handle "Off' pasition shall be down or to the right and within 45 degrees of being parallel to the face of the equipment. The minimum separation between the "Un" and "Off' positions shall be 90 degrees. 4. On Circuit Breaker disconnects, the handle "Tripped" positian shall be perpendicular to the face of the equipment -�/- 30 degrees. Minimum separation between "On" and "Tripped" shall be 30 degrees. Minimum separation between "Tripped" and "Off" shall be 45 degrees. E. A mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit door when the disconnect is in the ON positi�n. Another mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from placing the disconnect in the ON position while the unit door is open. It shall be passible for authorized personnel to defeat these interlocks. F. G � � �� A non-defeatable interlock shall be provided to prevent installing ar removin� a plug-on unit unless the disconnect is in the OFF positian. The plug-in unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the vertical ground bus prior to, and releases after, the power bus st�b-on connectors. Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the OFF positian with up to three padlocks. Handle mechanisms shall be located on the left side to encourage operators to stand to the left of the unit bEing switched. Unit construction shall combine with the vertical wireway isolation barrier to provide a fully compartmentalized design. FOIt BIDDING 16342-7 LOW-VOLTAG6 INDUSTRIAL , 03720-033-02 MQTOR CONTROL CENTER K. Surfaces (back, side and bottom plates) of the unit interior shall be painted white. 2.09 VARIABLE FREQUENCY AC DRIVE UNIT CONSTRUCTION A. The AC drive controller unit shall be a combination disconnect-drive MCC style unit. The input circuit breaker shall provide NEC required branch circuit protection. The branch circuit protection shall have an external aperator. The variable frequency drives shall be variable torque AC drives. Wiring between the AC drive and the disconnect shall not be disturbed when removing ar installing the AC drive controller unit frorn the MCC. L C. I� E. � Units shall be of modular construction so that ft is possible to readily interchange units afthe same size without raaodifcations to the MCC structure. Conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be isolated to prevent accidental contact with those parts. AC drive controller units up to 50 hp variable torque shall be plug-on units which cannect to the vertical bus through a sprirag-reinforced, stab-on connector. All AC drive controller unit interior mounting panels shall be white for better visibility. A disconnect operator shall be provided per specification 2.08 D. G. All plug-on AC drive controller units shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the vertical ground bus prior to, and releases after, the power bus stab-on connectors engage/release. H. All AC drive controller units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks for use in terminating field wiring. Terminal blocks shall be pull-apart type, 250 V, and rated for 10 A. All current-carrying parts shall be tin-plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. The stationary portion of the terminal block shall be used for factory connections and shall remain attached to the unit when the portion used for field cannections is removed. The terminals used for field connections shall be accessible so they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. I. The AC drive controller unit shall incorporate a self-contained, air-based cooling system. Any air exhaust vents shall be louvered to help direct air flow away from personnel operating the AC drive controller unit. Any fans, ductwork, or flters shall be easily accessible for maintenance. POR BIDDING 1 G342-8 LOW-VULTAGL INDUSTIZIAL 03720-033-02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 1 , �� ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 � , 1 1 ' r ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' � ' 1 1 , J. The AC drive controller unit cooling systern shall be sized to cool the drive regardless of mounting location within the MCG The AC drive contraller unit shall nat be restricted to a specific location in the MCC. K. An internal overtemperature trip shall be provided to detect cooling system failure ar blockage. Upon occurrence of an overtemperature trip, the cooling system fans shall continue running to provide a rapid cool down. L. Power for the cooling system shall be provided internal to the AC drive controller unit by use af a control power transformer that includes two primary fuses and one secondary fuse (in the non-ground secondary conductor). M. Electrical Ratings 1 2 3 C� The AC drive controller unit shall be designed to operate from an input voltage of 480 Vac, + or -10%. The AC drive controller unit shall operate from an input voltage frequency range of 57-63 Hz. The displacement power factor shall not be less than 0.95 lagging under any speed or load condition. The efficiency of the AC drive at 10�% speed and load shall not be less than 96%. 5. The variable toryue overtorque capacity shall be 130% for 1 minute. 6. The output carrier frequency of the AC drive shall be selectable betwee.n 1 kHz and 16 kHz, depending on inverter rating for law noise operation. The output carrier frequency of the AC drive shall be randomly madulated to avoid resonance. 7. All AC drive controller unit feeder equipment, including conductors, lugs, disconnects, contactors, etc., shall be sized per NEC Article 430 for the AC drive input current rating. An impedance range corresponding to a 22,000 to 100,000 A fault availability level shall be assumed for the input current rating. N. Protection F-OR 611?171NG 03720-033-02 l. The AC drive controller unit shall be protected against fault currents up to and including ] 00,000 A rms symmetrical at 480 Vac and shall be UL 845 listed as verification. 16342-9 LOW-VOLTAGE INDUSTRJAL M�TDR CONTROL CENTER 2. Upon power-up, the AC drive shall automatically test for valid operation of inemory, option module, loss of analog reference input, loss of cornrnunicatian, dynamic brake failure, DC to DC power supply, control power, and the pre-charge circuit. 3. The AC drive controller unit shall be protected against slaort circuits between output phases, between output phases and ground, on the internal power supplies, and on the logic and analog outputs. 4. Tk�e AC drive controller unit shall have a minirnum AC undervaltage power loss ride-through of 200 milliseconds (12 cycles). The AC drive shall have the user-def.rned option of frequency fold-back to increase the duration of the power-loss ride-through. 5. The AC drive sk�all have a selectable ride-through function which shall allow the logic to maintain control for a minimum of one second (60 cycles) without faulting. 6. For a fault candition other than a ground fault, short circuit, or internal fault, an auto restart function shall provide restart attempts for a period of 5 minutes and up to an unlimited amount time dep�nding on setting. The restart attempts shall be separated by increasingly longer waiting periods to allow the condition to be clear�d. 7. The deceleration mode of the AC drive shall be programmable. The stop modes shall include free-wheel stop, ramp stop, fast stop, and DC injection braking. $. Upon loss of the analog process follower reference signal, the AC drive shall be prograrnrnable to fault and freewheel stop, ramp stop, fast stop, stop without trip, automatically restart, run at last speed, or rnaintain a user-defned low speed setting. 9. The AC drive shall have solid-state 12t protection that is UL Listed, meets UL 508C as a Class 10 overload protection, and meets i.EC 60947. The minimum adjustment range shall be from 25 to 150% of the nominal current rating of the AC drive controller unit. 10. The AC drive shall have three skip frequency ranges with hysteresis adjustment that can each be programmed independently, back-to-back, or overlapping. FOR BIDq1NG 16342-10 LOW-VOLTAGL• INDUSTRIAL 0372�-033-02 MOTQR CONTROL CENTER , ' 1 , , 1 � 1 ' ' , 1 1 ' � , , L1 C.J ' ' 11. The AC drive shall be include an adjustable thermal alarm which can be ' assigned to a relay or logic output to indicate the drive temperature has reached the thermal alarm setting. �. . L. O. Adjustment and Configuration ' 1. The AC drive shall have a user selectable Auto Tune feature. The Auto Tune shall automatically send motor-rated current to the connected motor and store the resulting resistance data into memory. The AC drive shall ' automatically optimize the operating characteristics according to the stared data. ' 1 1 ' 1 1 CJ i ' ' ' L� FOR BIDDING ' 03720-033-02 2. The AC drive traotor and control parameters shall be iactory preset to operate most common applications. Necessary adjustments for iactory supplied unit operator cantrols and sequencing shall be pre-pragrammed and tested by the manufacturer. 3 4 �� 6. A choice of three types of acceleration and deceleration ramps shall be available in the AC drive software-�-�-linear, S-curve, and U-curve---as well 35 CllSiatll. The acceleration and deceleration ramp times shall be adjustable from 0.01 to 6000 seconds. The volts per frequency ratias shall be user selectable to meet variable torque loads, normal, and high torque machine applications. The memory shall retain and record run status and fault type of the past eight faults for operator review. 7. The software shall have an energy saving function that shall optimize the energy consumed. A constant volts/I-Iz ratio shall be maintained during acceleration. The output voltage shall then automatically adjust to meet the toryue requirernent of the load. 8. Slip compensations shall be a software-enabled function. 9. The AC drive shall offer programmable DC injection braking that shall brake the AC mator by injecting DC current and creating a stationary magnetic pole in the stator. The level of current shall be adjustable between ��r r o�ro of rated current and available from 0.1-30 seconds continuously. Far cantinuous operation after 30 seconds, the current shall be automatically reduced to 50% of the nameplate current of the motor. 16342-1 1 LOW-VOL'TAGF: INI7US I"R1AL MOTOR CONTROL CENTEA F FOR B1bD1NG 03720-033-02 10. Sequencing lagic shall coordinate the engage and release thresholds and time delays for the sequencing of the AC drive output, mechanical actuation, and DC injection braking in order to accomplish smooth starting and stopping of a mechanical process. Graphic Display Terminal Interface The graphic display terminal shall provide 8 lines of 240 by 160 pixels in plain English to control, adjust, and configure the AC drive including all electrical values, bar charts, configuration parameters, T/O assignzxient, application and activity function access, faults, local control, adjustment storage, self.-test, and diagnostics. There shall be a standard selection of six additional languages built in to the operating soflware as standard. 2. The AC drive model number, torque type, software revision number, horsepower, output current, motar frequency, and motor voltage shall all be listed on the drive identification display as viewed an the graphic display terminal. 3. The graphic display shall be able to indicatE one, two, or fve digital values, or up to two values by bar graph. As a minimutxz, the selectable display values shall consist of speed reference, output frequency, output current, motor Corque, output power, output voltage, line voltage, DC voltage, rnotor thermal state, drive thermal state, elapsed time, mator speed, machine speed reference, and machine speed. 4. The graphic display terminal shall consist of programmable function keys. The functions shall allow both operating commands and programming options to be preset by the operator. 5. The graphic display terminal shall offer levels of setCings from simple start-up to advanced user menus consisting oi parameter setting, I/O map, fault history, and drive configuration. Password protection shall be available to limit unauthorized access to variaus levels of the menus. 6. The navigation wheel shall provide the ability to scroll thraugh menus and screens, select or activate functions, or increase the value of a selected parameter. 7. An escape key shall allow a parameter to return the existing value if adjustment is not required and the value is displayed. The escape function shall also return to a previaus menu display. 16342-12 LOW-VOLTnGE 1NDUSTRIAL MO'I'UK CON'I'IZ01. CEN'I'HIz ' 1 ' , , ' ' , 1 1 1 C� , � � ' 1 J , �� I� �.. 1 � � 8. A RLIN key and a STOP key shall command normal starting and stopping as programmed when the AC drive is in keypad control mode. The STO�' key shall be activE in al1 control modes. 9. A Windows-based personal computer user interface shall be available. ' 10. The keypad shall store up to four user confguration programs in nonvolatile memory. An aperator shall have the ability to download a stored configuration to multiple AC drives. lJ � ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' � 1 rr l2 The aperator interface shall be MCC door-mounted on the AC drive controller unit for ease of access and increased visibility. All door-mounted controls shall be NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 rated. Q. Control and monitoring Pilot devices shall be industrial rated 30mm type control operators and used independently of the keypad display. Software assignments for control inputs and outputs to operate factory-supplied controls shall be pre-contigured from the factory. The following basic controls shall be pravided: 1. Remote HAND-OFF-AUTO selectar switch: The HAND mode shall allow manual operation of start, stop, and speed control. The AC drive shall start when the control operation is in the �-iAND mode. A door- mounted, manual-speed potentiometer shall be used to contral speed in the HAND mode. The AC drive shall run at the low speed setting or higher as reyuired by the position of the manual-speed potentiometer. This made shall function as 2-wire control and automatically restart after a power outage or auto restart after a fault. The OFF position af the control operation shall stop the AC drive and prevent it from restarting. The AUTO (automatic) mode shall receive an auto start cantact or a serial link command to control starting and stopping of the AC drive. Speed control shall be fram a 4-20 mAdc or serial link communication signal. 2. 3. 4. 5. b. FOR BiDDING 03720.033-02 POWER On pilot light, red. FAULT pilot light, yellow, push-to-test. RiTN pilot light, green, push-to-test. 2-wire or 3-wire control strategy sha11 be defined within the soflware. The contral power for the digital inputs and outputs shall be 24 Vdc. 16342-] 3 LOW-VOLTAGE 1NDUSTR]AL MOTOIt CONTItOL CEN'1-ER 7. The internal power supply incorporates an automatic current fold-back that protects the internal power supply if incorrectly connected or shorted. The transisior logic outputs shall be current limited and not be damaged if shorted or if excess current is pulled. 8. All lo�ic connections shall be furnished on pull-apart terminal strips. 9. There shall be two software assignable analog inputs with interference filtering. The analog inputs shall be soflware selectable and consisting of user defined confgurations: x-y mA or x-y V. 10. There sball be f ve software assignable logic inputs that shall be selected and assigned in the software. The selection of assignments shall consist of forward, reverse, jog, plus/minus speed (2 inputs required), setpoint memory, preset speeds (up to 8 inputs), auto/manual control, controlled stap, terminal or keypad control, output contactor (2 inputs required), motor switching, and fault reset. 11. There shall be two software assignable analog outputs with interference tiltering. The analog outputs can be selected and assigned in the software. The analog output assignments shall be proportional to the following motor characteristics: frequency, current, power, torque, voltage, and thermal state. The output signal shall be user-defined configurations: x-y mA or x-y V. 12. Two voltage-free Form C relay output contacts shall be provided. One of the contacts shall indicate AC drive fault status. The other contact shall be user assignable. 13. Drives shall include nerivork comrr�unicatian interface far contral and data ' acquisition over Modbus TC�'. a. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 At a nninimum, drive units shall allow configuration of the , following pararneters: ( ] ) Motor Frequency (2) Motor Voltage (3) Ramp Profiles (4) I/O Assignments (5) Current Limitation 16342-] 4 , �`� ' , LOW-V01.7`AGN INUUSTRIAL MOTOR CONTROL C�NTEA ' C� 1 1 , b. Drive units shall be capable of rnaking these adjustments: (1) Speed Range (2) Ramp Time (3) Thermal Protection ' c. Drive units shall allow control af these parameters: ( I ) Start/Stop (2) Braking , (3) Frequency Reference (4) Fault Resets ' ' LJ ' �� lJ , I.� S Harmonic Provisions 1. A harmonic distortion analysis shall be performed and priced as a separate line item by the AC drive manufacturer based upon system documentation supplied by the contractor. The documentation shall consist of one-line diagrams, distribution transformer information (kVA, %Z, and X/R ratio), and emergency standby generator performance specitications. The harmonic distortion analysis report shall be part of the approval drawing process, submitted to the engineer for approval. If the calculations determine that harmonic distortion values are higher than the voltage and current values specified in IEEE 519-].992, the drive manufacturer shall provide line reactors of sufficient percent impedance to meet the IEEE specified values. The line reactor shall be ventilated in the MCC and shall be completely factory wired and tested with the AC drive controller unit. 2. A line reactor shall be provided that is completely factory wired and tested with the AC drive controller unit. Load Filters ' l. As a UL Listed option, the AC drive controller unit shall include a motor protection filter unit designed to limit peak voltages and reduce electrical stress on the motor insulation. The filter unit shall be ventilated to limit ' heat buildup within the MCC. The filter shall be sized and provided by the drive manufacturer. ' 1 1 T. The Variable Frequency Drives shall be Yaskawa "iQ Pump" furnished by Icon Technologies or equal by Square D"Altivar". FOR BiDDiNG 16342-] 5 ' 03720-033-02 1,QW-VOI..TAGF. INDUSTRIAL MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 2.10 GENERAL COMMUNiCATiON CABLING A. B. C. D. E. F. The MCC shall employ a pre-engineered communication cabling system to interconnect units within the MCC. Network cabling shall be routed through the lower horizontal wireway to isolate the network from the horizontal bussing routed through the top. The full-depth vertical wireway serves to separate communications from power cabling to prevent noise interference on the network cable. The communication cabling installation shall meet Class 2 wiring practices under the provisions of NEC Articles 725 and 800. Provisions for appropriate terminators and grounding shall be pravided. Addition, removal, ar rearrangement of units shall not interrupt the trunk line and shall not affect the cabling of other units attached ta the trunk line. G. Cable assemblies shall use 5-pole Micro-style connectors with a single keyway and shall comply with SAE-H1738-2 speci�cations. H. Connectors are to be epoxy-coated for a 500-hour salt-spray test per Mil-Std 202F. I. J. Cable coupler design shall includ� a vibration-resistant ratchet ta prevent loosening. The system shall be constructed of molded PVC material. 2.1 l. MODBUS TCP COMML]NICATION CABLING A. The Modbus TCF cabling system shall be UL 498 Listed. B. An extended ground pin shall ensure first make/last break ground connections. C. The cabling system shall consist of individual trunk line segments in each MCC section. A trunk/drop topology shall be used. Trunk line segments shall be routed from the lower wireway into each vertical section. The trunkline for sections cantaining plug-on vertical bus shall have six taps spaced 12 in. apart. Unused tee connectors shall be capped at the factory. I�a A 36-in. (9] 5 mrn) "pigtail" cable shall connect the communicatian device in each MCC unit to the trunk cable via a pre-engineered tap. One end of the pigtail FOR BIDDING 16342-16 LOW-VOLTAGE 1NDUSTRIAL 03720-033-02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER � � 1 , , ' r 1 ' , ' � ' ' ' 1 1 ' � E F cable shall terminate in a Micro-style connector and shall be attached to the trunk. The other end shall terminate at the communication device in the MCC unit. Each device shall be configured and addressed to correspond with software settings. A Read/Write test shall be performed prior to shipment on all network devices including, but not limited to, Overloads, Drives, and Soft Starters. G. Testing shall be designed to verify system operation and shall include the fallowing veri�cations as a minirnum: 1. Drawings and Bill of Materials 2. I/O addressing 3. Correct device operation by I/O address 4. Host Communications 5. Control Network Interface H. The manufacturer shall use integral quality control checks throughout the manufacturing proc�ss to ensure that the MCC meets operating specificatians. 2.12 QUALITY CONTROL I� FOR BIDDING 0372D-033-02 The entire MCC shall go thraugh a quality inspection before shipment. This inspection shall include: 1. Physical Inspectian of: a. Structure_ �a b. Electrical conductors, including: (1) Bussing. (2) General Wiring. (3) Units. Electrical Tests a. General electrical tests include: 16342-]7 I.OW-VOI�TAGE iNDI]STRIAL MOTOR CON7'ROL CE.N 1 �ft L (1) Power circuit phasing. (2) Control circuit wiring. (3) Instrument transformers. (4) Meters. (5) Ground fault system. (6) Device electrical operation. AC dielectric tests shall be performed on the power circuit. 3. Markings/Labels include: a. Instructional type. b. Underwriters Labaratory (UL)/Canadian Standards Association (CSA). c. Inspector's stamps. �. Each device shall be configured and addressed to correspond with software settings. 5 6. A Read/Write test shall be perFornaed prior to shipment on all network devices including, but not limited to, Overloads, Drives, and Soft Starters. Testing shall be designed to verify system operation and shall include these verifications as a minimum: a. Drawings and Bill of Materials. b. I/O addressing. c. Carrect device operation by I/O address. d. Host Cammunications. e. Control Network lnterface. 7. The manufacturer shall use integral quality control cl�ecks throughout the manufacturing process to ensure that the MCC meets aperating specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION A. Motor control centers are not to be placed in hazardous locations. The area chosen shall be well ventilated and totally free from humidity, dust and dirt. The temperaturE of the area shal I be no less tl�an 0° C(32° F) and no greater than 40° FOR BIDDING 16342-18 I.,OW-VUL'I-AG�. INDUSTRIAL 037Z0-U33-02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 1 ' � ' ' � � 1 ' 1 ' 1 � 1 1 ' ' 1 1 C(104° F). Far indaar locatians, protection shall be provided to prevent moisture entering the enclosure. B. Motor control centers shall be located in an area with a minirr►um af 3 ft(915 mm) of free space in frant of front-of-board construction. An additional 3 ft(915 mm) should be allowed in the rear af back-to-back construction. This free space shall give adequate room to remove and install units. A minimum of 0.5 in (13 mm) space should be provided between the back of front-of-baard MCCs and a wall, 6 in (152 mm) required for damp locations). C. The motor control centers shall be assembled in the factory on a smooth level surface so that all sections are properly aligned. A similar smooth and level surface shall be provided for installation. An uneven foundation shall cause misalignment of shipping blocks, units, and doors. The surface under a MCC shall be of a non-combustible material unless bottom plates are installed in each vertical section. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 END OF SECTCON 16342-]9 LOW-VOL:1'AGE INDIJSTRIAL MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ' ' � 1 1 , � ' 1 � � ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 SECTION 16470 LOW-VOLTAGE PANELBOARDS 17\.��t�'f�1►1�:7�11 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish and install panelboard(s) as specified herein and where shown on the associated schedules. 1.02 RELATED WORK (N�T USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Drawings shall contain overall panel dimensions, interior mounting dimensions, and wiring gutter dimensions. The location of the main, branches and solid neutral, shall be clearly shown. In addition, the Drawing shall illustrate one line dia�rams with applicable valtage systems. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specifrcation Section shall be the latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. American Society of Testing and Material (ASTM) B. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 1. CSA C22.2 No. 5-M1986-�---Molded Case Circuit Breaker5. 2. CSA C22.2 No. 29-M1989—Panelboards and Enclosed Panelboards. C. Federal Specification (FS) 1. FS W-P-115B—Type I Class 1. 2. FS W-P-115B—Type II Class l. 3. FS W-C-375B/GEN--�-Molded Case Circuit Breakers. FOR BIDDING 03720-U33-02 16470-1 LOW-VOLTAGE PANELf30ARD5 D. National.Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) l . NEMA PS 1---Panelboards. 2. NEMA PB l.l—Instructions for Sa% Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. 3. NEMA AB 1—Molded Case Circuit Breaker and Molded Case Switch. E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) l. NFPA 7�National Electrical Code (NEC). F. Underwriters' Laborataries, Inc. (LTL) 1. UL 50—Boxes and Cabinets. 2. UL 67—Panelboards. 3. UL 98--Enclosed and Deadfront Switches. 4. UL 489—Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Sreaker Enclosures. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01780, Warranties and Bonds. B. Contractor shall warrant specified equipment free fram defects in materials and workmanship for the lesser af 1 year from the date of Owner acceptance or 18 mnnths from th.e date of purchase. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01650 for storing and protecting the items specified in this Section. B. Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their rec�uired time period. C. Handle carefully to avoid damage to panelboard internal components, enclosure, and finish. D. Store in a clean, dry environment. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect enclosure(s) from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. FOR BIDDING 16470-2 LOW-VOLTAGE 03720-033-02 YAN ELBOA RDS 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 � ' ' 1 1 ' � � 1 1 ' � 1 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. Company specializing in manufacturing of panelboard products with a minimum of 2S years' documented experience. 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) 1.11 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. Operatians and Maintenance Manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Specification Section 01830, Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Contractor shall provide installation instructions and NEMA Standards Publication PB I.1 (Operations and Maintenance Manual) with each panelboard in accordance with Section 01730, Cutting, Coring, and Patching. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Shall be Square D Company or equal by Siemens, or General Electric. 2.02 LIGHTING AND INSTRUMENTATION POWER .PANELBOARD A_ Panelboard shall be type rated for 208/120 volts, 3 phase AC maximum �or lighting and instrurnentation. The distribution panelboard shall be rated for 480 volts, 3 phase. Continuous main current ratings as indicated on associated schedules, not to exceed 600 amperes maximum. Minimum Short Circuit Current Rating: 22,000 amps, or as indicated in RMS symmetrical amperes at 208 volts AC, and 65,000 amps RMS For the distribution panelboard. B. Interior FOR B1DDiNG 03720-033-02 1. Provide one continuous bus bar per phase. Each bus bar shall have sequentially phased branch circuit connectors suitable for bolt-on branch circuit breakers. The bussing shall be fully rated. Panelboard bus current ratings shall be determined by heat-rise tests conducted in accordance with UL 67. Bussing rated 100 - 400 amperes shall be copper. ra All current carrying parts shall be insulated from ground and phase-to- phase by Noryl high dielectric strength thermoplastic or equivalent. 16470-3 LOW-VOLTAGE PANF.I,.BDARDS 3. Interior trim shall be of dead-front construction to shield user from energized parts. Dead-froztt trim shall have pre-formed twistouts covering unused mounting space. 4. Metal nameplates shall be secured to dead-front with rivets or screws. Sticker or foil nameplates are not permitted. Interior wiring diagram, neutral wiring diagram, UL listed label and short circuit current rating shall be displayed on the interior. 5. Interiors shall be field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed. 6. Neutrals shall be rated at 200%. C. Main Circuit Breaker 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall have an overcenter, trip-free, toggle mechanism which shall provide quick-made, quick-break contact action. Circuit breakers shall have a permanent trip unit with thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Each thermal element shall be factory calibrated to operate in a 40°C ambient environment. Thermal elements shall be ambient compensating abave 40°C. 2. Lugs shall be UL Hsted to accept solid or stranded copper conductors. Lugs shall be sized according to the temperature ratin� per NEC Table 310-16. Lug body shall be bolted in place; snap-in designs are not acceptable. 3. The breaker shall be UL listed. D. Sranch Circuit Breakers l.. Breakers shall be UL listed with amperage ratings, interrupting ratings, and number of poles as indicated on the panel schedules. 2. Molded case branch circuit breakers shall have Bolt-on, type bus connectors. 3. Circuit breakers shall have an over center toggle mechanism which shall provide quick-make, quick-break contact action. Circuit breakers shall have thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Two and three pale circuit breakers shall have an internal common trip crossbar to provide simultaneous tripping. FOR BIDDING 16470� I..OW-VOI..'I�AGF 03720-033-02 PANL-LBOARDS ' 1 1 � 1 ' 1 � , � 1 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' ' 4. 5. The �xposed faceplates of all branch circuit breakers shall be flush with one another. Lugs shall be UL listed to accept solid or stranded copper conductors_ Lugs sized according to the temperature rating per N.FC Table 310-16. E. Enclosures 1 �� Shall be galvanized steel constructed in accordance with LJL 50 reyuirements. Galvanealed steel shall not be acceptable. Boxes shall have removable end walls with knackouts located on one end. Boxes shall have welded interior mounting studs. lnteri.or mounting brackets are not required. 3. Box width shall be a maximum of 20 inches wide. 4. Trim front steel shall meet strength and rigidity requirements per UL 50 standards and shall have ANSI 49 gray enamel electrodeposited over cleaned phosphatized steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.O1 iNSTALLATION A. B. C. Install panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, NEMA PS l..l and NEC standards. Anchor panelboards to structure and rnake branch circuit connections. Mark each branch circuit breaker as to circuit type, number, etc. Coordinate the panelboard bus ratings and circuit breaker coordination rating with the available fault current. D. Provide engraved laminated nameplates. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect complete installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and graunding. B. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads within 20% of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. FOR BIDDING 03720-033-02 16470-5 LOW-VOLTAGE PANEL:BQARD$ G Check tightness of bolted connections, and circuit breaker connections using calibrated torque wrench ar torque screwdriver per manufacturer's written specifcations. I� 1► I�Z �] 0 i.9 D[ f 1 I 1 I[�] � I FOR BIDDING 16470-6 LOW-VOLTAGE U3720-U33-U2 PANELBOARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A : SECTION 16500 LIGHTING Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shawn, specified and required to furnish and install lighting fixtures and controls. Coordination: 1. Coordinate location of fixtures with piping, ductwork, openings and other systems and equipment and locate clear of interferences. 2. Coordinate �xtures to be mounted in hung ceilings with the ceiling suspension systern proposed for use. 1.02 RELATED WORK (NOT USED) 1.03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittals and Acceptance: A. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and technical information for lighting fixtures proposed far use. B. Fixture constructian details. C. ETL photometric and isocandle curves for each fixture proposed. D. Verification that recessed itxtures, which are to be mounted in hung ceilings, are compatible with the ceiling suspension system proposed for use. E. Lighting Controls proposed for use. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE (NOT USED) 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference standards and recommended practices referred to in this Specification Section shall be ti�e latest revision of any such document in effect at the bid time. The following documents are a FOR BIDDING 1 b500-1 LIGI I"fING 03720-033-02 part of this Section. Where this Section differs from these documents, the requirements of this Section shall apply. A. National Electrical Code (NEC) B. Underwriters' Laboratories, inc. (UL) 1. UL Standard #57—Electric Lighting Fixtures. 2. UL Standard #844—Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous Lacations. 3. UL Standard #1570—Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures. 4. UL Standard #1571—Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 5. UL Standard #1572--High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 1.06 QUALJTY ASSURA.NCE (NOT USED) 1.07 WARRANTIES (NOT USED) 1.08 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLTNG (NOT USED) 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED) r. r o TESTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) l .l 1 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED) 1.12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUf1LS (NOT USED) 1.13 CODES,INSPECTIONS, AND FEES (NOT USED) 1.14 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED) �'ART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATER.IALS A. Type: Lighting fixtur�s are noted in the Fixture Schedule. Fixtures to be complete with supports, ballasts, lamps and incidentals as required. B. Lamps: 1. FOR BiDD1NG U�i /111-U:S3-U1 Fluorescent: Cool-white, shatter-protected, energy-efficient type 32 watt, TS. 16500-2 LIGHTING 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 � ' , 1 ' , 1 1 ' ' , � 2. Spare: 10% spare lamps of each type and watta�e. C. Ballasts: l. Fluorescent: High power factor, energy efficient type, equipped with thernaal protectors (Type "P" ballast), compatible with the lamps installed. Indoor 2 lamp fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic type with a total harmonic distortion of l�ss than 20%. Ballast factor shall be .85 minimum with a total of less than 61 watts input. 2. Ballasts to have "C" sound rating (min.) and be ETL/CSM certified. 3. Spare: 10% spare ballasts of each type. D. Hardware: All necessary hangers, supports, canduit adaptors, reducers, hooks, brackets and other hardware required for safe fixture mounting shall be furnished. Hardware shall have a protective, non-corrosive finish. PART 3 EXECUT.ION 3.� 1 INSTALLATION A. General: Fixture mounting heights and locations indicated on the Plans are approxiznate and are subject to revision in the field where necessary to clear conflicts and obstructions. S. Suspended Fixtures: Pendant mount using 1/2-inch conduit stems, grounded to outlet box. Attach mounting to building structure with expansion anchors. Fixtures shall not be dependent on the outlet box cover screws for support. C. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Attach to appropriate outlet box. D. Boxes and Fixtures: 1 2 3 4 FOR BIDUING 03720-033-02 For units mounted against masonry ar concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2-inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly a�ainst wall. Bolt units rigidly to building with expansion anchors, toggle bolts, hangers or Unistrut. No boxes shall be installed with open conduit holes. Cable each circuit and identify with tag. 16500-3 LIGIITING E. Mountin� Heights: Mounting heights or elevations are to bottom of the tixture or to centerline of device. F. Re-lamp all fluorescent fixtures with new laar�ps at end of construction period, prior to final acceptance of the new facilities by City. G. G. Install fixtures in canformance with the Natianal Electrical Code. �ND OF SECTION FQR BIDDiNG 1650U� LIGHTING 03720-033-OZ ' C� 1 1 � � 1 �� ' 1 , � ' ' ' 1 ' 1 L.J DRAFT GEOTECHNiCAL ErIGT11�iiEERI�iG SERVICES REPO�;'i' F� or the CITY O�' CLEARWATER SCREW PUMP STATXON REPLACEM.ENT CLAIiIFiEk FFFL[JENT PIPE M011IFICA'I°�CIMN MA.RSHAI�,L STREET ApCF' Yre:�ared for Jo�es E�lmunds & As,gpc�ates, I.�c» 324 Sa,uth Hycle Park Avc��ue Soite 2S(�. "i'ampa, Florid� ��6(1b ['r�pared by Professional Service Industrics, in�. 580.'! Benjartrin Center Drive �uite 112 T�t�pu,.Florida 33634 Tel�phone ($13) 886-1075 Fax (8.13) $88-b514 PST Project Na ��75-490 Jones Edmunds �'roject No. 037ZI)-U33-t)� March 3, 2010 �, � Infornratian � � .To Build C1n � �,�,� . �, ��'""""�. E�SICA .I�13I13� �iOJ�Ct Q�O$15i r _....... . . � � ' � �,, �. M i�t ,�:. i#tbur�, . � . � tieniar �e��t�.ci�,�ic, i t�,ngsr�ra. � lj�/ F� lurida Liw:er�se 3�io. 36� $4 I G 4' � v ' C� 1 1 1 , lJ ' ' ' 1 1 LJ ' ' 1 ' LJ� ' TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PRO.�ECT INFORMATION ...........................................•--...............................................------------1 1.1 PROJECT AUTHORIZATION ..........................................................................................................1 1.2 PRQJECTDESCRIPTION .............................••••......................................................••••....................1 1.3 Pu�os�,aNn ScoY� o� Waxx ......................................................�-------....................................1 2.0 SITE AND SAMPLING .................................................................................................................2 2. I SaTE DESCiuprioN ......................................................................................................................2 2.2 USDA So�1. Su.RV�,Y ...............:..................................................................................................3 2.3 USGS TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY ...................................................................................................3 2.4 SUBSURFACE T'�.STING ......................................................................•••••••••••••••...........................3 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS --• .............................................................................•-•--...............4 3. ] BORING INFORMATION .........................................•••••••••••••••.......................................................4 3.2 GENERALIZED SUII, CoNntTiorrs ...............................................................................................4 3.3 G1tOUNDWATER CONDITIONS....••••••••....••••• ................................................................................4 4.0 EVALUATION AND 12ECOMMENDATIONS ...............•-•--•---------------------•--...........................5 4.1 GENEx�L ....................................................................................................................................5 4.2 DEw�TEwNG ........................................................................�----��-�--•-�---�-•----..............................5 4.3 BnsE CoNs�r��x�'riaNS ......................................................................•-•--�----�-----........................5 4.4 SOILUSAGE/BACKFILL ..................................••••••••..............................................................._....6 4.5 L��r�.�zn�, E�t�rx PrzF,ssuxES .....................................................................�--•--._........................ 7 4.6 SOIL MODULUS / I1NIT V�EIGFI"I' ...................••••.......................................................................... $ 4.% PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................•••••••••...................................... S 4.7.1 BAS� ..........................................................................................................................•••••• 8 4.%.2 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEIVIENT .................................................................................9 4.7.3 RIGID CONCRE"TE PAVEMENT .........................................................•••-••••••••••••.................9 S.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ................................................................................. � 0 5.1 GENEw�L ..................................................................................................................................1 O 5.2 DRAINAGE AND GROUNDWATER MANAGE�MENT ................................................................•••• 1 O S.3 E?CCAVATIONS ........................................................•••••••••-•••••......._............................................1 � 6.0 REPORT LIMITATIONS ..........................................................................................................•11 APPENDIX USDA & USGS V1Cr1v17Y Mnr�s .........................................................................................••••••••• SHEET 1 BORiNG LOCATION PLAN ........•••••• .......................................................................................••••••••• SNEET 2 SOIL BORING PROFILES ...................•-•••••••••.............................................................................•••••• �HEE"'1' 3 SOII.,PAY2_AMETERS ..............................................................••••••••••...•••••••••••••...........................:....TABLE 1 %hi"�7�f . ' C_� i 1 1 ' ].0 ,PROJECT INFORMATION 1.1 PROJECT AUTHORIZATIOIV Authorization to proceed with this praject was provided by Mr. Jack Drwiega, Project Manager of Jones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. through electronic mail on February l 6, 2010. This study was conducted in accordance with our proposal for these services dated January 4, 2010, PSI Proposal No. 775-13299. 1Z PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand the City of Clearwater has entered into an agreement with Janes Edmunds and ' Associates, Inc. to provide wastewater system improvements for the Marshall Street Advanced Pollution Control Pacility (APCF). The improvements wi11 include rerouting an existing 48" clarifier effluent pipe to an existing wetwell at the City of Clearwater Marshall 5treet APCF. The ' pipe is planned to be installed 11 feet below the ground surface. PSI has been requested to provide subsurface infarmation for the proposed clarifier effluent pipe rnodification. 1 ' ' � L' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 Should any ofthe above information or assumptions made by PSI be inconsistent with the planned construction, we request that you contact us immediately to allow us to make any necessary modifications to the recommendations contained herein. 1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK The purpose of this study is to provide a geotechnical study for developing �eotechnical design criteria far the project site. As requested this report will include the following: 2_ 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. N`z� . General subgrade preparation recommendations Pipeline excavation conditions Dewatering requirements, drainage and groundwater concerns Pipe bedding conditions Soil Suitability for backfilling Tr�nch side slope recommendations. (Design of the excavatian side slope will rernain the sole responsibility of the contractor) Backfill and soil compaction requirements Pertinent infarmation from the USDA Soils Survey for Pinellas County Jones Edmunds and Associatcs, Inc. Marshall Street APCP F'Sl Projnct No. 0775490 9. Pavement design recammendations We provided the following services in order to achieve the preceding objectives: 1. Reviewed readily available published topographic and soils informaCion. This published information was obtained from the "Clearwater, Florida" Quadrangle Map published by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) and the "Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida" published by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Soil Conservation Service (SCS). 2. Executed a requested program of subsurface exploration consisting of subsurface sampling and feld testing. We performed one (1) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) boring Co a depth of 15 feet below the ground surface in the area of the proposed pipe. In the borings, samples were collected and SPT resistances were measured virtually continuously for the top 10 feet and on 5 foot intervals thereafter. ln accordance with local regulations the boring was grouted upon completion_ 3. Visually classified the samples in the laboratory using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). identifred soil conditions at each boring location and formed an opinion of the site soil stratigraphy. 4. Collected existing groundwater table and estimated seasonal high water levels (SHGWL). 5. The results of the exploration have been used in the engineering analysis and the formulation of recommendations. The results of the subsurface exploration, including the recommendations and the data on which they are based, are presented in this written repart supervised by a professional engineer. 2.0 SITE AND SAMPLING 2.1 SITE DESCRIPTIOIV The proposed wastewater system additions will be located in the existing Marshall Street APCF. The property is southeast of the intersection of Douglas Ave and Harbor Drive in Clearwater, Florida. Stevenson Creek bounds the property to the east. The clarifier effluent pipe modification will be located on the northeast side of the APCF b�tween Aeration Reactors 1-3 and the existing wetwell. The area of our study is currently paved. %V�7� . 2 1 , � 1 , , , 1 [_� , ' 1 1 ' 1 , 1 Jones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. , Marshall Strect APCF PSI Project No. 077549U ' ' ' � 2.2 USDA SOIL SURVEY ' The "Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida", published by Che United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Soil Conservation Service (SCS), was reviewed for general near-surface soil information within the general project vicinity. This information indicates the primary mapping unit ' ofthis project area is Matlacha and St. Augustine soils and Urban l�and (mapping unit 16). This soil type is somewhat poorly drained on the lower coastal plains. Typically the soil is sandy with shell and limestone fragments in the upper 42 inches. The soils to about $0 inches deep are sandy with ' variaus quantities of shell fragrnents. In most years the water table is within 1'/s to 3 feeC of the surface from June through October. The available water capacity is law and permeability is moderately rapid or rapid, except in clay�y layers which have a slow permeability. The urban land ' portion ofthis mapping unit consists of parking lots, residential developments, commercial buildings and other types of impervious materials. ' ' 1 1 � C� ' � ' 1 ' 1 It should be noted that information contained in the USDA Soil Survey is very general and may be outdated. Tt may not therefore be reflective of actual soil and groundwater conditions, particularly if recent development in the project vicinity has modified soil conditions or surface/subsurfac� drainage. 2.3 USGS TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY The project is located within the United States Geological Survey (USGS) quadrangle map entitled "Clearwater, Florida", dated 2000. The project site is located within Township 29 South, Range 15 East and Section 10. Based on review of this map, the existing ground surface elevation within the project vicinity is approximately +5 feet NGVD. USDA and USGS vicinity maps of the site are included on Sheet 1 of the Appendix. 2.4 SUBSUR�'ACE TESTING The approximate boring location is presented on Sheet 2 of the Appendix. The requested baring location was provided by Jones Edmunds and Associates arad was located in the field by PSI with assistance by Jack Sadowski, lead operator of the APCF. The boring location presented on Sheet 2 should be considered appraximate. The SPT boring procedure was conducted in general accordance with ASTM D-1586. SPT sampling was completed using a split barrel sampler with a 1'/z inch I.D. barrel and a 13/8 inch I.D. open shoe. A liner was not used within the barrel. Closely spaced soil sampling was performed within the top 10 feet and a 5 foat sample interval used thereafter. After seating the sampler 6 inches, the number of successive blows required to drive the sampler 12 inches into the soil constitutes the test result commonly referred to as the N-value. The N-value has been empirically correlated with various soil properties and is considered to be indicative of the relative density of cohesionless soils and the consistency of cohesive soils. The recavered split spoon samples were visually classified in the field with representative portions of the samples placed in jars and transported to our Tampa office for review by a gealogist and for confirmation of the field R�� ]nnes Edmunds and Associales, lnc. %r�� , 3 Marshall Streel AI'CF PSI Pruject No. 0775490 classif.tcation. A hand auger was advanced in the upper 4 feet to avoid damaging any unknown utilities. 3.0 Si7SSURFACE CONDITIONS �.� B01i1NG XNFORMATION The results of the subsurface exploratiora program includirag the soil profile, laboratory results and pertinent exploration information such as SPT N-values are graphically presented on Sheet 3 of the Appendix. Soil stratification is based on review of recovered soil samples and interpretation of field boring logs by a geotechnical engineer. The stratification lines represent the approximate boundaries between soil types; however, the actual transition may be gradual. The soil strata were visually classified using the Unified Soil Classification System. Minor variations not considered important to our engineering evaluation may have been abbreviated or omitted for clarity �.2 GENERALIZED SOIL CONDITIONS The boring location is currently paved. The asphalt was measured to be appraximately 1 inch thick with 8 inches of underlying Hroerock base material. Selow the asphalt and base material to a depth of approximately four feet slightly silty fine sand (SP-SM) with dark brown slightly ce,mented sand nodules with a chemical odor was encountered. This material was excavated using a hand auger. �"rom about 4 to 6 feet deep the soils encountered were dark brown slightly silty fne sand with gray clay (SP-SC) and chemical odor. From about 6 to 8 feet deep the soils were brown slightly silty sand with greenish gray clay, partially cemented (SC). Gray fne sand with dark brown silt inclusians (SM) was found from about S to 12 feet deep. The chemical odor was less apparent from 6 to 12 feet. We anticipate the soils above about 12 feet are fill materials, used to build up the nearby Stevenson Creek. The SPT resistances (N-values) in the upper 12 feet range from 2 to 4 blows per foot (BPF) indicating very loose soil canditions. Below about 12 feet deep the soils encountered were dark gray slightly silty fine sands (SP-SM). No silt or clay inclusions or odor was readily detected in these deeper sands. The SPT N-value o�Fthe soil frorn about 12 to 15 feet was 6 BPF loose soil conditions. 3.3 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS The groundwater table was measured approxirnately 6 feet below the ground surface in boring SPT- 1. Groundwater conditions will vary with environrnental variations and seasanal conditions, such as the frequency and ma�nitude of rainfall patterns, as well as man-made influences, such as existing swales, drainage ponds, underdrains and areas ofcovered soil (paved parking lots, side walks, etc.). We estimate the seasonal high groundwater level at this site will be about 3 feet below existing grade. This site may also be tidally influenced by Stevenson Creek. The creek lies to the east of the site. This Creek empties into the lntracoastal Waterway o�F the Gulf of Mexico less than '/� mile away from this site. il'r „�"�' < 4 ' ' , ' �1 J � ' , 1 , 1 C� i 1 � , , Jones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. , Marshall Street APCF PSi ProjectNo. 0775�9Q � [� �-� 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 � ' ' ' CJ 4.0 EVALiTATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 GENERAL The following design evaluations have been developed on the basis of the previously described praject characteristics and subsurface conditions encountered. If there are any changes in these project criteria, including project location on the site, a review must be made by PSI to determine if any madifications in the recommendations will be required. The findings of such a review shauld be presented in a supplemental report. Once final desi�n plans and specifications are available, a general review by PSI is strongly recommended as a means to check that the evaluations made in preparation af this report are correct and that earthwork and foundation recammendations are properly interpreted and implemented. 4.2 DEWATERING PS] anticipates that the proposed pipeline can be installed using conventional cut and cover installation methods after proper dewatering has been completed. We recommend the groundwater be lawered to at least 2 feet below the lowest depth of anticipated excavatians. We understand the pipe will be placed 11 feet deep so the dewatering will need to be to at least 13 feet below the ground surface. Soil parameters are included in Table 1 of the Appendix. Proper construction of a subgrade and base will require dewatering or diversion of the groundwater at the location of the proposed pipeline installation. Continuous seepage of groundwater into the excavations is likely to occur. Surface water and groundwater control will be necessary during construction to place gravel fill to bed the pipeline. Tkae placement of a temporary dam, if permissible, in canjunction with the placement of a sump pump in the area of the proposed construction, may be required. Another option may include pumping the water around the section where structures are being constructed. 4.� BAS� CONSIbERATiONS An irnportant element of the proposed construction is providing a dense and relatively unyielding support ofthe pipeline. Based upon the provided information we understand the pipe will be placed 11 feet below existing grade. The upper 10 feet of soil encountered in the borings is generally sandy but contains some clay, silt and partially cemented soils. The proposed bottom ofthe pipeline at 11 feet is anticipated to be slightly silty sand with silt inclusions (SM). These soils may not be well suited for pipe bedding purposes. We recommend over excavating the proposed pipe and provide twelve inches (12") of #57 stone in accordance with the recommendations presented below. ' Washed No. 57 stone must be placed and compacted to an unyielding condition fram the base ofthe excavation to the base of the pipeline in order to provide an acceptable base. We recommend a separation geotextile, such as Mirafi 140N, be used on top of the bedding stone (No. 57 stone) to ' reduce the potential for downward migration of fill soils placed on top of the bedding stone. Gravel meeting FDQT CA-57 requirements may also be used. IfFDOT CA-57 material is used, we suggest ' w�+� Jones �,dmunds arid Associates, Inc. %r�� _ 5 Marshall Street APCr PSI Project No. 0775490 � material with a maximum particle size of one inch be utilized. Crushed concrete nnay be used, but it should be processed to remove excess fines in order to comply with CA-57 gradation requirements. Good quality back�ll, as described below, must be placed on the sides of the pipe in order to provide lateral support. To facilitate the placement of fill, a fill section at least 12 inches wide must be placed on each side. Engineered fill material staould be placed as directed below. The backfrll materials supporting the pipe should have a fnes content that does not exceed 20 percent (i.e. less than 2Q percent by dry weight passing the U.S. Standard Number 200 sieve). Materials with a maximum �nes content of 12 percent are better suited. Materials with fine contents near 20 percent will be more difficult to compact during periods of rainy weather. Trench backfill over the pipe should be placed at a moisture content near optimum and in uniform lifts nat exceeding 12 inches in loose thickness. The fill should be braught up evenly on each side of the pipe. It should be thoroughly compacted to at least 9S percent of its ASTM D-1557 maximum dry density unless pavement or other overlying structures are not planned for the top ofthe pipeline. Then backfill placed an top of the pipeline may be placed with a lower degree of compactian, if desired. The pipe manufacturer's recommendations for pipe backfll completions should be implemented. Construction and placement of the structures should be in accordance with Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standard SpeciFcations for Roads_and Brid es. 4.4 SorL UsaGE/ B.acxF�L�, The excavated soils (Strata 1-4) may be used for trench backfll above the pipeline, provided these materials have f z�es contents of 20% or less. The various strata are presented in the Table below: Stratum USCS Ct�mtrients N�.; . Soil Type. Classifcation Slightly 1 silty �ne SP-SM May be used for use as backfill sand May be used as backfifl above the pipe provided the fines content is �20% Slightly 2 clayey find SP-SC Successful compaction of these soils can generally sand only be accomplished during relatively dry periods arid may be very difficult to achieve below the roundwater table. Clayey May be used as back fill above the pipe provided the 3 sand SC fines content is �20 /o , , CJ , ' , , 1 ' , � 1 ' , ' , 1 1�'!�l�� Jones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. , �*7 6 Marshall Street APCF PSI Project No. 0775490 � r �, `J ' 1 ' ' � ' L. J Stratum 5oil Type USCS � Comments No. Classification Successful compaction of these soils can generally only be accomplished during relatively dry periods and may be very diffcult to achieve below the raundwater table. May be used as backfill above the pipe provided the �nes content is �20% 4 Silty sand SM The higher fines cnntent makes this �oil type more sensitive to moisture and successful compaction may be very difficult to achieve below the groundwater table. Slightly 5 silty fine SA-SM Recommended for use as backfill sand ' 4.5 LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES ' Temporary sheet piles, if used, for this project will be subject to lateral earth pressures. Hor walls which are restrained and adjacent ta moderately compacted backfill, design is usually based on "at rest" earth pressures. Active pressures are usually employed for unrestrained retaining wall design. � Several earth pressure theories could be utilized. One ofthe most straightforward is the equivalent fluid pressure or Rankine Theory. ' Walls constructed below existing grades or which have adjacent compacted irll will be subjected to lateral at-rest or active earth pressures. Walls which are restrained at the top and bottom will be subjected to at-rest soil pressures equivalent to a fluid density of 55 pounds per cubic foot (pc fl for ' soils above the water table. Walls which are not restrained at the top and where sufficient movement may mobilize active earth pressures, an eyuivalent fluid density of 3'1 pcf can be used for soils above the water table. At locations where the base of the walls extends below the groundwater table, soil ' pressures can be calculated using half ('/�) the equivalent fluid densities given abave (See table belaw for actual values). However, hydrostatic and seepage forces must then also be included. The above pressures do not include any surcharge effects for sloped backfill, point or area loads behind ' the walls and assume that adequate drainage provisions have been incorporated. The lateral earth pressures acting on below grade walls will be resisted by the sliding resistance forces along the base of the wall footing base and the passive resistance resulting from footing embedment at the wall toe. ' Passive resistance cauld be neglected for a safer design (due to possible excavation or erosion in front of the wall at a future time)_ 1 ' ��L+�w Jones Edmunds a�id Associates, lnc. R� "�� . 7 Marshall Street APCF PSl C'rojcct Nu. 0775490 � TABLE Z LATERAI. EARTH PRESSi7R�S. EARTFI PI2ESSURE C�DEFFICIENT UNSUB�MER(iED Si,JBMERGED CONDITIQN OF EA,�"i'H �" LUID DENSI"I"Y �� FLUID DENSITY R� FRESSURE {Yi) �PCP) (PCF) At-Rest (.Ko) 0.50 55 24 Active (Ka) 0.33 37 16 Passive (KP) 3.00 330 143 �'� These fluid densities are based on a clean sand backfill with an average internal friction angle of 30 degrees and a moist unit weight of 110 pcf. �2� Hydrostatic and seepage forces should be added to the submerged fluid densities when calculating total forces acting on retaining walls. 4.G SOIL MODULUS / UNIT WEIGHT The pipeline will be surrounded by compacted granular soils. Published values for a soil modulus range from approximately 30 pounds per cubic inch (pci) for a laose wet sand to 1,160 pci %r a dense sand. A value of 1,000 pci may be used for pipeline design, provided backfill around the pipe is cornpacted as recommended in this report. 4.i PAVEMENT R�COMMENDATIONS The recommended fill materials or compacted in-place soils should be acceptable for construction and support of a filexible (linaerock, crushed concrete or shell base) or rigid (Portland cement) type pavement sectian after subgrade preparation. Any fll utilized to elevate the cleared pavemEnt areas to subgrade elevation should consist of clean to slightly silty fine sands (SP/SP-SM) uniformly compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the modi.fied Proctor rnaximum dry density (ASTM D-1557) up to the bottom of the pavement subgrade. The upper 12 inches of subgrade immediately beneath the pavement section should be compacCed to a density of no less than 98 percent of the modified Proctor value. 4.7.1. B�►s� The choice of pavement base type basically will depend on final paverraent grades. Ifthere is a minimum separation of I 8-inches between the bottom ofthe base and the normal seasanal high groundwater level at this site like the borings and USDA systern suggests, a limerock, or bank-run shell base can be utilized. Limerock, bank-run shell base and crushed concrete base materials should meet FDOT requirernents including compaction to 98 percent of its maximum dry density as determined by the madified Proctor test (ASTM D-1557) and a ' ' � ' 1 � ' � i ' , 1 � 1 , �,�'�t*+� 7ones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. , �/'"' �� . $ Marshall Street APCF PSl Project No. 0775�9� � � 1 1 1 - 1 minimum LBR of 100 percent. Crushed concrete should be graded in accordance with FDOT Standard Specification Section 204. Based on the expected traffic conditions, we recommend that the base course be a minimum of 6 inches thick in light duty areas and 8 inches thick in medium duty areas. If heavy duty traffic areas are expected, such as in the loading area, thicker flexible pavement sections or a rigid concrete pavement sectian shauld be used. The subgrade should be firm and true to line and grade prior ta paving. Traffic should not be allowed on the subgrade as the base is placed to avoid rutting. 4.7.Z ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT � Based on the results of our evaluation, it is recammended that the total asphaltic conerete thickness consist of Type S-1 (or SP-12.5) asphaltic conerete material with a minimum of 1'/z inches for parking and 2 inches for driveway areas. The ' asphaltic concrete should meet standard FDOT material requirements and placement pracedures as outlined in the current FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Canstruction. The asphaltic concrete should be compacted to a minimum af 98% of the Marshall maximum laboratory unit weight (or 93% of the _ maximum theoretical specific gravity (Gmm) if using type SP-12.5). Flexible pavement design recommendations are summarized in the following table. ' 1 ' 4.7.3 RIGID CONCRETE PAVEMENT Rigid (cancrete) pavements could also be used. The concrete should have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C-39. Based on our experience, a minimum thickness of 5 inches should be utilized for standard duty applications and a minimal thickness of 7 inches should be utilized for medium duty applications. The rigid pavement should be dowelled in accordance with FDOT Standard Index 305, as designed by the civil engineer. ' r"'�i �� 1 � Jones �dmunds and Associates, Inc. Marshal1 Street APCF P51 Project No. 0�75490 The upper l2 inches of subgrade immediately beneath the pavement section should be compacted to a density of no less than 98 percent o� the modified Proctor value. Rigid pavetz�ent design recommendations are summarized in the following table. r` tl ; -,� �Ga� a��v�m�E� ��oivrn�rrnATYONs �, ; `��g("' ' 1VIinimum Thickness in�l�es ��%�'E�'� • , ..� . � E ; ; Mate��1 '°` ', ';'` ' Light Traffic Med�u�m, �"ra#�c' ��;� Portland Cement 5 � Concrete 4,000 si minimum Compacted Subgrade 12 12 All pavernent materials and construction procedures should conform to the more stringent of Florida DOT or appropriate county/city requiremcnts. 5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 5.1 GENERAL It is recommended that an experienced and qualified engineering consulting firm b� retained to provide observation and testing of construction activities involved in the foundation, earthwork, and related activities ofthis project. PSI's farniliarity with this project will reduce the potential for mis- interpretation of our recommendations, thereby reducing the potential for problems during construction of this project. We would be pleased ta discuss providing our services during the construction phase of this project. Construction considerations to include: subgrade preparation, placement of�ll, groundwater control, temporary side slopes, excavatians and pipeline constructian should be in accardance with FDOT Standards. S.Z DRAINAGE AND GROl1NDWATER MANAGEMENT The groundwater levels presented in this report are levels that were measured at the time of our field activities. Tidal fluctuations should be anticipated. We recommend that the Contractor determine the actual graundwater levels at the titne of the construction to determine groundwater impacts on the construction procedures. Proper dewatering will be required to facilitate completion ofthe pipeline. Depending upon the final invert elevations and the tirne of year the pipeline is installed, dewatering will be necessary for pipe installation. ,It is suggested that the dewatering system be designed by a�ualifed dewatering professional in order to achieve the desired dewatering results. Dewatering should lower groundwater to at least 2 feet below the lowest expected excavations. �i�� Jones �,dmunds and Associates, inc. %�M�� ] 0 Marshall Street APCP PSI Project No. 0775490 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' ' Water should also not be allowed to collect in the excavations, either during or after construction. l]ndercut or excavated areas should be sloped towards one comer to facilitate removal of any collected rainwater, groundwater ar surface runoff. Dewatering must be conducted with care. The contractor should anticipate settlement would occur as a result of dewatering in these areas. Settlement will continue as long as dewatering is maintained and will generally increase the further that water is depressed. S.� E?CCAVATIONS ' In Federal Register, Volume 54, No. 209 (October 19$9), the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) amended its "Construction Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P". This document was issued to better insure the safety of ' workmen entering trenches or excavations. lt is mandated by this federal regulation that excavations, whether they be utility trenches, basement excavations or footing excavations, be constructed in accordance with the current OSHA guidelines. It is our understanding that these � regulations are being strictly enforced and if they are not closely follawed, the owner and the cantractor could be liable for substantial penalties. ' The contractar is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope, or bench the sides of the excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. The contractors "responsible person", as de�ned in 29 CFR, ' Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. In no case should slope height, slope inclination, or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed thase specified in all local, state, and federal safety regulations. 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 LJ 1 We are providing this information solely as a service to our client. PSI does not assume responsibility for construction site safety or the contractor's or other party's compliance with local, state, and federal safety or other regulations. b.0 REPORT LIMITATIONS The recommendations submitted are based on the available subsurface information obtained by PSI and design details furnished by Jones Edmunds and Assaciates for the proposed project. Ifthere are any revisions to the plans for this project or if deviations from the subsurface conditions noted in this report are encauntered during construction, PSI should be notit7ed immediately to determine if changes in the foundation recommendations are required. Much of the State of Florida is underlain by a soluble limestone foundation. This limestone can dissolve, resulting in the formation ofa sinkhole. An evaluation ofthe risk ofsinkhale development was not included in the Scope of work for this study. ritTi Joncs i;dmunds and Associates, Inc. M'�� . ] ] Marshall Street APCF PSI Pruject Nu. U775490 The geotechnical engineer warrants that the tindings, recommendations, speci�cations, or professional advice contained herein have been made iz� accordance with generally accepted professional geotechnical engineering practices in the local area. No other warranties are implied or expressed. After the plans and specifications are more complete, the geotechnical engineer shauld be retained and provided the opportunity to review the final design plans and speci .fications to check that our engineering recammendations have been properly incorporated inta the design documents. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Jones Edmunds and Associates and its consultants for the specific application to the proposed pipeline located at the Marshall Street Advanced Pollution Control Facility (APCF) in Clearwater, Florida. �� . �2 Jones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. , Marshall Street APCF PSI Pruject No. U775490 ' 0 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' � , ' 1 1 1 %v�i . APPENDXX 13 Jones �dmunds and Associates, lnc. Marshall Street APCF PSI Project Nu. 0775490 �I � s n nnn��ii� � n Tr (�ITr i �� n�-i�� i REFERENCE: USDA SCS, °SOIL SURVEY OF PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA" TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH ISSUED: 2006 RANGE: 15 EAST PHOTO: 1998 SECTION: 10 SCALE: 1"= 2000' USDA VICINITY MAP � n f�nn�vi� � n-rr c�iTr i nn n TlllAl REFERENCE: USGS "CLEARWATER, FLORIDA" QUADRANGLE MAP TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH MAP VERSION: 1995 RANGE: 15 EAST PHOTOREVISED: — SECTION: 10 SCALE: 1" = 2000' USGS VICINITY MAP � ,.�, DRAVM CHECKED APPRO�ED SCALE DJG JH MEM USDA & USGS VICINITY MAPS MARSHALL ST. APCF SCREW PUMP REPLACEMENT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA NOTED ��To Build On E • Consu . Test o"'� FEB 10 P�' N0� 0775490 SHEET 1 ' ' , ' 1 � ' ' � , ' , ' , � ' - F ' _ , J � ' � Y � k � � ' �� ... s� � .. � � } ti� �.._ a . , �'9 ' � y� �; . _ , ;a:; • o � � � [ .. �� a 4 . -. r � �,. �I�-.�"i� ` - � � , " � .� -- � � ; � � �4 � •h "'� -- � � ~,�• � •� . .� . _. � ��.�_ �� .�� ... � _ . � .�� „ . .� � � �. �, �.+o'� ° ; `? J 6 N � E ' . •'� � � � ..A .s M '3 w=: �� 1 ;„ � -� �' � � � i� � Ig ' �� ; . . ■ '� °:� ;. �.6...� � � 9 � '§ i '�.�g`` � ' � • . ., a �' ty +., .. .�' �1�� . . N . . ' ..��I ,, � � � , ti � � �; �� F =_, r� . ,� „ ,. . , � ��. �� '��x°��,� . � � . , �«.. ¢ � . , � � �; _ � . - . � ; . ��._. . . � �; . ,,,.�. � �, ��'��, ' _ �. �- # t, � -+ � � . . - ,y � , , , . � 'iv. ,� �, . r � _. . . . . � � � =��° _� `� ' .� „ g + �� ,a? , �< w � , � ��• B—�� ; y , �.±�' -� F-a s_ '^t = �� , ia ;;��". � ~: �r' � �. ��i . .�, y 4', , •� �� ' +�i . •�,, �} , '� � .��' "�T � "� �° A _.:.,a._�.$�,��_� �� "' ��_' ,. ,. . _, ,�,, r �� , , . � s �-�r � # .. � .� ; j�� L i ' �~ i�' � 0 j •� � _ � .i � �. . r , �� •. � e. . � � �� .. ; � �; °� ..�„' , ''�, ' � ' _ - . a � � �• L � �, *�.� T /,A �,Y . '� _ ,_ � .'�, � �3'+ ' Y+f€8,.r p ;. � �' ��A ,� . � , -� � s, ;�,..�.. ' � - � �1 �� ^+d sr +�ad� � � �, � , �y ` c � � � '�`p '� �!�' � � .�. � �� ,.�.�, �y ° , � �� , 9 � � . � 'l+��:s�:n.c �.: a�... .,,� ' ,�t �;i,..� ` s ._ � � _ .: _.. � R .: . .; ._v . ,.. , .. .�_r�. � . . . .. � AERIAL PLAN VIEW NOT TO SCALE BORING LOCATION PLAN 1" = 60' DRAWN CHECKED APPRO�ED SCALE LEGEND -�- Approximate SPT boring location DJG JH MEM NOTED USDA & USGS VICINITY MAPS MARSHALL ST. APCF SCREW PUMP REPLACEMENT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA �.�■ n orma Zon l'�� To Build On E • Conau . Testln o"'� FEB 10 �OJ� N0� 0775490 SHEET 2 [�7 � 5 w w � _ � a ° 10 15 B-1 N I, 1" Asphalt & 8" Limerock Base HAND AUGER O OA � � OA � SOIL PROFILES 0 5' VERTICAL SCALE � LEGEND O� m Brown slightly silty fine SAND with black slightly �� cemented sand nodules with chemical odor (SP—SM) O� Dark brown slightly silty SAND with gray � CLAY ond chemical odor (SP—SC) O Brown slightly silty SAND with greenish gray CLAY; partially cemented and slight chemical odor (SC) O Gray fine SAND with dark brown SILT inclusions � and slight chemical odor (SM) O� Dark gray slightly silty fine SAND (SP—SM) SP Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) group symbol as determined by visual review � Groundwater level, February 2010 N SPT N—value in blows/foot A Trace shell fragments DRAWN (AiEqCm �ovm �� DJG JH M EM NOTED USDA & USGS VICINITY MAPS MARSHALL ST. APCF SCREW PUMP REPLACEMENT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA {/i'�/To Build On � • . r.a o"'� FEB 10 �t0'` N0' 0775490 SHEET 3 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � TABLE 1 'roject: Screw Pump 5tation Replacement - Ma�shall St. APCF PSI Project No. 0775-490 Clearwater, �lorida JEA �raject No. 03720-033-02 ;lient: Jones Edmunds and Associates, Inc. Date: March 2, 2010 G�OTECFiNICAL EI�GiNEERING PARAMETERS -CLARIFIER EFFLUENT PIPE BORtNG Friction Ultimate Unit Soring Approximate Soil A�erage Cohesian Angfe Coeffcient of Lateral Skin Friction I�o. Depth �ft] B-1 ��1 6- i 5 ISC, SM Sail Tvae SPT-N Cohesionless � 4 Unit Wei h# c Total 5 ub me 900 37,6 Pressure Ka K Ko 6.34 2.91 0.46 LJ � � APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION ' Table of Contents: ' OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE ODP DOCUMENTS • Instructions for Addendum to Agreement � • ODP Agreement Form • Addendum to Agreement ' • Attachment "A" • Attachment "B" ' • Attachment "C" • Attachment "D" ' • Procedures for Sales Tax Savings, Requests to Requisition and Receiving/Invoicing ' • Request to Requisition Form ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � Appendix.doc i 9/27/2010 ri UWNER DIRECT PURCHASE ODP DOCUMENTS i � L�� , � ' ' ' , ' i [� 1 1 1 �� Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 � � ' ' 1 � ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 �NSTRUCTIpNS FOR ADDENDUM T� AGREEMENT FOR C4NSTRUCT�ON OF SCREW PUMP STATI�N REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF PR�JECT CiTY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT # �9�(1028-UT 1 2 3 4. �7 Appendix.doc The Contractor and the City, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the Addendum to Agreement for Gonstruction of the Screw Pump Station Replacement, Marshall Street Water Reclamation Facility project. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractar and submitted with the Addendum. Attachments "B", "C" and "D" relate to Owner-Furnished Materials that ar� part of the of a 5ubcontractor's Work. Attachments "B° and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's Work. 5ubmit two (2) original copies of the Addendum and Attachments to: City of Clearwater P. O. Box ai48 Glearwater, FL 33758-4748 If yau have any questions regarding this process please direct th�m to: Stephanie Sansome, Senior Accountant Phone: 562-4744 Fax: 562-4755 E-Mail: Stephanie.Sansome@myClearwater.com 9/27/201 U ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT No. #09-0028-UT 1 ' ' In reference to co.nirect # dated .'. between City of Clearwater, the Owner, and :. ' , the Contractor, it is further AGREED as follows: � 1. The Owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material far the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. 2. The attachments lettered "A", "B", and "C", attached hereto (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated herein shall be executed by the Contractar and applicable 5ub-contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. 3. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. 4. The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in Attachment "D". 5. The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of mat�rials for the project. However, owner acknowledges that Contractor's Sub-contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, withaut Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminat�: reimbursement of sales tax. This addendum, upon its execution by both parties, is made an integral part of the aforementioned agreement. CITY OF CLEARWATER: Date: City Manager/Owner ATTEST: City Clerk (City's Corporate 5eal) APPROVED AS 70 FORM: Camilo Sota Assistant City Attorney Appendix.doc CONTRACTOR: Date: Contractor ATTEST: Secretary 1 ' � � 1 1 ' � 1 ' ' t ' 9/27/2010 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' ' , ATTACHMENT "A" FROM: CITY OF CLEARWATER ��DWN�R) TO: (�QNTRACTOR) OWN�Fi-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJ�C7: SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-002$-UT) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. The own�r, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials includ�d in the Contractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will b� administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material far consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. 'The Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials ta b� supplied, estimat�d quantities, and prices. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials ' furnished by the Owner in accordance with th�se Special Provisions including, but not limited ta, verifying correct quantities, v�rifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Gantract Documents, inspection and acceptance of ' the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stared at the job site prior to their installation ar incorporation into the praject. The Contractor shall caordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the ' Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Gantractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment af goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. ' � 1 1 L� u 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments tram the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Gontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Fumished Materials is accompanied by documentatian adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier confarming to the Purchase Order tagether with such additianal infarmation as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A ofi this Contract. 5. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Fumished Materials conform ta the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match th� description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Cantractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Fumished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into ' Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Cantractar shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. ' Appendix.doc 1 9/27/2010 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage- repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and inter�st and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify awner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the F'roject and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials_ 10. As invoices are received, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery fnr use by the Contractor and either concur or abject to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Contractor's records of materials delivered ta the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invaices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Gontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractar at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Gontractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. 12. The Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 13. The Contract between Contractor and Owner is hereby amended to clarify that Owner- Furnished Material shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpase of determining the Contract Sum due Contractor. 1 ' ' ! 1 , , 1 1 1 1 , , , 1 � 1 Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ATTACHMENT "B" FROM °. (CONTRAGTOR) - �_._ � Tp _ (SUBCONTRAGTOR) OWN�R-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: SCREW PUMP STATIQN REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-UT) ' 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Subcontractor's Work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserv�s the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Subcontractor's ' contract. Owner-Purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis_ Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certification of Exemption number. 2. The Subcontractor shall pravide the owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and � material for consideration as Owner-F'urnished Materials. 'The Subcontractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The 5ubcontractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials ' furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying carrect quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of ' the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Subcontractor, However, the Owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Subcontractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Subcontractor for ' the particular material furnished. The Subcontractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Subcontractor. , � 1 1 1 ' 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Subcontractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Subcontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Fumished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Subcontractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment "A" of this Contract. 5. The Subcontractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the 5pecifications and determine prior to incorporation inta the 5ubcontractor's Work if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the mat�rials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Subcantractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Subcontractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Subcontractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or n�ncanforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Subcontractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all damages to the owner, resulting from Subcontractor's incorporati�n of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6_ The Subcontractor shall maintain records of all owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into ' Subcontractor's Work fram the stock of Owner-furnished Materials in its possession. The 5ubcantractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any oWner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Subcontractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Subcontractor's Wprk. ' Appendix.doc �J 9/27/2010 1 7. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and , guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Subcantractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or sub-subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the ' Subcontractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Subcontractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to pratest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject ta appeal. Subcontractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. As invoices are received, Subcontractor shall be required to review invaices submitted 6y all suppliers of Owner-�urnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery for use by the Subcontractor and either concur or object to th� Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Subcantractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 1 ' 1 , 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Subcontractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within fifteen (15) days of receipt of , said goods or materials. 7he list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, ' delivered and remitted directly ta the supplier. The Subcontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Subcantractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Own�r to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Subcontractor at the Owner's ' dir�ction, or may be turned over to the Subcontractor for salvage or disposal at the Subcontractor's option. ' � , 1 ' , ' Appendix.doc 9/27/2Q10 ' C� '� � From: �� ATTACHMENT "C" T�corvr�acTOR> (SIJBCONTRACTOR) Project: `, This project qualifies the Owner to utilize its sales tax exemption for the purchase of materials used in the project. In order to do this, the City ofi Clearwater, Florida, (Owner) must pay for the materials directly. This � shall be accomplished in the following manner: 1. Subcontracts will be issued by Contractor to Subcontractors in the usual manner, including sales tax. ' � 1 2. Subcontractors will prepare their material orders and forward same to Contractor so that City af Clearwater (owner) purchase orders may be placed for these materials. 3. Contractor will return to the Subcontractor a copy of the City of Clearwater (owner) purchase order on behalf of the City of Clearwater (Owner). It shall read: To: Supplier For: Material per attached Subcontractor order, � 4. The material supplier will then bill the City of Clearwater (Owner) c/o "Subcontractor' c/o Contractor. Subcontractor will approve invoice and send to Contractor who will submit same - to City of Clearvvater (Owner) for payment. ' 5. City of Glearwater (Owner) will then pay the invoice directly and the Subcontractor will be issued a deductive change order for the amount of the invoice plus sales tax. It is imperative that the Subcontractor approve the invoices and farward them to Contractor by the of � each month for payment by the . Those received after the will b� processed in the next month's billing cycle. �� ' ' Appendix.doc ' 9/27/2010 ATTACHMENT "D" PRQCEDURE FOR GENERATING SUB-CONTRACTOR DIRECT PURCHASE ORDERS FOR SAL�S TAX CREDITS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. General Contractor will submit requisition for materials with vendor information required (see vendor application form), item description, quantity if applicable, price, etc. Also included will be the sales tax savings amount. Architect will review the requisition, and forward to the project manager for approval and preparation of electronic purchase requisition. Requisition must contain project number as well as correct accaunt number. Project Manager will then request requisition approval from the Finance 17irector. Purchasing will issue purchase order and will mail, fax, or otherwise distribute pur•chase order as requested. A purchase order summary report will be maintained indicating the following� purchase order number, owner Certificate of Exemption number, vendor, total amount of P.O., total tax savings, amount previously requested, amount of current request, and remaining balance of P.O. This report will be updated and issued with each group of payment requests (monthly). Payment requests with invoices must have receiving paperwork with authorized signatures and must be submitted for approval as indicated below: 7. Payment authorization sequence: invaices must be submitted for approval in the following order: a. General Contractor b. Architect c. Project Manager d. EngineeringlCity Manager e. Purchasing/for processing only f. Finance/for processing only Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 1 1 C� r � �� L� � C� ' � r 1 � LJ �� 1 1 PR�CEDURES F�R SALES TAX SAVINGS, REQUESTS TO REQUISITION and RECEIVING/INVOICING CITY OF CLEARWATER SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (#09-0028-UT) Contractor: CEI: Addendum to Aqreement for Construction: 1. See separate instructions for completing the Addendum to Agreement. Process rocedures far tax savin s: 2. Completion of the Request to Requisition forms by C�ntractor. 3. Approved by CEI. Approver(s): 4. Original to Owner's Representative for pracessing of P.O. requisition. 5. Based on Request to Requisition forms a schedule will be prepared fqr the City's Purchasing Manager to reduce the Contractor's P.O. by the amount of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers. It is important to process as many material supplier Requests to Requisition as possible at one time thereby reducing the amount of changes necessary to Contractor's P.O. Construction contract will not change and the sum af the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers plus thE Contractor's P.� will represent the total cantract commitment. Before sendina to the Purchasin Mana er the schedule will be forwarded to the Owner's Re resentative CEI and Contractor's re resenfatnre for a roval. We will need the e-mai/ address for the Contractor's 8 CEI's contact erson s for this rocess. fi. The estimated sales tax savings for each materials requisition will be deducted from the primary lines of Contracto�s P.O. A related Sales Tax Savings line for each charge code will be added to the Cantractor's P.O. No changes will be made to the sales tax savings lines until all materials are purchased, received, accept�d and paid for unless additional materials purchases are necessary. 7. Closing of the sales tax savings line on the Contractor's P.O. can only be done thraugh a change order (Recommendation is that iYs done on the final C/0). Process nrocedures for_reauest to reauisition forms: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 General description is a brief recap (sewer lines and manholes; water lines; etc) Contractor should include their fax number as well as a contac# number. In the description section of the Request to Requisition include any special dElivery instructions. Indicate whether or not retainage is ta be withheld. City's standard is 5%. Include the address where the supplier is to mail invoices. Where applicable, shipping and handling costs should be listed as a line item on the request to requisition. City staff will complete the charge code line. Procedures where a detailed line item ro osal has been received from the ODP su lier: � Appendix.doc , a. On the request to requisition summarize the materials to be ordered by type of system (stormwater, streets, water, sewer, reclaimed, etc) giving the total dollar amount per for each system. Leave 2 line spaces between each system to allow fpr the addition of the City's charge code. 9/27/2010 b. Attach the supplier's proposal to be mailed as an attachment to the purchase ord�r. Attachment should include estimated uantities and t es of materials. Cost information is ootional. Procedures where a detailed line item ro osal is nat available: � c. Provide quantities and detailed descriptions of the items to be ordered, per unit and total cost as the City's P.O, will be sent directly to the Materials Supplier. d. Materials on each request to requisition should be grouped in relation to the major billing line items an Contractor's P.O. Leave 2 spaces between each group, as the City will add the appropriate charge codes. The requesting offcial will be the Contractor's official with authority to procure materials. Contractor's authorized procurer(s): The official approving that the materials requested meet the design specifications will be authorized personnel from the CEI only. Authorized approvers: NOTE: Anv materials ardered by_ the contractor that are not included, on the Citv's issued urchase order or an amounts ordered that exceed the amounts on the Ci issued urchase order MUST be se aratel ordered ursuant to a urchase order directl between the supplier and the contractor. Thes� materials MUST be invoiced separatelv from the materials supqlied pursuant to the CitX.issued qurchase order. Another oution would be to submit an additional Request to Requisition to increase the amount of the ODP qurchase order for that suanlier. � Process procedures for receivin,g,and invoicina: 1. Upon receipt of materials, Contractor's representative will veri the materials are in usable condition and the quantity received. 2. The Materials Suppliers will be instructed on the City's P.O. to send their original invoice to the Contractor to the attention of . 3. Contractor must sign afF on the invoice to approve the payment and, if no receiving report is attached, must indicate on the invoice that all materials were received in usable condition. Any discrepancies with the invoice are ta be resolved between the Contractor and the Materials Supplier. If the invoice is in error, it can be corrected by the Contractor before forwarding for payment under the following conditions: a. A corrected supplier's invoice can be paid up to the amount of the originally issued invaice but not in excess of that amount. b. None of the original data on the invoice can b� abliterated. If it is the City will return the invoice for replacement by a corrected one from the supplier. c. If the corrections cause the invoice amount to exceed the original billed amount, the excess must be invaiced separately by the supplier and is to have the same support documentation and/or approvals as all other invoices to be paid. 4. Supplier invoices for retainage amounts, if any has been withheld, are not required support documentation but must follow the approval process as all other invoices. 5. After approval the Contractor will forward the original invoice and any at#achments to City of Clearwater's Owner Representative: City of Clearwater Utilities Engineering Division Attn: Robert Maue 100 N. Myrtl� Avenue Clearwater. FI� 33755 6. After approval and verification of the materials received the Owner's Representative will fprward the original invoice and any attachments to the appropriate City department for payment processing. Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 ' , 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' , 7. Steps 1 through 7 will be followed for each materials rec�ipt and invoice. 8. Materials purchase P.O.s can b� closed only upon completion of the materials acquisition and at the approval of the Contractor. 9. Upon closing of a materials purchase P.O. any unused balance will be added back to the appropriate line(s) on Contractor's P.O. Closin of Contractar's P.O.: 1. All Materials Suppliers' P.O.'s must be closed prior to the final change arder and closing of the Contractor's P.O_ Appendix.doc 9/27/2Q I 0 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' � 1 ' 1 � ' 1 � ' �. LL � � �� ' �° � Engineering Department REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER General Item Description: Vendor: Street Address: City/State/Zip: Receiving Location (Ship to): Street Address: City/State/Zip: Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: (City will complete Phone No: Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # Qu�rlti $, etC. (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total Date� Requesting Official Approving O�cial Date: Title and Organization - Contractar Title and Organization — C.E.I. Services Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to Ciry of Clearwaters Records Management Program. Page 1 of 2 Appendix.dvc 9/27/2010 1 r � 1 ' i � 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' � 1 1 ' � � � �� ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARC] PURCHASE ORDER (Continuation page) Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # QuBntit $, �tG. (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each TOt81 Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Page 2 of 2 Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 1 '- � 1 ' � ' ' ' ' ' � � 1 � 1 , � � sEC-rioN v CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table af Cantents: CONTRACTBOND .....................................................................................................................1 CONTRACT.................................................................................................................................. 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6 PROPUSALSOND .....................................................................................................................: 7 AF'FIDAVIT .................................................................................................................................. 8 NON-COLLIISION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9 PROPOSAL.................................................................................................................................10 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .................................................................13 BTDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................14 5ectionV (2) Page i 9/27/2010 I ' 1 r�I 1 TH� ATTACHED STATUTORY COVER PAGE FORMS AND B�COMES A PART OF THS BOND. STATE 4F FiORiDA COUNTY �F PINELLAS BOND IYUMSER: 5873199 CUI�ITRACT BOND executed in 5 counterparts KNOW ALL MEN SY THESE PRESENTS: That we RTD CONSTRUCTION INC. ' Contractor and WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY (Surcty) whose home address is P. O. BOX 5001. WESTFIELD CE�ER. OHIO 44251-5001 ' HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Stercty", are hcld and firmly bvund inta the City af Cleacwater, Florida {hereinafter callcd the "Owncr") in thc perial sum of: THE BASE BXD UF 51,607,067.55 AND THE BID ALTERNATE OF $44,000 FOR A TOTAL OF ONE MYLLION SIX ' HUNDRED FIFI'Y QNE TAQUSAND SIXTY-SEVEN DOLLARS AND FIFTY- FIVE CENTS, ($1,651,Q67.55) for the paymcnt af which we bind oursclves, our hairs, executors, administratars, successars, er►d assigns for thc faithful perForrnance of a certain written contract, ' dated the , day of . 20 , entered into between the Contractar and the City of Cleaiwater for: ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' LJ � SCREW PUMP STATYON REPLACEMENT 09-QOZS-UT a capy of which said cantract is incorparated herein by rcfcrence and is madc a part hereof es if fully copicd hercin. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDXTIUNS aF THIS OBLIGATiON ARE SUCH, that if the ContrACtor shall in all respects comply with the tcrms and canditions of said cantract, including thc one-yeaz guarantee of material and labor, t�nd his obligations tkaereundcr, including thc contract documents (which includc the AdverCisemcnt for Bids, Farm of Proposal, Forrn aF Contract, Form of Surery Bond, Instructions ta Biddcrs, Gencral Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans ar�d Specificarions thcrein referred to and made a part theceaf, arAd such alterations as may be madc in said Plans and Specifications as thercin provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, dama�es, injury or conduct, want of carc or skill, negligence or dcfault, including patent infringcments on the pari �f the said Contractor agenGs or emplayees, in thc executian or performanc� of said cantmct, including errors in the plans fiunished by the Contr�ctor, and further, �if such "ContraGtor" or "Cantractors" shall prnmptty make paymcnts to all persons supplyin� hirn, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indir�ctly by said Cantractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, ar Sub-Cantractors, in th� prosecutian of the work provided for in said Contract, this abligation shall be void, othcrwisc, the Cantractor and Surety jaintly and scvcrally a�rree to pay to the Owner any difference hetween the sum to which thc said Contractor would be entitled vn the completion of the Cuntract, und that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for thc completion of said wvrk by cantract or otherwise, & any dama�es� direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on uccount af such work, or on ac:cnunt of the failure oFthe said Contractor to praperly and in all thin�s, kcep and execute all the provisions �f said contract. Pagc I ' T .. FLOR�DA SURETY BONDS, INC. 1 , 1 December 21, Z010 1 , City of Clearwater, Flarida 100 South Myrtle Avenue, 3rd Floor Clearwater, FL 33756 1 �� 0 N. Wymore Road, 5uite Z00 � Maitland, Fl. 32751 � aa�-�ab-��o Fax 407-786-7766 1326 S. Ridgewpod Avenue, $uite �15 Daytona Beach, FL 32114 386-898-0507 Fax 386-898-OS10 888-786-BOND (2663) Fax 888-718-BOND (2663) www.FloridaSureryBonds.com ' Re: Authority to Date Bonds and Powers of Attorney Principal: RTD Construction, Inc. ' Bond No.: 5873199 Project: Screw Pump Station Replacement 09-0028-UT, Marshall Street WRF, Clearwater FL ' ' Dear Sir or Madam: ' Please be advised that as Surety on the abave referenced bond, executed on your behalf for this project, we hereby authorize you to date the bonds and the powers of attarney concurrent with the date of the contract agreement. ' Once dated, please fax a copy of the bonds to our office. ' Sincerely, Westfield Insurance Company ' �,�,.j �- �� Patricia L. Slauqhter Attorney-in-Fact and - klaxida Licensed Kesident Agent ' 1 � 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 ' � � Pub1iC Wo1'k �xecuted in 5 Counterqarts F.S. Chapter ZS5.05 (1)(a) Cover Page THIS BOND IS GIVEN TD COMpLY WITH SECTION 255.05 OR SECTION 713.Z3 FLORIDA StA7UTES� AND ANY ACiION INST171JTED BY A CLAIMANT UNDER THIS BOND FOR PAYMENT MUST BE IN ACCORQANGE WITM THE NOTICE AND TIME LIMITATION pRQVISIONS IN SECTION Z55.05(2) OR SECI'ION 713.23 �I.ORIDA STATl1TE5. aoNn rro: 5873199 CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTR.ACTOR ADDRE.SS: CONTRACTOIZ PHONE NO: SURETX COMPANY: OWNER NAME: OWNER ADDRESS: OWNER PHONE NO.: OBLIGEE NAME: (If contracting entity is different from the owner, the cantracting public entiry) OBLIGEE ADDRESS: OBLIGt3E PHONE NO.: �OND AMOUNT: CONTRACT NO.: (If applicable) DESCRIPTION OF WORK: PROJEC'f LOCATION: LEGAL DESCR[PT10N: (If applicable) RTD Construdion, inc. _ __ 5344 9th Street Ze h rhills FL 3354� ,(81,3) 783; 9119 „ , , „�, - Westfield Insurance Companv, , , �^.._„ _ PO Box 5001 WestField Center, OH 44251-5001 (330) 887-010i. Citv of Clearwater, Florida 100 South Mvrtle Avenue, 3rd Floor Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4500 _ _ _ $1,651,067.55 , _ . , _ S�rew Pump Station Replacement Q9-0028-UT Marshall Street WRF, Clearwater FL ' FRONT PAGE All other bond qage(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be printed thereon. ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' corrrRA oNn (2) And the said Contractor and Surcry hereby further bind themselves, thcir successars, executors, admitistrators, and assigz�, jointly and severally, Ehat they will amply and fully pratcct the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amaunts, clama�es, r.asts and jud�nents which may bc recovered abainst or which thc Owner may bc called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reasan of any damabes arising from the performance of said wark, �r of the repair or maintenance thcreof, vr the cnanner of doing the same ar the neglect at' thc said Gantractor ar his agents or scrv�nts or the improper performancc of the said work by the Cantractor or his agcnts or servants. or the infringemcnts of any patent ri�hGa by rcason of the use of any material furnishc�d or work done; os aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselvcs, their successors, hcirs, ' executars, administrators, and assigns, jaintly and severally, to repay the awner any sum which the Owner may be compcllc;d to pay because of any lien far labor matcrial furnished for the work, cmbraced by said Contract. 1 , �J � 1 ' 1 r ' , 1 ' And thc said 5urery, for the value received, hereby stipulates and a�rces that no changc, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms nf thc contract or to the work to be performcd thereundcr or the specifications accompanyin� the same shal] in any way affect its abligations on this bond, and it daes hereby waive noticc of any such change, extcnsion of rimc, alteration ar addition to the tenms af the contract or to thc work or to thc specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, wi�ess the hands and seals of the partics heceto this day of , 20 . ., ��I � �, �1 J�w I � " 1 . 1 1 '� ■ �ti � 'WITNESS: Gloria A. Richards COUNTERSIGNED: N/A Pugc 2 ay Westfield Insurance Campany SURETY BY��. --��'- � � ATTORNEY-�T-F�4 . & FL Licensed esi ent Ag�nt Patricia L. Slaughter(407) 786-7770 ' •THI9 POWER OF ATTORNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIDUS POWER BEARING 7HIS 5AME POWER # AND ISSUED PRIQR TO 04/13/10, FOR ANY PERSON aR PERSOPIS NAME� BELOW. v General � Pawer of Attorney ' ' CERTIFI�q GOPY P�WER NO. 0990992 00 Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. �hio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, �hio Know All Men by These Presents, Tha[ WE5TFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANGE COMPANY 2nd OFilO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinaiter referred to individually as a"'Cvmpany" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State Df Ohio, and having its principal offiCa m Westfield Center, Medina County, OhiO, d4 by these presents make, ConStitute and appoint DON BRAMLAGE, JEFFREY W. REICH, 6ESLIE M. DONANUE, SU5AN 4. REICH, PA7RICIA L. SLAt1GN7ER, GI.ORIA A. RICHARDS, TERESA L. DURHAM, LISA A. RO5ELANa, CHERYL FOLEY, J. GREGOf2Y MACKENZIE, JOINTLY OR SEVERAI.LY ' of MAITLAND and State of FL its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and aufhoriry hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, Co execute, acknowledge and deliver ary and al1 bonds, recognizances_ undertakings, or other instruments-ar contracfs of suretyship-----------�--• ------------�-- LIMITATI�N: TNIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNQT BE USED TD EXECUTE NbTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE ' GUA�RA TE�, GR BANK bEP0517bRY BQND3. and to bind any of the Companies thereny as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were s�gned by the Pres�dent, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicak�le Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and contirming all that Che said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of tne following resolution aappcea by the 8vard or Direclors of each o� the WESTFIE�D INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE CdMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: ' "Be li Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or o[her Executive Shall be and is hereby vested with tull power and autllority to appoint any one or more sWtable persans as Attorney(s�-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney-in-Fact. may be givan full power and authority for and in the name ot and on behalt ai the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, eny and all bonds, recogniZances, contracts, agreemants of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any ana all ' notices and documents canceling or terminating th� Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed �y any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary.' "8e ii Further Resolved, that the signature ot any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power ot attorney or any certificate relating thereto py facsimfle, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing fecsimila signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attachad." (Each adopted at a meeting ' held on February B, 2000). !n Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATipNAL INSURANCE CDMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to he signed by their Senior Executive and their corpora[e seals to be hereto atfixed tnis 13th day of APttIL A.�., 201D . 1 ' �Seals1e�syA�pC�+r,� Afiixed j ��' r4. � �a �'�� F �,�.`'�...�....�� .� State of Oniq �`�� County of Medina ss.: ..��j��Nnl in;'••. : ui'a,�' • �+� r•sG 7!'s = J�;, Siwt1L� �rn' : a^ :. ;'� ,= �.. *.,, � �;164�;; "� •-----• • WESTFIELD INSURANCE C�MPANY WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY � ` ey: Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr., Senior �xecutive ' On this 7�th day of APRIL A.D., 2010 , befora me personally came Richard l.. Kinnaird, Jr. to me knawn, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Medlna. Ohio; that he �s Senlor ExecutiVe of WES7FIElD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NA71bNAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the abova instrument; tha[ ne KnoWS tne seals of sbid Companles; that tho sesls effixad [o said instrument are such corpnrate seals; that they Were so affixed py arder of the Bo�rds of DireCtors ot said Gompanies; and that he signed his name therero by like order. , Notarial , ' r Seal .''A\ A L Aftixed �P. •......... S� � r -\\�i��/��::9 z�� 'r William J. Kahelin, A rney at Law, Natary Public ' State of Ohiq N •��o My Commission poes Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Re�ised Cbde) County of Medina ss.: � q ��t' �..r� o � .. ' 1 I, Frank A. Carrina, Secretary of WESTFIELD IN5uRANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE GOMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANC� COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and fpregoing is a true and cofreCt Copy of a Power of Attorney, Bxecuted by said Companies, Which is still in full force and effect: and �urthermore, thE resolullOrlS Of the BoardS Ot DifeCt0�5, 59t put in thC POw6r Of AttOrrlAy 2fe in full Torce and effect. 1n Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed [he seals ot said Companies at Westlieltl Canter, Ohio, this day oi - A.�., . . � �w....�.,.q� ,,,.,n�,�., ,. ��s�p,�pc,,, ` ,,,��S��r�A�.�Ns�.,,- t� �,,,� ,a. ��.�"o : �'� �Gy =. W �� '�� =LL:� SEAL L�: __ ��,p,:, ,ar. ' �j,� -; �''. ;'n : •�'�w� 1'• 1 . �ri *.i.� •��,,,, BPOAC2 (COmbined) (06-02) , �� :, �84� �r; *� �� • �� Frank A. Carrino", 5ecret Se�� , 1 �� ' corrT�cT This CONTRACT made and entcrc;d irato this I2� day of , 20 ( by and t�ctween thc City of Clearwater, Flarida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter deslgnatcd as the "City", and RTD CONSTRUCTI�N XNC. of the City of ZEPHYRHXLX.S, County of PASCO and State of FLORIDA hereinafter designated as thc "Contractor". 'W�TNESSETH: ' That the parties ta this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, pronnises and agcements on the part af the other herein contain�d, do hercby undertake, prnmise and agree as follows: 1 � The Contractor, and his ar its successors, assigns, executars o;r administrators, in consideration of the sunns of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, sha11 and will at their own cost and expens� perform all labor, fiunish all materials, tools a.nd equipment far the following: SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT (09-002&UT) FOR THE SUM OF ONE , M�LLIDN SIX HUNDRED FTFTY ONE THOUSAND SIXTY-SEVEN DOLLARS AND FIFTY- FIVE CENTS, ($1,651,067.5� �J 1 , 1 � 1 , � ' r � In accordance with such praposal and technical supplemental specifica.tians and such other special provisions and drawings, if any; which will be submittcd by the City, tog -cther with any advertisement, instxuctions to bidders, general conditions, propos�l and bond, which may be hereta attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said wark to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assi�ns shall be fully completc�i in a gaad and wrorkrnanlike rnanner to the satisfaction o� th� City_ If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as containcd herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performeci by the Contractor, then the City, rnay at its opt�on, avail itself of any ar all rcmedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proc�;c;d ta complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HrS OR ITS SUCCES50R5 AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE T� ASSUME TI3E DEFENSE UF ANY LEGAL ACTI�N WHICH MAY SE BRUUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVTTTES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMURE, IN CONSIDERATION �F THE TERMS, STTPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTA�NED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD TiiE CITY FREE AND HA.RMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SIIITS, JIJDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRA.CT AGA�NST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUS-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS UR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTTVIT�ES BY THE AFOREMENTI4NED CONTRACTOR, SUB-C4NTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS UR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 � ' 1 , ' 1 CpNTRACT (2) In addirion ta the foregoing provisions, the Contractar agees to con%rm tc� the followin.g rcquircments: In connection with the perforrnar�cc af work under this cantract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate a�ainst any employe� or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religon, c;olor, ar national origin� The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, thc following: employment, upgrading, demotian, or transfer; recruihnent or recnxitment adv�ising; lay-off or temunation; rates of pay or oth�r forms of eampensation; and selec�ion for �aining, including apprenticeship. The Gontractor agrees to post hereafter in cons�icuous places, available for eznplayees or applicants far ernployment, notices to be pmvided by the contracting of�icer setting forth thc �rovisions of the non-discriminatio� clause. ' The Contractor further agees to insert the foregaing provisians in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions andlor worker's representatives, except sub-cantractors for standard cornrnercial suppli�s or raw materials. ' 1 1 � �� it is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the u�ent that the wark to be perfarmed by the Contractor is not completr� within the time stipulated hezein, it is then fiurher agreed that the City may daduct from such sums or cornpensatic�n as may be duE to the Con�ractor the sum of S1.000�pQ ner dav for each day that the work ta be performed by the Contractor ramains incomplete beyond the tim�e limit specified herein, which sum af $1,QOO.OQ Aer d� sha11 only and solcly represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete thc work within the time stipulated, it being further agrced that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is az�ly to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Cantractor to completc and p�rfozm all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed betw�en the City and the Contractor that if, any tirne aftec the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as containe�d herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety ar sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to caver the performazice of the work the Cantractar sha11, at his or its own expense, withixi ten (1 Q) days after receipt of written� notice from the City to do so, fumish an additional bond or bonds in such tenn and amoun.ts and with such surety ar sureti.es as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, na further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the tcnms and provisions o£ this contraet until such new or additional security band gua�ranteein� the faithfu] performance of the work under the terms here�f shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory ta it. Page 4 � il �� ll 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 � 1 � ' 1 CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the partics to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this A�,rcement, in duplicate, th.e day and year first above written. CTTY QF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORTDA B�� -a. Wi iann B. Horne, II City Manager countersi�ed: � By: Fraz�k Hibbard, Mayor-Caun�,cilmember (Contractor must ind.icate whether Corporation, Partnersh�ip, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his awn name, and his tide; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Pa;�c 5 ,� � �� Attest: �. aF tKF � i� �1 i, 'f'�i�� l_ � �- �� . � ._o� eal) ,�t1.de-�►�n� �a.� Roscmarie Call City Cl A,�'proved orm Camilo Soto A�sistaxit City Attorney i oN �►,� , (Coni�actor) � $Y: _ ," (�P i l� (SEAL) .�; iJ , � • • � .�� ,. , , �.✓`� ) �v .�?" �'�'.'r �°� � �,y - � �a � � '"�� _ ,. .,,�� ,, 1 , 1 STATE OF � COUNTY QF 1 �� CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT CORPORATION FO �n this day persnnally appeared before rne, thc undersigned authority, duly authori�ed to administer oaths and take acicz�owledgnents, , who after being duly sworn, a�s� �a S�y�: Tbat he is the (TTI'LE) of RTD ' CONSTRUCTION iNC. a Flarida C�rporation, with its principal place of business lacated at 5344 9�� STREET ZEPHYRHILLS FLoRIDA 33542 (herein, the "Contractor"). �J 1 1 1 That the Contractar was the �eneral r,�ntractor under a cvntract exccuted on the day of 2Q , with the C�TY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corparation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construc�on of: SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACEMENT 09-0028-UT That said work has n�w been cornpleted and th� Contract�r has paid and discharged aJl sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and thete are no lic�is outstanding of any nature nor any debts or abligations that might become a lien or enctunbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is makirig this affidavit �ursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, ' and upon considera.tion of the payme�nt of Final Full Amount of Contract in full satisfaction and discharge oisaid c�antract. , � 1 1 , ' 1 ' That the Owner is hereby released fram any claixn which zni�ht arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this af�idavit shall mean any and a11 aris�izig under the op�ration of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as s�t forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribod to before zne This day of , 2p NOTARY PUSLIC My Gomrnission Expires: rggc: 6 RTD C�NSTRUCTION, INC. AFFIANT � PRESIDENT ' � ' 1 1 �J Executed in 4 Counterparts PROPOSAL SOND (Not m be filled out if a catified chock is sukruutted) KIVUWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESFI�i'1'S: That we, the undersi�ed, RTD Constructlon, Inc. � p��, �d Westfieid Insurance GOmpany . as Surety, who's address is _p0 Box 5001, Westfield Center, OH 44251-5 1 arc hcid and frmty bound unto the City of Cleaiwater, Florida, in the sum of . � Dollars (� J(rq� /�, �-� )(being a minimwn of lU°/a of Con�adaf tal bi amount) for the paymex�t of which, well and truly to be made� we hereby �o�ncty and sevecaliy bi,nd o�uselves, our �e�rs, executocs. administrators, successors and assigns. The condition oFthe above vbligativn is such that if the attached Proposal of R7D Construction, Inc. ' as Principal, and _Westfield Insurance Company � as Surety, for work specified as: Bid #09-0028-UT; Screw Pump Station ReplacemEnt Qa Marshall Street W F2F , ' , 1 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' ' all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidantal thereto, in accardance with the ptans and spocifications p�ovided hecefpr, all within Pinellas Co�rtty, is accepted and the con�ract awa�ed tv the above named lridder,. and the said bidder shall within ten days aRer notice of said award enter into a caatract, in writing, and fiunish the reauired Perfarmance Boad with surety or sureties ta be approve� by the City Manager, this abligation shall be vaid, othexwise the same shatl be in fi►11 force and virtue by law and the fuU amoant af this Proposal Bond will bo paid to the Ciry as stipul�tcd or liquidated damages. Signod this 17th day ag November , 2p 10 , (Principal must indicate whether caparation, partr�ership. company or individual) The prrscin s�g�ing sha11, in his own haadwciting, sign thc principaI's na�►�, t�i.s owa aam� ana his ncte; the perraon signing foc a corporation must, bY affidavit, show his autharity to bind the corlaoration. SationV (2) Pege 7 of 14 _'�il_ _ ��.��i �w •i � � �: �: ��:t=iw �� Ptinc' � By. Title �� . J , Pr�rt Westfield Insurance Compan `�.4�lLdw-- ��. �✓ llrn ��•1 gurety Teresa L. Durham, Attorney- in-Fact & FL Llcensed Resident Agent 9R7/Z010 , THIS POW'ER OF ATTORNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIOUS pOWER eEARING TMIS SAME POWER # AND ISSUEP PRIOR TO 04/13/70, FOR ANY PERSON OR PERSOMS NAMEO BELDW. ' General Power of Attorney � CER'iIFI�D GOPY �'�1��ia►C��'!�� '��i�] Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. �hio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio ' Know Al! Men by 7'nase Presen[s, 7hat WESTFIEtD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NA710NAL INSURANCE COMPANY and aMIQ FARMER5 IN5URRNCE COMPANY, COrporati0ns, Crereinaf[er referred to �ndividually as a"Company" and cailedively as "Companies,' duly organized ana ewstfng under the laws of the State of Ohio, and naving its principal office �n WestNeAa Cen[er, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presenta make, COnsti4ute and appoint �ON BRAMLAGE, JEFFREY W. REICH, LESLIE M, pONAHW�, SUSAN L REICH, PATRICIA L SLAUGHTER, GLpRIA A, RICHARUS, TERESA L DURHAA�I, LISA A. ROSpAND, CHERYI. F4LEY, d. GREGCRY MACKENZIE, JOINTL`.' CR SEVERALLY 1 ' ' , 1 1 , 1 ' ' ' 1 1 , � of MAITL/►NQ and State of FL its true antl lawful Attorney(s)an-Fact, with full power and authonry hereby conferrea in its name, place ancl strad, to execute, ac�cnowledge and deliver ary and all dones, recognizances, unaertakings, or atner instnments ar contr�ets of suretyship- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - • - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . . . _ - - - - - . LIMITATIOH: THIS POWER OF ATT4RNEY CqNNQT BE uSHO TO El(ECUTff NOTE GUARANTEE, MCRTGpGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GU OR BANK DEPOSITGRY 6pNDS. anC Co and any oT tNe Companies therECy as fuily and to th6 Same e�Qent as iT suCh bOnds were siqned by tne Pres�dent, sealExi with the corpnra[e seal of the appl�cable Company and dul'y atte3ted by its SecreKary, hereby ratifying and wnfirming ali that the said Attorney(s)-in•Fau may po in the premises, Said appointmeht is made under and by authority of the following resWution 0dopted by the Board D� Directws of each of the WESTFIEL� INSURANCE COMPANY, WE9TFI�LD NATIONAL INSURANCE COhAPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COAAPANY: "8e It Ftesalved, that th� prasident, any Seriior Executive, any 5ecretary or any Fioeliiy & Surety Operstfons �xecutive or other Executive shall be and is herehy vested with full power and authvrity to appaint any one a more suitaole persons as Attorney(s�-in-Fad to represent and act tor and on peltalT Of [he Company subjeGk to the TollpWing pl'oVlsiqns: The AKorney-in-fact may be given full power and euthority �or ana �n the name of and on oehalf of the Company, to executG, acknowledge and dellver, any and all bonas, recogni2ances, con[rads, ag►eements ot indemniry ana other condit�onal or obligatofy undertaking5 ana any and all notices and dpCLmCnts Canceling or t8f'minatlng the COrt�pan�9 li�0ility therC�lnder, and a�1y sUGh fnstrum�l[9 s0 exEGLlt6d by any sucn Attorney-In-FaCt Shall be aS bmding upon the Company 85 if Signed by [he Pfesident and Sealed and attested by the Caporate 5ecretery," "Be it Further Resolved, that tha signature. of any such designated person and the seal ot the Company hereCOfnre or hereafter a�ixed to any pawer o� attwney or any certlfica[e relating thereto dy tacsimile, and any power of attorney or certiifcate qearing facsimile signatures or facsimite seal shall ba valid and binding upon the Company witA respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is a[tacned.' (Eadi adopted at a meeting h�d on FeCruary B, 2000). In Witness Whereo/, WESTFIELD INSURANC6 COMPANY, WBSTFIELD NA710NAL INSURAMCE COMPANY and C)HIO FARMERS INSURANCE CQ1�IPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their Seruor ExeeuOve and thelr corpordte soals to be herBtq afTi�d this 1�th oay ot APRIL A.p..2010. s�ea�iste V�3��^M�'.d,e�� .• '��nNA�!tis : .r.�•"""��""''" W�$TFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY -.. �:, �..�.� WESTFI�LD NATIONAL INSURAHCE COMPANY Aft�xed � � .w � = o , + �� }o :,,;_ �-:�; � s��r� QHIO FAF7MER5 INSURANCE COMPANY � °.�'�.`.�. �� "`: SFa_r" _'`' :�� `': ,an �Y� i�-. .p : �t 164g .'i�= /—� � �+ f =. �'•. ... : � �J J . :'��'• -� ' • � StBte of qhiq � �;,�� p"'�..w+•`r� By: County of Medina ss.: Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr., Senior Executive On this 13th day ot APRIL a.D., 2010 , betore rne personauy came Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr. ta me known, who, being by ma dwy swom, did tlepose and say; tt►at he resides in Medina, OhiO; that hC �S $�IliOf EXeCUtiVe of WES7FIELD IN5URANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELp NATIONAL INSURANC� CdMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSU.RANCE COMPANY, ttte campanies described in and which executed the above instrumarN: that ha knaws the seals ot said Companfes; that the seals affized W sald instrumant are sucn cvrpovate seals; tttat they We�e So afflxetl ny order ot tne Boards of Directors o� saia Companies; and that he signep nis name thereto by Uke order. NaW ri al Seal A\ A L S r ' �vriwed '�P' \ili/ o:��,. .�j Fr" 2.•' r Vlfiliiam J. Kahelin, A ney at l.aw, Notary Public State ot Onio T .��p My Commission Ooes Nat Facpire (Sex. 147.03 Qhio Revised Code) County of MBdina ss.: ,*� 4r� aF� �...�,.. I, Frank A. Carrinp, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COAAPANY, WESTFIELD NA7IONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby Certify that the aGOVe and fole�qoing i5 a true and Corred cqpy of a PoWer ot Attqrney, exeCUted by 5aid Companjas, which is sti11 in full force anG ef1�[: and Turthermore, the resolutians o� the 8oards ot pirectors, set vut in the Power of Attorney are in full torce and aftect. r/l W!(f1ESS WnereoF I 112Y@ �Br6u�t0 SP.t my hand and aifixed the seals ot said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, thiS 17th day of November A.o., ZO10 /�'9,Y�IaC ,:-'�p,S\tINA��' •, �,��'..,,,y� � ' ++f�1y �y��` ; o f' �'NrGp : �'�_.•."°+''•-;-"ro +� N `• r �� x '" • SEAL ��"< =v; ��'s� �jt,�s,� ` �ti :�; � �� : �!1 ; ' m = �r' . �. � SiCIYI �••y,� •'�+�,,ft. = �',, r n � _� ; 184E� ; � � Frank A_ Carrino, ecret � � ••« - *,'• ' .� �.......�. '�»:,«w..••'' BPOAC„Z (carbined) (05-02) ' �� 1 AFF[DAVIT (To be fille� in and exeaited if the bidder is a corporatian) , STATE UF FLURIDA ) Cp(�'y p�' Pasco ) , Marjvric Jordan being duly swom, depases and says that heJshe is Sec�+etaiy of _, RTD Construction, rnc. __ a oorpora#ion organized and �xisting undest and by virtue of the laws of khe State of Florida, a�ud having ' itspru�ip�l office at: u.A — 5344 9th Strcet Zephyrhills Pasco FL. Street 8t Number City Counry State ' 1 ' ' 1 � � Affiant furth�r says that he is t�miliar with the records, minute txwks ancl byaaWy uf RTD Construction, Inc. __..._�. _ ...._ . _.._.__�—__...__..._... _..__..- - . (Name of Corporation) r�ffiar►c furthc.-r suys rtu,t _Dannie E� Jardan_..—______.._. ._.__ �s President (Of�ice�'s Name) . _ _.-��------- (T'itle) af eh►e c�rporation, is duly authnrixed to sign the Praposal for ____RTD. Constructionl InC• �._.___.__._,__....._ far said corporation by virtue df Provision of bX�aw�__ �_ __�____.. _ ... (state whether a}xnvieinn �fhy law5 �r a Rc:SOlutinn ��f the Ba�'d of Directors. [f by Resolntion give date a aptian). Marjaric Jordan 5worn to befare me this 17th �y og November , 20 10 . Publ ' ��;�;7r,y�y _ A�A LII�fISAY --1 ,�r -.: 11Y COtu1MIS�ON �` QD 755919 p�PIR�S: June 6, 2012 �'� �i�u�rp�u� -[�YP,P/prindstamp name ofNotary 1 1 , ' `�t'. Tl�' � , , � ts � � - Tide or rank, and SeriallVo., if any 1 1 1 , 1 ' 1 ' ' � � ' 1 ' 1 � ' , ' N -C LLUSTO 5TATE OF FWRIDA ) Cp�y QF Pasca _� Dannie E. Jardan Pxcsidcnt being, first duly swom, deposes and says that he is af ,_ RTD Construction, Inc. _� , the party making the foregvin►g Proposal or Bid; that s+udi Bid is �enuine and not oollusive or sham: that said bidder is not Cinani:ially intetested in or othan+vise affiliated in a busine�s w�y with any othcr 6idder on the same oontract; th8�t said bidder l�as r�at colluded, conspired, cannived, ar agreed, direrxly or indirectly, with any bidders ar �rsc�n, to put in a siu�n trid ar that such v�her p49�sun shall rcfraii� from bidding, and has not in any rnanr►e�, dir�ctly or indirectly, saught by a�ent c►r wllusiwn, ur LY1iIliilLLllltwi�IQ11 0I- l'UI7�C�CIIGC, with any p��n, to fix the 6id pric:e or affiant ar at►y athcr biddcr, or to fix any ov�fiead, profit or cost clerrtent c�f said bid pric�, ar that of :�ury other bidder, ar tu Secure any advantagc ugs�ins# tl�c t'.ity of Clcarwqicr, Flarida, or any pe�.on, or persc�ns interc:sre� in the prc►pused cantract; and t��at all statements «►ntainexi in said propnsal or bid arc tnie; and tivrther, that such bicicicx has not diractly ar indir�tly submitted this trid, c�r the rnntents th�nf �r diwlged informxtiun nr r]fltN relative thereto to any assoc.-iatian or to any mcmber or agent theamaf. Sworn to amd subscnbed before me tlus _ 17th day af Novembcr 2fl �,��. ..�.'� .. ;: R ; ��w MY GQMbWI$510M�755819 �?.� �= Ei�+IRE5: Juna 6, 2012 N�[8ry P�lblic � n;,,�+,�:� l3crdadltrNhat�yPePofi�Ur+derrAm�s i'��L'r �.. � . � �J , i PROPUS ��i. (l} � TO THE CITY Q�' CLEARWATER, FLORIDAy for �R��h��4L SCREW PUMP STATION REPLACF.MENT AT MAILSHALL STREET WRF ' (PROJECT #: 04-�U28-iJT) and doinp, such other wrn�k incideantal thereta, all in a000rdance with the wn�ad daxuner�ts, marked � SCREW PUMP STA'I�QN REPLACEMENT AT MARSHAY�i STREET W�tF (PR(]JE4T #: oy-ooat�u'r� ' �v bidder rnust take notice of the fact that even lhou his s�l be a ted a�d the dacuments �Y €� I�PQ �P si�icxl by tl� biddc� lu w}w�tt an avuard is ntade a.�id by tl�osc officials autfiorizc�d to do so an behalf �f ' the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such �ward or si�ning shall be cansidcred a binding contract �-ithout a ccrtificatc fmm thc Financc Dircctas that iunds nrc uvuilabla to covcr che cc�st of the w�ork ta be dor� or witt�ut the approva! of the City Attomey as tn the fomn and. legality of thc contract and al) ' the pertinent docum�ts relating the�eto having been approved by said City Attorney, and such bidde.�r is hercby charged with this natice. ' The signer of thc Proposal, as bidder, aLsa declares that thc anly persan., persons, campas�y ar parties intecested in this Proposal, are na�zted in this Proposal, that ha has carefully examined the Adverhisemen� instnictions to Bidders, Con�act Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, ' General Cvnditions, Specaal Prcrvisians, aad C�ntract Band, t�at he or ltis representative has made such invesegation. as is nec�sauy to detemurte khe Character and exte,nt of the woric and he proposas and a� thai if the Proposa] be aoaepted, he will oontrad with, the City pf Clearuvater, Florida, in the form of con�ac�; hereto annexed, tc► provide the necessazy labor, materials, machinery, equiprneatt, tools or ' apparatus, do all the waric required to compl�e the oantra�ct wrthin the tirne met►tioned in the General Couditions and aocordin� to the requirements of the City of Cleacwater, Florid�, as herein and haininaftcr sct forth, azd tu�nish the required surety bo�ds for ihe followii�.g prices ta rvit: 1 ' 1 1 1 `�:�rrrr,...1: ...': h�,,�r , i �, . , , . ,.., � � , ' ' ' P�tOP[fSAi. ��) ' If the foregaing Praposal sha11 be aoceptad by the City of Clearwater, F'lorid� and the undersigned shall fail to ex� a satisfactory cant�ad as stated in the Advertisement herea.n attached, then the City may, at its optian det�rmine that the tu�dasigned has abandoned the comtraGk, aad thet'eupon this Proposal ' shall i�e null and vaid., a�d the ce�ti��d cteeck or bond aaoaan�►any�.ng this Propasa,l, shall be forf�eited to become the propeaty of the City af Glearwater, Florida, and the fWl amo�.mt of said c�tedc shall be retained by the Gity, ar if the Fmpasal Band be given, the fra]1 amount af �ch hond sha116�e paid m the , Ciry as stipulated ar liquidated dama�es; othenvise, the bond or certified check ac�cocnpanying this Proposal, or the �nount of said check, shall be returned to the imdersigned as specifie� herein. Attached hereto is a bond or cee�tifieei ch�ck on � --__ . __ —__ _._._..w. Bank, for the sum af '�.��t7Q_,.._.._� 1 ' ' 1 , , , ' ' �. J ' � �__ A��n�.-.-�. --�. �.�.... �.(-�.��_ t��', G b 6, va 1 cing a m�ntme�n rrf 109�0 ot C'antxucto�s taml bid nm�unt). The fulf names and residences of all pc.-rsar►s and parties interestod in the fnre�g�ing bid arc as follows: (Tf mrpocatian, gie•e the. names ancl addresses �f the Prctiident anci �ecretary, ff firm cir �arcnec:ehi�, the names and addressess of the manbe7s or parqips. The Bidder shall li�t nnt only his �tamc but alsu thc name af any person wid� whom bidder has any type of a�eement whcreby such person's improvem�:nts, �uichrn�t, emplayment ar possihle h�nefit, wh� sub-contractor, materialraan, agent, suppli�. or einploy�r is contin�ent upon the award af the epntract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDF�ESSES: Dannie E. Jordan-1'resident 27646 Johnston Road, Dade Gi Fl. 33523 � Marjarie Jordan_ Secretary 10240 Newsornc Road, Dade City, Fl_ 33525 * A Florida Corporatfon Signature of Bidder: Dannic E. Jordan, (The bidder must indicate wh� Corporation, Pardnership, Company or ]ndividualj. ;�.:,::�, � -�� - , � :: �i,� FROPOSAL (3) The pe�son signing shail, in his owd handwridn.g, sign the Princapal's naine, his own name ax►d his tide. Wte�xe the p�son signing for a oot�poratian is ather tha� the President ar Vioe-President, he must, by affidavit, shaw his aut�ocity, �o bind the corporation. Prin�ii� RTD C�nstructian,�t�� , By: � � Title: Presidcnt Dannie I:. 7ardan Business Address afBidder: 3� 4� Stre�t Ciry and State: _ Zephyrhills, FL. ___ Lip Code 33542 Dsteci at 9:00 A^M•.. ... ._ ., this l7th__ da of--_Navember , A.l,)_. 20 lp . _ . _ � Y ----- --_ .....�._ _ — n t � , , . .: V ? ir � .. �! . H ; _ ' r �xTY OF C�ARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PRO�TECT: SCREW PUMP S1'ATION REPLACEMENT AT M�iR�SHALL STREET WRF (PROJE(.T #: 09-04Z8-LTI') Acirnawledgrnent is hereby made of�tlie following addenda receiv�d since issuance of Plans and Specificatioris. Addendum Na �__ Date: I D Addetutum No. � Date- Q Adderxium Nc�. Dxte: Addcnd�vn Nn. Datc: Addendwn No. Date� Addentium No. Datc� Aci�lend�im Nn. Date: ,4ddendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Datc: �ddend!urn No. DaEe: � RTD Constructi Tnc. , (Nam�,of Bidder � (Signature of cj Dannie E. Jordan,President (Tide of Of6cer) __... -- Nov. l 7th, 2010 (Date) tih.?ih;n� (.'i p.itr � ;ri � 1 � . . _... 1 L.J 1 ' L_J �-� ' ' �. i L� J � BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SCREW PUMP BTATI�DN REPLACEMENT AT MARSHALL STREET WRF (PRUJECT #: p9-0Q28-UT) I�'EM DESCRIPTIOi�T EST. UNIT PRICE TOTAL NO. UNiT QTY Mnes�. STIiI:�'1' W�F -- SCRF.W PUMP RISP1.ACl:MF:Ni' 1 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS I�,IX�o �r��0uu 2 Demolition of Sc�ew Pump Station and Existing � �s �Q� �� (od� �pd Filter Feed Pump Station y 3 Retroiit of Existing Reclaim�d Water Wetw�ll 1 LS ��.1 ,�� `r� 4 By-pass Pumping for Connectic�n and Testing of 1 L5 '=/"�l ��'O '��i �'�' New Wetwell Sa Furnish and Deliver Submersible Pumps-ODP 1 �S � SQ� ��j �� 4�d Item Sb Submersible Pumps Sales Tax 1 LS � g � p U �� 'O ° Sc Installation, Testing and Warranty of � Submersible Pumps 1 LS j 2; On U%� ��d � 6 Electrical, Instrumentation, and Controls for Submersible Pumps 1 �� % 50� D° �! %50j d°� d 7a Furnish and Deliver Motor Cantrol Center (MCC)- UDP ltem � LS //�Z � O��' 1�� d dd 7b Motor Control Center �ales Tax 1 LS 7� c� O rj 7�� o�j 7c Installation, Testing and Warranty of Motor � LS ,�3� a� � a3, a� � C�ntrol Center (MCC) 8 Generator Buildin� Upg�rdes (air conditioning, � �S �, � d d v ,�� +� lighting, etc.) 9 SCADAIntegratian I I,S �U� vad �dr �d� 10 Pavement Restoration 1000 SF J! z� ,S� Z�� I 1 Fill Material to Replsce Unsuitabl� Fill SOb CY ��,� y c�, � 7 G 12 Lightweight Concrete Fill 150 CY � J��-- � p- d 1�� ITEM ' NO. 14 ' IS ' � � Sase Bid Sabtotal (Birl item Nos.1-12) �°' �� Subtotal Owner's 10% Contingency (Sid Item Nos.13) / � Sase Sid Grand Total (B�,i ltern Nos. 1-13) �- A�IDI'�'�VE ALTERN'ATE I� La%r v�' ,�r (Approval by the Ow�er a�� En�ineer is required prior to proccedin� � p.� DESCItIPTION FST. UNIT PRICE TOTAL r UNrr 4'�'Y .�p�ao0 yp, ooU Removal of 48-inch RCP 1 LS Additive Alternate Subtotal (Item No. 14) �yL�� d o� Qwner's 10% Contingency 7< d� Additive Alternate Total (Item Nos. 14-15) �� c��>d r � � , ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 ' ' 1 � CONTRACTOR:_ RTD Constructi�n, Inc. � _ ...._ _�__. _.__. r ,� _ � — , , a��--. � SIDDER'3 GRAND TOTAL $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S ADDI'! IVE AL'f'ERNaA►TL GRAND TOTAL �'f y r p"�a BIDDE�'S ADDIT�AL'�'ER�IATL GRAND TOTAL _ ..1 �n ! n. .� .. cs`v I . .,�, i BIDDER'S GRAND TUTAL (BASE BID PLUS A.DI�ITIVE ALTERNATES) g_ '� �.�(nSl� (�b?. �'� (ryumbc�s� DCDDER'S GRAND TUTAL (�AS� B�D P�.US ADDTTIVE ALTERNATES) (Wards) .(Wards) r-?o � I.�o� A-rQa -��1� �7 �. ��v�"` �� THF RfDDF.R'S GRAND TDTAL A80VE IS HIS TOTAL BI.D BASEll ON HIS UNl'f PRICES rlND LUMP SUM PRLCES t�ND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR LACA SE�TIQN. TNIS FfG[litE IS FOR INFORMATIUN ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING SIDS. TSE CITY WIi.L MAI� THE TABULATIUN FROM THE UNIT PRICES AN"b LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF T$ERE 1S AN ERROR IIV THE TOTAL BY THE BIDI�ER, 1T SHAI.L BE CHANGED AS ONLY TRE UN1T F1tYCFS AND LUMP SUM PR[CE S�iAI,L COVERN. ,.,-,��,�� :.. �,,w�� ;„t i� :�.�.-,,r,; �